00012017922025FYFALSE5611233http://fasb.org/us-gaap/2025#GoodwillAndIntangibleAssetImpairmenthttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2025#GoodwillAndIntangibleAssetImpairmentP2YP1Yhttp://www.americanpubliceducation.com/20251231#LeaseLiabilityCurrenthttp://www.americanpubliceducation.com/20251231#LeaseLiabilityCurrenthttp://www.americanpubliceducation.com/20251231#LeaseLiabilityNoncurrenthttp://www.americanpubliceducation.com/20251231#LeaseLiabilityNoncurrenthttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2025#SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrMemberDecember 31, 2026402iso4217:USDxbrli:sharesiso4217:USDxbrli:sharesapei:campusapei:stateapei:segmentxbrli:pure00012017922025-01-012025-12-3100012017922025-06-3000012017922026-03-1000012017922024-12-3100012017922025-12-310001201792us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2024-12-3100012017922023-01-012023-12-3100012017922024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2022-12-310001201792us-gaap:CommonStockMember2022-12-310001201792us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2022-12-310001201792us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2022-12-310001201792us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2022-12-3100012017922022-12-310001201792us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2023-12-310001201792us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-12-310001201792us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-12-310001201792us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2023-12-310001201792us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-12-3100012017922023-12-310001201792us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:CommonStockMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:PreferredStockMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:CommonStockMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2025-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2025-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:DiscontinuedOperationsDisposedOfBySaleMemberapei:GSUSAMember2025-07-250001201792us-gaap:DiscontinuedOperationsDisposedOfBySaleMemberapei:GSUSAMember2025-07-252025-07-250001201792apei:USDepartmentOfEducationMemberus-gaap:CertificatesOfDepositMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:SoftwareDevelopmentMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MaximumMemberapei:ProgramDevelopmentMember2025-12-3100012017922023-07-012023-09-3000012017922023-09-3000012017922024-01-012024-03-3100012017922024-03-3100012017922024-04-012024-06-3000012017922024-06-300001201792apei:FutureCoursesMember2024-12-310001201792apei:FutureCoursesMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2025-06-232025-06-230001201792apei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemAPUSMember2023-03-012023-03-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemAPUSMember2023-04-012023-04-300001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemAPUSMember2024-10-012024-10-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemAPUSMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2026-02-012026-02-280001201792apei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemAPUSMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:VeteranGrantMemberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemAPUSMember2023-04-012023-04-300001201792apei:VeteranGrantMatersLevelMemberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemAPUSMember2024-04-012024-04-300001201792apei:VeteranGrantOpportunityGrantMemberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemAPUSMember2024-04-012024-04-300001201792apei:AffordabilityGrantMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:GraduationFeesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:GraduationFeesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:OtherFeesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:OtherFeesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:GraduationFeesMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:GraduationFeesMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:OtherFeesMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:OtherFeesMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:GraduationFeesMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:GraduationFeesMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:GraduationFeesMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:TextbookAndOtherCourseMaterialsMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:OtherFeesMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMemberapei:OtherFeesMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:OtherFeesMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:IntersegmentEliminationMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:CoursesInProgressMember2024-12-310001201792apei:CoursesInProgressMember2025-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMembersrt:MinimumMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMembersrt:MaximumMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalServicesNetOfGrantsAndScholarshipsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversityMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:LandMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:LandMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:BuildingAndBuildingImprovementsMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:BuildingAndBuildingImprovementsMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:BuildingAndBuildingImprovementsMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:BuildingAndBuildingImprovementsMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OfficeEquipmentMember2024-12-310001201792srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OtherCapitalizedPropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OtherCapitalizedPropertyPlantAndEquipmentMember2024-12-310001201792srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:SoftwareDevelopmentMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:SoftwareDevelopmentMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:SoftwareDevelopmentMember2024-12-310001201792apei:ProgramDevelopmentMember2025-12-310001201792apei:ProgramDevelopmentMember2024-12-310001201792apei:Building2Memberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2024-12-310001201792apei:Building2Memberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2025-06-300001201792us-gaap:LandMemberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:LandMemberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2025-02-280001201792apei:Building1Memberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2025-03-310001201792apei:Building1Memberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2025-01-012025-03-310001201792apei:Building1Memberapei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2025-06-300001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2021-09-010001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2021-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2025-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-04-012023-06-300001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-06-300001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2023-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2024-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicUniversitySystemSegmentMember2025-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2021-09-010001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2022-01-012022-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-12-310001201792srt:MinimumMember2025-12-310001201792srt:MaximumMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:TradeNamesMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-06-300001201792us-gaap:TradeNamesMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-04-012023-06-300001201792apei:AccreditationLicensingAndTitleFourMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-06-300001201792apei:AccreditationLicensingAndTitleFourMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-04-012023-06-300001201792apei:AccreditationLicensingAndTitleFourMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:TradeNamesMember2025-12-310001201792apei:AccreditationLicensingAndTitleFourMember2025-12-310001201792apei:AffiliatesMember2025-12-310001201792stpr:TXapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-01-012024-03-310001201792stpr:MNapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-04-012024-06-300001201792stpr:WIapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-05-012024-05-310001201792stpr:WIapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-04-012024-06-300001201792stpr:WIapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2025-07-012025-09-300001201792apei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberapei:SubfacilityForSwingLineLoansMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2025-12-310001201792apei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:LineOfCreditMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberapei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2023-06-012023-06-300001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrOvernightIndexSwapRateMemberapei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMembersrt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrOvernightIndexSwapRateMemberapei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMembersrt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberapei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberapei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2023-06-300001201792us-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2025-10-012025-12-310001201792apei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2022-12-012022-12-3100012017922022-12-012022-12-310001201792apei:SeniorSecuredTermLoanFacilityMemberus-gaap:SecuredDebtMember2024-04-012024-06-300001201792us-gaap:InterestRateCapMember2021-09-300001201792us-gaap:InterestRateCapMemberus-gaap:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrMember2023-09-300001201792us-gaap:InterestRateCapMember2025-01-310001201792us-gaap:InterestRateCapMemberus-gaap:SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrMember2025-01-310001201792us-gaap:ReclassificationOutOfAccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:ReclassificationOutOfAccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember2025-12-310001201792apei:MinnesotaFloridaIllinoisGeorgiaCaliforniaAndVirginiaMemberus-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMemberapei:IncomeTaxBenchmarkMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:GeorgiaFloridaMinnesotaIllinoisMarylandNorthCarolinaAndTexasMemberus-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMemberapei:IncomeTaxBenchmarkMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:FloridaMinnesotaIllinoisGeorgiaMississippiMarylandAndTexasMemberus-gaap:GeographicConcentrationRiskMemberapei:IncomeTaxBenchmarkMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792stpr:GA2023-01-012023-12-310001201792stpr:GA2024-01-012024-12-310001201792stpr:MN2023-01-012023-12-310001201792stpr:MD2023-01-012023-12-310001201792stpr:FL2023-01-012023-12-310001201792stpr:NC2023-01-012023-12-310001201792stpr:TX2023-01-012023-12-310001201792stpr:PA2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicEducationIncEmployeeStockPurchasePlanMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:TwentySeventeenIncentivePlanMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:RestrictedStockandRestrictedStockUnitsMember2022-12-310001201792apei:RestrictedStockandRestrictedStockUnitsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:RestrictedStockandRestrictedStockUnitsMember2023-12-310001201792apei:RestrictedStockandRestrictedStockUnitsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:RestrictedStockandRestrictedStockUnitsMember2024-12-310001201792apei:RestrictedStockandRestrictedStockUnitsMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:RestrictedStockandRestrictedStockUnitsMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2025-01-012025-12-3100012017922022-01-012022-12-310001201792us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2025-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalCostsAndExpensesMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalCostsAndExpensesMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:InstructionalCostsAndExpensesMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:SellingAndMarketingExpenseMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:SellingAndMarketingExpenseMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:SellingAndMarketingExpenseMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2025-01-012025-12-3100012017922023-11-270001201792us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2022-12-282022-12-280001201792us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2022-12-280001201792us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2025-06-230001201792us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2025-12-3100012017922022-12-280001201792us-gaap:EquipmentTrustCertificateMemberus-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2022-12-282022-12-280001201792apei:DepartmentOfDefenseTuitionAssistanceProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:DepartmentOfDefenseTuitionAssistanceProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:DepartmentOfDefenseTuitionAssistanceProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:TitleIVProgramsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:CashAndOtherSourcesMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:VeteranEducationBenefitsMemberus-gaap:CustomerConcentrationRiskMemberus-gaap:RevenueFromContractWithCustomerMemberapei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMemberapei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateNonSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateNonSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateNonSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:OperatingSegmentsMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:CreditAgreementMemberus-gaap:SeniorNotesMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2026-03-090001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2026-03-090001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMembersrt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2026-03-092026-03-090001201792us-gaap:RevolvingCreditFacilityMembersrt:MaximumMemberus-gaap:LineOfCreditMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2026-03-092026-03-090001201792apei:TermLoanMemberus-gaap:LoansPayableMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2026-03-092026-03-0900012017922024-07-012024-09-3000012017922024-10-012024-12-3100012017922025-01-012025-03-3100012017922025-04-012025-06-3000012017922025-07-012025-09-3000012017922025-10-012025-12-310001201792apei:ThomasA.BeckettMember2025-10-012025-12-310001201792apei:ThomasA.BeckettMember2025-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateAndOtherMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateAndOtherMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateAndOtherMember2025-12-310001201792us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2024-12-310001201792us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2025-01-012025-12-310001201792us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2025-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateAndOtherMember2023-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateAndOtherMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2023-12-310001201792us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2024-01-012024-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2022-12-310001201792apei:AmericanPublicEducationIncSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2022-12-310001201792apei:RasmussenUniversitySegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2022-12-310001201792apei:HondrosCollegeOfNursingSegmentMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateAndOtherMember2022-12-310001201792us-gaap:CorporateAndOtherMember2023-01-012023-12-310001201792us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2022-12-310001201792us-gaap:AllowanceForCreditLossMember2023-01-012023-12-31
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025
or
☐ Transition report pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from ______ to ______
Commission file number: 001-33810
American Public Education, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
01-0724376 |
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
111 West Congress Street, Charles Town, West Virginia |
25414 |
| (Address of principal executive offices) |
(Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (304) 724-3700
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Title of each class |
Trading Symbol(s) |
Name of each exchange on which registered |
| Common Stock, $0.01 par value |
APEI |
Nasdaq Global Select Market |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
Accelerated filer |
þ |
Non-accelerated filer |
☐ |
| Smaller reporting company |
☐ |
Emerging growth company |
☐ |
|
|
If an emerging growth company indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of
the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. þ
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. o
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
Yes ☐ No þ
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2025, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, computed by reference to the price at which the common stock was last sold on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on that date, was approximately $484 million.
The total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 10, 2026, was 18,380,439.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Certain portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which is expected to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the registrant’s 2025 fiscal year) are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report.
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
FORM 10-K
INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Item 16 |
Form 10-K Summary |
|
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, or this Annual Report, including the sections entitled “Business”, “Risk Factors”, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, contains forward-looking statements. We may, in some cases, use words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “potentially,” “will,” or “may,” or other words or expressions that convey future events, conditions, circumstances, or outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report include statements about:
•changes in and our efforts and ability to comply with the extensive regulatory framework applicable to our industry, including the 90/10 Rule and financial responsibility standards, as well as state law and regulations and accrediting agency requirements, and the expected impacts of our efforts to comply and any non-compliance;
•federal appropriations and other budgetary matters, including government shutdowns, and the estimated impact of such matters on us and our prospective and current students, and our efforts to mitigate impacts, including with respect to the U.S. federal government shutdown from October to November 2025;
•actions by the U.S. Department of Education, or ED, institutional and programmatic accreditors, and state authorizing agencies and expectations regarding the effects of those actions;
•our ability to manage, grow, and diversify our business and execute our business initiatives and strategy;
•the impact, timing, projected benefits, and terms of the planned combination of American Public University System, or APUS, Rasmussen University, or RU, and Hondros College of Nursing, or HCN, into one consolidated institution that will be a system encompassing all APUS, RU, and HCN programs, campuses, and operations, or the Combination;
•legislative and regulatory changes, shifts in regulatory priorities, restrictions on the function, operations, and budgets of federal agencies, including ED, as a result of U.S. presidential and administration transitions and presidential directives regarding governmental actions;
•our ability to maintain, develop, and grow our technology infrastructure, including with respect to any current or planned use of artificial intelligence, or AI, or transform our technology infrastructure and realize the benefits of any such transformation;
•our cash needs and expectations regarding cash flow from operations, including the impacts of our debt service;
•our ability to undertake initiatives to improve the learning experience, attract students who are likely to persist, and improve student outcomes;
•changes to and expectations regarding our student enrollment, net course registrations, and the composition of our student body, including the pace of such changes;
•our conversion of prospective students to enrolled students and our retention of active students;
•our ability to update and expand the content of existing programs and develop new programs to meet emerging student needs and marketplace demands, and our ability to do so in a cost-effective manner or on a timely basis;
•the branding and, marketing of our institutions;
•our ability to leverage our investments in support of our initiatives, students, and institutions;
•our maintenance and expansion of our relationships and partnerships and the development of new relationships and partnerships;
•actions by the Department of Defense, or DoD, or branches of the U. S. Armed Forces, including actions related to participating in DoD tuition assistance, or TA programs, our responses to those actions, and expectations regarding the effects of those actions and responses;
•changes in enrollment in postsecondary degree-granting institutions and workforce needs;
•the competitive environment in which we operate;
•our ability to achieve the intended benefits of our cost savings initiatives and revenue-generating efforts;
•the expected benefits of insourcing and outsourcing information technology services to our operations and third-party vendors, respectively;
•the expected impact on our students and our business from campus closures and consolidations;
•our financial performance generally; and
•our expectations and estimates regarding tax and accounting matters.
Forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions, and expectations of our future performance, taking into account information currently available to us, and are not guarantees of future results. There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. Risks and uncertainties involved in the forward-looking statements include, among others, the factors set forth below in “Summary of Risk Factors”.
Forward-looking statements should be considered in light of these factors and the factors described elsewhere in this Annual Report, including in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this Annual Report as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Annual Report. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance, or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
We caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as required by law.
Summary of Risk Factors
We are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, including risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The following summary of the principal factors that make an investment in our securities speculative or risky should not be relied upon as an exhaustive summary of the material risks facing us. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed description of risks that we deem material described under “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other information contained in this Annual Report before investing in our securities.
Risks Related to Attracting and Retaining Students
•We depend on the effectiveness of our ability to attract students who persist in our programs. If we are unable to effectively market our programs or expand into new markets, our results of operations would be negatively affected.
•Enrollments and course registrations have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by factors not directly related to education programs, including changes in military activity, budgets, and government shutdowns.
•Declines in enrollments at RU as a result of failure to meet applicable National Council Licensure Examination, or NCLEX, benchmarks could materially adversely affect RU’s and our profitability, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
•Changes our institutions may make to the student experience and enhance their ability to identify and to enroll students who are likely to succeed may adversely affect enrollment, profitability, financial conditions, and results of operations.
•Continued strong competition in the postsecondary education market could decrease our institutions’ market share and increase our cost of acquiring students, and if we are unable to successfully adjust to future market demands on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner, our performance may be impaired.
•Consolidation and closure of campuses or termination of programs on certain campuses may adversely impact us or our institutions.
Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry
•If we or our institutions fail to comply with regulatory requirements or to maintain institutional accreditation, we could face a decline in student enrollment, revenue, results of operations, or cash flows, sanctions or liability, and significant restrictions on operations, including loss of the ability to grant degrees or participate in ED Title IV programs, TA programs, and education programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, or VA.
•If one of our institutions does not comply with the “90/10 Rule” for two consecutive years, it or they will lose eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs.
•The One Big Beautiful Bill Act may adversely impact us or our students’ ability to participate in federal student financial aid programs, which could have a significant adverse impact on enrollments and our business, operations, and financial results.
•ED’s gainful employment requirements could materially and adversely affect our business.
•The failure to meet certain of our programs’ applicable NCLEX standards could reduce our enrollments, revenue, and cash flow, lead to adverse actions by state boards of nursing, and limit our ability to offer or force us to close educational programs.
•Our Illinois ADN program was previously adversely impacted by regulatory action, and may be in the future.
•The inability of our graduates to obtain outcomes in their chosen fields of study could reduce our enrollments and revenue, limit our ability to offer educational programs, and potentially lead to litigation that could be costly to us.
•ED rules related to borrower defense to repayment claims may create significant liability.
•Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims, or initiate investigations, enforcement actions, or litigation against us.
Risks Related to Our Business
•Our student registrations, revenue, and cash flow have been adversely impacted, and we could experience adverse impacts as a result of the Armed Forces’ transition to new systems for soldiers to request TA or accessing VA education benefit programs.
•Economic and market conditions in the United States and abroad and changes in interest rates could affect our enrollments, success with placement and persistence, cohort default rates and ability to access additional capital.
•Our business could be harmed if we experience a disruption in the ability to process Title IV financial aid.
•The Combination may not be completed, or may not be completed on the terms currently contemplated, and if it is, the expected benefits may not be realized, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our reputation, business, financial condition, and results of operations.
•Business combinations and acquisitions may be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, or divert management attention, and we may not realize the expected benefits of any consummated acquisitions. Efforts to diversify our business model may provide challenges that we are not prepared or able to address.
•We have implemented a shared services model for services to our institutions, and challenges encountered due to the ongoing operation and expansion of this model could cause strategic or operational challenges and adversely impact us.
•We rely on third-party vendors whose service may be of lower quality than ours, whose responsiveness may be less timely than ours, and whose compliance practices may increase our operational and compliance risk.
•We have incurred indebtedness, and the cost of servicing that debt could adversely affect our business and financial results. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow, including following implementation of cost savings initiatives, and future capital or borrowings may be unavailable to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our debt in the future or fund our other liquidity needs.
•If we are unable to attract, retain, and develop skilled personnel, our business and growth prospects could be severely harmed, and changes in management could cause disruption and uncertainty.
Risks Related to Our Technology Infrastructure
•Transitioning outsourced RU information technology functions to internal functions and a managed service provider may not be efficient or cost-effective or may pose other operational challenges.
•We have expended, and need to continue to expend, time, money, and resources into our institutions’ information technology, which could adversely affect our systems, controls, and operating efficiency, and those of our institutions.
•Significant information technology system disruptions could negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and could damage our reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.
•Cybersecurity incidents could compromise sensitive information and cause system disruptions and significant damage to our business and reputation.
•Failure to comply with privacy laws or regulations could have an adverse effect on our business.
•Increased use of AI may present operational, reputational, legal, regulatory, and competitive risks and could result in additional costs, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
COMPANY OVERVIEW
American Public Education, Inc., or APEI, provides online and campus-based postsecondary education to approximately 108,600 students through our subsidiary institutions. Our institutions offer purpose-built education programs designed to prepare individuals for productive contributions to their professions and society and to offer opportunities designed to advance students in their current professions or to help them prepare for their next career.
Our Vision and Mission
Our vision is for education to transform lives, advance careers, and improve communities. Our mission is to Power Purpose, Potential and Prosperity for Those in Service to Others. Our institutions of advanced learning are purpose-built to prepare service-minded students for employment, careers, and leadership in a diverse and changing world. Many of our students are from underserved populations for whom our institutions can transform their and their families’ lives. We are the number one educator of active-duty military and of veterans through American Public University System. We are a national leader in pre-licensure nursing education, focused on a Diploma in Practical Nursing, or PN diploma, and an Associate Degree in Nursing, or ADN, through Rasmussen University and Hondros College of Nursing, as well as a Bachelor of Science in Nursing, or BSN degree, through Rasmussen University.
Our Institutions
We have three subsidiary institutions: American Public University System; Rasmussen University; and Hondros College of Nursing.
American Public University System
American Public University System, or APUS, provides online postsecondary education to approximately 88,700 adult learners. APUS traces its roots to American Military University, or AMU, which was founded in 1991, as a distance-learning, graduate-level institution for military officers seeking an advanced degree in military studies. Since then, APUS has broadened its focus to include veterans, extended military families, and other public service and service-minded communities, with a focus on educating those who serve. APUS has two brands: AMU, which is focused on educating students from the military and national security communities, and military families and veterans, and American Public University, or APU, which is focused on educating career-focused working adults with an emphasis on educating professionals working in service-minded communities, including nursing, public health, public administration, and business administration. Today, while the majority of APUS students are undergraduate-level, students are also enrolled in its certificate, graduate, and doctoral programs.
APUS is exclusively an online institution of higher learning, purpose-built to meet the needs of the communities it serves. Many of its students serve in positions requiring extended and irregular work schedules, are on-call for rapid response missions, participate in extended deployments and exercises, travel or relocate frequently, and often must balance family and work demands. Although APUS’s focus has broadened since its founding, it continues to have an emphasis on its relationship with the military community. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 62% of APUS’s students self-reported that they served in the military on active duty at the time of initial enrollment, and approximately 15% of APUS’s students self-reported that they are a military veteran. The remainder of APUS’s students are other military or military-affiliated professionals (such as reservists or National Guard members), family members of veterans and active-duty military and public service professionals (such as law enforcement personnel or other first responders) and other non-military students (such as working adult students).
APUS is institutionally accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, or HLC, an institutional accrediting agency recognized by the U.S. Department of Education, or ED. Most other higher education institutions accept APUS’s courses for transfer credit as a result of this accreditation. For more details on APUS’s HLC accreditation, see “Our Institutions and Operations – Our Institutions – Accreditation” and “Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation” below.
Rasmussen University
RU provides nursing- and health sciences-focused postsecondary education to approximately 15,900 students at its 18 campuses across five states and online. Not included in these counts are the Green Bay, Wisconsin campus that was closed effective December 31, 2025, and the Wausau, Wisconsin campus, which RU intends to close on December 31, 2026. At the beginning of its 125-year history, RU focused on educating business students to prepare them for practical careers in bookkeeping, secretarial services, and accounting.
RU’s foundation of education that transforms lives created an institution built to serve those not typically served by traditional higher education. While RU continues to offer programs across a broad range of study including business, technology, and education, it expanded its breadth and embarked on providing healthcare education in 2006. Today, RU offers a comprehensive “ladder” of nursing degrees, including a pre-licensure Diploma in PN, ADN, and BSN degree, as well as the post-licensure RN to BSN degree, Master of Science in Nursing degree and Doctorate of Nursing Practice. In addition, RU also offers a post-graduate nursing certificate.
RU is committed to innovation in program delivery. For example, virtually every nursing program at RU incorporates online content alongside lab and clinical or classroom components. As of December 31, 2025, on-ground enrollment was approximately 7,100 students, of which approximately 6,200 were pursuing nursing degrees at RU, approximately 90% of whom were enrolled in RU’s pre-licensure nursing degree programs. At December 31, 2025, online enrollment was approximately 8,800 students.
RU is institutionally accredited by HLC with an Open Pathway designation, and all of RU’s Nursing programs are programmatically accredited by specialty nursing accrediting bodies. As with APUS, most other higher education institutions accept RU’s courses for transfer credit as a result of RU’s HLC accreditation.
Hondros College of Nursing
HCN provides nursing education to approximately 4,000 students at eight campuses across three states. HCN offers pre-licensure nursing programs that are designed to prepare individuals for productive careers through both a PN diploma and an ADN, and a Direct Entry ADN option that offer an accelerated graduation pathway for students who meet certain transfer credit, academic, and entrance exam requirements.
HCN’s students principally receive on-campus instruction at one of HCN’s campuses and online for certain courses for those that prefer remote course learning. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 68% of HCN students were enrolled in a PN program and 32% were enrolled in an ADN program.
HCN is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools, or ABHES, a national accrediting agency recognized by ED. HCN’s PN program is accredited by the National League for Nursing Commission for Nursing Education Accreditation, or NLN CNEA.
Our Segments
For the periods covered by this Annual Report, we had three reportable segments: the APUS Segment; the RU Segment; and the HCN Segment. Unallocated corporate activity, eliminations, and GSUSA’s results prior to the GSUSA Sale Date are included in “Corporate and Other” in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Financial information regarding each of our reportable segments is reported and discussed in this Annual Report in the sections entitled “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. Beginning in fiscal year 2026, we will have two reportable segments: APU Global, formerly the APUS Segment, and RU Health+, the businesses that formerly comprised the RU Segment and HCN Segment.
The following information for our segments is as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025.
2025 Developments and Future Financial Objectives
The Planned Combination of APUS, RU, and HCN
In 2025, we announced the planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN, or the Combination, which will result in a combined institution named American Public University System comprised of two divisions named (i) APU Global, comprised of AMU and APU, and (ii) RU Health+, comprised of RU’s campus-based and online nursing programs, RU’s healthcare programs, HCN’s campus-based nursing and healthcare programs, and RU’s non-healthcare programs. The Combination constitutes a Change of Control, Structure or Organization pursuant to HLC policy and, accordingly, we were required to obtain HLC approval prior to effectuating the Combination. In December 2024, APUS and RU jointly submitted an application for Change of Control, Structure or Organization to HLC. Subsequently, ED informed us that we would need to follow a different process to implement the Combination that entails two steps instead of one: (i) merger of the legal entities that own and operate APUS, RU, and HCN, with the APUS entity surviving following the merger, and (ii) combination of the institutions into one HLC-accredited institution. As a result of this process change, HLC required APUS and RU to submit a new joint application for Change of Control, Structure or Organization to HLC in September 2025 containing substantially the same information that had been submitted previously and reflecting the two-step process. In February 2026, HLC approved the continuation of accreditation of APUS and RU after the legal entity merger with an acknowledgment that the intent is to eventually consolidate the three institutions into one HLC accreditation. ABHES has also informed HCN that it will continue HCN’s ABHES accreditation after the legal entity merger. On March 2, 2026, we completed the merger of the legal entities that own and operate APUS, RU, and HCN, with the APUS entity surviving the merger, and subsequently notified ED that the merger occurred and resulted in RU and HCN being directly owned by the same legal entity that directly owns APUS. We currently expect to complete implementation of step two of the Combination in the third quarter of 2026, subject to obtaining required approvals. For additional details regarding regulatory treatment of the Combination, see “Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation” and “Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – The Planned Combination of APUS, RU, and HCN”, and for additional information regarding risks related to the Combination, see the Risk Factor with the caption beginning “The planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN . . . .”
U.S. Federal Government Shutdown
On October 1, 2025, the U.S. federal government shut down due to a failure by Congress to pass appropriations legislation, resulting in, among other things, suspension of the DoD TA programs and ultimately an inability of APUS students seeking to use TA as a payment source to register, or in some cases stay registered, for courses. In connection with this shutdown, which ended November 12, 2025, APUS TA course registrations decreased in the fourth quarter 2025 compared to the prior year period. This was the first time since 2013 that APUS had dropped course registrations as a result of a government shutdown because the Defense Appropriations Bill, which annually funds TA, was not passed prior to October 1, 2025.
This shutdown had an adverse impact on APUS’s course registrations, which impacted APUS’s and our cash flows, results of operations, and financial condition. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview – U.S. Federal Government Shutdown”, for more information.
90/10 Compliance
We continued to have a sustained focus in 2025 on the “90/10 Rule”, which is described under “Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – The 90/10 Rule” below. While each of our institutions was in compliance with the 90/10 Rule for 2025, APUS’s relevant percentage for 2025 was 89%. Compliance with the 90/10 Rule will continue to be an area of focus, and despite our efforts, there can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to comply in future years, particularly at APUS. See the Risk Factors captioned “If one or more of our institutions does not comply with the 90/10 Rule for two consecutive years, it or they will lose eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs”, “Our student registrations, revenue, and cash flow have been adversely impacted and we could experience additional adverse impacts as a result of the Armed Forces’ TA processing system upgrades or a transition to new systems for service members to request TA or accessing VA education benefit programs”, and “There can be no guarantee that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future capital or borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our other liquidity needs”, for more information.
Tuition Increases
Providing affordable degree and certificate programs is an important element of our competitive strategy. In August 2025, RU implemented a modest tuition increase for new and reentering students, and in October 2025 implemented modest increases for current students in non-prelicensure nursing programs. In January 2026, RU implemented a modest tuition increase for prelicensure nursing program students. HCN implemented a 5% increase in tuition and fees effective in October 2025 for its ADN and PN programs. The tuition and fee increases at RU and HCN are intended to reflect adjustments to be consistent with the local campus markets. Even with these increases, RU and HCN’s tuition and fees are designed to be affordable and competitive when compared to the tuition and fees at similar institutions offering the same level of flexibility, accessibility, and student experience.
In February 2026, APUS implemented a modest tuition increase for non-military undergraduate and graduate students. We believe that APUS’s tuition and fees remain lower than the average in-state cost at public universities.
Campus Consolidations and Closures
In May 2024, RU notified the Wisconsin Educational Approval Program, or EAP, that it intended to voluntarily close its two Wisconsin campuses, effective December 31, 2025, and 2026, respectively. RU closed the Green Bay campus effective December 31, 2025 as planned, and intends to close the Wausau campus on December 31, 2026. All students enrolled at the two Wisconsin campuses have expected graduation dates on or before the applicable campus closing date. For additional information, see the Risk Factor captioned “RU’s actual and planned closure of campuses or termination of programs on certain campuses may adversely impact RU and us.”
Preferred Stock Redemption
On June 23, 2025, APEI redeemed all 400 outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock for $43.1 million, excluding unpaid and accrued dividends of $1.4 million. Accordingly, there are no shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding at December 31, 2025. For additional details regarding the redemption of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, please refer to “Note 12. Preferred Stock” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Assets Held for Sale
In the first and second quarters of 2025, APUS completed the sale of an undeveloped parcel of land and two buildings located in Charles Town, West Virginia, for net sales proceeds of approximately $23.0 million. Please refer to “Note 5. Assets Held For Sale” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information.
Sale of Graduate School USA
On July 25, 2025, or the GSUSA Sale Date, APEI completed the sale of its membership interest in Graduate School USA, or GSUSA, for $0.5 million, subject to customary adjustments, and as a result, the lease liability was removed from our balance sheet. We have no continuing involvement in GSUSA. The sale of APEI’s membership interest in GSUSA is not considered significant shift in our strategic focus, nor is it considered material to our operations, cash flows, or financial position. Please refer to “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on APEI’s sale of its membership interest in GSUSA.
Executive Leadership Changes
On August 4, 2025, the Board of Directors of APEI, or the Board, appointed James Kenigsberg as Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer of APEI, and Mr. Kenigsberg resigned from service on the Board in connection with and effective as of his appointment.
Effective October 20, 2025, we appointed Edward H. Codispoti as Chief Financial Officer. Our former Chief Financial Officer, Richard W. Sunderland, Jr., continued to serve the Company until his departure in the first quarter of 2026.
Please refer to “Our Institutions and Our Operations – Information About our Executive Officers” below for additional information about our executive officers serving as of the date of this Annual Report.
Reductions in Force
On November 3, 2025, as a result of the government shutdown, we completed a reduction in force that resulted in the termination of approximately 40 non-faculty employees at APUS, representing approximately 6.5% of the APUS non-faculty workforce. Separately, in the fourth quarter of 2025, 19 information technology employees at APEI were terminated in connection with our ongoing efforts to optimize certain information technology functions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview – Reductions in Force”, for more information.
Our Market and Competition
Market Characteristics
The overall U.S. postsecondary education market is large, with more than 4,500 institutions of higher learning, diverse in its business models, and fragmented such that no one institution has a significant market share. Most postsecondary institutions, including for-profit postsecondary institutions, regardless of where they are located, how they are organized, or who they serve, face challenges, including:
•demand for relevance and return on investment, as they must prepare students with relevant skills to work in new and rapidly changing industries, respond to technological change, and support employers in efforts to optimize and advance their workforce;
•focus on quality and affordability, including via questions from potential students, lawmakers, the media, and others about the quality and cost of postsecondary education and the impact of poor quality and high costs;
•changes in consumer demands as prospective students look to pursue credentials outside of degrees;
•a continually changing regulatory environment;
•fluctuations in enrollment; and
•rapid technological transformation, including through increasing demand for online offerings and the utilization of technology to enhance student learning, and increasing use of artificial intelligence, or AI, technologies.
Competition
In addition to the characteristics outlined above, the U.S. postsecondary education market is characterized by intense competition. Competitive factors include, among other things:
•the quality of the academic program and alignment to high growth jobs;
•affordability;
•breadth of degree offerings;
•flexibility in delivery models;
•frequency of course or program starts;
•faculty experience;
•level of support for student success;
•career counseling and placement services;
•reputation;
•effectiveness in attracting college-ready students; and
•compliance track record.
Institutions Serving Military Students
APUS has focused on serving the military community since its founding, and the community continues to be a primary source of APUS students. Approximately 2,400 institutions serve military students through participation in Department of Defense, or DoD, tuition assistance, or TA, programs, including APUS. APUS’s primary competitors for military students are other institutions offering online instruction and colleges and universities offering on-campus instruction near military installations.
We believe that APUS will continue to see competition in the military community from both not-for-profit and for-profit schools, as well as from the Armed Forces themselves, including through distance learning programs. For example, the U.S. Naval Community College, or the USNCC, is a community college supporting naval education for enlisted service members. While a number of schools with which APUS competes are participating partners with the USNCC, APUS is not an eligible partner because of its status as a for-profit institution. As traditional not-for-profit public and private schools continue to advance online capabilities, we believe that they may present competition for APUS.
Nursing Programs
RU and HCN’s nursing programs are offered as campus-based programs in the geographic areas surrounding their campuses. In RU and HCN’s combined 26 on-ground nursing campuses, we compete with a mix of community colleges, public and private postsecondary institutions, and other career-focused nursing colleges offering similar pre-licensure nursing programs. Because of the relatively local focus of these pre-licensure programs, our competitive environment is moderately fragmented and affected by various factors specific to the states and particular areas where campuses are located, including local supply and demand for nurses and nursing schools. We are also continuing to focus on growing our post-licensure nursing programs, for which the competitive environment is less fragmented and has larger competitors, including because RN to BSN and other post-licensure degrees are available online as well as in traditional campus-based environments.
Other Public and Postsecondary Institutions
Within the broader postsecondary education market, our institutions compete primarily with not-for-profit, public, and private two-year and four-year colleges, as well as other for-profit schools, particularly those that offer online learning programs. Due to an increase in online postsecondary offerings, we face increased competition as students pursue degree and credential-based postsecondary education from a wider selection of online offerings. For example, we anticipate increased competition from campus-based postsecondary institutions as they continue to increase online degree programs and develop more non-traditional programs.
Most public institutions are aided by substantial government subsidies. Public and private not-for-profit institutions benefit from grants, tax-exemptions, contributions, and other financial resources not widely available to for-profit institutions. Many public competitors also benefit from longstanding name recognition and are able to directly recruit students in a more cost-effective manner, especially in their local markets. Many private institutions are able to make larger investments in marketing, as their cost of tuition is higher than tuition at our institutions.
Non-Traditional Competition
We also face competition, particularly at APUS and for RU’s online programs, from competing schools and others providing non-traditional education programs, often without charge or at low costs, including:
•institutions offering competency-based education, or CBE, programs and single course or course packages aimed at credentialing outcomes rather than degree outcomes;
•corporate training and other companies partnering with universities or the federal government to offer alternative educational paths for students and the federal government workforce, respectively;
•entities providing coding bootcamps or micro-credentials; and
•non-degree granting institutions such as massive online course providers.
We believe that our institutions will continue to face new competition from non-traditional programs.
For more information on competition within the postsecondary education market in which we compete, refer to “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Attracting and Retaining Students”.
Our Opportunities and Strengths
Our Opportunities
Active-Duty Military, Veterans, and their Families
The U.S. military community will continue to be an important market segment for online education. We believe service members will continue to seek respected universities that provide military-focused support services coupled with an online curriculum and flexible scheduling. We believe service members are particularly interested in postsecondary credentials that offer both career advancement within the military and preparation for employment outside of the military.
We believe that military veterans represent another important addressable market for online education. The U.S. Bureau of Labor estimates that in 2025 there were approximately 6.1 million veterans aged 18 to 54. We believe that our military heritage, affordability, and online offerings are attractive to veterans. In addition, policies and campaigns to facilitate the hiring of veterans may reduce barriers to non-military jobs and facilitate veteran-owned businesses. As these policies and campaigns reduce barriers to non-military jobs and facilitate veteran-owned businesses, we believe online universities offer valuable educational opportunities for veterans regardless of where they live, work, or learn.
We also believe that family members of both active-duty military and veterans represent an opportunity given our prominence and reputation in the military and veterans communities.
Nursing
The expanding need for healthcare coupled with a nursing shortage continues to drive significant demand for nursing education. Projected employment for licensed practical nurses and registered nurses is expected to grow by approximately 3% and 5% annually, respectively, from 2024 to 2034, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ Occupational Outlook Handbook. When factoring in the need to replace workers who transfer to different occupations or exit the labor force, such as to retire, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics projects openings each year for nurses of more than 200,000 through 2034, though the amount of demand varies by geography.
There is significant unmet demand from qualified students for nursing educational programs. Despite anticipated job opportunity growth, qualified applicants are not always accepted by nursing programs, primarily due to program selectivity, a shortage of clinical sites, faculty, and resource constraints. However, given the state and regulatory approvals necessary, investment in campuses, specialized programmatic knowledge and related accreditations, clinical placement requirements, time to receive approval to grow enrollments, and various standards that nursing schools must meet, we believe there are challenges for new entrants to nursing education. We also believe we may distinguish ourselves from our competitors by developing direct partnerships with healthcare providers as they become more involved in educating and training their future workforces, of which nurses are the largest segment.
Career Learning
U.S. employers are increasingly reporting significant gaps between required skills and the capabilities of their workforce. Working adults also recognize the need to be lifelong learners. We believe employers and professional associations will continue to seek partnerships with academic institutions to advance the skills and productivity of their workforce through higher education and career learning programs, which we see as an opportunity, particularly for RU and HCN. We also believe that there is an opportunity to expand the APUS brand more broadly to attract students beyond its historical constituency.
Our Competitive Strengths
Return on Educational Investment and Affordability
Our institutions are committed to continually assessing and enhancing our academic programs and student services to offer a high-quality education and facilitate successful outcomes for our students and graduates that align with employer needs.
In addition, as described in “Our Institutions and Operations – Human Capital” below, our institutions focus on excellence by hiring experienced faculty and continuing to develop their capabilities.
Providing affordable, quality degree and certificate programs is an important element of our competitive strategy. We believe the combined tuition and fees at APUS are generally less than the average in-state cost at a public university. APUS’s low tuition and fees, in combination with APUS-funded tuition grants and book grants provided to all undergraduate students, result in significant savings and mean that APUS students are not required to take on as much debt as they might at another institution. APUS’s generous transfer credit policy, and use of open educational resources, further reduce a student’s out-of-pocket costs.
Tuition and fees at RU and HCN are also designed to be affordable and competitive when compared with those of similar institutions offering the same level of flexibility, accessibility, and student experience. RU students may also lower their total cost of attendance through self-directed assessments, which provide savings by permitting students who demonstrate proficiency in a subject to test out of courses. Similarly, HCN students may apply performance-based grants toward the balance of their tuition. Please refer to “Our Institutions and Operations – Our Institutions – Affordability and Cost of Attendance” below.
We believe that, given broad concerns about rising tuition and student loan debt in higher education, there are opportunities to create awareness and attract college-ready students with the primary message of affordability and value.
Relevant Offerings Aligned with Demand
Our institutions offer programs aligned to jobs that U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics data and non-governmental organizations have indicated as high growth areas. Our institutions are also committed to continually assessing and enhancing our academic programs and student services to offer a high-quality education and facilitate successful outcomes for our students and graduates that align with employer needs. The depth and breadth of APUS’s and RU’s non-nursing program offerings are designed to effectively address the needs of students who enter into education programs with vastly different educational and career backgrounds and goals. For example, APUS utilizes Industry Advisory Councils to evaluate its current curriculum and determine the career relevance of programs and degrees, which facilitate efforts to connect APUS’s curriculum to the industries and the students it serves and to deliver a high-quality academic product. RU and HCN, meanwhile, create new nurses to meet the significant imbalance of supply and demand that exists for nurses by preparing and training nursing students to enter the nursing profession as licensed nurses.
Flexible Program Offerings
Our institutions offer flexible learning modalities to meet the needs of busy working adults. APUS offers online delivery with monthly starts and academic support offerings that are individualized to students’ needs, while RU offers a blend of in person and online courses for their nursing and other healthcare-related programs, and flexible start dates and online courses for other programs. HCN offers PN and ADN programs that accommodate working adults by offering on-campus instruction, online instruction for certain courses, as well as daytime and evening/weekend options at its Ohio campuses.
Market Leadership
Our status as a market leader in key areas we serve means that we operate from a position of strength in those areas. APUS is the number one educator of active-duty military and of veterans. Since its founding, APUS has broadened its focus to include veterans, extended military families, and other public service and service-minded communities, with a focus on a broad purpose of “educating those who serve.” As of December 31, 2025, approximately 62% of APUS’s students self-reported that they served in the military on active duty at the time of initial enrollment, and approximately 15% of APUS’s students self-reported that they are a military veteran. We are also a national leader in pre-licensure nursing education. RU and HCN have more than 10,200 nursing students at their 26 campuses across eight states and online with over 90% of those students pursuing a pre-licensure PN diploma, ADN, or post-licensure BSN degree.
Expansive Nursing Footprint
Our institutions train nurses at 26 campuses across eight states and online. Given the state and regulatory approvals necessary, the investment in physical campus facilities, the specialized programmatic knowledge and related accreditations, clinical placement requirements, the time to receive approval to grow nursing enrollments and various standards that nursing schools must meet, we believe nursing education – and in particular first or pre-licensure nursing education – provides us with opportunities to distinguish ourselves from our competitors.
In addition, we believe we are one of the only educators with a full “ladder” of nursing curriculum from PN diplomas to Doctoral degrees.
Purpose-Built Student Information System
At APUS, our purpose-built technology platform allows for scale without significant additional cost, and our student information system is purpose-built to serve active-duty military by allowing students that intend to access their TA benefit to seamlessly enroll, register, and gain approval for this benefit.
Our Business Strategy and Goals
Win with Service-Minded Students and their Families
At our core is a recognition of the importance of individuals who serve the country and society at large. We aim to deliver on our vision of education that transforms lives, advances careers, and improves communities by “educating those who serve.” Our institutions are purpose-built to educate the service-minded student by offering programs designed to prepare individuals for contributions to their profession and society and to provide opportunities to advance students in their current professions or help them prepare for their next career.
We seek to offer curriculum in bundles that resonate with service-minded students and their families. We expect to continue to focus on education that provides real skills and pathways to employment and career advancement in fields that align with demand. We aim to deliver differentiated, memorable learner experiences across the entire student journey.
Deliver a Return on Higher Education Investment
We seek to maximize a student’s return on their educational investment. We believe learners are looking for a practical solution that provides value in return for their educational investment and that fits their lifestyle and values. We believe there are opportunities to create awareness and attract college-ready students with the primary message of affordability and value.
Grow a National Nursing Platform
We are focused on expanding nursing opportunities through geographic campus expansion and the expansion of our programs and course offerings. This focus includes expansion of our post-licensure enrollments, particularly at RU where key post-licensure programs have already been established and are primarily delivered online, which represents an opportunity for our alumni and other already-licensed nurses to advance their nursing careers. We also seek to enhance provider partnerships to act as a catalyst for enrollment growth and defray student costs. We intend to continue to seek opportunities for both organic and inorganic growth, including by exploring acquisitions of other nursing schools.
Build a Career Learning Platform
We believe that our institutions provide us with a foundation from which we can build a career learning platform. APUS partners with community colleges, which prepare students for transfer opportunities to APUS for bachelor’s degree programs. At RU and HCN we seek to enter into new nursing provider partnerships and expand existing nursing provider partnerships. Together RU and HCN have over 400 corporate alliance partners whose employees can pursue an education at RU or HCN. Additionally, among our institutions’ offerings are certificate and credentialing programs.
Achieve Sustainable Growth
We aim to increase our public market scale by growing the revenue of our enterprise organically and inorganically and delivering improved enterprise-wide operating margins. We will continue to develop capabilities to drive organic growth and plan to continue to assess and pursue strategic acquisitions and integrate and grow them for inorganic growth. For example, we will continue to focus on being the top educator for active-duty military and veterans and one of the top educators for pre-licensure nurses.
Focus on Regulatory Metrics
We strive to deliver a quality, competitive education, which goes hand-in-hand with demonstrating compliance with various regulatory standards and metrics. We expect to continue to focus on the core elements of our business that are necessary to meet these standards and metrics.
For example, in our nursing programs, we continue to focus on improving various achievement metrics, particularly around NCLEX pass rates and retention statistics, and at APUS, we continue to focus on ensuring that we comply with the 90/10 Rule.
Optimize Our Cost Structure Through the Shared Services Model
We aim to deliver better, faster, more cost effective, responsible, scalable results for our institutions by providing shared services to them, as noted in “Our Institutions and Operations” below. We believe that the shared services model promotes the efficient use of resources. With the expected completion of the Combination and the creation of APU Global and RU Health+, we expect there to be revenue synergies and cost synergy opportunities through the elimination of redundancies and optimizing operations.
OUR INSTITUTIONS AND OPERATIONS
We provide postsecondary education through three educational institutions of higher learning: APUS, RU, and HCN. Each institution is primarily responsible for its own academic mission, while APEI performs certain business functions on a shared basis for the benefit of APUS, RU, and HCN, with the capability to further expand these shared services to these entities. We believe that the shared services model promotes the efficient use of resources.
Our Institutions
Programs and Areas of Study
We offer a total of 181 degree programs, 110 certificate programs, and four diploma programs, through our institutions. We offer programs across a broad range of fields of study, including public service-focused fields such as nursing, national security, military studies, intelligence, and homeland security, as well as traditional academic fields such as business, health science, information technology, justice studies, education, and liberal arts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Programs |
Number |
| APUS Degrees |
133 |
| RU Degrees |
47 |
| HCN Degree |
1 |
| Total Degree Programs |
181 |
| Total Certificates |
110 |
| Total Diplomas |
4 |
| Total Programs, Certificates, and Diplomas |
295 |
General Academics
APUS offers 133 degree programs and 98 certificate programs across five schools of study. More than 1,700 distinct courses are available in either eight- or sixteen-week formats. Most APUS academic terms begin on the first Monday of each month. APUS’ certificate programs generally require a minimum of 18 credit hours and focus on a particular component of a broader degree program. Among those programs are 13 undergraduate and 11 graduate NanoCertsTM programs, which are focused programs comprised of three academic courses in a related area of interest that provide skills necessary for career or professional development and result in a micro credential. RU offers over 60 programs across seven schools of study in addition to nursing. RU offers approximately 700 distinct courses in 5.5 or 11-week formats with terms beginning in January, April, July, and October, as well as 5.5 week terms beginning mid- February, mid- May, mid-August, and mid-November of each year.
Nursing
RU offers a comprehensive “ladder” of nursing degrees, including a pre-licensure Diploma in PN, ADN, and a BSN degree, as well as the post-licensure RN to BSN degree, Master of Science in Nursing degree and Doctorate of Nursing Practice. In addition, RU also offers a post-graduate nursing certificate. HCN offers on-campus instruction leading to a PN diploma or ADN, as well as a Direct Entry ADN option that offers an accelerated graduation pathway for students who meet certain transfer credit, academic, and entrance exam requirements. Portions of these programs are taught online. Academic terms for HCN’s PN and ADN programs begin four times each year, with courses starting in January, April, July, and October.
Graduates of RU and HCN’s PN and ADN programs are eligible to seek licensure after passing the applicable NCLEX exams.
Student Body
Overall, our institutions have approximately 108,600 students enrolled online and at 26 campuses across eight states, with enrollment calculated differently depending on the institution.
The student body of APUS consists of approximately 88,700 enrolled students, most of whom are employed full-time. Student enrollment is defined as the number of unique active students, including those who take an approved leave of absence, who are currently attending a course or have completed at least one course within the last 12 months. APUS is designed to serve adult learners with tailored offerings to support them in successfully reaching their individual goals. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 62% of APUS’s students self-reported that they served in the military on active duty at the time of initial enrollment, and approximately 15% of APUS’s students self-reported that they are a military veteran. The remainder of APUS’s students are other military or military-affiliated professionals (such as reservists or National Guard members), public service professionals (such as law enforcement personnel or other first responders), and other non-military students (such as working adult students and military spouses). Many APUS students have significant prior education and career experiences; approximately 88% enroll at APUS with prior educational credits, approximately 90% are working adults, and APUS students have an average age of 34.
RU provides education to approximately 15,900 enrolled students at 18 campuses across five states. Student enrollment is defined as the number of unique active students, including those who take an approved leave of absence. RU offers programs across a broad range of fields of study, with a focus on healthcare, specifically nursing education. At RU, 80% of students are over the age of 25 and 83% are female. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 6,200 students are pursuing nursing degrees at RU, over 90% of whom are enrolled in RU’s pre-licensure degree programs.
HCN provides nursing education to approximately 4,000 students at eight campuses across three states. The average HCN student is approximately 35 years old and 93% of HCN students are female. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 67% of HCN students were enrolled in a PN program and 32% were enrolled in an ADN program.
Accreditation
Our institutions have institutional accreditation, and their programs often have programmatic or specialized accreditation. Institutional accreditation is an important attribute of our institutions. Colleges and universities depend, in part, on accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Students and sponsors of tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for quality assurance, and employers rely on institutions’ accredited status when evaluating a candidate’s credentials. APUS is institutionally accredited by HLC with a Standard Pathway designation, with the next reaffirmation of accreditation site visit date to take place in May 2027, which will entail a review of APUS in its post-Combination form. RU has institutional accreditation from HLC with an Open Pathway designation, with the next comprehensive evaluation for reaffirmation of accreditation scheduled for March 2027. HCN is institutionally accredited by ABHES and has been granted continued accreditation through February 2027 for all programs at all campuses. Upon completion of the Combination, HCN will no longer maintain its separate accreditation through ABHES.
In addition to institutional accreditation, certain of our programs offered have received specialized accreditation. For example, the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs accredits approximately 15 different business-focused academic programs offered by APUS and accredits APUS’s accounting program under a specialized accounting accreditation. The Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education accredits the Bachelor and Master of Science in Nursing programs at APUS and RU. Certain programs offered by RU have received specialized accreditation as well. For example, RU’s PN and ADN programs are accredited by the Accrediting Commission for Education in Nursing. HCN’s PN program is accredited by NLN CNEA.
RU and HCN’s locations and programs are approved by state agencies as well. For example, the nursing education programs offered by RU and HCN are approved by the relevant state boards of nursing.
For more information on accreditation and licensure, please refer to “Regulatory Environment – Accreditation” and “Regulatory Environment – State Authorization/Licensure” in this Annual Report.
Admissions and Admissions Standards
We seek to attract students who are more likely to persist and succeed in our programs and continue to work to identify and implement changes and initiatives in an effort to attract and enroll more college-ready students more effectively. We welcome students to apply for admission at any time through online application processes at APUS, RU, and HCN. The current qualification for most undergraduate programs is a high school diploma or General Education Development certificate. Applicants for graduate programs must hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited U.S. institution or an equivalent foreign institution. Certain programs may have additional admissions standards and restrictions. For example, RU and HCN require prospective nursing students to achieve qualifying entrance exam scores for certain programs.
Affordability and Cost of Attendance
We have long been focused on offering our students affordable programs. Affordable tuition has been a priority of APUS since its founding. APUS tuition remains among the lowest in the four-year for-profit sector. APUS costs are approximately 22% less than the average in-state full-time undergraduate tuition, fees, and books at four-year public universities, based on the final 2024-2025 institutional data reported to ED through the Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System. The low tuition and fees, in combination with APUS-funded tuition grants and book grants provided to all undergraduate students, results in significant savings to APUS students. Additionally, APUS’s generous transfer credit policy, and use of open educational resources, further reduce a student’s out-of-pocket costs. Tuition and fees at RU and HCN are also designed to be affordable and competitive with those of similar institutions offering the same level of flexibility, accessibility, and student experience.
Tuition and Fees
APUS implemented tuition and fee increases for its non-military and veteran students in the second and third quarters of 2023. In April 2024, APUS implemented an additional modest tuition increase to master’s level students across all categories, including military, non-military, and veteran students, and in September 2024, APUS returned the military rate for master’s level students to the $250 per credit hour rate in effect prior to the April 2024 tuition increase. Following these increases, tuition for undergraduate courses is $350 per credit hour, while tuition for master’s level classes is $455 per credit hour. In general, a bachelor’s degree may be earned for $42,000 in tuition costs at current tuition rates, and APUS master’s degrees may be earned for $16,380 in tuition at current tuition rates. In February 2026, APUS increased undergraduate tuition to $360 per credit hour for undergraduate level courses, and increased tuition to $470 per credit hour for master’s level courses for non-military students. APUS does not charge an admission fee or fees for services such as registration, course drops, or similar events that trigger fees at many other institutions. Because APUS is an exclusively online institution, there are no required resident fees, such as for parking, food service, student union, and recreation. Most students taking graduate courses at APUS are charged a technology fee of $85 per course. When applicable, APUS students are charged certain additional fees, such as graduation, late registration, transcript request, and comprehensive examination fees.
RU’s costs vary among its programs and between part-time and full-time attendance. RU implemented modest tuition increases in the first quarters of 2023 and 2024 for all students for select programs, for new students for select programs in August 2024, and for returning students for select programs in October 2024, to help offset the increased cost of delivering a quality education. RU implemented modest tuition increases for new and reentering students in August 2025 and implemented modest increases for current students in non-prelicensure nursing programs in October 2025. RU implemented a modest tuition increase for prelicensure nursing program students in January 2026. RU’s ADN program typically costs $453 per credit hour in addition to course fees. Credit hour costs range from $260 per credit hour to $453 per credit hour for other undergraduate programs. At the graduate level, RU offers six different master’s programs for $290 per credit hour or less. RU charges a $200 course technology and resource fee for each course. Students may purchase required textbooks or e-books through RU for a flat fee of $15 for each textbook (traditional or e-book) for each course.
HCN’s costs vary among its programs. In the second quarter of 2023, HCN implemented a 5% increase in tuition and fees across all programs to offset the increased cost of delivering a quality, competitive education. In the fourth quarter of 2025, HCN implemented a 5% increase in tuition and fees for its ADN and PN programs, intended to reflect adjustments to be consistent with the local campus markets. HCN’s PN program may be completed for approximately $20,500 in tuition and fees, the ADN program may be completed for approximately $29,200 in tuition and fees, each of which is dependent on the campus location. Fees include the cost of examination review materials, lab fees, and test review fees, among others. Some of these costs are payable to HCN and others are payable to third parties. HCN’s students also incur costs for textbooks, supplies, uniforms, and its technology package. These costs vary by program and are paid for by HCN’s students as the textbooks or supplies are needed. HCN estimates that over the life of its programs, a student’s costs related to textbooks and supplies will be approximately $5,000 for the PN program and $6,000 for the ADN program.
At RU and HCN, tuition increases are adjusted to be consistent with the local campus markets. Even with these increases, RU and HCN’s tuition and fees are designed to be affordable and competitive when compared to the tuition and fees at similar institutions.
Grants and Other Fee Reduction Opportunities
APUS provides a Preferred Military Rate of $250 per credit hour for undergraduate and master’s level courses, for all U.S. active-duty military, National Guard members, Reservists, and military families. Active-duty military students using TA at the undergraduate level are expected to generally have no out-of-pocket expenses. In addition, APUS also provides a 10% grant for veterans and veteran’s family members, or Veteran Grant, on standard undergraduate tuition rates, a 15% Veteran Grant on master’s level courses, and a 10% Opportunity Grant for undergraduate and master’s level courses for remaining students. In addition, veterans who qualify for 100% of their Post-9/11 Veterans Educational Assistance Act of 2008, or Post-9/11 GI Bill, benefits are expected to generally have no out-of-pocket expenses either.
Active-duty military undergraduate students and their spouses and dependents enrolled in courses for academic credit at APUS receive textbooks and certain course materials at no additional cost to them through an APUS-funded institutional book-grant program. APUS also utilizes open access and online library materials where appropriate and works with various publishers to reduce the cost of textbooks and course materials for both graduate students who pay for textbooks and course materials and for APUS, which funds the book grant.
At RU, students can lower their total cost of attendance through self-directed assessments, which provide savings by permitting students who demonstrate proficiency in a subject to test out of courses. Self-directed assessments, when available, may be attempted for a prepaid fee, which is generally $149 per attempt.
HCN students may apply performance-based grants toward the balance of their tuition after the application of all other funding sources. HCN also offers an institutional affordability grant to students demonstrating financial need to cover the difference between the total cost of tuition and fees and the amount of all eligible financial aid resources. The grant is designed to limit a student’s monthly payment to $200 through an award of up to $200 per month, or $600 per term after consideration of financial aid, employer tuition reimbursement, and other financial resources.
HCN offers its students extended payment plan options. The extended payment plans are designed to assist students with educational costs including tuition and fees. HCN’s payment plans require ongoing payments while the student is enrolled in a program and extend after the last day of attendance or graduation. To the extent interest is applied, it is generally fixed and does not accrue until the student departs the program or graduates. The extended payment plan options do not impose any origination fees.
Sources of Student Financing and Financial Aid
Our students finance their education through a combination of individual resources, ED’s Title IV programs, private loans, state and federal grants, institutional grants, TA, Department of Veterans Affairs, or VA, educational benefits, and corporate reimbursement programs. Most students rely on some form of financial aid in addition to their individual resources. At APUS, students utilizing DoD’s TA programs as their primary source of payment accounted for 41% of revenue in 2025, those utilizing VA education benefits 26%, those utilizing ED’s Title IV programs 19%, and those utilizing cash and other sources 14%. At RU, students utilizing ED’s Title IV programs as their primary source of payment accounted for 78% of revenue in 2025, those utilizing cash and other sources 20%, and those utilizing VA education benefits 2%. In addition, most HCN students rely on some form of financial aid in addition to their individual resources. We believe that the ability of our students to participate in these programs is essential to the success of APUS, RU, and HCN.
Participation in TA, VA education benefits, and Title IV programs adds to our institutions’ regulatory burden and results in increased regulatory scrutiny, as described more fully below in “Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements”. Federal legislative activity and actions by ED, DoD, and VA may adversely impact the ability of our students to obtain tuition financing, which as with any other limitations on tuition financing could have a material adverse effect on enrollments and our financial condition, as described more fully below in “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Business”.
Student Retention and Academic Outcomes
Our institutions are focused on executing initiatives that will more effectively support their students and help improve those students’ educational outcomes. Improved engagement is an important element in our goal of retaining qualified students. For example, APUS and RU improve engagement through, among other things, faculty engagement initiatives and co-curricular initiatives to increase the level of engagement and collaboration in the classroom and strengthen the bond between those institutions and their students. We also carry out initiatives intended to improve the educational outcomes of our students. For example, RU is dedicated to helping students pass the NCLEX exam the first time by identifying student-specific challenge areas, providing customized tutoring resources and faculty training, and creating student support specialist positions to conduct NCLEX review sessions. In January 2025, RU implemented a contract with a third-party to provide nursing program curriculum upgrades and course materials and testing services to nursing students. These services include integrated NCLEX testing simulation and preparation tools throughout the curriculum and curriculum assessments to identify areas where RU can better enable student mastery and success. HCN offers students NCLEX fee vouchers to encourage students to take the NCLEX within a certain period after graduation. HCN continues to provide significant faculty development resources to support improvements to the teaching and learning experience and program outcomes. Additionally, HCN offers quarterly student workshops to help students prepare for taking the NCLEX exam, provides NCLEX-style questions on assessments throughout the program, and analyzes data from the NCLEX results, and other assessment tools, to adjust course requirements and materials.
Career Development
We believe assisting students in advancing their careers in their current profession or securing employment after completion of their programs or courses is an essential part of our mission. Our institutions offer an array of career services, including complementary personalized career advice for students and alumni through direct interaction with career services staff, career events such as in-person and virtual job fairs and on-campus recruiting, and institution-sponsored online job boards. APUS also offers career planning tools, such as an interest assessment to identify career options that fit student interests and guides to careers associated with student majors, and career preparation services, such as mock interview services, resume review services, and social media review services to improve students’ employer-facing online profiles. RU provides a variety of self-service resources, including access to a networking, job posting, a career research website, online resume building and interview preparation tools, webinars, and video tutorials, as well as online programmatic advising by dedicated career services advisors. We strive to link students directly with employers where we can. At RU and HCN we seek to enter into new nursing provider partnerships and expand existing nursing provider partnerships, and together RU and HCN have over 400 corporate alliance partners.
Marketing and Branding
We strive to align our marketing efforts with our business and strategy and to tailor our marketing approach to our educational offerings and the students we serve. This approach encompasses all our learning modalities, from online to on-campus to hybrid, and all our educational outcomes, from certification to degree, and leading to the career outcomes students seek after they leave us. As part of these efforts, we continue to highlight certain key marketing and branding messages that align with our strategy, including educating those who serve, affordability and value.
We execute our marketing efforts through both direct-to-student and business-to-business channels. Our marketing relationship with students extends across the entire student journey from recruitment to post-graduation and includes efforts to drive student awareness, improve student onboarding, increase persistence, improve student performance, and focus on career outcomes. We aim to market to students wherever they may be, through their chosen media or marketing channel, and in the geographies where they are located. Our approach includes in-person and relationship-based marketing as well as digital (including search, company-owned and external content, social media, and streaming services), and more traditional media television, radio, and print marketing efforts.
We also work with partners we believe can provide us with better access to students who will persist in our institutions’ programs. Over 25% of our RU enrollments are associated with an alliance or partner relationship. We have agreements with over 300 employers whose employees pursue an education at RU. APUS partners with over 120 employers and organizations directly. Additionally, we collaborate with leading tuition assistance administrators and vertical channel partners, extending our indirect reach to over 1,000 organizations and expanding awareness of our academic programs across diverse industries. The APUS Military Outreach team provides ongoing, professional, in-person services to our university’s military students across the United States. This team conducts on-base office hours across the country and participates in nearly 100 education fairs each year, ensuring consistent visibility and hands-on guidance for military learners. At RU and HCN, we seek to establish new partnerships with healthcare providers to further career outcomes and defray costs of education, as discussed more fully in “Our Institutions – Career Development” above.
Marketing efforts tailored for our institutions consider prospective and current students, including their respective educational goals. To that end, APUS marketing has historically had a relationship-based focus on building long-term relationships with businesses, professional organizations, and individuals in the military, military-affiliated, and public service communities. We also have programs at APUS that aim to assist members of the military as they transition into private sector jobs. RU and HCN nursing program marketing includes leveraging relationships with and marketing to the healthcare community, and we continue to focus our marketing efforts on non-nursing in markets with increases in demand for those programs.
In November 2025, APUS announced its plan to optimize dedicated marketing resources to promote benefits to extended families, and increase its messaging about Veteran Grants. APUS plans to leverage its existing military outreach team and student and alumni network, as well as entering new marketing channels, in order to accelerate growth among veteran and extended military family student populations.
APUS continues to plan to expand its reach to become a global digital university that integrates emerging technology and enhanced teaching and learning opportunities for faculty and students. APUS aims to provide students with collaborative learning experiences, classroom support powered by AI, and personalized digital services. Already, students can access personalized career coaches, and 24/7 mental health support, both in multiple languages; AI-based career services; and numerous online practical work experience opportunities.
All of our institutions’ marketing is performed in-house by our centralized marketing team through a shared services model. We continue to enhance our marketing team with subject matter expertise and optimize our initiatives utilizing marketing technology, data, and analytics. This in turn allows us to improve our marketing/media mix, audience targeting, creative messaging and user experience for all of our educational institutions.
Information Technology
Information technology systems are critical to our student experience and to the operations of our institutions. APEI provides information technology services to its institutions through a shared services model that supports centralized governance while enabling institution-specific requirements.
Prior to September 2024, RU had outsourced a broad set of technology services under an agreement with Collegis LLC, including hosting and operation of learning management, student information, and customer relationship management systems, student and end-user support, voice services, network operations, and related infrastructure services.
Our Ongoing Technology Transformation
We are executing a multi-year enterprise technology transformation intended to modernize our core platforms, improve student experience, reduce long-term technology risk, and improve operational effectiveness. This work is managed through defined, sequential stages to ensure a controlled rollout while maintaining uninterrupted operations.
Throughout 2024, we insourced core platform ownership, architecture, integration, and institutional support capabilities while continuing to use managed service providers for certain operational and commodity services. This operating structure is intended to increase internal control over mission-critical systems and reduce dependency risks while benefitting from retaining the scalability of external partners.
In 2025, we began implementing an organizational redesign that aligns technology teams and functions into “domains.” Each domain is responsible for a defined set of platforms, business capabilities, and services. This structural model is intended to create clearer accountability for system ownership, reduce fragmentation, streamline decision-making, and ensure that each critical area of student, academic, and enterprise operations has a dedicated technology leadership structure. Domains are supported by centralized centers of excellence in data, cybersecurity, enterprise architecture, and platform engineering to promote consistency and standard practices across portfolios.
Student Information and Instructional Delivery
Our core enterprise systems include (i) student information systems, or SIS, which support admissions, registration, academic records, tuition and financial transactions, and student services; (ii) learning management systems, or LMS, which support instructional delivery; and (iii) customer relationship management, or CRM, systems, which support admissions and enrollment.
APUS operates a legacy customized SIS known as Partnership at a Distance™, or PAD. We continue to evaluate modernization and long-term platform strategies, including staged transition approaches intended to minimize operational disruption while providing more modern architecture and end-user experiences. RU uses Anthology Campus Nexus as its SIS and HCN uses a separate legacy SIS platform. In 2026, we will be moving non-core SIS data and workflow functions for RU and HCN into Salesforce, which already serves as a stable system of record for student lifecycle data and operational processes for APUS and RU. This approach is intended to preserve core regulatory and academic-record functions within the SIS while shifting surrounding processes into a more stable and standardized platform. In 2026, we plan to begin migrating HCN to a new SIS platform as part of our broader strategy to reduce fragmentation and complexity across student information systems.
APUS and HCN use Brightspace by D2L as their LMS platform. RU currently uses Blackboard Ultra, hosted by Anthology. In 2026, we plan to transition RU from Blackboard Ultra to D2L to consolidate our LMS environment across our institutions, which we expect will reduce operational complexity and support a more consistent academic experience. While we expect to complete certain of these upgrades in 2026 and 2027, there can be no guarantee that they will be completed on this timeline. We regularly evaluate opportunities to modernize and improve the operational effectiveness of our technology systems and platforms, and we anticipate additional changes as we work to execute on our multi-year enterprise technology transformation.
In addition to our SIS, LMS, and CRM platforms, we maintain systems that support financial aid processing, institutional finance, human resources, marketing, analytics, and enterprise decision support.
Our Information Technology Infrastructure
Our technology infrastructure consists of two co-location data centers and a mix of internally managed and third-party managed environments. Redundant network connectivity supports student and institutional access to all systems. We are continuing to transition toward a cloud-based operating model through the phased migration of applications, integration services, and infrastructure workloads to cloud platforms. We expect to operate a hybrid environment during this transition. Our objective is to improve scalability, reliability, security, and resilience while reducing reliance on fixed on-premises infrastructure and reducing exposure to individual vendor ecosystems.
For additional information regarding risks relating to our information technology systems, see “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Technology Infrastructure” generally.
Human Capital
Strategy and Values
Our ability to deliver on our mission, on quality student outcomes, and on sustainable growth is tightly aligned with our human capital strategy. Our performance depends on the talents, experience, and efforts of our faculty and non-faculty staff, and on our ability to foster a culture and practice of high performance, innovation, cooperation, integrity, and respect. We seek to be a destination for high-potential employees and desire to build a bench of future leaders by developing best-in-class human capital capabilities. We also strive to ensure we have optimized the position descriptions and performance expectations of the entire workforce. During 2025, our key human capital efforts focused on furthering the partnership between our centralized shared services human resources, or HR, teams and our embedded HR business partners teams in our institutions, as well as continuing to enhance our learning management and training platforms. Those teams collectively continue to support our talent acquisition and development efforts for our faculty and non-faculty staff roles.
As of December 31, 2025, APEI’s employee population comprised the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Faculty Members (Full-Time) |
|
Other Professional Staff (Full-Time) |
|
Total Full-Time Employees |
|
Faculty Members (Part-Time) |
|
Other Professional Staff (Part-Time) |
|
Total |
| APUS |
307 |
|
|
583 |
|
|
890 |
|
|
1,501 |
|
|
6 |
|
|
2,397 |
|
| RU |
248 |
|
|
616 |
|
|
864 |
|
|
1,543 |
|
|
313 |
|
|
2,720 |
|
| HCN |
150 |
|
|
172 |
|
|
322 |
|
|
86 |
|
|
32 |
|
|
440 |
|
| Corporate |
— |
|
|
284 |
|
|
284 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
284 |
|
| Total |
705 |
|
|
1,655 |
|
|
2,360 |
|
|
3,130 |
|
|
351 |
|
|
5,841 |
|
The different backgrounds of our employees are influenced in part by the geography in which our headquarters, administrative offices, and campuses are located and by the communities we serve, in particular military, military-affiliated, veteran, and nursing communities.
Talent Development and Retention
We believe the quality of our faculty and non-faculty staff is critical to the student experience and student outcomes and is therefore vital to our institutions’ success. Hiring competition is intense, especially for faculty in specialized areas and for qualified executives. RU and HCN also compete with both nursing schools and traditional employers of healthcare professionals to fill open faculty positions. A nursing faculty shortage continues in certain markets, adversely affecting our ability to recruit and retain qualified nursing faculty at RU and HCN. We believe that current job market dynamics, including low unemployment, have further increased the challenge of hiring and employee retention. We strive to retain our talent and closely track retention of our faculty and non-faculty staff. In 2024 and 2025, we had full-time faculty and non-faculty staff turnover of approximately 14% and 16%, of which, in 2024 and 2025, 73% and 67% were voluntary and 27% and 33% were involuntary, respectively. Although we continue to take steps to retain our current faculty and non-faculty staff and source and recruit talent, there can be no assurance that our efforts will meet our goals.
Our strategic initiatives require our personnel to perform at a high level and to adapt and learn new skills and capabilities. New faculty members complete on-boarding, orientation, and training. All faculty have annual development opportunities and requirements. In addition, our institutions regularly review faculty performance. We have implemented a centralized talent and transformation team to focus on improving internal learning and development practices and succession planning to ensure that we cultivate skills needed to deliver high quality student outcomes and help grow our operations. We execute an annual enterprise-wide talent review to ensure a consistent review of talent and construct meaningful development plans for leaders within our organization, as well as enhanced succession planning. While previous talent reviews focused on vice presidents and more senior employees, in 2025 we extended the talent review process to include all employees at director and above. We also continued our centralized, consistent compliance training approach across the organization. We continued to use the learning management and training platform that we implemented in 2024 and remain committed to working to ensure that new hires and employees are fully trained on key compliance matters upon hiring and on an annual basis thereafter. We review all required compliance trainings annually for comprehensiveness. Finally, we offer a comprehensive education benefit program that provides opportunities for our employees to advance their education and careers by taking courses at APUS, RU, and HCN.
Staffing our Institutions
We believe that hiring and retaining well-educated and qualified faculty and non-faculty staff members is important to our success. In 2025, we leveraged our fully centralized talent acquisition function and team to improve talent search efficiency, increase the consistency of our sourcing practices, and strengthen hiring processes. We have seen a significant reduction in our metrics related to time to fill open positions and believe that we have improved our ability to assess talent needs company-wide.
At APUS, approximately 77% of our full-time faculty have a terminal degree in their field of study, and virtually all undergraduate full-time faculty members hold graduate degrees. Many APUS faculty members have relevant experience at other universities and within military, corporate, and government institutions. At RU and HCN, all full-time nursing faculty have earned a BSN or higher. In addition to having the necessary educational requirements, RU and HCN seek faculty members who have demonstrated experience in the field of nursing.
Employee Engagement and Relations
We measure employee engagement, including full-time faculty, on an ongoing basis by soliciting feedback, including by using an annual, company-wide employee engagement survey to gather and assess our employees’ views on various matters. The results from these surveys are used to implement programs and processes designed to enhance employee engagement and improve the employee and faculty experience. In 2025, we launched a condensed version of our annual survey to gain feedback on key areas of importance to our human capital management strategy, and we are implementing action plans to address areas of opportunities identified in those results. None of our employees are party to a collective bargaining agreement, and management considers employee relations to be good.
Health and Safety
We are committed to the health and well-being of our employees and assess our well-being initiatives and marketplace trends on an ongoing basis. We have increased our focus on employee well-being and have enhanced our Total Rewards Team, which is focused on benefits and well-being. In addition, in 2025 we added a fitness benefit which provides access to online workouts and discounted gym memberships, and no cost mental health resources. We offer paid parental leave to support our full-time faculty and non-faculty staff and their families and additional paid time off, including time for volunteerism, as additional retention tools. In 2025, we continued to provide benefits through our employee discount program and continued focused efforts to educate our employees on the company-provided benefits and resources available to them.
Community Impact
We have a variety of engagement and community impact councils at APEI and in our education units. These teams lead our efforts to ensure that we positively impact the communities in which our employees work and live, including by organizing volunteer opportunities. We provide all full-time employees, including faculty and non-faculty staff, with eight hours of additional paid time off for volunteering and giving back to our communities.
Information About our Executive Officers
Set forth below is certain information concerning our executive officers serving as of the date of this Annual Report.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
| Angela K. Selden |
|
60 |
|
President and Chief Executive Officer, APEI |
| Edward H. Codispoti |
|
54 |
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, APEI |
| James Kenigsberg |
|
49 |
|
Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer, APEI |
| Thomas A. Beckett |
|
58 |
|
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, APEI |
| Tanya J. Axenson |
|
50 |
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer, APEI |
| Karmela Gaffney |
|
58 |
|
Senior Vice President, and Chief Marketing Officer |
| Nuno S. Fernandes |
|
49 |
|
President, APUS |
| Mark L. Arnold |
|
52 |
|
President, RU |
Angela K. Selden joined us in September 2019 as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors. Ms. Selden had previously served as Chief Executive Officer of DIGARC, LLC, an education technology provider to higher education institutions, since October 2016. From July 2015 until April 2016, Ms. Selden was Interim Chief Executive Officer of Skybridge Americas, a global contact center and provider of fulfillment solutions, and she served as a member of its board of directors from July 2015 through December 2018. Prior to Skybridge Americas, Ms. Selden served as Chief Executive Officer of Workforce Insight, LLC, a global provider of strategic workforce management, from 2014 to 2015, after Workforce Insight’s acquisition by Baird Capital Partners, where Ms. Selden served as Executive in Residence from 2013 to 2014 and participated in the acquisition of Workforce Insight. Prior to her role at Baird, Ms. Selden served as Chief Executive Officer and Executive Co-Chairman of Arise Virtual Solutions, Inc., a virtual workforce solutions outsourcer from January 2005 until August 2011. Earlier in her career, Ms. Selden spent 18 years at Accenture, including serving as the Managing Partner leading Accenture’s North American West Consumer and Industrial Products group to significant growth.
Edward H. Codispoti, CPA joined us in October 2025 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Codispoti had previously served as the Chief Financial Officer of NV5 Global, Inc. from June 2019 until October 2025. Prior to NV5 Global, Mr. Codispoti was the Chief Financial Officer of Ilumno Holdings, Ltd. from May 2017 until June 2019 and Chief Financial Officer of JetSmarter, Inc. from October 2016 to March 2017. He served in various capacities for TradeStation Group, Inc., including Chief Financial Officer from June 2011 to August 2016, Chief Accounting Officer from February 2010 to June 2011 and Corporate Controller and Vice President of Accounting from September 2007 to May 2011.
Mr. Codispoti began his career at Arthur Andersen, LLP.
James Kenigsberg joined us in August 2025 as the Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer of APEI and had previously served as a director of APEI from June 2022 until his appointment as Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer. Prior to joining APEI, Mr. Kenigsberg was the founding Chief Technology Officer at 2U, Inc., from August 2008 until January 2022. He continued to support 2U’s strategic initiatives as a Senior Strategic Advisor through January 2024. Prior to 2U, Mr. Kenigsberg served as Vice President of Application Development at The Princeton Review from October 2000 to August 2008. He also held senior technology roles at Thomson Reuters and Ogilvy & Mather from January 1998 to October 2000.
Thomas A. Beckett joined us in April 2011 as Director, Legal Affairs for APUS, in January 2012 became Vice President, Legal Affairs, and since January 2016, has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, and Secretary since June 2016. Prior to joining APUS, Mr. Beckett was the General Counsel and Chief Operating Officer of HealthSport, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, InnoZen, Inc. (now CURE Pharmaceutical) from 2007 to 2010. In addition, from 2004 to 2010, Mr. Beckett held various leadership positions at HealthSport and InnoZen. Prior to this, Mr. Beckett was an associate at King & Spalding LLP and Holland & Knight LLP. Mr. Beckett began his career as a banking officer with First Union National Bank. Mr. Beckett is on the board of directors of Shenandoah Telecommunications Company, a wireless telephone and cable services company.
Tanya J. Axenson joined us in July 2022 as Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer. Prior to joining APEI, Ms. Axenson served as Senior Vice President of HR and Chief Diversity Officer of Erickson Senior Living, which develops, operates, and manages continuing care retirement communities, from January 2021 to July 2022. Previously, Ms. Axenson also served as Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of Aerotek, Inc., a leading talent solutions provider, from September 2012 to January 2021. Ms. Axenson also previously held various other human capital and legal roles at Exelon/Constellation Energy, an energy provider, and served as an associate attorney at Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP.
Karmela Gaffney joined us in July 2023 as Acting Chief Marketing Officer before being hired for the role full-time in December 2023. Prior to joining APEI, Ms. Gaffney served as the Chief Marketing Officer of Academic Partnerships from 2020 to 2022 and Senior Vice President of Digital and Integrated Marketing at the same company from 2018 until 2020. Prior to this, Ms. Gaffney was Vice President, eCommerce and Phoenix.edu at University of Phoenix from 2015 to 2018 and was Vice President, Digital Commerce at Choice Hotels International from 2013 to 2015. Ms. Gaffney also previously held various leadership roles at Best Western Hotels & Resorts.
Nuno S. Fernandes joined us in August 2022 as President of APUS. Prior to joining APUS, Mr. Fernandes served at Ilumno, a company that partners with universities in Latin America to expand access to higher education throughout the region, as President and Chief Executive Officer from May 2019 to August 2022, Executive Vice President, Global Operations and Strategic Alliances from April 2018 to May 2019, Executive Vice President, Strategic Alliances from May 2017 to April 2018, Senior Vice President, Global Operations from September 2016 to May 2017, Chief Marketing and Operations Officer from September 2015 to September 2016, Senior Vice President Marketing, Enrollment and Student Services from January 2014 to September 2015, and Senior Vice President Marketing, Enrollment from January 2013 to January 2014. Mr. Fernandes has also held various leadership roles at Overseas Leisure Group and Bosch.
Mark L. Arnold joined us in January 2025 as President of RU. Prior to joining RU, Mr. Arnold served as the Chief Executive Officer of Nystrom & Associates, an outpatient mental health provider, from 2020 to 2023. Prior to this, Mr. Arnold was Chief Operating Officer at Rayus Radiology (formerly, Center for Diagnostic Imaging) from 2017 to 2020 and held other various roles, including Chief Development & Strategy Officer, Senior Vice President & General Manager, Regional Vice President, Minnesota, and Vice President, Strategy and Business Development from 2011 to 2017. Mr. Arnold previously served as a senior healthcare research analyst at Piper Sandler from 2005 to 2011, held leadership roles at 3M Company, and was a healthcare management consultant.
Intellectual Property
We and our institutions own, and exercise rights associated with patents, copyrights, trademarks (registered and common law), and domain names to protect our intellectual property.
Our institutions own or license all course syllabi and course and instructional materials developed by their faculty and non-faculty staff and, as such, these course materials may be used by our institutions in current and future courses as needed to facilitate instruction and may be modified by our institutions to meet evolving course or curriculum requirements.
In general, our institutions do not assert ownership claims to scholarly works of their faculty, such as articles, professional presentations, and books, which were not developed as course materials. Such intellectual property of our institutions’ individual faculty members remains the property of each such faculty member and is reserved specifically for use only by the faculty member who owns it unless the faculty member grants permission for use by others. Generally, however, our institutions claim copyright ownership of all course syllabi and other course and instructional materials developed during faculty employment as an employee or contractor of our institutions, or if our institutions have compensated the faculty member for the particular product. In addition, our institutions claim ownership of research grant publications where our institutions have funded the research in full or in part, as well as other work products where our institutions have engaged in an agreement with the faculty or non-faculty staff member.
We or our institutions have secured or claim rights to trademarks for various names and terms used in our and their respective businesses, including rights in “American Public Education, Inc.,” “APEI,” “American Public University System,” “American Military University,” “AMU,” “American Public University,” “APU,” “Rasmussen University,” and others. In connection with our acquisition of HCN, we received a royalty-free, irrevocable, exclusive, transferable, sublicensable license to use the name “Hondros College of Nursing” and, instead of “Nursing,” any other qualifier directly related to nursing, medicine, or healthcare in connection with the business and operations of HCN. The trademarks and service marks we use are central to our institutions’ brand identities overall and associated marketing efforts, including how prospective students identify them.
Our institutions also own rights to internet domain names pertaining to their brand names and other unique descriptors. We and our institutions vigorously defend against infringement of intellectual property rights, including trademarks and copyrights.
Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations
We experience fluctuations in quarterly results and, therefore, the results in any quarter may not represent the results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or full year. Operating results fluctuate as a result of seasonal or other variations in enrollments. For example, historically, across our institutions, our enrollments are higher in the fall when students traditionally start their education. Our student population also varies as a result of new enrollments, graduations, student attrition, the success of our marketing programs, and other reasons that we cannot always anticipate. We expect quarterly fluctuations to continue.
Available Information About Us
APEI was incorporated in Delaware in 2002 as the successor to a Virginia corporation incorporated in 1991. Our website is www.apei.com. We make available, free of charge through our website, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information on or available through our website is not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, and any reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference only.
REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
We and our institutions are regulated by (i) accrediting agencies, (ii) state regulatory bodies, and (iii) the federal government through ED. APUS, RU, and HCN are approved to participate in tuition assistance, or TA, programs administered by DoD, and veterans education benefits programs administered by the VA and are therefore also subject to oversight by those agencies. Regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies address the vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, and financial operations and condition. We are also regulated in some cases by other federal agencies including the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, and Federal Trade Commission, or FTC.
The postsecondary education regulatory environment is complex and continues to evolve. Changes in or new interpretations of law, regulations, standards, and policies could have material consequences for our institutions’ accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities, receipt of funds under student financial assistance programs, and cost of doing business. The postsecondary education regulatory environment has also changed and may change in the future as a result of United States federal elections, changes in Presidential administrations and control of Congress, and legislative activity at the state level.
Additional information regarding the regulatory and legislative environment and potential risks associated with it is available below and in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report.
Accreditation
Institutional Accreditation
Accreditation is a voluntary, non-governmental process through which an institution submits to review of its institution or programs based on the standards of the accrediting agency and the stated aims and purposes of the institution or program. Accrediting agencies establish criteria for accreditation, conduct peer-review evaluations, and publicly recognize those institutions or programs that meet the stated criteria and are considered accredited institutions or accredited programs. Accredited institutions and programs are subject to periodic review to assess institutional and program integrity, to encourage continued high performance and improvement, and to confirm that accreditation criteria continue to be satisfied. An institution or program that does not meet the criteria may have its accreditation limited, revoked, or not renewed.
Accreditation at the institutional level by an accrediting agency recognized by ED is necessary to participate in Title IV programs and TA. To be recognized by ED, accrediting agencies must adopt specific standards and procedures. If one of our institutions’ institutional accreditors was to lose its recognition as an accrediting agency and the institution was unable to obtain recognition from another recognized accrediting agency, the institution could lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and TA. The loss of ability of one of our institutions to participate in either Title IV programs or TA could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
Additional information about each of our institutions’ accreditation is provided above in “Our Institutions and Operations – Our Institutions – Academics – Accreditation” and as follows:
•APUS is institutionally accredited by HLC with a Standard Pathway designation. All institutions on the Standard Pathway must undergo a mid-cycle comprehensive evaluation, which entails, among other things, HLC conducting a mid-cycle assurance review and site visit. APUS’s mid-cycle comprehensive evaluation had been scheduled for May 2026, but in October 2025, HLC rescheduled the visit to May 2027. The comprehensive evaluation site visit will entail a review of APUS in its post-Combination form. APUS’s next reaffirmation of accreditation is scheduled for 2030-2031.
•RU is institutionally accredited by HLC with an Open Pathway designation. RU’s reaffirmation of accreditation had been scheduled for 2025-2026, and HLC had scheduled the associated comprehensive evaluation site visit for May 2026, but in October 2025, HLC rescheduled the visit to March 2027. As a result of completion of step one of the Combination in March 2026, we expect that the March 2027 visit will be cancelled because RU will be on Accredited Change of Control status and typically will not be required to undergo routine evaluative processes.
•HCN is institutionally accredited by ABHES. In February 2021, ABHES granted HCN continued accreditation through February 2027 for all programs at its campuses in Ohio and Indiana. In July 2022, ABHES approved inclusion of HCN’s Detroit, Michigan campus into its grant of accreditation. Upon completion of the Combination, HCN will no longer maintain its separate accreditation through ABHES.
ABHES annually reviews student achievement indicators, including retention rate, placement rate, and licensing and credentialing examination pass rate. ABHES may withdraw accreditation at any time if it determines that an institution fails to demonstrate at least a 70% retention rate for each program, a 70% placement rate for each program, and a 70% pass rate on mandatory licensing and credentialing examinations or fails to meet the state-mandated results for credentialing or licensure. Alternatively, ABHES may in its discretion provide an opportunity for a program that is not meeting ABHES’ outcomes thresholds to come into compliance within a period of time specified by ABHES, and ABHES may extend the period for achieving compliance if a program demonstrates improvement over time or for other good cause. In the reporting years ended June 30, 2023, June 30, 2024, and June 30, 2025, select HCN programs at certain HCN campuses failed to satisfy certain ABHES student achievement measures, and, as a result, ABHES has placed specific programs at certain campus locations on outcomes reporting status and required action plans. HCN has submitted all the required outcomes reports and action plans.
For the reporting year ended June 30, 2024, the Cleveland and Dayton, Ohio PN programs and the Akron, Ohio ADN program were below the 70% benchmark for retention. As a result, ABHES placed these programs on outcomes reporting status and required HCN to submit reports for each of these programs demonstrating their retention rate through the first three quarters of the 2024-2025 reporting year by May 2025. These three programs met the 70% benchmark for the reporting period, and, as a result, at its July 2025 meeting, the ABHES Commission voted to remove retention reporting requirements.
HCN reported its final retention rates for the reporting year ended June 30, 2025 in November 2025. The Akron and Toledo, Ohio ADN programs and the Dayton, Ohio MA program were below the 70% benchmark for retention. As a result, ABHES placed Akron and Toledo, Ohio ADN programs and the Dayton, Ohio MA program on outcomes reporting status for those programs, and is requiring HCN to submit reports for each of these programs demonstrating their retention rate through the first three quarters of the 2025-2026 reporting year in May 2026.
For more information on the risks associated with these rates, refer to the risk factor in “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry” with the caption beginning “A failure of HCN to satisfy ABHES accreditation standards...”.
Institutional accreditation is an important attribute of our institutions. Colleges and universities depend, in part, on accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Many institutions will only accept transfer credit from institutions with certain institutional accreditation. Students and sponsors of tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for quality assurance, and employers rely on institutions’ accredited status when evaluating a candidate’s credentials. Failure to maintain our institutional accreditations would result in the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and TA.
The Planned Combination of APUS, RU, and HCN
On January 28, 2025, we announced the planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN, or the Combination, which will result in a combined institution named American Public University System comprised of two divisions named (i) APU Global, comprised of AMU and APU, and (ii) RU Health+, comprised of RU’s campus-based and online nursing programs, RU’s healthcare programs, HCN’s campus-based nursing and healthcare programs, and RU’s non-healthcare programs. The Combination constitutes a Change of Control, Structure or Organization pursuant to HLC policy and, accordingly, we were required to obtain HLC approval prior to effectuating the Combination. In December 2024, APUS and RU jointly submitted an application for Change of Control, Structure or Organization to HLC. For HLC purposes, APUS will be the surviving institution, and the application sought approval for the Combination and the expansion of APUS’s HLC accreditation to include the RU and HCN programs and locations. HLC conducted a site visit in March 2025 related to the joint application. At its June 2025 meeting, HLC approved the Combination and continuation of accreditation upon implementation of the related transactions. Subsequently, ED informed us that we would need to follow a different process to implement the Combination that entails two steps instead of one: (i) merger of the legal entities that own and operate APUS, RU, and HCN, with the APUS entity surviving following the merger, and (ii) combination of the institutions into one HLC-accredited institution. ED does not treat the combination of institutions with the same parent as a change in ownership and control for Title IV purposes. Therefore, the first step requires only that RU and HCN provide notice to ED that the merger occurred, and the second step requires APUS, as the surviving institution, to seek and obtain approval from ED to expand its Title IV certification to cover RU and HCN programs and locations. As a result of this process change, HLC required APUS and RU to submit a new joint application for Change of Control, Structure or Organization to HLC in September 2025 containing substantially the same information that had been submitted previously and reflecting the two-step process. In February 2026, HLC approved the continuation of accreditation of APUS and RU after the legal entity merger with an acknowledgment that the intent is to eventually consolidate the three institutions into one HLC accreditation. ABHES has also informed HCN that it will continue HCN’s ABHES accreditation after the legal entity merger. On March 2, 2026, we completed the merger of the legal entities that own and operate APUS, RU, and HCN with the APUS entity surviving following the merger, and subsequently notified ED that the merger occurred and resulted in RU and HCN being directly owned by the same legal entity that directly owns APUS. We currently expect implementation of step two of the Combination to be complete by the beginning of the third quarter of 2026, subject to obtaining required approvals. HLC will conduct at least one site visit after the Combination as required by HLC’s Change of Control, Structure or Organization Procedure.
In order for ED to expand APUS’s Title IV certification, we must submit evidence that APUS’s HLC accreditation has been expanded to include the RU and HCN programs and locations and that APUS is approved to operate in the states where RU and HCN have campuses. Accordingly, in addition to the HLC approval process described above, APUS will need to obtain required approvals from state agencies, including state boards of nursing, in order to operate in the states where RU and HCN currently operate. See the Risk Factor captioned “The planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN may not be completed, or may not be completed on the terms currently contemplated, and if it is, the expected benefits may not be realized, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations” for more information.
Programmatic Accreditation and Professional Recognition
In addition to institutional accreditation, our institutions have obtained programmatic accreditation or professional recognition for certain programs, as described more fully above in “Our Institutions and Operations – Our Institutions – Academics – Accreditation”. Among other standards and requirements, programmatic accreditors may utilize benchmarks for student outcomes in the programs they accredit and may require the institution to address outcomes that fail to satisfy those benchmarks or may take other action based on such matters. If our institutions fail to satisfy the standards of these programmatic accrediting agencies or professional organizations for the relevant programs, they could be subject to restrictions or could lose the programmatic accreditation or professional recognition for those programs, which could result in materially reduced student enrollments, prevent the institution from offering the programs in certain states where programmatic accreditation is required, or prevent our students from seeking and obtaining licensure or employment.
State Authorization/Licensure
Our institutions are subject to regulation by the states in which they operate. The level of oversight varies from state to state, and such regulations change frequently. State laws typically establish standards for instruction, faculty qualifications, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial operations, and other operational matters. Some states prescribe regulations related to an institution’s financial condition, and some states require the posting of surety bonds. State laws and regulations may affect our institutions’ ability to offer educational programs, open locations, and award degrees. If one of our institutions fails to comply with a state’s requirements, it may lose its state licensure or authorization, which would result in the institution’s inability to enroll students in that state and could result in the institution’s inability to receive Title IV program funds and TA funds, at least for students in that state.
Some states assert authority to regulate an institution if its educational programs are offered to residents of those states, regardless of whether the institution maintains a physical presence in the state. The growth of online education has led and may further lead to new laws and regulations and new interpretations of existing laws and regulations. New laws, regulations, or interpretations, including with respect to whether our institutions’ activities constitute a physical presence or otherwise may require authorization or licensure, could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability to recruit students in particular states, which could negatively affect enrollments and revenue and have a material adverse effect on our business. Changes in our business activities could lead states that do not currently require our institutions to be authorized to require such authorization. The extent of this increase in regulatory obligations, and the associated costs and significance, are not known at this time. Furthermore, in some states it may take a significant amount of time to meet the applicable regulatory requirements with respect to a new program initiative, or we may not be able to do so at all.
The State Authorization Reciprocity Agreement, or SARA, is a voluntary agreement among member states (all states except California), districts, and territories that establishes national standards for interstate offering of postsecondary distance education and is intended to make it easier for students to take online courses offered by institutions based in another jurisdiction. SARA requires member jurisdictions to approve institutions in their jurisdiction to participate in SARA based upon institutional accreditation and financial stability, and to resolve student complaints. Applications must be renewed annually. SARA does not cover, or limits its coverage related to, certain activities. As a result, an institution may still be required to obtain state authorization from, for example, state education agencies or boards responsible for professional licensure. For information on our institutions’ status under SARA, please refer to “State Authorization/Licensure of Our Institutions” in this Annual Report.
In January 2025, SARA’s coordinating entity, the National Council for State Authorization Reciprocity Agreements, or NC-SARA, initiated its policy modification process, soliciting proposals for changes to SARA policy. Such proposals included, among other things, public disclosure of provisional status and modifications to the process for evaluating financial responsibility composite scores. In October 2025, the NC-SARA board of directors approved nine proposals, which included changes related to when an institution may be placed on provisional status, public disclosure requirements for institutions placed on provisional status, and a state’s ability to calculate, or require that an institution has calculated, a composite score based on the institution’s most recent audited financial statements if ED’s composite score is outdated. See the Risk Factor captioned “Our institutions’ failure to comply with the requirements of SARA or regulations of ED or various states related to state authorization could result in actions that would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, and results of operations” for more information. APUS, RU and HCN all participate in SARA.
Many states also have specific requirements that an individual must satisfy in order to be licensed as a professional in a specified field. Students’ success in obtaining licensure typically depends on numerous factors, including: (i) individual merits of the graduate; (ii) whether the institution and the program were approved by the state in which the graduate seeks licensure or by a professional association; (iii) whether the program meets all state requirements for professional licensure; and (iv) the accreditation of the institution and the specific program.
Federal Requirements for State Authorization/Licensure
“Home” State Authorization
ED regulations specify how an institution may demonstrate, as required by ED, that it is authorized to offer postsecondary education programs by the state(s) where it is located, including the state where its main campus is located, which we refer to as its “home” state, and that the home state otherwise satisfies ED requirements. If ED determines that an institution does not have the required home state approval, the institution will be ineligible to participate in Title IV programs. If one of our institutions were to lose its ability to participate in Title IV programs in connection with home state authorization requirements, it would also lose its ability to participate in TA and VA, be unable to operate in the state, grant credentials, and lose institutional accreditation.
State Authorization of Online Education
ED regulations require that an institution that offers postsecondary education through distance education to students located in a state in which the institution is not physically located or in which the institution is otherwise subject to the state’s jurisdiction must meet the state’s requirements to be legally offering postsecondary distance education in that state or must be covered by a state authorization reciprocity agreement, like SARA. ED regulations also now specify the required methodology for determining the state in which a student is located for purposes of satisfying state authorization requirements for distance education courses and require an institution to disclose certain information related to whether programs leading to professional licensure meet applicable state requirements, regardless of program modality.
State Authorization and Professional Licensure
ED regulations require institutions that offer postsecondary education programs leading to employment in an occupation that requires licensure or certification to meet certain additional requirements in order for those programs to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. In each state in which the institution is located, in which students enrolled in distance education are located, or where a student enrolled after July 1, 2024 attests that they intend to seek employment, the program must: (i) meet all applicable federal or state agency accreditation or pre-accreditation requirements, including as a condition of employment in the occupation for which the program prepares the students; (ii) satisfy the applicable state education requirements for professional licensure or certification so that a student seeking employment may qualify to take any licensure or certification exam needed to practice or find employment in the state; and (iii) comply with all applicable state laws related to closure.
State Authorization/Licensure of Our Institutions
APUS is authorized to enroll students from each of the 50 states and the District of Columbia. APUS is headquartered in Charles Town, West Virginia, and is authorized to offer its programs by the West Virginia Higher Education Policy Commission, or WVHEPC. Under current law, if APUS were to lose its accreditation by HLC, WVHEPC may suspend, withdraw, or revoke APUS’s authorization. Failure to comply with WVHEPC requirements could result in APUS losing its authorization from WVHEPC, its accreditation by HLC, its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and TA, or its ability to offer certain programs, any of which could force APUS to cease operations. As explained further in “Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Financial Responsibility”, APUS is approved to participate in SARA. APUS previously participated on provisional status due to APEI’s consolidated composite score for fiscal 2022 and 2023 being in the zone. In December 2025, APUS was removed from provisional status because APEI’s consolidated composite score for fiscal 2024 was no longer in the zone, and WVHEPC accepted that composite score without it being the most recently reflected score by ED. APUS also has obtained authorization to operate in California, which is the only state that is a non-SARA jurisdiction.
RU is headquartered in suburban Minneapolis, Minnesota and is authorized to offer its programs by the Minnesota Office of Higher Education, or MOHE. RU has a total of 18 campuses across Florida, Illinois, Kansas, Minnesota, and North Dakota, and is also authorized to offer its programs by the relevant education agencies in these states. In December 2024, the North Dakota State Board of Higher Education approved RU to operate under a provisional license effective January 1, 2025, due to APEI’s composite score for fiscal year 2022 being in the zone. In May 2025 RU provided APEI’s new fiscal year 2024 consolidated composite score and was removed from provisional status and became fully authorized to operate in the state. In July 2024, RU closed its Lake Elmo, Minnesota campus and moved all enrolled students at the campus to RU’s Eagan, Minnesota campus, which is located less than 10 miles from the Lake Elmo campus.
In addition, in May 2024, RU notified the Wisconsin Educational Approval Program, or WEAP, that RU intends to voluntarily close RU’s two Wisconsin campuses, Green Bay and Wausau, effective December 31, 2025, and 2026, respectively. All students enrolled at the two Wisconsin campuses had or have expected graduation dates on or before the applicable campus closing date. RU closed the Green Bay campus, effective December 31, 2025, as planned. As of December 31, 2025, closure of the Wausau, Wisconsin campus is expected to directly impact less than ten students.
HCN is headquartered in Westerville, Ohio and is authorized to offer its programs by the Ohio State Board of Career Colleges and Schools. HCN has six campuses in Ohio, one campus in Indiana and one campus in Michigan and is also authorized to offer its programs by the relevant education agencies in these states.
RU and HCN participate in SARA, and RU has also obtained authorization to operate in California. HCN does not offer online programs in California.
For details about “home” state authorization generally, see the “State Authorization/Licensure – Federal Requirements for State Authorization/Licensure – ‘Home’ State Authorization” above.
In addition, the nursing education programs offered by RU and HCN are approved by the relevant state boards of nursing.
To maintain regulatory approval from the state board of nursing or equivalent body in the states that we operate, an educational program must maintain a certain pass rate on the relevant licensure exam, as defined by the state. If a program does not attain this pass rate, the program may face various consequences, including development and implementation of a plan of corrective action, issuance of a corrective order, or revocation of approval pursuant to an adjudication proceeding.
A number of programs at certain RU campuses and in certain states, including its Moorhead, Minnesota, and Illinois ADN programs, as well as HCN’s Ohio ADN program, have not met state-established first-time NCLEX benchmarks for consecutive years. We believe that low pass rates may be the result of a number of factors, including, without limitation, the academic preparedness of our students, curriculum gaps, changes in the mode of course delivery including the use of virtual courses, testing failures and inconsistencies, imbalances in enrollment and resources, and changes in admission standards. For more information, please refer to the Risk Factor that begins with the caption “Failure to improve certain of our programs’ NCLEX pass rates...”.
The State of Illinois enacted legislation effective January 2024 that changed the Illinois NCLEX pass rate requirements from a one-year measurement based on first attempts only to include a three-year average that includes all test attempts, and temporarily removed all nursing programs, including for RU’s Illinois ADN program, from probationary status until September 2026. RU’s Illinois ADN program is currently approved. The Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation, or IDFPR, has publicly reported that RU’s Illinois ADN program has not met the required NCLEX pass rate for the prior six years. There can be no assurance that IDFPR will not seek to impose different or additional requirements prior to September 2026 as a result of failures to satisfy the required NCLEX pass rate, and we are unable to predict what actions IDFPR may take regarding RU’s Illinois ADN program after September 2026. Actions could include reinstatement of probationary status or withdrawal of approval.
The Florida legislature passed legislation in May 2025 that would have subjected RU nursing programs to significant additional regulatory scrutiny by the Florida Board of Nursing, or FBN, and the Florida Department of Health. The legislation was vetoed by the governor in July 2025, but was expected to lead to increased challenges in hiring and retaining qualified nursing program directors and increased expenses related to compliance with new requirements. The legislation would have allowed FBN to impose disciplinary remedies on an approved program against which an adverse action has been taken by another regulatory jurisdiction in the United States. Similar legislation passed the Florida House of Representatives in January 2026, and is currently making its way through Florida Senate committees.
In February 2023, the FBN placed RU’s Fort Myers, Florida ADN program on probation due to two consecutive years of its NCLEX pass rates not meeting the state standard. In February 2024, FBN notified RU that the program would be allowed to continue on probation for one additional year. RU achieved the required NCLEX pass rate in 2024, and FBN removed probation status at its February 5, 2025 board meeting.
At its May 2024 meeting, the Florida Commission for Independent Education, or FCIE, reviewed RU for a substantive change due to financial stability concerns and, at the time, the Fort Myers, Tampa, and Ocala, Florida ADN programs being placed on probation by FBN. FCIE subsequently placed RU on a provisional license until November 30, 2024. To fulfill a condition of licensure, RU submitted an interim report on its financial condition and NCLEX pass rates for the Fort Myers, Ocala and Tampa, Florida ADN programs to FCIE in July 2024.
RU’s annual renewal was reviewed by FCIE in November 2024, and RU was granted a provisional license for 2025. In May 2025, considering the ADN programs’ removal from probation and RU’s positive working capital, FCIE moved RU from a provisional license back to a full License by Means of Accreditation. In July 2025, FCIE, placed RU on a provisional license due to RU’s application for Substantive Change, Change in Ownership or Control required for the Combination. In November 2025, FCIE moved RU back to a full License by Means of Accreditation following a review of its annual renewal application in connection with the two-step process required by ED to implement the Combination.
HCN’s ADN program has been on provisional approval status in Ohio since March 2017 due to not meeting the first-time pass rate standard. The Ohio Board of Nursing, or OBN, will consider restoring a program to full approval status when the program meets the first-time pass rate standard for at least two consecutive years.
Failure to comply with state authorization or licensure requirements has impacted and could in the future restrict our institutions’ ability to recruit or enroll students or result in other sanctions, including fines and penalties. New laws, regulations, interpretations, or changed circumstances related to our institutions’ educational programs could increase our cost of doing business and affect our ability to recruit students and offer programs in particular states, which could, in turn, adversely affect our institutions’ enrollments and revenue and have a material effect on our business. Additional information regarding the current impacts and potential risks associated with our NCLEX pass rates is provided in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report.
Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements
Our students finance their education through a combination of Title IV programs, TA, education benefits administered by the VA, private loans, corporate reimbursement programs, individual resources, and institutional grants, and in the case of HCN, extended payment plan options. Participation in federal student aid programs, including those administered by the DoD and VA, and the extended payment plan options at HCN, adds to the regulation of our operations.
Department of Education
The Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or the HEA, and related ED regulations subject us to significant scrutiny in the form of numerous standards we must satisfy in order to participate in and administer Title IV programs. The federal government provides support for postsecondary education through the Title IV programs in the form of grants and loans to eligible students who can use those funds to enroll in an eligible educational program at any institution that has been certified by ED. An institution will be certified to participate in the Title IV programs only if, among other things, it enters into a written program participation agreement, or PPA, with ED, which conditions participation in Title IV programs upon compliance with ED regulations and any additional conditions specified in the PPA.
ED regulations modify and expand requirements related to financial responsibility, administrative capability, and certification procedures. Under the modified regulations, institutions are required to meet additional financial responsibility criteria and must report certain “financial responsibility” events to ED. Such events include certain mandatory and discretionary triggers that capture financial circumstances that may not be reflected in an institution’s financial statements, including instances where an institution faces a potential loss of Title IV funding. If ED determines that an institution has 90/10 Rule violations, high borrower default rates, or certain pending legal and administrative actions, it will require the institution to post “financial protection”, such as a letter of credit. ED may also require the institution to post financial protection if it determines that certain discretionary triggers may have an adverse effect on the financial condition of the institution, such as pending accrediting agency or government agency actions, high annual dropout rates, or pending borrower defense claims. If ED requires financial protection as a result of more than one mandatory or discretionary trigger, ED will require separate financial protection for each individual trigger. In addition to financial protection, ED may require institutions that fail to meet these financial responsibility criteria to participate in Title IV programs under a provisional certification. ED may also impose additional requirements on the institution’s participation in Title IV programs, such as restrictions on enrollment, addition of new programs, or acquisitions.
Higher Education Act
The HEA must be periodically reauthorized by Congress, and each Title IV program must be funded through appropriations acts on an annual basis. The most recent comprehensive reauthorization occurred in 2008 when Congress reauthorized most HEA programs through the 2014 federal fiscal year. The reauthorization has been temporarily extended in the years that have followed.
Congress previously considered comprehensive legislation to reauthorize the HEA, including proposals from Republicans and Democrats, referred to as the Student Aid Improvement Act and the College Affordability Act, respectively, and Congress could consider such legislation again in the future.
We cannot predict whether, in what form, or when, HEA reauthorization legislation will be enacted. Modifications to the HEA could occur as part of reauthorization, which could require us to modify our business practices and increase administrative costs, thereby negatively impacting our results of operations.
Types of Title IV Financial Aid Programs
Title IV program aid is primarily awarded to students on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the difference between the cost of attending an institution and the amount a student can reasonably contribute. Our students receive grants and loans to fund their education under several Title IV programs, of which the two largest are federal Direct Loans, or Direct Loans, and Pell Grants. Some of our students may also be eligible for other Title IV grant programs, such as the Federal Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant. The Title IV programs are subject to Congressional action in terms of appropriations and other legislation that may affect funding levels, student eligibility, and other requirements. For example, the Pell Grant program could be subject to cuts or changes in the future, and cuts in ED’s administrative budget could lead to delays in student eligibility determinations and delays in origination and processing of federal student loans. On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act, or the OBBBA, was signed into law. Among other things, the OBBBA amends portions of the HEA and makes changes to the Title IV programs. Additional information regarding such changes is available below under “Compliance with Regulatory Standards and the Effect of Regulatory Violations – Other Recent Legislative and Regulatory Activity – The One Big Beautiful Bill Act”.
Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs
To be eligible and certified to participate in Title IV programs, an institution must be accredited by an accrediting body recognized by ED, must be authorized to operate by the appropriate regulatory authority in each state where the institution maintains a physical presence, and must comply with specific standards and procedures set forth in the HEA and the regulations issued thereunder by ED.
ED periodically revises its regulations and changes its interpretations of existing laws and regulations. Accrediting agencies and state education agencies also have responsibilities for overseeing institutional compliance with certain Title IV program requirements. For these reasons, we cannot predict with certainty how Title IV program requirements will be applied in all circumstances. Key provisions relating to institutional participation in Title IV and the processing of Title IV aid that could adversely affect us include the following:
Eligibility and Certification Procedures. An institution must apply periodically to ED for continued certification to participate in Title IV programs. Recertification generally is required every six years, but may be required earlier, including when an institution undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control. An institution may come under review when it expands its activities in certain ways, such as opening an additional location, adding a new program, or, in certain cases, when it modifies academic credentials that it offers.
ED regulations effective July 1, 2024, implement supplementary performance measures that ED will consider when determining whether to certify or condition an institution’s participation in Title IV programs. Among other requirements, ED may consider amounts spent on instruction and instructional activities, academic support, and support services, compared to the amounts spent on recruiting activities, advertising, and other pre-enrollment expenditures. In addition, if a program is designed to meet educational requirements for a specific professional license or certification that is required for employment in an occupation, and the institution is required by an accrediting agency or state to report passage rates for the licensure exam for the program, ED may consider such passage rates.
ED may place an institution on provisional certification status if ED finds that the institution does not fully satisfy all Title IV requirements and in certain other circumstances, such as when an institution undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control. During a period of provisional certification, the institution must comply with any additional conditions imposed by ED. In addition, ED may more closely review a provisionally certified institution if it applies for approval to open a new location, add an educational program, acquire another school, or make any other significant change. If ED determines that a provisionally certified institution is unable to meet its responsibilities, it may seek to revoke the institution’s certification to participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process protections than if it were fully certified.
APUS applied for recertification to participate in Title IV programs in March 2023. In July 2024, ED notified APUS that it had approved APUS’s continued participation in the Title IV programs under a Provisional Program Participation Agreement, or PPPA, that is effective July 15, 2024, and expires June 30, 2026. ED granted approval on a provisional basis because APUS was subject to an open program review (described below) at the time of recertification. The PPPA imposes new reporting requirements on APUS related to accrediting agency actions, governmental actions, and class actions. Additionally, APEI co-signed the PPPA pursuant to ED regulations that require an entity with a direct or indirect ownership interest and the power to exercise control over the institution to co-sign the PPPA and assume joint and several liability for the participating institution’s Title IV liabilities. APUS must apply for recertification to participate in Title IV programs no later than March 31, 2026, and APUS submitted this application on February 2, 2026.
In July 2021, in connection with RU’s March 2019 change in ownership that preceded our acquisition of RU, ED imposed certain temporary growth restrictions on RU, including limitations on new programs and locations and a cap on enrollments of students who participate in Title IV programs. Additionally, ED required RU to submit periodic financial and enrollment reports and a financial responsibility letter of credit. RU was initially required to fund this letter of credit using a restricted deposit account that required a deposit of 105%, or $24.2 million, to secure the RU letter of credit. In connection with the acquisition of RU, or the Rasmussen Acquisition, RU timely submitted a change in ownership and control application to ED seeking approval to participate in the Title IV programs under our ownership and, effective October 2021, ED and RU entered into a Temporary Provisional Program Participation Agreement, or TPPPA, that allowed RU to continue disbursing Title IV funds while ED reviewed the change in ownership application. The TPPPA continued the restrictions that ED imposed as a result of the March 2019 change in ownership. In August 2023, ED notified RU that it had approved RU’s continued participation in the Title IV programs under APEI ownership under a PPPA. ED continues the prior requirement that RU submit periodic financial and Title IV enrollment reports. The PPPA also imposes new reporting requirements related to accrediting agency actions, government actions, class actions, and student complaints. The PPPA specifies that after ED reviews and accepts financial statements and compliance audits for one complete fiscal year of RU’s Title IV participation under APEI’s ownership, RU may seek approval for new programs that replace current programs. The PPPA also specifies that after ED reviews and accepts financial statements and compliance audits that cover the second complete fiscal year of RU’s Title IV participation under our ownership, RU may seek approval for new locations, new programs that are not replacing current programs, and other changes. Because two complete fiscal years of RU’s Title IV participation under APEI’s ownership have passed and ED has accepted the financial statements and compliance audits for those years, RU may now seek approval for new locations, new programs whether or not they are replacing current programs, and other changes. RU remains subject to enrollment growth limitations under the PPPA. RU can request that ED release RU from further enrollment restrictions after three full fiscal years of RU’s Title IV participation under APEI’s ownership. The August 2023 PPPA no longer requires RU to post the financial responsibility letter of credit that ED had imposed based on the 2019 change in ownership and control of RU. In May 2025, ED released the letter of credit and released RU from temporary growth restrictions imposed in connection with RU’s 2019 change in ownership. RU must apply for recertification of its Title IV participation by March 31, 2026.
In June 2023, HCN timely applied for recertification to participate in Title IV programs. ED subsequently notified HCN that it had recertified HCN’s participation in all Title IV programs effective August 15, 2023, and which expires on September 30, 2026. If ED approves the Combination, the scope of APUS’s certification to participate in Title IV programs will be expanded to include RU and HCN and RU and HCN will no longer have separate Title IV certifications. See “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation” above for more information.
Administrative Capability. ED regulations specify extensive criteria that an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV programs. These criteria relate to, among other things, institutional staffing, operational standards such as procedures for disbursing and safeguarding Title IV program funds, timely submission of accurate reports to ED, referring to ED’s Office of Inspector General, or ED OIG, credible information that a student or employees with Title IV responsibilities may have engaged in fraud or illegal conduct in connection with Title IV program administration, and various other procedural matters. ED may find that an institution has failed the administrative capability requirements if the institution does not provide adequate financial aid counseling or career services, has been subject to a negative action by a state or federal agency, court, or accreditor, fails to verify high school diplomas, or does not timely place students in geographically accessible clinical or externship opportunities. If an institution fails to satisfy any of the administrative capability requirements, ED may require the repayment of Title IV program funds, transfer the institution from the “advance” method of payment of Title IV program funds to heightened cash monitoring status, or to the “reimbursement” method of payment, place the institution on provisional certification status, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend, or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs.
Financial Responsibility. The HEA and ED regulations establish extensive standards of financial responsibility that institutions must satisfy in order to participate in Title IV programs. These standards generally require that an institution provide the services described in its official publications and statements, properly administer Title IV programs in which it participates, and meet all of its financial obligations, including making required refunds and any repayments to ED.
ED evaluates institutions on an annual basis for compliance with specified financial responsibility standards, including a complex formula based on line items from the institution’s audited financial statements. The formula focuses on three financial ratios: (i) equity ratio (which measures the institution’s capital resources, financial viability, and ability to borrow); (ii) primary reserve ratio (which measures the institution’s viability and liquidity); and (iii) net income ratio (which measures the institution’s profitability or ability to operate within its means). Generally, an institution’s financial ratios must yield a composite score of at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible. A composite score between 1.0 and 1.4 is considered by ED to be in the “zone.” An institution in the “zone” may still participate in the Title IV programs as a financially responsible institution through the “zone alternative” or the “financial protection alternative” as set forth in ED regulations. Under the zone alternative, an institution: (i) must request and receive funds under the heightened cash monitoring or reimbursement payment methods (resulting in a delayed method of cash funding for Title IV aid); (ii) may be required to provide additional information to ED upon request (e.g., early submission of financial statement and compliance audit, information about current operations and future plans); (iii) must require its auditor to express an opinion regarding compliance with zone alternative requirements; and (iv) must provide timely information to ED regarding certain oversight and financial events. Under the financial protection alternative, the institution must provide financial protection of at least 50% of the Title IV funding that it received during its most recently completed fiscal year.
ED may also apply the financial responsibility standards to other entities under common ownership with an eligible institution. At the request of ED, for purposes of evaluating the financial responsibility of our institutions, including the composite score calculation, we supply consolidated financial statements to ED. Because ED does not review each of our institution’s financial statements separately, a determination by ED that our consolidated financial statements do not satisfy the “financial responsibility” requirements could cause all of our institutions to lose access to Title IV program funding or result in other penalties or conditions on continued participation. See risk factor captioned “Our subsidiary institutions’ failure to meet financial responsibility…” for more information.
In April 2025, ED notified us that according to its calculations, we had a fiscal year end 2023 consolidated composite score of 1.3 and our institutions were therefore in the “zone,” and we selected the “zone alternative” as the alternative basis on which we establish financial responsibility. Thereafter, APUS, RU and HCN operated under the zone alternative to establish financial responsibility, which imposed on us certain restrictions and obligations, including the heightened cash monitoring payment method, or HCM1. On March 10, 2026, ED notified us that, as of such date, APUS, RU, and HCN were no longer required to comply with the zone alternative requirements due to a composite score for fiscal 2024 of 2.6.
Institutions with composite scores below 1.5 do not qualify for approval from SARA unless, in the case of scores above 1.0, the home state exercises its discretion to consider additional financial information. Eligibility for SARA is determined separately for each of our institutions by the SARA portal agency in the institution’s home state. If the respective SARA portal agency for APUS, RU, or HCN were not to renew the institution’s approval due to a low composite score, we would need to obtain approval or exemptions in states in which the affected institution offers distance education programs or discontinue the affected institution’s offerings to students in such states. In addition, some states have adopted financial standards that are similar to ED’s composite score, which means an affected institution may be unable to obtain licensure in that state if it were to lose SARA participation. And, because composite scores are viewed as a measure of financial responsibility, other regulators or accreditors could consider a composite score that is in “zone” negatively, which could have an impact on their interactions with us and what they permit us to do. APUS participated in SARA in 2025 on provisional status due to its composite score for fiscal 2022 and 2023 being in the zone. In December 2025, APUS was removed from provisional status because its composite score for fiscal 2024 was no longer in the zone, and WVHEPC accepted that composite score in advance of it being approved by ED.
In September 2019, ED published modifications to its financial responsibility standards in regulations that took effect July 1, 2020, or the 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations. The 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations, among other matters, identify certain conditions or other triggering events that have or may have an adverse material effect on the institution’s financial condition, in response to which ED would or could require that the institution submit some form of financial protection, such as a letter of credit, to ED. Triggering events are characterized as either mandatory or discretionary. ED will consider an institution unable to meet its financial or administrative obligations if an institution experiences a mandatory triggering event. ED may consider an institution not to be financially responsible if an institution experiences a discretionary triggering event. For each triggering event, to demonstrate that the institution remains financially responsible, the institution may submit evidence that the triggering event has been resolved, that the institution has insurance that will cover part or all of the debt or liabilities, or that the triggering event has not or will not have a material adverse effect on the institution. If ED determines that one of our institutions is not financially responsible because of one or more triggering events, the institution would be required to provide an irrevocable letter of credit equal to at least 10% of the amount of federal student financial aid funds received by the institution for the past year for each triggering event.
The “90/10 Rule.” Under the so-called “90/10 Rule”, a for-profit institution is prohibited from deriving more than 90% of its revenue (as computed by ED) on a cash accounting basis (except for certain institutional loans) from Title IV programs for any fiscal year. If an institution fails to satisfy the 90/10 Rule for any fiscal year, the institution is placed on provisional status for two fiscal years. An institution that fails to satisfy the rule for two consecutive fiscal years becomes ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years and is required to demonstrate compliance with Title IV eligibility and certification requirements for at least two additional fiscal years prior to resuming Title IV program participation. Such institution would also lose the ability to participate in TA because DoD requires institutions to participate in the Title IV programs in order to participate in TA. Ineligibility of any one or more of our institutions to participate in Title IV programs and TA would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, results of operations, and cash flows.
The American Rescue Plan Act, or ARPA, modified the HEA’s 90/10 Rule to require that a for-profit institution derive not less than 10% of its revenue from sources other than “federal education assistance funds”. ED regulations that address ARPA’s modifications to the 90/10 Rule provide that federal educational assistance funds used to calculate the “90%” side of the ratio include Title IV funds and any other for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2023, educational assistance funds provided by a federal agency directly to an institution or a student, including the federal portion of any grant funds provided by or administered by a non-federal agency, except for non-Title IV federal funds provided directly to a student to cover expenses other than tuition, fees, and other institutional charges. The 90/10 Rule no longer permits institutions to count federal aid for active-duty service members and veterans as part of the “10%” side of the ratio. As a result, TA and VA benefits are included in the “90%” side of the ratio. See the Risk Factor captioned “If one or more of our institutions does not comply with the 90/10 Rule for two consecutive years, it or they will lose eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs” for more information.
The final regulations also include other requirements, including: institutions must request and disburse Title IV funds before the end of the fiscal year (or, for institutions operating under the reimbursement method or the heightened cash monitoring method, make disbursements by the end of the fiscal year and report the funds in the “90%” side of the ratio for that fiscal year); institutions are restricted in when and how they can count institutional loans and alternative financing arrangements as non-federal revenue; institutions may, under certain circumstances, include non-federal revenue from non-Title IV programs in their 90/10 calculation; and institutions must notify ED and students in a timely manner if they fail the 90/10 Rule.
On July 7, 2025, ED issued an interpretative rule that clarified ED’s classification of revenue received by for-profit schools under the 90/10 Rule. The interpretive rule specifies that for-profit schools will be allowed to count non-federal funds generated from programs offered entirely through distance education, if such programs satisfy certain criteria, as non-federal revenue in their 90/10 calculations, and may revise 90/10 Rule calculations for prior fiscal years to include revenue from distance education programs in the “10%” side of the ratio.
Using the applicable 90/10 formula, the following table contains the percentage of cash-basis revenue earned from Title IV program funds:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2023 |
2024 |
2025 |
| APUS |
89% |
89% |
89% |
| RU |
77% |
78% |
77% |
| HCN |
84% |
85% |
85% |
Incentive Payment Rule. An institution participating in Title IV programs may not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged in any student recruitment, admissions, or financial aid awarding activity based directly or indirectly on success in securing enrollments or federal student financial aid. ED has previously announced that it will calculate institutional liability for noncompliance with the incentive payment rule by calculating the cost to ED of all Title IV funds improperly received by the institution, including the cost to ED of all of the Title IV funds received by the institution over a particular period of time if those funds were obtained through implementation of a policy or practice in which students were recruited in violation of the incentive payment rule. ED may also fine an institution, or take administrative action to limit, suspend, revoke, deny, or terminate an institution’s eligibility to participate in the Title IV programs, if the institution violates the prohibition.
We have designed our employee compensation and third-party contractual arrangements to comply with the incentive payment rule currently in effect. However, because there are ambiguities as to how the rule is interpreted and enforced by ED and because we could make errors in implementation, we can make no assurances that ED would not find deficiencies in our past, current, or future employee compensation plans and relevant third-party contractual arrangements.
In addition, in recent years, other postsecondary education institutions have been named as defendants in whistleblower lawsuits, known as “qui tam” cases, brought pursuant to the Federal False Claims Act, alleging that an institution’s compensation practices did not comply with the incentive payment rule. Any such litigation could be costly and could divert management’s time and attention away from the business, regardless of whether a claim has merit. The incentive payment rule also influences how our institutions are able to compensate and motivate their employees.
Cohort Default Rate. To remain eligible to participate in Title IV programs, an educational institution’s student loan cohort default rates must remain below certain levels. Pursuant to HEA requirements, if the cohort default rate for any year exceeds 40% in any single year, or exceeds 30% for three consecutive years, an institution loses eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. If an institution’s cohort default rate is equal to or greater than 30% in any year, it must establish a default prevention task force and develop a default prevention plan with measurable objectives for improving the cohort default rate.
In September 2025, ED released final official cohort default rates for institutions for federal fiscal year 2022, with ED reporting a zero percent cohort default rate for APUS, RU, and HCN. As explained further in “Student Loan Defaults” below, these rates were favorably impacted by regulatory relief provided in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic pursuant to which borrowers with Title IV program student loans were not required to make payments on their federal loans, and no interest accrued on these loans during this period. Interest accrual on forborne federal student loans resumed on September 1, 2023, and payments became due beginning October 1, 2023. In connection with these developments, ED implemented a 12-month “on-ramp” to repayment, running from October 1, 2023, to September 30, 2024, during which borrowers were not placed into default for missed payments. The end of COVID-19 pandemic-related student loan forbearance and the 12-month “on-ramp” period may lead to higher default rates in the future.
The final official ED cohort default rates for APUS, RU, and HCN for the federal fiscal years 2020, 2021 and 2022 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2020 |
2021 |
2022 |
| APUS |
0% |
0% |
0% |
| RU |
0% |
0% |
0% |
| HCN |
0% |
0% |
0% |
Student Loan Defaults. Government policies to minimize the adverse economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic have artificially lowered our institutions’ cohort default rates, which nevertheless may be higher than otherwise expected as a result of the pandemic. Congress and ED implemented a temporary freeze on student loan payments and interest accruals, which means borrowers were less likely to default on their loans and our institutions’ cohort default rates are lower not because borrowers are making timely repayments but because the government was allowing them not to make payments. In June 2023, the Fiscal Responsibility Act was enacted, ending the freeze on payments and interest accruals. Accordingly, interest accrual on federal student loans resumed on September 1, 2023, and payments became due beginning October 1, 2023. As a result, ED implemented a 12-month “on-ramp” to repayment, running from October 1, 2023, to September 30, 2024, during which borrowers were not considered delinquent, reported to credit bureaus, placed in default, or referred to debt collection agencies for missed payments, which may lead to an increase in defaults and therefore an increase in our institutions’ cohort default rates in the future. See the Risk Factor captioned “Our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if their student loan default rates are too high, and our future growth could be impaired as a result” for more information.
Gainful Employment Regulations. Effective July 1, 2024, gainful employment, or GE, regulations, established an accountability framework to determine the Title IV eligibility of GE programs based in part on satisfaction of specified performance levels of two measures defined by GE regulations: the debt-to-earnings rates (which include two rates, the discretionary debt-to-earnings rate and the annual debt-to-earnings rate) and the earnings premium measure. Institutions were required to report by July 1, 2024, initial information relating to these GE measures that covered program and student data from the 2022-2023 and 2023-2024 award years. ED extended this initial reporting deadline to September 30, 2025, and RU, APUS, and HCN reported their initial program and student data by such deadline. RU, APUS, and HCN timely reported their program and student data for award year 2024-2025.
On July 4, 2025, the OBBBA was signed into law. The OBBBA establishes an accountability framework, effective July 1, 2026, that institutions must satisfy at the program level in order for students in the program to continue to receive Direct Loans requiring that an undergraduate or graduate or professional program be ineligible for Direct Loans if, in two out of three consecutive years, the median earnings of a cohort of program completers are less than the median earnings of working adults aged 25-34 with only a high school diploma for undergraduate program completers, or a bachelor’s degree for graduate or professional program completers, respectively, either in the state where the institution is located or, if fewer than 50% of students at the institution reside in the institution’s state, the national average.
If a program fails the earnings test for one year, institutions must provide students with a warning that the program is at risk of losing Direct Loan eligibility.
On December 8, 2025, ED convened the Accountability in Higher Education and Access through Demand-driven Workforce Pell Committee, or AHEAD, and initiated the negotiated rulemaking process for the OBBBA accountability framework. On January 9, 2026, AHEAD reached consensus on proposed modifications to GE regulations that would eliminate debt-to-earnings rates, change student warning requirements, limit the consequences for failing the earnings premium measure, and add an appeal process for programs that lose Title IV eligibility under this framework. The consensus language also maintains the current regulatory requirement that ED host a website that provides program-level data, including, but not limited to, median loan debt and median earnings. Further, under the consensus language, an institution would lose Pell grant eligibility for a program if at least half of the institution’s Title IV recipients or half of an institution’s Title IV funds come from failing programs. On January 30, 2026, ED published proposed regulations to implement the AHEAD consensus language. The proposed regulations were subject to the notice and comment rulemaking process which ended on March 2, 2026. As such, the final regulations may differ from those initially proposed.
In connection with the negotiated rulemaking, in December 2025, ED issued updated institutional program performance data, or PPD, that includes calculations of the earnings premium measure under the OBBBA accountability framework for certain programs. These data are for informational purposes only and do not reflect the final data that will be used to determine whether a program will pass the earnings premium measure, as ED used a different cohort of students than will be used to calculate the actual earning premium measures and many programs’ earnings data were suppressed due to data privacy limitations. However, out of the 67 APUS programs, 43 RU programs, and two HCN programs that ED assessed in the updated PPD, one APUS program failed the OBBBA earnings premium measure, representing less than 1% of total net course registrations for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to five APUS programs and six RU programs failing the GE debt-to-earnings test, representing 2.60% of total APUS net course registrations and 4.91% of total RU student enrollment, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2025.
The current GE regulations will remain in effect until ED publishes a final rule implementing the proposed OBBBA regulatory changes and that final rule goes into effect. Under current GE regulations, beginning July 1, 2026, institutions must issue student warnings to current and prospective students if ED notifies the institution that the GE program could become ineligible based on its final debt to earnings rates or earnings premium measure for the next award year for which the measures are calculated. Prospective students would need to review and acknowledge receipt of these warnings on ED’s program information website before we can disburse any Title IV student aid funds to the student. This requirement would be changed by the anticipated proposed rules relating to the OBBBA.
Third-Party Servicers. ED regulations permit an institution to enter into a written contract with a third-party servicer for the administration of any aspect of the institution’s participation in Title IV programs. Our institutions utilize third-party servicers for some services and in the future may consider using third-party servicers for other functions that are currently managed directly by our institutions. Third-party servicers must, among other obligations, comply with Title IV requirements and be jointly and severally liable with the institution to ED for any violation by the servicer of any Title IV provision. An institution must report to ED new contracts with or any significant modifications to contracts with third-party servicers and other matters related to third-party servicers. If any third-party servicer engaged by one of our institutions does not comply with applicable statutes and regulations, our institution may be liable for its actions, and our institution could lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
Title IV Return of Funds. When a student withdraws, an institution must return unearned Title IV program funds to ED in a timely manner. An institution must first determine the amount of funds that a student “earned” before withdrawal. If the student withdraws during the first 60% of any period of enrollment or payment period, the amount of Title IV program funds that the student earned is equal to a pro rata portion of the funds for which the student would otherwise be eligible. If the student withdraws after the 60% threshold, then the student has earned 100% of the Title IV program funds. The institution must return to the appropriate Title IV programs, in a specified order, the lesser of (i) the unearned Title IV program funds or (ii) the institutional charges incurred by the student for the period multiplied by the percentage of unearned Title IV program funds. An institution must return the funds no later than 45 days after the date of the institution’s determination that a student withdrew.
If 5% or more of such returns were not timely made, the institution may be required to submit a letter of credit in favor of ED equal to 25% of the amount of unearned Title IV funds the institution was required to return for its most recently completed fiscal year. If ED determines that one of our institutions has repeatedly failed to comply with ED regulations, it may take adverse action against the institution on the basis of the repeated finding or may find that the institution has failed to demonstrate administrative capability, as described above.
Substantial Misrepresentation. Under the HEA and its implementing regulations, ED may take action against an institution in the event of substantial misrepresentation by the institution concerning the nature of its educational programs, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates. As part of the 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations, as defined below, ED modified the substantial misrepresentation rule to explicitly include certain “omissions of fact” as a basis for a misrepresentation claim or borrower defense to repayment, or BDTR, claim. If ED determines that an institution has engaged in substantial misrepresentation regarding the nature of its education program, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates, ED may: (i) if the institution is provisionally certified, as some of our institutions currently are, revoke an institution’s program participation agreement or impose limitations on its participation in Title IV programs; (ii) deny participation applications made on behalf of the institution; or (iii) initiate a proceeding against the institution to fine the institution or to limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV programs.
The Clery Act. Our institutions must comply with certain campus safety and security reporting requirements as well as other requirements in the Jeanne Clery Disclosure of Campus Security Policy and Campus Crime Statistics Act, or the Clery Act. The Clery Act requires an institution, among other things, to report to ED and disclose in an annual security report, for the three most recent calendar years, statistics concerning the number of certain crimes that occurred on or within the institution’s “Clery geography,” which comprises an institution’s campus and non-campus buildings and property, public property on or adjacent to and accessible from the campus, and in some cases areas within the patrol jurisdiction of the campus police or security department, and to publish certain policies and procedures related to campus safety. A failure to comply with the Clery Act could result in our institutions being fined or having their eligibility to participate in Title IV programs limited, suspended, or terminated, could lead to litigation, or could harm our institutions’ reputation, each of which could, in turn, adversely affect our institutions’ enrollments and revenue and have a material effect on our business.
Borrower Defenses. Under the HEA, ED is authorized to specify in regulations which acts or omissions of an institution of higher education a borrower may assert as a BDTR of a loan under the Direct Loan Program, or a Direct Loan. ED may initiate a proceeding to collect from an institution the amount of relief resulting from a borrower defense claim. Prior to 2016, ED’s regulations permitted a borrower to assert a BDTR of a Direct Loan if the institution’s acts or omissions give rise to a cause of action against the institution under state law. In November 2016, ED published modifications to regulations that set forth, among other matters, the acts or omissions of an institution of higher education a student borrower or group of borrowers may assert as a defense to repayment of a Direct Loan, or the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations. The 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations were in effect from July 1, 2017, until July 1, 2020. For Direct Loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2017, the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations created a new federal standard for BDTR of Direct Loans, new limitation periods for such claims, and new processes for resolution of such claims. In September 2019, ED published the 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations, which, among other things, modify the standard for BDTR of Direct Loans made on or after July 1, 2020, the limitation periods for such claims, and the processes for resolution of such claims. The 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations continue to apply to all Direct Loans made on or after July 1, 2017, and before July 1, 2020, with certain exceptions pursuant to the 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations. The 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations apply to all Direct Loans made on or after July 1, 2020, and before July 1, 2023.
In March 2021, ED announced a revised approach for determining relief for borrowers who successfully assert borrower relief claims. Under this approach, a borrower will receive full loan relief when evidence shows that the institution engaged in certain misconduct. This policy rescinded the prior administration’s formula that generally granted only partial loan relief for borrower defense claims. Under the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations and the 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations, ED may initiate a separate proceeding to collect from an institution the amount of relief granted based on a BDTR claim.
On November 1, 2022, ED published final regulations with an effective date of July 1, 2023, to address BDTR, loan discharge, pre-dispute arbitration and class-action waivers, among other matters, or the 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations. The 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations created a single standard and streamlined process for relief that will: (i) apply to all future and pending BDTR claims as of July 1, 2023 instead of standards varying based on the date of the borrower’s first loan disbursement; (ii) allow students to assert borrower defenses related to Direct Consolidation Loans; (iii) define what kinds of misconduct could lead to borrower defense discharges (e.g., substantial misrepresentation, substantial omission of fact, breach of contract, aggressive and deceptive recruitment, and certain judgments or final ED actions); (iv) establish a reconsideration process for borrowers whose claims are not approved for a full discharge; (v) create a process for forming groups of borrowers and adjudicating claims based on the common facts of those group claims; and (vi) provide a clear timeline for adjudication of group and individual claims. The 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations indicate that ED will hold institutions accountable for the cost of discharges, including by establishing a recoupment process separate from the approval of BDTR claims and making a recoupment determination based on the standards in place at the time the loan was first disbursed. The OBBBA delays implementation of the 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations until July 1, 2035.
Accordingly, BDTR regulations that were in effect on July 1, 2020, have been reinstated.
In December 2023, RU received from ED 338 BDTR claims, all of which had submission dates between June 23, 2022, and November 15, 2022, for students attending RU between 2000 and 2022, seeking in the aggregate a discharge of approximately $6.1 million in loans. In December 2023, HCN received from ED 77 BDTR claims, all of which had submission dates between June 23, 2022, and November 15, 2022, for students attending HCN between 2007 and 2022, seeking in the aggregate a discharge of approximately $1.4 million in loans. In September 2024, APUS received from ED 408 BDTR claims, all of which had submission dates between June 23, 2022, and November 15, 2022, for students attending APUS between 2006 and 2021, seeking in the aggregate a discharge of approximately $6.6 million in loans. In 2025, RU received from ED 54 additional BDTR claims, all of which had submission dates between August 5, 2025 and November 14, 2025, for students attending RU between 1989 and 2019, seeking in the aggregate a discharge of approximately $1.1 million in loans. As of March 11, 2026, APUS received from ED 98 BDTR claims, all of which had submission dates between November 17, 2022, and October 10, 2023, for students attending APUS between 2009 and 2020, seeking in the aggregate a discharge of approximately $1.8 million in loans. As of March 11, 2026, RU received from ED 83 additional BDTR claims, all of which had submission dates between November 2022 and October 2023, for students attending RU between 2007 and 2026, seeking in the aggregate a discharge of approximately $1.6 million in loans. As of March 11, 2026, HCN received from ED 11 BDTR claims, all of which had submission dates between January 7, 2023, and September 8, 2023, for students attending HCN between 2008 and 2020, seeking in the aggregate a discharge of approximately $0.2 million in loans. Each of APUS, RU, HCN disputes the validity of these claims and has filed responses to them with ED. We are unable to predict whether ED will grant BDTR relief for the claims, or if so, whether it will seek recoupment from APUS, RU, and/or HCN. Refer to the Risk Factor captioned “ED rules related to BDTR claims may create significant liability that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations” for additional information.
Closed School Loan Discharge. The 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations modified ED’s requirements with respect to the circumstances under which a borrower is eligible for a loan discharge if an institution or location closes. For example, the 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations previously provided for an automatic loan discharge under certain circumstances, but the 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations eliminated the automatic loan discharge for schools closing on or after July 1, 2020. Based on automatic loan discharge rules, RU was negatively affected in 2020 by two previous campus mergers, one in North Dakota in 2015, and one in Wisconsin in 2016. The result were liabilities of $168,630, which was reduced to $77,569 after reconsideration appeals were submitted by RU to ED. RU may also face closed school discharge liabilities as a result of the 2021 consolidation of two Florida campuses, the 2022 consolidation of two Minnesota campuses, the closure of one Wisconsin campus in 2025, and the planned closure of another Wisconsin campus in 2026. The 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations include closed school loan discharge provisions that will provide for automatic discharges to any borrower who was enrolled within 180 days prior to a school’s closure and who did not complete their education at the school or through an approved teach-out agreement at another school within one year after the closure of their original school. The regulations will shorten the previous period for automatic discharge, so borrowers do not default on their loans after a closure of their school. The OBBBA delays implementation of the closed school loan discharge provisions of the 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations until July 1, 2035. Accordingly, the closed school loan discharge provisions that were in effect on July 1, 2020, have been reinstated.
Dispute Resolution. The 2016 Borrower Defense Regulations, which apply to all Direct Loans made on or after July 1, 2017, and before July 1, 2020, prohibit requiring students to initially engage in an institutions’ internal complaint processes, prohibit pre-dispute arbitration agreements, and class action lawsuit waivers, and require notification to ED of arbitration filings and awards, for claims that may form the basis for a BDTR. The 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations, which apply to all Direct Loans made on or after July 1, 2020, and before July 1, 2023, generally remove these prohibitions but require institutions whose students must enter into pre-dispute arbitration agreements or class action waivers to disclose publicly those requirements, and prohibit requiring a student to participate in arbitration or any internal dispute resolution process prior to filing a BDTR application with ED. The 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations, prohibit institutions from requiring borrowers to sign mandatory pre-dispute arbitration agreements or class action waivers for claims related to the making of a Direct Loan or the provision of educational services for which the loan was obtained. The OBBBA delays implementation of the 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations until July 1, 2035. Accordingly, dispute resolution provisions under the BDTR regulations that were in effect on July 1, 2020, have been reinstated.
Other Department of Education and Privacy Regulation
Privacy of Student Personal Information and Records. The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, or FERPA, and ED’s regulations implementing FERPA require education institutions to protect the privacy of students’ education records by, among other things, limiting disclosure of a student’s personally identifiable information without prior written consent. If an institution fails to comply with FERPA, ED may require corrective actions or terminate eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
In addition, education institutions engaged in financial activities such as the granting of student loans are obligated to safeguard student information pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, or GLBA, and implementing regulations, which among other things, requires reasonable security practices to protect personally identifiable financial information of students, parents, or other individuals in a customer relationship with the institution. Failure to comply with the applicable GLBA requirements may result in FTC enforcement, which could include the imposition of conditions, penalties, monitoring, and oversight. Institutions are also subject to the FTC’s general deceptive and unfair practices jurisdiction of Section 5 of the FTC Act for processing student information. FTC privacy and security enforcement focuses primarily on: (i) collecting, using, sharing, or retaining personal information inconsistent with representations, commitments, and promises in privacy policies and other public statements; (ii) privacy policies that do not adequately inform consumers about actual practices; and (iii) failing to reasonably protect the security, privacy, and confidentiality of personal information. Institutions must also comply with the FTC Red Flags Rule, a requirement designed to identify and mitigate identity theft, including for certain student accounts. States can also bring similar enforcement actions under so called “mini-FTC Acts” as well as other applicable privacy and security laws. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, and implementing regulations impose disclosure and notice obligations on institutions and provide a broad array of consumer rights relating to California residents and their personal information, including among others, the right to access personal information, the right to opt out of sales of personal information, the right to correct or delete personal information, and the right to limit certain disclosures of personal information. The CCPA has the potential for significant civil penalties for failing to comply as well as a private right of action and statutory damages for data breaches that are the result of unreasonable security. Other comprehensive state privacy laws that our institutions may be subject to with varying requirements have come into effect in recent years and these requirements continue to evolve. Our collection of personal information relating to individuals in the European Union, or EU, or the United Kingdom, or UK, may implicate the EU’s or the UK’s General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR. Non-compliance with the EU GDPR or UK GDPR could result in a fine for certain activities of up to €20 million or £17.5 million, respectively, or 4% of an organization’s global annual revenue, whichever is higher, per violation.
Accessibility for Students with Disabilities. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, or Section 504, prohibits discrimination against a person with a disability by any organization that receives federal financial assistance, which includes us. ED’s Office for Civil Rights, or OCR, which enforces Section 504, together with the Department of Justice, have asserted that requiring the use of technology in a classroom environment when such technology is inaccessible to individuals with disabilities violates Section 504, unless those individuals are provided accommodations or modifications that permit them to receive all the educational benefits provided by the technology in an equally effective and integrated manner. In recent years, OCR has taken enforcement action against several institutions of higher education, including primarily online institutions, after determining that their websites and online learning management platforms were not accessible to persons with a disability. In 2022, OCR initiated a compliance review of APUS’s learning management system and courses. In August 2024, OCR identified APUS was out of compliance with certain accessibility requirements for people with disabilities for ten courses. Currently, APUS is cooperating with OCR on a resolution to bring APUS into compliance. At this time, we cannot predict when the compliance review will be completed, additional costs associated with compliance, whether there will be any further findings, or whether OCR will place any liability or other limitations on APUS as a result of the compliance review. An institution that does not come into compliance with Section 504 could lose access to federal funding, including the ability to participate in the Title IV programs and TA. See the Risk Factor captioned “Enforcement of laws related to the accessibility of technology continues to evolve, which could result in increased information technology development costs and compliance risks” for more information.
Title IX. Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, or Title IX, prohibits discrimination on the basis of sex in education programs that receive funding from the federal government. ED regulations effective August 2020, or the 2020 Rule, define what constitutes sexual harassment for purposes of Title IX in the administrative enforcement context, describe what actions trigger an institution’s obligation to respond to incidents of alleged sexual harassment, and specify how an institution must respond to allegations of sexual harassment. In April 2024, ED released new regulations that significantly revise how schools, including higher education institutions, must address cases involving sex-based discrimination, including cases of sexual harassment, sex-based harassment, and assault occurring on or after the August 1, 2024, effective date. The new regulations also explicitly include protections against discrimination based on sexual orientation, gender identity, and sex characteristics. In addition, the new regulations update protections against discrimination because of pregnancy, related conditions, or terminations of pregnancy. Multiple states challenged the new regulations, and federal district courts granted preliminary injunctions in 26 states: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, West Virginia, and Wyoming. In some instances, courts expanded the injunction to named schools, regardless of where the schools are located; APUS was named among nearly 700 such schools in a July 2024 list. Kansas v. United States Dep’t of Educ., No. 5:24-cv-4041 (D. Kan. 2024). Except where enjoined, the new regulations otherwise became effective on August 1, 2024. In January 2025, a federal district court granted summary judgment against ED, concluding that the new regulations were unlawful and permanently vacating the rule nationwide. Tennessee v. Cardona, No.
2:24-cv-072 (E.D. Ky. 2025). In February 2025, OCR issued a Dear Colleague Letter confirming both that it will enforce Title IX under the 2020 Rule and that institutions with open investigations initiated under the new regulations should reevaluate such investigations for consistency with the 2020 Rule.
Distance Education. ED regulations provide institutions additional flexibility in offering distance education and competency-based education programs. Definitions in these regulations specify the instructional requirements that distance education programs must abide in order to remain eligible for Title IV disbursements. Failure to comply with these standards could lead to adverse actions by ED. In addition, in January 2025, ED published new regulations that define a “distance education course” and require institutions to report student enrollment in distance education in accordance with procedures that will be established by ED. The new regulations become effective July 1, 2026.
Department of Defense
Regulation of Tuition
Service members of the U.S. Armed Forces are eligible to receive TA from their branch of service through the DoD’s TA program. Service members may use TA to pursue postsecondary degrees at institutions that are accredited by accrediting agencies recognized by ED. APUS, RU, and HCN participate in TA programs. Active-duty military students in most undergraduate programs and master’s level graduate programs at APUS and RU receive per credit hour tuition pricing at a tuition rate that is commensurate with available TA funding to allow tuition charges to be 100% covered by TA.
Since March 2013, DoD has restricted the ability of service members who have not previously taken a postsecondary education course and who are in certain duty locations outside the continental United States, or overseas locations, to receive TA for courses offered by institutions of higher education that are not parties to contracts with the DoD to provide DoD voluntary education programs at those locations. Because we do not have contracts with the DoD to provide instruction at overseas locations, service members who begin their first postsecondary education program after arrival at an applicable overseas location may not use TA to pay for their education in our programs until after they have already successfully completed a course with an institution that has entered into a contract to provide voluntary education programs at that overseas location. Service members who were already enrolled in one of our programs before arriving at an overseas location may continue to receive TA for the in-progress program, but they will be encouraged to enroll in courses provided by institutions that provide programs at the applicable overseas location.
DoD requires educational institutions to meet certain criteria, including generally having at least 20 students on base, and to request access in writing that outlines among other things the specific purpose of the visit, in order to access installations solely to provide counseling, and generally prohibits education institutions from holding regular or recurring office hours on installations solely to provide counseling. This limits APUS’s ability to support existing students and serve new students. If APUS is not able to improve its access to military installations and its existing students on those installations, or find alternative methods to serve those students, its military enrollments may decline.
Each institution participating in TA is required to sign a Memorandum of Understanding, or MOU, outlining certain commitments and agreements between the institution and DoD prior to being permitted to participate in TA. Pursuant to the DoD MOUs, among other requirements, institutions must: (i) explain certain tools to service members, such as ED’s “College Navigator” website and the “Paying for College” website of the CFPB; (ii) comply with requirements related to readmission policies for service members; (iii) abide by limitations on the use of funds derived from TA; (iv) provide certain academic and student support services; (v) disclose information about transfer of credit; (vi) in certain circumstances, return TA funds to DoD (such as when a student ceases to attend or an institution cancels a course); (vii) offer to service members loan counseling before private student loans are offered or recommended; and (ix comply with ED’s Title IV “program integrity” rules, including rules related to incentive payments and misrepresentation. The DoD MOU also provides that an institution may only participate in TA if it is accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by ED, approved for VA funding, and a participant in Title IV programs. In February 2025, the DoD Voluntary Education Institutional Compliance Program, or ICP, notified APUS that it will conduct a review of APUS’s compliance with the DoD MOU. ICP completed its review in May 2025 and issued a report with no findings of noncompliance. Additional information regarding the potential risks associated with the DoD MOUs is provided in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report.
Several federal government agencies have established an online student complaint system for service members, veterans, and their families to report negative experiences at education institutions and training programs administering the Post-9/11 GI Bill, TA, and other military-related education benefit programs. An institution having recurring substantive complaints, or demonstrating an unwillingness to resolve complaints, may face a range of penalties, including revocation of its MOU and removal from participation in TA.
Department of Defense Funding
A series of automatic federal budget cuts, known as sequestration, have impacted certain federal student aid programs since fiscal year 2013 and have been extended through fiscal year 2030. As a result of uncertainty about the availability of funding, several military branches initially suspended and later announced changes to their TA programs. For example, the Army now requires service members to complete one year of service after graduation from Advanced Individual Training in order to be eligible for TA, and the Army and the Coast Guard have both reduced the total per service member annual benefits The OBBBA appropriated $100 million for TA in federal fiscal year 2025, beginning on October 1, 2025, that is available until September 30, 2029 if not earlier exhausted. The $100 million was a one-time allocation across the military branches based on their active-duty population numbers. We understand that a significant portion of this allocation may have been obligated or spent.
Congressional inaction on budgetary matters has led to lapses in federal funding, resulting in government shutdowns, including the government shutdown that began on October 1, 2025, and ended on November 12, 2025, or the 2025 Shutdown, and subsequent policy changes that have affected TA programs at DoD. A future government shutdown, particularly one that includes DoD, or suspension or resulting modification of TA programs, including in connection with the failure to increase or a delay in increasing the federal debt ceiling, could have a material adverse effect on APUS’s enrollments and on our cash flows, results of operations, and financial condition. For additional details, see the Risk Factor captioned “Enrollments and course registrations have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by a variety of factors not directly related to education programs, including changes in military activity, budgets and government shutdowns” and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview – U.S. Federal Government Shutdown” section.
Funding shortfalls have also affected DoD TA programs. For example, as a result of the expected exhaustion of annual TA benefits available to sailors, in May 2019, the Navy ceased approving TA funds for eligible sailors until the start of the government’s fiscal year 2020 on October 1, 2019. Currently, Navy service members must have a minimum of three years of service before becoming eligible to use TA and cannot use TA in their last year of service. Additionally, for TA and the Navy College Program for Afloat College Education, funding is capped at 18 semester hours per fiscal year combined, and career funding is capped at 120 semester hours combined. In addition, eligible sailors can only use TA to fund two courses each quarter of the fiscal year, and reservists on one-year orders are ineligible for TA.
On December 11, 2024, the U.S. Department of the Army announced increases to the annual cap on the dollar amount of tuition assistance benefits and to the hours cap for each semester. Other service branches have since followed suit and increased the annual cap on the amount of tuition assistance benefits.
We expect each military branch and the DoD to continually evaluate their approach to education funding, and the resulting changes could have an impact on the funds available to service members to pursue their education at our institutions.
Department of Veterans Affairs
The VA administers education benefits provided by federal law, including the Montgomery GI Bill, or GI Bill, and the Post-9/11 GI Bill. APUS, RU, and HCN are approved to provide education to veterans and members of the selective reserve and their dependents by the state approving agencies where RU and HCN campuses are located for RU and HCN, and in West Virginia for APUS. In order for an institution to participate in VA education benefits, it must be a participant in the Title IV programs.
For the 2025-2026 academic year, an eligible veteran who attends a non-public U.S. institution may receive veterans education benefits to pay for tuition and fees based on the net cost to the veteran up to $29,920. Veterans pursuing a program of education on a more than half-time basis at an on-campus location are eligible for a monthly housing allowance equal to the basic allowance for housing available to service members in that location who are at a military pay grade E-5 and have dependents. Veterans pursuing a program of education solely through distance education on a more than half-time basis are eligible to receive a monthly housing allowance equal to 50% of the national average, or $1,169.00 per month.
To the extent that TA does not cover the full cost of tuition for service members, eligible service members may also use their benefits under the GI Bill or the Post-9/11 GI Bill through the “Top-Up” program. The “Top-Up” program allows U.S. Military active-duty service members to use their GI Bill or Post-9/11 GI Bill benefits to pay the difference between the total cost of a college course and the amount of TA that is paid by the military for the course but is limited to 36 months of payments.
The Johnny Isakson and David P. Roe, M.D. Veterans Health Care and Benefits Improvement Act of 2020, or the Isakson Roe Act, modified policies related to GI Bill and other VA-administered education funds, in part to align VA requirements with DoD and ED requirements related to student financial aid. Section 1018 of the Isakson Roe Act mandates that schools that receive veterans education benefits: (i) provide VA students with information on total cost of an education program, an estimate of debt the student will have upon graduation, graduation rates, requirements to obtain any license, certification, or approval for which the course of education is designed to provide preparation, and certain other information; (ii) inform VA students of the availability and potential eligibility of federal financial aid before packaging or arranging private student loans or alternative financing programs; (iii) avoid fraudulent and unduly aggressive recruiting or automatic renewal techniques; (iv) avoid misrepresentations or payment of incentive compensation on the basis of securing enrollments; (v) provide VA students with information regarding graduation requirements; (vii) obtain required approvals from the institutions’ accrediting agency for new courses or programs; (viii) maintain a policy to accommodate service members and reservists to be readmitted if they are temporarily unable to attend due to service requirements; and (ix) appoint a point of contact to provide academic and financial aid advising.
The Responsible Education Mitigating Options and Technical Extensions Act, among other things, clarified that the Isakson Roe Act Section 1018 prohibition on incentive compensation does not apply to foreign students residing outside the United States who are ineligible for federal student financial aid.
The Training in High-Demand Roles to Improve Veteran Employment Act, or the THRIVE Act, amended provisions related to veterans’ education programs found in ARPA and the Isakson Roe Act. The THRIVE Act requires the VA to work with the Department of Labor to determine the list of high-demand occupations for rapid retraining assistance, excludes programs pursued solely through distance learning on a half-time basis or less from the housing stipend available to those in the retraining program, and requires the Government Accountability Office to report on the outcomes and effectiveness of retraining programs. The legislation also requires the VA to take disciplinary action if a person with whom an institution has an agreement to provide educational or recruiting services violates the VA’s incentive compensation prohibitions.
The Ensuring the Best Schools for Veterans Act of 2022 modified how the VA implements the rule generally forbidding use of VA benefits for students enrolling in a program in which more than 85% of students enrolled in the program have any portion of their tuition, fees, or other charges paid to or for them by the institution or by the VA, or the 85/15 Requirement. Among other things, the law clarifies that reporting associated with the 85/15 Requirement generally does not apply to institutions at which 35% or fewer students receive GI bill benefits, computed separately for the main campus and any branch or extension of the institution. The law also exempts programs for which fewer than 10 students have any portion of their tuition, fees, or other charges paid to or for them by the institution or by the VA. An institution that meets the requirements for an exemption must submit verifying information to the VA on a biennial basis.
Additional Sources of Student Payments
In addition to the Title IV, DoD, and VA programs described above, eligible students may participate in other financial aid programs or receive support from other governmental and private sources. Some of our students finance their own education or receive full or partial employer tuition reimbursement. Our institutions enter into agreements with various employers through which our institutions agree to a variety of terms, including terms related to the provision of tuition grants to eligible employees. Our institutions may offer interest free payment plans of less than 12 months to students to assist them with the financing of educational expenses. In certain circumstances, our students may access alternative loan programs from a number of private lenders, which are intended to cover the difference between what the student receives from all financial aid sources and the student’s total cost of attendance. As a condition to an institution’s participation in the Title IV programs, the institution must adopt a code of conduct pertaining to student loans, including alternative loans.
HCN offers its students extended payment plan options. The extended payment plan is designed to assist students with educational costs including tuition and fees. The extended payment plan is subject to various federal and state laws and regulations, such as the Truth in Lending Act as implemented in Regulation Z, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act as implemented in Regulation B and the Unfair, Deceptive or Abusive Acts or Practices provisions of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Consumer Protection
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
The CFPB has pursued enforcement actions against certain for-profit institutions of higher education and has released several reports that directly address issues related to institutions of higher education. In January 2026, the CFPB Education Loan Ombudsman released its annual report, which analyzed 4,500 private student loan complaints and 18,400 federal student loan complaints received during the 2024-2025 award year. The CFPB indicated that the majority of complaints involved problems consumers had dealing with their loan servicer. We do not know what enforcement actions the CFPB may pursue, or what steps Congress or federal agencies may take, in response to these reports and whether such actions, if any, will have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
Other Issues Related to Consumer Protection and Complaints
Many states have become more active in regulating for-profit education from a consumer protection perspective, specifically related to enforcement of consumer protection laws and implementation of new regulations by state attorneys general. Actions by state attorneys general and other governmental agencies, whether or not involving us or our institutions, could damage our reputation and the reputation of our institutions and limit the ability to recruit and enroll students, which could reduce student demand for our institutions’ programs and adversely impact our revenue and cash flow from operations.
Our institutions are recipients of complaints filed with state regulatory authorities, the Better Business Bureau, and posted in online forums. Our institutions attempt to resolve such complaints in a cooperative manner. However, even if such complaints are resolved or are otherwise unfounded, they may still harm the reputation of our institutions.
In October 2021, ED announced that it had restored an Office of Enforcement within ED’s Office of Federal Student Aid to strengthen oversight of and enforcement actions against postsecondary institutions that participate in federal student loan, grant, and work-study programs. In September 2024, the Office of Enforcement issued a Federal Student Aid Enforcement Bulletin describing conduct that creates a risk of engaging in substantial misrepresentations, which may prompt administrative action by ED against an institution.
Compliance with Regulatory Standards and the Effect of Regulatory Violations
Compliance Reviews
Our institutions and certain of our third-party service providers may be subject to compliance reviews, inspections, audits, and investigations, by various external agencies, including ED, ED OIG, state licensing agencies, DoD, VA, and accrediting agencies. For example, in February 2026, ED OIG notified RU that it would conduct an inspection related to RU’s process related to addressing students with unusual enrollment history flags for the 2024-2025 award year. The HEA and ED regulations also require institutions to submit annually a compliance audit conducted by an independent certified public accountant in accordance with Government Auditing Standards and applicable ED OIG audit standards. In addition, to enable ED to make a determination of financial responsibility, institutions must annually submit audited financial statements prepared in accordance with ED regulations.
In July 2023, ED began a program review of APUS’s administration of Title IV programs during the 2021-2022 and 2022-2023 award years, which includes, among other things, a review of compliance with the 90/10 Rule. APUS has not yet received a program review report from ED. Accordingly, at this time, we cannot predict the outcome of the APUS program review, when it will be completed, whether there will be any adverse findings in the resulting program review report, what findings there may be related to 90/10 Rule compliance, if any, or whether ED will place any liability or other limitations on APUS as a result of the review.
In order to participate in TA, institutions must agree to participate in DoD’s Voluntary Education Institutional Compliance Program, or ICP. An institution that, through the ICP, is found noncompliant with DoD requirements and demonstrates an unwillingness to resolve a finding may be subject to a range of penalties from a written warning to termination of the institution’s participation in TA. APUS and RU have previously been subject to ICP reviews. For example, in February 2025, ICP notified APUS that it will conduct a review of APUS’s compliance with the DoD MOU. ICP completed its review in May 2025 and issued a report with no findings of noncompliance.
Potential Effect of Regulatory Violations
If our institutions fail to comply with the regulatory standards governing Title IV programs, ED could impose one or more sanctions, including transferring our institutions to the reimbursement or cash monitoring system of payment, seeking to require repayment of certain Title IV program funds, requiring the posting of an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of ED as a condition for continued Title IV certification, taking emergency action against our institutions, referring the matter for criminal prosecution, or initiating proceedings to impose a fine or to limit, condition, suspend, or terminate participation in Title IV programs. If our institution’s approval to participate in Title IV programs is terminated, it will also lose its ability to participate in TA pursuant to its DoD MOU, as well as in education benefits administered by the VA.
If such sanctions or proceedings were imposed against our institutions and resulted in a substantial curtailment, or termination, of participation in Title IV programs, this would materially and adversely affect our enrollments, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition.
If one of our institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, or if the amount of available Title IV program funds were reduced, we could seek to arrange or provide alternative sources of revenue or financial aid for students. Although we believe that one or more private organizations would be willing to provide financial assistance to students attending our institutions, there is no assurance that this would be the case, and the interest rate and other terms of such financial aid might not be as favorable as those for Title IV program funds. We may be required to guarantee all or part of such alternative assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection with securing alternative sources of financial aid. Accordingly, the loss of our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, or a reduction in the amount of available federal student financial aid, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations even if we could arrange or provide alternative sources of revenue or student financial aid.
In addition to the actions that may be brought against us as a result of our institutions’ participation in Title IV programs, we also may be subject, from time to time, to complaints and lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by our regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies and third parties, such as present or former students or employees and other members of the public.
Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations
Many actions that we may wish to take in connection with our operations are subject to regulation from a variety of agencies. For example, ED’s regulations, state regulatory requirements, and accrediting agency standards may, in certain instances, limit our ability to acquire or sell institutions, and to establish additional locations and programs. Similarly, many states require approval before institutions can add new programs, campuses, or teaching locations. Generally, these agencies require institutions to notify them and sometimes require institutions to obtain their approval, in advance of opening a new location or implementing new programs. As described in “Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Eligibility and Certification Procedures”, RU was subject to certain limitations on new programs and locations and is currently subject to a cap on the number of students that participate in Title IV programs that can be enrolled.
Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change of Control
ED’s regulations, state regulatory requirements, and accreditation standards may limit our ability to acquire, merge, or sell institutions, and may impose restrictions on activities following a transaction. For example, ED must approve any change in ownership resulting in a change of control of APEI, our institutions or any institution we may acquire. These restrictions may impede our ability to grow by acquisition, or to dispose of assets. Moreover, as a publicly traded company, the potential adverse regulatory effects of a change of control could influence future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance, or redemption of our common stock. In addition, the regulatory burdens and risks associated with a change of control could discourage bids for our shares of common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares.
For example, the Rasmussen Acquisition was required to be reported to, and in some cases approved by, various education regulatory bodies. RU also pursued post-closing notices and consents related to the change in ownership. State agencies, accreditors, boards of nursing, and other relevant regulators also required further action with respect to the Rasmussen Acquisition. Additionally, some regulators required approval after the change in ownership in order to continue proper licensure, accreditation, approval, or authorization.
Department of Education
An institution that undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and must apply to ED in order to reestablish such eligibility. ED regulations define what constitutes a change in ownership and control of various types of legal entities. For example, ED regulations provide that a change of control of a publicly traded company occurs in one of two ways: (i) there is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing a change of control; or (ii) the corporation has a stockholder that owns at least 25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and is the largest stockholder of the corporation, and that stockholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock, or ceases to be the largest stockholder. As a result, a significant purchase or disposition of our voting stock, including an acquisition resulting in a stockholder owning at least 25% of our outstanding stock, could be determined by ED to be a change in ownership and control. For entities that are not closely held or publicly traded corporations, including limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, limited partnerships, and similar types of legal entities, the ownership interest threshold is 50% for a change in ownership that results in a change in control automatically triggering ED’s approval process. ED’s approval process may apply when a change in control occurs despite not meeting the 50% threshold. Institutions must notify ED and students of a planned change in ownership that results in a change in control at least 90 days in advance. In addition, institutions are subject to certain reporting obligations for changes in ownership that do not result in a change in control, including 5% ownership interests for all entity types. ED’s regulations also require additional financial protection (i.e., letters of credit) when a new owner is lacking financial statements or as ED determines necessary.
The HEA provides that after an institution undergoes a change in ownership and control ED may temporarily provisionally certify the institution based on a materially complete application received within 10 business days after the change occurred. ED may continue such temporary provisional certification on a month-to-month basis until it has rendered a final decision on the institution’s application, provided the institution has timely supplied all required information and documentation. If ED approves the application, it issues a provisional certification, which extends for a period expiring not later than the end of the third complete award year following the date of provisional certification.
When a change in ownership and control occurs, ED applies certain financial tests to determine the financial responsibility of the institution under the new ownership. The institution generally is required to submit a same-day audited balance sheet reflecting the financial condition of the institution immediately following the change in ownership and control, and the same-day balance sheet must satisfy certain requirements. In addition, when a change in ownership and control occurs and there is a new owner, the institution must submit to ED the new owner’s audited financial statements for its two most recently completed fiscal years. If those audits do not satisfy ED requirements, ED may impose conditions on continued Title IV participation, such as a letter of credit, certain growth restrictions, including with respect to adding locations and programs, and additional monitoring requirements. ED’s financial responsibility standards are described more fully above in “Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Financial Responsibility”.
State Regulatory Agencies
Many states require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval of certain changes in ownership or other aspects of institutional status. The types of and triggers for such reporting or approval vary, but many states include the sale of a controlling interest of common stock in the definition of a change of control requiring approval. A change of control may require us to obtain approval of the change in ownership and control in order to maintain our state approval. In certain circumstances, state approving agencies responsible for oversight of veterans education benefits also may require an institution to obtain approval for a change in ownership and control.
Accreditors
Many accrediting agencies, including HLC, require institutions of higher education to report or obtain approval for certain changes in legal status, ownership, form of control, or other aspects of institutional status, but the types of and triggers for such reporting or approval vary. Many accrediting agencies also require on-site evaluations to confirm the appropriateness of any approval. Some accrediting agencies’ oversight may also extend to defined changes that occur in an institution’s parent or controlling entity, and not necessarily the institution itself. Such oversight could trigger additional reviews of the institution and possible change in accreditation status.
Should we attempt to enter into transactions with institutions accredited by other accreditors, we would be required to follow the requirements of such accreditors. Our management may not have experience with the accreditors of the target institution, which would increase the risks related to such a transaction and management of the institution subsequent to the transaction.
Restrictions on Adding Locations and Educational Programs
ED may, as a condition of participation in Title IV programs, require prior approval of new locations, programs, or otherwise restrict the number of programs an institution may add. ED’s regulations require institutions to report and, in certain cases (such as when an institution is provisionally certified such as APUS and RU), to seek approval for a new additional campus location at which at least 50% of a program will be offered if the institution wants to disburse Title IV program funds to students enrolled at that location. Institutions are responsible for knowing whether they need approval, and institutions that add locations and programs and disburse Title IV program funds in connection with those locations and programs without having obtained any necessary approval may be subject to administrative repayments and other sanctions.
The HEA requires for-profit institutions to be in full operation for two years before qualifying to participate in Title IV programs. However, ED regulations in many circumstances permit an institution that is already qualified to participate in Title IV programs to establish additional campus locations that are exempt from the two-year rule. The new campus location must satisfy all other applicable requirements for institutional eligibility, including approval by the relevant state authorizing agency and the institution’s accrediting agency.
Provisionally certified institutions of higher education, such as APUS and RU, must seek prior approval from ED to offer new academic programs eligible for Title IV program funds and to open new locations at which Title IV program funds will be disbursed. A fully certified degree-granting institution generally is not obligated to obtain ED’s prior approval for a new location, an additional program leading to a degree at the same level previously approved by ED, or a new program that both prepares students for gainful employment in the same or related recognized occupation as an education program that has previously been designated as an eligible program at that institution and meets certain minimum-length requirements. However, ED could nevertheless require a fully certified institution to obtain prior approval for new programs and locations for purposes of Title IV program participation.
Other Recent Legislative and Regulatory Activity
Many of our students rely on federally funded programs, including Title IV programs, TA and education benefits administered by the VA that may be affected by changes in the federal budget. Due to the substantial amount of federal funds disbursed to schools through Title IV programs, TA, and education benefits administered by the VA, the large number of students and institutions participating in these programs, and significant political interest in the cost of education, Congress continues to show interest in regulation and oversight of institutions of higher education, especially those that are for-profit.
In addition, ED withdrew or terminated pending rulemakings pertinent to postsecondary education shortly before the change in the Presidential administration. President Trump and members of his administration have also stated that the administration intends to dismantle ED, limiting its functions to only those that are statutorily required or transferring oversight of certain functions to other agencies. For more information, see the Risk Factor captioned “The postsecondary education regulatory environment has changed and may change in the future as a result of United States federal elections”.
The One Big Beautiful Bill Act
On July 4, 2025, the OBBBA was signed into law. Among other things, the OBBBA amends portions of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, makes changes to the Title IV programs, and restores certain ED regulations related to borrower defense to repayment and closed school discharge.
The OBBBA will overhaul the structure of certain student loan programs. Effective July 1, 2026, it will eliminate Federal Direct PLUS loans for graduate and professional students, with limited grandfathering. The law also: (i) fixes annual and aggregate loan limits for graduate students, with different caps depending on whether they are or have been professional students; (ii) creates a lifetime maximum aggregate amount for Title IV loans (other than a loan made to the student as a parent on behalf of a dependent); (iii) authorizes institutions to limit the amount of loans a student may borrow in an academic year provided such limit is applied consistently to all students enrolled in a program; and (iv) requires the amount of loan funds available under a student’s annual loan eligibility to be reduced proportionately to the degree to which that student is not enrolled on a full-time basis. On September 29, 2025, ED established the Reimagining and Improving Student Education Committee, or RISE Committee, and initiated the negotiated rulemaking process for the OBBBA student loan provisions. On November 6, 2025, the RISE Committee reached consensus with ED on proposed changes regarding a new income-driven repayment plan, the Repayment Assistance Plan, including the treatment of income for borrowers filing taxes jointly and the minimum monthly loan payment amount, and the definition of “professional student”, among other things.
The OBBBA also establishes an accountability framework, effective July 1, 2026, that institutions must satisfy at the program level in order for students in the program to continue to receive Direct Loans. On December 8, 2025, ED convened AHEAD and initiated the negotiated rulemaking process for the OBBBA accountability framework. On January 9, 2026, AHEAD reached consensus on proposed modifications to GE regulations. Additional information regarding the proposed modifications is available above under “Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Gainful Employment Regulations”. On January 30, 2026, ED published a notice of proposed rulemaking that incorporated the consensus language, and accepted public comments to the notice of proposed rulemaking until March 2, 2026.
The OBBBA creates Workforce Pell Grants, effective July 1, 2026, for students enrolled in eligible workforce programs that satisfy certain requirements and limits eligibility for Pell Grants in certain ways.
The OBBBA also changes existing U.S. tax laws, including extending or making permanent certain provisions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, repealing certain clean energy initiatives, in addition to other changes. The OBBBA did not have a material impact on our annual effective tax rate in 2025.
The OBBBA also appropriated the OBBBA TA Funds, consisting of $100 million in funding for TA that is separate and apart from ordinary course appropriations and are available for use through September 30, 2029. We understand that a significant portion of this allocation may have been obligated or spent.
Finally, the OBBBA delays implementation of the Biden Administration’s BDTR regulations and closed school loan discharge regulations until July 1, 2035. Accordingly, BDTR and closed school loan discharge provisions of the 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations, as defined above, have been reinstated. For details the 2019 Borrower Defense Regulations generally, see “Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Borrower Defenses” and “– Closed School Loan Discharge” above.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as the other information contained in this Annual Report, including our “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. Any of the risk factors described below could significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe are not material may also adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects. As a result of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as such additional risks and uncertainties, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Attracting and Retaining Students
Our success and financial performance depend on the effectiveness of our ability to attract students who persist in our institutions’ programs.
Building awareness and reputation among potential students of our institutions and the programs they offer is critical to our institutions’ ability to attract new students. In order to maintain and increase our revenue, profits, and cash flows, our institutions must continue to enroll new, qualified students in a cost-effective manner, and these students must remain active and be successful in our institutions’ programs. In addition, because our institutions experience declines in their student populations as a result of graduation, transfers to other academic institutions, withdrawals, military deployments, and other reasons, in order to grow, we need to first attract sufficient students to replace those who have left. In addition to broader challenges with attracting qualified students, any negative effects resulting from the occurrence of risks set forth in this “Risk Factors” section, from action or inaction by us, regulators or accrediting agencies, or events beyond our control could prevent us from successfully advertising and marketing our institutions’ programs and from successfully enrolling and retaining qualified students in those programs. If we are unable to continue to develop awareness and a positive reputation of our institutions and the programs we offer, and to recruit and enroll students that persist in our programs over time, our enrollments will suffer and there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to effectively market our programs or expand into new markets, our results of operations would be negatively affected.
Our marketing strategy for APUS has traditionally focused on building long-term, mutually beneficial relationships with businesses, other organizations, and individuals in military, veterans, extended military families, and other public service and service-minded communities, with a focus on educating those who serve. We must continue to develop and expand marketing channels that attract college-ready students who use non-federal funds as a payment source and may perform well at APUS, including in order to maintain compliance with the 90/10 Rule. However, we have experienced challenges attracting such students, and there is no assurance that we will be able to do so on a cost-effective basis or to prevent declines in these types of enrollments at APUS.
Furthermore, because APUS’s tuition is generally lower than that of most of its competitors, it has fewer dollars to spend per student on marketing and advertising than its competitors. Our pricing structure and margin profile may limit the availability of financial resources to be used for marketing and enrollment in general. Nevertheless, we have tried to, and may in the future try to, implement new marketing tactics and channels, including those with which we have no experience, and there is no guarantee that our marketing and branding efforts will achieve the desired results. If we are unable to develop and optimize marketing and advertising programs that are effective in developing awareness of our institutions and the programs we offer and their value propositions, and we are unable to enroll and retain qualified students in the markets we serve, our enrollments would suffer, and there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
In April 2024, APU announced its intention to expand its reach to become a global digital university that integrates emerging technologies and enhanced teaching and learning opportunities for faculty and students, adopted a new visual identity, a new tagline: Digital Learning for Real LifeTM, an expanded global focus, and a suite of digital student services. In connection with this transition, APU aims to provide students with highly collaborative learning experiences, AI-powered classroom support, and personalized digital services. This transition and rebranding initiative may be difficult to complete, divert management attention, and require us to expend resources and incur expenses. Additionally, despite APU’s efforts, this transition and rebranding initiative may not yield increased enrollments, and, even if it does, any increased enrollments may not offset expenses we incur and could potentially impact the mix of students attracted to APU, which could have a negative effect on our compliance with the 90/10 Rule. If APU fails to successfully transition into a global digital university or incurs substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to do so, we may fail to attract new enrollments to the extent necessary to realize a sufficient return on our efforts.
Accordingly, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be impacted.
As described more fully under “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation – The Planned Combination of APUS, RU, and HCN”, and in the Risk Factor that begins with the caption “The planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN”, the planned Combination may impact our ability to maintain and increase student enrollments.
The success of RU and HCN depends, in part, on our ability to maintain and increase student enrollments in those institutions’ programs. As part of our strategy to continue to build a national nursing platform, we intend to open new campuses and other operating locations; however, as a result of back-to-back changes of control, composite score concerns and limitations imposed by the U.S. Department of Education, RU is currently and may continue to be limited in its ability to grow enrollment and expand in new geographical markets. Accordingly, there is no assurance that we will be able to effectuate this expansion strategy at RU or if such strategy will achieve desired results. For more on the limitations on our ability to expand our nursing programs into new geographical markets, see also the Risk Factors that begin with the captions “If our institutions are unable to successfully adjust…”, “If we or our institutions fail to comply with the extensive regulatory…,” “Failure to improve certain of our programs’ NCLEX pass rates...,” as well as “Business – Regulatory Environment – Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations” and “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements” generally.
Opening new campuses and locations requires us to obtain appropriate federal, state, and accrediting agency approvals and to comply with any related requirements from those agencies. In addition, with the opening of new campuses, we have been and will be marketing in geographic areas in which our institutions did not previously have a campus, and these marketing efforts may not be successful. If in the future we are unable to effectively market RU’s and HCN’s programs in these geographies, we may not be able to successfully maintain and increase those institutions’ enrollments, which would negatively affect our results of operations.
If we are unable to, or suffer any delay in our ability to, obtain appropriate approvals and accreditations, open, and attract additional students to new campus locations, offer programs at new campuses in a cost-effective manner, identify appropriate clinical placements, or otherwise effectively manage the operations of newly established campuses, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected. In addition, the inability to expand existing programs efficiently, or successfully, pursue new program initiatives, and add new campuses, including as a result of marketing failures, would harm our ability to grow our business and could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
If APUS does not have strong relationships with, and access to, various military installations and installation education centers, our ability to maintain enrollments from military students and our future growth may be impaired.
At APUS, we are highly dependent on our relationship with the military and its members, and our ability to attract and retain military service members as students. Because APUS relies on referrals and personal relationships for recruiting, impediments to access can have an adverse effect on maintaining and generating registrations from military students.
DoD requires us to meet certain criteria in order to access installations solely to provide counseling and generally prohibits us from holding regular or recurring office hours on installations solely to provide counseling. Furthermore, the DoD MOU, which specifies the terms and conditions of participation in tuition assistance, or TA, and is discussed in more depth in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Defense”, and the related increased focus by DoD on relationships with and oversight of educational providers, or additional DoD restrictions, could lead to adverse changes in the nature of our relationships with military installations and their education centers and our access to military service members.
An inability to maintain strong relationships with installation education centers and with military service members would have an adverse effect on APUS’s ability to attract and retain qualified students, resulting in an adverse effect on our financial condition.
Enrollments and course registrations have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by a variety of factors not directly related to education programs, including changes in military activity, budgets and government shutdowns.
Events not directly related to education programs, including a government shutdown, personnel reductions, or a drawdown of U.S. active-duty military forces have led, and may in the future lead, to a reduction in enrollments and course registrations. For example, Congressional inaction on budgetary matters has led to lapses in funding or has resulted in government shutdowns, and policy changes have affected federal student aid programs at the DoD.
As discussed in greater detail below under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview – U.S. Federal Government Shutdown”, the 2025 Shutdown occurred due to failure by Congress to pass appropriations legislation, which resulted in, among other things, the temporary suspension of TA programs. The scope and effectiveness of mitigation measures we implemented or may still implement remain uncertain. However, the 2025 Shutdown has had an adverse impact on APUS’s and our course registrations, cash flows, results of operations, and financial condition. There can be no assurance that there will not be another federal government shutdown in 2026 or future years that results in disruption to TA or other financial aid programs. The OBBBA also appropriated $100 million in funding for TA that is separate and apart from ordinary course appropriations and are available for use through September 30, 2029. However, we understand that a significant portion of this allocation may have been obligated or spent, and such funds therefore may be available if at all on a limited basis in the event of another government shutdown or budgetary disruption.
Budget cuts or constraints, including in connection with the failure to increase or a delay in increasing the federal debt ceiling, could negatively affect us by leading to force reductions or cuts to services and tools that we or APUS’s students rely upon for recruitment, enrollment, access, and TA. Even temporary changes to military activity and budgets may adversely affect operations. Increased operations and overseas deployments, increased demands on active-duty service members, and limited internet access associated with some deployments could also negatively impact the ability of certain active-duty military students to pursue higher education.
We will remain subject to the risk of events that occur within and with respect to the military, even where they do not directly relate to the use of TA. Because of APUS’s dependence on active-duty military students, changes that occur within and with respect to the military could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Declines in enrollments at RU could have a material adverse effect on RU’s and our profitability, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
RU enrollments have been impacted by adverse findings by accrediting agencies and state regulatory bodies as a result of failures to meet applicable NCLEX benchmarks, operational challenges, self-imposed enrollment caps, the pause on new enrollments, and the consolidation and closure of campuses, as discussed in greater detail in “Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry”. In addition, RU enrollments may be affected by challenges related to implementation of our integrated curriculum and testing services, along with any resulting student complaints and our approach to resolving such complaints. Declines in RU’s enrollments could have a material adverse effect on RU’s and our reputation, profitability, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. While we have identified, and continue to work to identify, new marketing strategies and other initiatives that we believe will attract and enroll quality students, there can be no assurance that these efforts will be successful.
Changes our institutions may make to their operations to improve the student experience and enhance our institutions’ ability to identify and enroll students who are likely to succeed may adversely affect our institutions’ enrollment, profitability, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
We have identified, and continue to work to identify, potential changes and initiatives that we believe will more effectively attract and lead to the enrollment of students who are ready for and who are likely to persist in our institutions’ programs. We continue to support those students, and help improve their educational outcomes, including through changes to admissions, initiatives to increase the level of engagement and collaboration in the classroom, to improve the educational outcomes of our students, and strengthen the bond with students. We also have implemented initiatives dedicated to helping students pass the NCLEX exam the first time by identifying student-specific challenge areas, providing customized tutoring resources and faculty training, and making changes to curriculum and course retake policies at RU and HCN.
Additional initiatives have included and may in the future include the following:
•altering our institutions’ marketing efforts to target the appropriate prospective students;
•changing tuition costs and payment options;
•further revising admissions standards and requirements;
•adding technology to improve student support;
•evaluating curriculum for alignment and timeliness of learning;
•increasing staff support and faculty readiness;
•further updating the admissions process and procedures; and
•implementing more stringent satisfactory academic progress standards.
These initiatives require significant time, energy, and resources, and may adversely impact our institutions’ business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, particularly in the near term. We may not succeed in achieving our objectives due to organizational, operational, regulatory, resource, or other constraints.
If our efforts are not successful, we may experience reduced enrollment, increased expense, or other impacts on our business that materially and adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition. Even if these initiatives successfully lead to the identification and enrollment of students who are likely to succeed and to improvements in student experience, they could result in adverse impacts on enrollments. Due to the many factors that can impact enrollments, we may not appropriately identify the cause of any adverse impacts, and therefore may not be able to appropriately modify our initiatives to address such impacts.
If our institutions are unable to successfully adjust to future market demands by updating and expanding the content of existing programs and developing new programs, specializations, and modes of teaching on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner, our performance may be impaired.
We believe that our institutions need to continuously update and expand the content of their existing programs and develop new programs, specializations, and modes of teaching in order to continue to attract and retain qualified students and remain competitive in the postsecondary education market. However, the updates and expansions of our institutions’ existing programs and the development of new programs and specializations may not be accepted by accreditors, state and federal regulators such as ED, existing or prospective students, or employers. If we cannot respond to changes in market requirements, our business may be adversely affected. Even if our institutions are able to develop acceptable new programs, they may not be able to introduce these new programs as quickly as students require or as quickly as competitors introduce competing programs. To offer a new academic program, our institutions may be required to obtain appropriate federal, state, and accrediting agency approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, growth restrictions imposed on our institutions in connection with changes in ownership or otherwise may adversely impact our ability to adjust to future market demands. For example, due to the change in ownership from APEI’s acquisition of RU, RU is currently subject to ED-imposed restrictions on the number of students receiving Title IV who can be enrolled at RU. Additionally, BON imposed constraints on RU nursing enrollments in Kansas. These restrictions may limit or adversely affect RU’s growth opportunities, including restricting its ability to serve additional students, and limiting its ability to continue to evolve to address current needs by providing new or modified programs. If we are unable to respond adequately to changes in market requirements due to financial constraints, regulatory limitations, or other factors, our institutions’ ability to attract and retain students could be impaired and our financial results could suffer.
Establishing new academic programs, specializations, and modes of teaching or modifying or eliminating existing programs requires our institutions to make investments in management, academic resources including faculty, and capital expenditures, incur marketing expenses, and reallocate other resources. Our institutions may have limited experience providing courses in new fields of study or new modes of teaching (including non-degree credentials) and may need to modify systems and strategies or enter into arrangements with other institutions and organizations to provide new programs effectively and profitably. If our institutions are unable to establish new academic programs, increase the number of students enrolling in new academic programs, offer programs in a cost-effective manner, hire faculty to administer new programs or deliver specialized instruction, or otherwise manage effectively the operations of those programs, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Continued strong competition in the postsecondary education market could decrease our institutions’ market share and increase our cost of acquiring students.
Within the postsecondary education market, our institutions compete primarily with not-for-profit public and private two-year and four-year colleges, as well as other for-profit schools. Public institutions receive substantial government subsidies, and public and private not-for-profit institutions have access to government and foundation grants, tax-deductible contributions, and other financial resources generally not available to for-profit schools. These institutions may have instructional and support resources, or course delivery tools, that are superior to those of our institutions and other for-profit schools. Many of these competitors, whether for-profit, not-for-profit, or public, may also be able to leverage their greater scale, size, name recognition, and financial and other resources to compete for potential students, or to provide instructional and support resources that may be superior to those of our institutions and other for-profit schools. In addition, as indicated in “Our Market and Competition – Competition – Institutions Serving Military Students”, the Armed Forces have established, and may in the future establish, their own postsecondary education programs. Within the nursing education market, we compete with other schools offering similar programs, including for-profit and not-for-profit public and private colleges, that may have greater resources or a greater market presence or reputation in the local areas we serve. In addition, because of the relatively local focus of RU’s and HCN’s nursing programs, our competitive environment is impacted by various factors that are specific to the particular areas where our campuses are located, including local supply and demand dynamics for our programs, nurses, and nursing schools. RU’s and HCN’s results are therefore more susceptible to the actions of single competitors than the results of an institution that draws from a broader geographical area. For example, a particularly effective or ineffective marketing approach by another school, or the opening or closing of another school, could have unanticipated detriments or benefits to RU’s and HCN’s competitive position.
Within the postsecondary education market generally, we have experienced increased competition from new market entrants providing both online and non-traditional programs, including providers partnering with Online Program Management, and a shift of for-profit institutions to not-for-profit status. In the fall of 2025, there was an industry-wide increase of approximately 2% in undergraduate enrollment as compared to an approximate 3% increase in the fall of 2024. However, despite overall increases in online postsecondary enrollments at the undergraduate and graduate levels, data suggest that previous growth in enrollment in postsecondary degree-granting institutions is slowing. The combination of reduced growth or declines in the postsecondary student population and the entrance of additional providers in the online postsecondary education market will further intensify competition, and any resulting decline in the number of enrollments could have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, increased competition for college-ready students has led to an increase in the cost of advertising in certain marketing channels in 2025. Increases in our advertising costs, and continued increases in the cost of advertising in certain marketing channels, may adversely impact our ability to attract college-ready students and/or increase our student acquisition costs.
We expect to continue to face greater competition from non-traditional offerings, provided by both educational institutions and non-traditional providers.
Competing institutions and others provide non-traditional education programs without charge or at low costs, including CBE programs, coding bootcamps, micro-credentialing, massive open online courses, and other flexible and individualized programs. We believe that our institutions will continue to face new competition from non-traditional programs, including lower cost programs. We offer or are working to develop our own alternatives in some of these areas. However, these efforts may not be successful. Other institutions have programs that are more fully developed, and our offerings may not be as successful, broad, or large enough or receive market acceptance. Our institutions may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors and may face competitive pressures that could adversely affect their business or results of operations. Increased availability of federal student financial aid for CBE programs could create additional competition and drive additional students toward non-traditional education programs. These factors could cause our institutions’ enrollments, revenue, and profitability to decrease significantly.
Tuition and fee increases at RU, APUS, and HCN could have an adverse impact on enrollment, our financial condition and our results of operations.
As more fully described in “Our Institutions and Operations – Our Institutions – Accreditation – Affordability and Cost of Attendance”, all of our institutions implemented tuition and fee increases for certain or all students across select or all programs, as the case may be. Even with these increases, tuition and fees for our institutions are designed to be affordable and competitive when compared to the tuition and fees at similar institutions offering the same level of flexibility, accessibility, and student experience. However, higher tuition and fees may cause potential students to be unwilling, or unable, to enroll at our institutions and/or in affected programs, and existing students may be unwilling, or unable, to remain enrolled, resulting in lower enrollments at our institutions and adverse impacts on our financial condition and results of operations.
RU’s actual and planned closure of campuses or termination of programs on certain campuses may adversely impact RU and us.
In August 2023, RU decided to voluntarily pause new enrollments in the Bloomington, Minnesota ADN program beginning in November 2023, and, after informing in December 2023 MBN that it intended to voluntarily close the program, RU closed the program, effective June 15, 2024. This program had been subject to adverse action and heightened scrutiny from regulators as a result of a continued failure to meet applicable regulatory and accreditor requirements.
In July 2024, RU closed its Lake Elmo, Minnesota campus and moved all enrolled students at the campus to RU’s Eagan, Minnesota campus, which is located less than 10 miles from the Lake Elmo campus. In addition, in May 2024, RU notified the Wisconsin Educational Approval Program, or WEAP, that it planned to voluntarily close its Green Bay, and Wausau, Wisconsin campuses, effective December 31, 2025, and 2026, respectively. RU closed the Green Bay, Wisconsin campus, effective December 31, 2025, as planned, and six students who had not yet graduated, were transferred to the Wausau campus. As of December 31, 2025, less than ten students were enrolled at the Wausau, Wisconsin campus.
As RU evaluates its other campuses and programs, it could make similar consolidation and closure decisions about other campuses or programs. The closure of RU’s Bloomington, Minnesota ADN program, Green Bay, and Wausau, Wisconsin and Lake Elmo, Minnesota campuses, or any consolidation and closure of other campuses or programs may have an adverse impact on RU’s enrollments and reputation, which could further impact RU’s enrollments, operations, cash flows, and financial condition. Consolidation and closure decisions could also adversely impact online enrollment in the areas surrounding the closed campuses.
In addition, any future consolidation and closure could have a more significant impact on RU’s overall student body than these closures.
Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry
We and our institutions are subject to extensive regulatory requirements for the operation of postsecondary education institutions, and could face penalties and significant restrictions on operations if we or our institutions fail to comply with these requirements, including loss of federal student loans and grants and access to DoD TA programs and education programs administered by the VA.
We and our institutions are regulated by (i) accrediting agencies, (ii) state regulatory bodies, and (iii) the federal government through ED. Our institutions are also subject to DoD and VA oversight because our institutions participate in TA and veterans’ education benefits programs administered by the VA. Regulations, standards, and policies of these agencies affect the vast majority of our operations, including our educational programs, facilities, instructional and administrative staff, administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, and financial operations and condition. These regulatory requirements can also affect our ability to acquire new institutions, open new locations, add new or expand existing educational programs, change our corporate structure or ownership, and make other substantive changes related to our company. Compliance with these requirements increases our cost of operations.
Findings of noncompliance with these laws, regulations, standards, and policies could result in any of the respective regulatory agencies taking certain actions, including: (i) imposing monetary fines, penalties, or injunctions; (ii) limiting operations, including restricting our institutions’ ability to offer new programs of study or to open new locations, or imposing limits on our growth; (iii) limiting or terminating our ability to grant degrees; (iv) restricting or revoking our institutions’ accreditation, licensure, or other approval required to operate; (v) limiting, suspending, or terminating our institutions’ eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, TA, or VA education benefit programs; (vi) requiring us to repay funds, post a letter of credit, or become subject to payment methods for Title IV programs that are not the advance payment system; (vii) subjecting us to civil or criminal penalties; or (viii) other actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business. See also the Risk Factor that begins “Government and regulatory agencies and third parties…” below.
If one of our institutions were to lose its eligibility to participate in Title IV, TA, or VA education benefit programs, or if the amount of available funds under these programs were reduced, we could seek to arrange or provide alternative sources of revenue or financial aid for students. Although we believe that one or more private organizations would be willing to provide financial assistance to students attending our institutions, there is no assurance that this would be the case, and the terms of such financial aid might not be as favorable as those for funds under the Title IV, TA, or VA education benefit programs. We may be required to guarantee all or part of such alternative assistance or might incur other additional costs in connection with securing alternative sources of financial aid. Accordingly, the loss of our eligibility to participate in these programs, or a reduction in the amount of available federal student financial aid, would be expected to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, even if we could arrange or provide alternative sources of revenue or student financial aid.
The regulations, standards, and policies of ED, state regulatory bodies, and our institutions’ accrediting agencies change frequently and are subject to interpretive ambiguities. Recent and pending changes in, or new interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations, standards, or policies, or our noncompliance with any applicable laws, regulations, standards, or policies, could have a material adverse effect on our accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities, receipt of funds under TA, ability to participate in Title IV programs, ability to participate in VA education benefit programs, or costs of doing business. We cannot predict with certainty how these regulatory requirements will be applied or whether we will be able to comply, or will be deemed by others to have complied, with all of the requirements, but these requirements or our noncompliance with them could adversely impact our business, operations, financial results, and reputation. For example, pending nursing education legislation in Florida could, if passed and not vetoed, lead to increased challenges in hiring and retaining qualified nursing program directors, and increased expenses related to compliance with new requirements. The legislation would also allow FBN to impose disciplinary remedies on an approved program against which an adverse action has been taken by another regulatory jurisdiction in the United States.
In addition, in some circumstances of noncompliance or alleged noncompliance, we may be subject to lawsuits under the federal False Claims Act, similar state false claim statutes, or various “whistleblower” statutes. These lawsuits in some cases can be prosecuted by a private plaintiff in respect of some action taken by us, even if ED or another regulatory body does not agree with the plaintiff’s theory of liability, or the government can intervene and become a party to the lawsuit. These lawsuits have the potential to generate significant financial liability linked to our receipt of government funds, including Title IV funds and TA funds.
Noncompliance or alleged noncompliance may also result in derivative litigation or litigation involving other stakeholders. Any such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
If our institutions fail to maintain their institutional accreditation, they will lose the ability to participate in Title IV, DoD TA programs, and VA programs and our student enrollments would decline.
Accreditation at the institutional level by an accrediting agency recognized by ED is necessary to participate in Title IV and TA programs. Our institutions’ accrediting agencies may impose restrictions on their accreditation or may terminate their accreditation. To remain accredited, our institutions must continuously meet certain criteria and standards relating to, among other things, performance, governance, institutional integrity, educational quality, faculty, administrative capability, resources, and financial stability. Our institutions also must comply with accrediting agency policies and requirements, such as the requirements to apply and wait for approval before making certain changes. For example, as it did with the Rasmussen Acquisition, HLC requires approval before the closing of a transaction in order for an institution to maintain accredited status after closing. The standards of accrediting agencies that accredit our institutions and programs can and do vary, and accrediting agencies may prescribe more rigorous standards than are currently in place. Complying with more rigorous accreditation standards could require significant changes to the way we operate our business and increase our administrative and other costs. No assurances can be given that our institutions or programs would be able to comply with more rigorous accreditation standards in a timely manner or at all. Failure to meet accreditation criteria or standards or to comply with accreditation policies and requirements could result in the loss, limitation, modification, or suspension of accreditation at the discretion of the accrediting agency. The complete loss of institutional accreditation at one of our institutions would, among other things, render the institution and its students ineligible to participate in Title IV, TA, and VA programs, and have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, and results of operations. In addition, accrediting bodies may adopt new or revised criteria, standards, and policies that are intended to monitor, regulate, or limit the growth of our programs or for-profit institutions like ours.
Colleges and universities depend, in part, on accreditation in evaluating transfers of credit and applications to graduate schools. Many institutions will only accept transfer credit from institutions with certain institutional accreditation. Students and sponsors of tuition reimbursement programs look to accreditation for quality assurance, and employers rely on institutions’ accredited status when evaluating a candidate’s credentials. In addition, certain of our programs are accredited by programmatic accrediting agencies or recognized by professional organizations. If our institutions fail to satisfy the standards of these programmatic accrediting agencies, including as it relates to specific student achievement indicators, and professional organizations, the relevant programs could lose the programmatic accreditation or professional recognition, which could result in materially reduced student enrollments in those programs and have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, in certain cases, professional licensure will not be granted if an applicant for licensure earned the relevant educational credential from an institution or educational program that lacks institutional or programmatic accreditation. Failure to obtain or maintain programmatic accreditation or professional recognition for certain programs could prevent our students from seeking and obtaining licensure or employment, result in materially reduced student enrollments in affected programs, and have a material adverse effect on us.
If one or more of our institutions does not comply with the 90/10 Rule for two consecutive years, it or they will lose eligibility to participate in federal student financial aid programs.
The HEA requires all for-profit education institutions to comply with what is commonly referred to as the 90/10 Rule, which imposes sanctions on institutions that derive more than 90% of their total revenue on a cash accounting basis from Title IV programs, TA, and VA programs, and other federal educational assistance funds, as calculated under ED’s regulations. As more fully described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – The ‘90/10 Rule’” for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2023, federal educational assistance funds used to calculate the “90%” side of the ratio include Title IV funds, TA, and VA programs, and all other educational assistance funds provided by a federal agency directly to an institution or a student, including the federal portion of any grant funds provided by or administered by a non-federal agency, except for non-Title IV federal educational assistance funds provided directly to a student to cover expenses other than tuition, fees, and other institutional charges. The 90/10 Rule no longer permits institutions to count federal aid for veterans and service members as part of the “10%” side of the ratio. As a result, effective January 1, 2023, TA and VA benefits are included in the “90%” side of the ratio. On July 7, 2025, ED issued an interpretative rule that specifies that for-profit schools will be allowed to count non-federal funds generated from programs offered entirely through distance education, if such programs satisfy certain criteria, as non-federal revenue in their 90/10 calculations, and may revise 90/10 Rule calculations for prior fiscal years to include revenue from distance education programs in the “10%” side of the ratio.
While each of our institutions was in compliance with the 90/10 Rule for 2025, with APUS’s relevant percentage for 2025 being 89%, there is no assurance that we will continue to be able to comply in future years, particularly at APUS.
The Combination (as defined above) is expected to benefit 90/10 Rule compliance and other regulatory considerations; however, there can be no assurance that the Combination will be completed on its anticipated timeline or at all, will have the expected benefits, or when those benefits will be realized.
As a result of the circumstances with TA discussed in further detail in the Risk Factor that begins “Our student registrations, revenue, and cash flow have been adversely impacted...” below, approximately $18.4 million in cash payments from the Army to APUS that were expected to be received in 2021 and 2022 were received in 2023. This together with the January 1, 2023, change to the 90/10 Rule and enrollment growth among service members as compared to declines in students who use non-federal educational assistance funds, caused APUS’s 90/10 Rule percentage to increase.
In September 2023, APUS changed its approach to invoicing for TA, taking longer to bill TA, which had the effect of delaying payments from 2023 to 2024. Due to this change in the approach to invoicing TA in the fourth quarter of 2023, in 2024, APUS collected approximately $22.1 million from TA related to periods prior to 2024. The change in billing approach positively impacted the “90%” side of the ratio in 2023. In January 2024, APUS separately revised its billing policy for students utilizing TA from two weeks to five weeks after course start date to nine weeks after the course start date. The change in billing approach positively impacted the “90%” side of the ratio in 2024.
In December 2024, APUS again changed its approach to invoicing for TA, taking longer to bill TA, and, as a result of this change, in 2025, APUS collected approximately $32.5 million from TA related to periods prior to 2025. The change in billing approach positively impacted the “90%” side of the ratio and reduced operating cash flow in 2024. In 2025, the change in billing approach increased operating cash flow and bad debt expense. While the 90% side of the ratio remained consistent in 2025, the change in billing approach could have an adverse impact on our cash flow and results of operations, as well as APUS’s ability to comply with the 90/10 Rule in 2026. The change in billing practice added to our accounts receivable as of December 31, 2025, and resulted in an increase to our leverage ratio as of December 31, 2025, under our Credit Agreement as defined and discussed in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 9. Long-term Debt”. In July 2025, APUS again delayed billing to certain branches, further delaying payments until 2026. We estimate that this delay in APUS’s billing approach implemented beginning in July 2025 will result in approximately $34.1 million of receivables that we would have expected to receive in 2025 to be received in 2026.
As noted in the Risk Factor with the caption beginning “Government and regulatory agencies and third parties...”, ED is currently conducting a regular program review at APUS, which includes, among other things, a review of APUS’s compliance with the 90/10 Rule. APUS has not yet received a program review report from ED, and accordingly, at this time we cannot predict whether ED could have further feedback or findings on APUS’s 90/10 Rule compliance and related practices, whether as a result of the program review or otherwise.
We cannot predict whether Congress or ED will continue to modify the 90/10 Rule with respect to relevant sources of funds or other aspects of the calculation. For example, in recent years Congress has considered various other proposals that would modify the 90/10 Rule, including proposals to decrease the limit on Title IV funds from 90% to 85% or prohibit the use of federal funds to implement, administer, or enforce the 90/10 Rule. Such proposals, or other similar legislation, should they become law, could have a material impact on the operations of our institutions. In addition, states have passed or may in the future pass, their own versions of the 90/10 Rule that like the new federal 90/10 Rule include TA and VA education benefits or other sources of funds in the “90%” side of the ratio. To the extent that any additional laws or regulations are adopted that further limit or condition the participation of for-profit schools or distance education programs in TA, VA education benefits programs, or in Title IV programs, or that further limit or condition the amount of TA, or VA education benefits for which for-profit schools or distance education programs are eligible to receive, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
For the past three years, RU has derived less than 80% and HCN has derived more than 80% of its total revenue on a cash accounting basis from Title IV programs and, as applicable, other federal educational assistance funds as calculated under ED’s modified regulations. If our institutions are unable to attract students who do not depend on Title IV program aid or TA or VA benefits, such as students who finance their own education or receive full or partial tuition reimbursement from non-government employers, their 90/10 Rule percentage may increase.
While each of our institutions was in compliance with the 90/10 Rule for 2025, there is no assurance that we will continue to be able to comply in future years, particularly at APUS. Enrollments at APUS from students who use TA and VA funds have been trending upward, while enrollments from students who use non-federal educational assistance funds continued to decline. This makes it more difficult to satisfy the 90/10 Rule at APUS. In order to try and address the challenges with respect to 90/10 at APUS, we may pursue strategic transactions, including business combinations and acquisitions. Those transactions may not be successful or could cause disruption to our operations. For examples of some of the challenges that some types of strategic transactions could have, see the Risk Factors with the captions beginning with “The planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN” and “Business combinations and acquisitions may be difficult to integrate …” below.
If any of our institutions fails to satisfy the 90/10 Rule and loses eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, it would also lose the ability to participate in TA because DoD requires institutions to participate in Title IV programs in order to participate in TA, and ineligibility of either or both of our institutions to participate in Title IV programs and TA would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, results of operations, and cash flows. Similarly, failure of one of our institutions to meet the 90/10 Rule for any fiscal year would require the institution to notify ED and students of this failure, would result in the institution being on provisional status for two fiscal years, could subject the institution to heightened regulatory scrutiny and possible adverse regulatory action, and could damage the institution’s reputation, which would have a material adverse impact on our results of operation, cash flow, and financial condition. Failure of an institution to meet the 90/10 Rule for two consecutive fiscal years results in the institution becoming ineligible to participate in Title IV programs for at least two fiscal years, which would have a material adverse impact on our results of operation, cash flow, and financial condition.
The OBBBA may adversely impact us or our students’ ability to participate in federal student financial aid programs, which could have a significant adverse impact on enrollments and our business, operations, and financial results.
As discussed in “Business – Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations – Other Regulations – The One Big Beautiful Bill Act”, on July 4, 2025, President Trump signed into law the OBBBA, which, among other things, makes significant changes to federal student financial aid programs and eligibility requirements for such programs. New caps on federal loans for graduate and professional students and parents of undergraduates may limit borrowing options for our students and the accountability framework and related earnings test may limit the availability of certain programs due to a potential loss of Direct Loan eligibility. On September 29, 2025, ED established the RISE Committee and initiated the negotiated rulemaking process for the OBBBA student loan provisions. On November 6, 2025, the RISE Committee reached consensus with ED on proposed changes regarding the Repayment Assistance Plan, including the treatment of income for borrowers filing taxes jointly and the minimum monthly loan payment, and the definition of “professional” student, among other changes. As discussed in greater detail in “Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Gainful Employment Regulations”, on December 8, 2025, ED convened AHEAD and initiated the negotiated rulemaking process for the OBBBA accountability framework. On January 9, 2026, AHEAD reached consensus on proposed modifications to GE regulations. On January 30, 2026, ED published a notice of proposed rulemaking that incorporated the consensus language, and accepted public comments to the notice of proposed rulemaking until March 2, 2026. These changes may impact our students’ ability to participate in federal student loan programs, which may have a significant adverse impact on enrollments and our business, operations, and financial results.
The DoD’s MOU imposes extensive regulatory requirements on our institutions with respect to participation in DoD TA programs, and our revenue and number of students would decrease if our institutions were no longer able to receive funds under DoD TA programs or if TA is reduced, eliminated, or suspended.
As described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Defense” and “Business – Regulatory Environment – Compliance with Regulatory Standards and the Effect of Regulatory Violations – Compliance Reviews”, each institution participating in TA is party to an MOU in a similar form outlining certain commitments and agreements in connection with accepting funds from TA. For example, the DOD MOU includes an agreement to participate in the DoD’s Voluntary Education Institutional Compliance Program, or ICP, in order to participate in TA. An institution that is found noncompliant with DoD requirements through the ICP and demonstrates an unwillingness to resolve a finding may be subject to a range of penalties from a written warning to termination of the institution’s participation in TA.
The DoD MOU also provides that an institution may only participate in TA if it is accredited by an accrediting agency recognized by ED, approved for VA funding, and a participant in Title IV programs. Failure to comply with the DoD MOU could result in an institution losing its ability to participate in TA. We also believe that in certain circumstances DoD may impose sanctions for a failure to comply instead of denying an institution the ability to participate in TA, including restricting student enrollment in TA programs, suspending an institution from enrolling new students, limiting access to military installations, subjecting the institution to heightened compliance oversight, or otherwise limiting an institution’s ability to participate in TA. In February 2025, ICP notified APUS that it would conduct a review of APUS’s compliance with the DoD MOU. On May 14, 2025, DoD issued a report that informed APUS that the review had been completed with no findings. If an institution fails to comply with the requirements of an MOU, it could result in sanctions, up to losing the ability to participate in TA, that could have a significant adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Students participating in TA constituted approximately 41% of APUS’s adjusted net course registrations for 2025. We do not know the scale or nature of future actions that may be taken with respect to TA, which could include eliminating those programs, reducing the funds, benefits, or level of reimbursement available thereunder, changing the eligibility criteria for beneficiaries, enacting new restrictions on institutional participation, or imposing other eligibility criteria on institutions, all of which could impact enrollments from service members. Other administrative changes to DoD programs could also have negative effects on our enrollments.
There have been previous changes to eligibility requirements under TA that have impacted us, and additional changes that impact us could occur in the future. Additional changes to TA could occur due to Congressional action or DoD policy and funding changes. For example, the failure of Congress to pass appropriations legislation has limited the release of funds at times in the past and could do so in the future as well, including as a result of budget disputes related to the federal debt ceiling. Annual TA funding is limited and could be exhausted in any given year due to budget constraints or changes in demand or policy. We are unable to predict whether and to what extent the Armed Forces will impose limitations on TA approvals in the future as a result of limited funding. Furthermore, we expect each military branch and the DoD to continually evaluate their approaches to education, including by launching or expanding their own institutions, as discussed in further detail in the Risk Factor that begins “Continued strong competition in the postsecondary education market...” above, and such actions could have an impact on the funds available to service members to pursue their education at our institutions. Changes in funding allocations could have a material adverse effect on APUS’s enrollments.
If we are no longer able to receive funds from TA, or if those programs are modified, reduced, eliminated, or temporarily suspended, our enrollments, revenue, and cash flow could be significantly reduced, which would result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. See also the Risk Factor captioned “Our student registrations, revenue, and cash flows have been adversely impacted and we could experience additional adverse impacts as a result of the Army’s transition to new systems for soldiers to request TA” below.
HLC could identify deficiencies during its mid-cycle comprehensive evaluation of APUS and take adverse action against APUS based on such deficiencies.
In 2023, APUS transitioned from the Open Pathway designation to the Standard Pathway designation because of the decision to conduct a focused visit in March 2024 due to concerns regarding course availability in one program. Under the Standard Pathway, APUS is subject to a mid-cycle comprehensive evaluation. For more details on this evaluation and related details involving the Combination, see “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation.” We cannot be sure that HLC will not identify deficiencies at APUS during the mid-cycle comprehensive evaluation site visit or call for negative accreditation-related action against APUS as a result.
ED’s gainful employment requirements could materially and adversely affect our business.
As discussed in greater detail in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Gainful Employment Regulations”, GE regulations, effective July 1, 2024, establish an accountability framework to determine the Title IV eligibility of GE programs based in part on satisfaction of specified performance levels of two measures defined by the GE regulations: the debt-to-earnings rates (which include two rates, the discretionary debt-to-earnings rate and the annual debt-to-earnings rate) and the earnings premium measure. The OBBBA also establishes an accountability framework, effective July 1, 2026, that will require institutions to satisfy the OBBBA earnings test.
On December 8, 2025, ED convened AHEAD and initiated the negotiated rulemaking process for the OBBBA accountability framework. On January 9, 2026, AHEAD reached consensus with ED on proposed modifications to GE regulations that would eliminate debt-to-earnings rates, change student warning requirements, limit the consequences for failing GE the earnings premium measure, and add an appeal process for programs that lose Title IV eligibility under this framework. Further, under the consensus language, an institution would lose Pell grant eligibility for a program if at least half of the institution’s Title IV recipients or half of an institution’s Title IV funds come from failing programs. On January 30, 2026, ED published a notice of proposed rulemaking that incorporated the consensus language, and accepted public comments to the notice of proposed rulemaking until March 2, 2026. We cannot predict the language to be included in the final rule, or if a final rule will go into effect.
The current GE regulations will remain in effect until a final rule implementing the AHEAD consensus language is effective and the effective date of the OBBBA accountability framework. Under the current GE regulations, programs that fail to satisfy the specified performance levels of the GE measures in two of any three successive years for which the debt-to-earnings rates or the earnings premium measure are calculated will lose access to Title IV funding. At this time, it is difficult to predict whether our institutions’ programs will satisfy current GE performance levels should ED calculate the GE measures.
Though ED has released PPD that include calculations of the GE earning premium measure and debt-to-earnings rates and the OBBBA earnings test, PPD are of limited use because ED has not used the methodology it will use under the current GE regulations or the OBBBA accountability framework, primarily due to data limitations. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict the impact, if any, current GE regulations or the OBBBA accountability framework may have on our institutions.
Failure to improve certain of our programs’ NCLEX pass rates and to more generally satisfy NCLEX requirements could reduce our enrollments, revenue, and cash flow, lead to adverse actions taken by state boards of nursing, and limit our ability to offer educational programs.
The majority of RU’s graduates, HCN graduates, and certain APUS graduates seek professional licensure, employment or other outcomes in their chosen fields following graduation, particularly in nursing. Their success in obtaining these outcomes depends on numerous factors, including (i) individual merits of the graduate; (ii) whether the institution and the program were approved by the state in which the graduate seeks licensure, or by a professional association; (iii) whether the program meets all state requirements for professional licensure; and (iv) the accreditation of the institution and the specific program. Failure to satisfy NCLEX pass rate requirements imposed by state boards of nursing can result in the state boards of nursing and other regulators taking certain adverse actions, including placement of a program on provisional approval status or withdrawal of approval pursuant to an adjudication proceeding, and NCLEX exam pass rate requirements could limit our institutions’ ability to expand into new geographies.
As discussed more fully in “Business – Regulatory Environment – State Authorization/Licensure – State Authorization/Licensure of Our Institutions”, each of the RU PN and BSN programs met their respective state-established first-time NCLEX benchmarks based on the 2025 results. Three of the RU ADN programs did not meet the benchmarks, resulting in one program continuing its mandated corrective action. If the affected program is unable to improve its NCLEX score by the Board of Nursing-imposed deadline, this could adversely affect our ability to continue offering the ADN program at that campus. In addition, other negative impacts could result, including damage to our reputation and making it more difficult to recruit students who are likely to succeed. The success of the majority of programs demonstrates the impact of targeted intervention plans and student-readiness initiatives; however, implementation and execution of new academic resources in 2025 have presented challenges across all programs. These challenges required RU to make academic policy decisions that affected student progression. As a result, both NCLEX readiness and outcomes were impacted as students advanced through the program under these new conditions. RU is focused on achieving stronger consistency and improved first-time NCLEX pass rates in 2026 by (i) strengthening readiness strategies at both early and late stages of the program, (ii) sustaining academic support and accountability through data-driven decision-making, and (iii) prioritizing the evaluation of instructional quality and delivery across didactic, simulation, and clinical earning environments, to achieve consistent and repeatable practices that impact student learning.
Although variability in regulator and accreditor approach to and use of discretion in enforcement of NCLEX pass rate standards makes it difficult to predict consequences, failure to abide by the terms of any restrictive status placed on these programs, take appropriate corrective action, or reach applicable threshold rates within a required timeframe could subject impacted programs to additional adverse action, including withdrawal of approval, and we could take voluntary action to curtail or terminate affected programs, any of which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition. Even if the affected programs have long-term success in complying with NCLEX pass rate standards, the actions we take to comply could result in increased costs or decreased enrollments, and goodwill impairment.
RU’s Illinois ADN program was previously adversely impacted by regulatory action, including as a result of the failure to meet applicable NCLEX pass rates, and further action by regulators and accreditors could result in additional adverse impacts.
As discussed more fully in “Business – Regulatory Environment – State Authorization/Licensure – State Authorization/Licensure of Our Institutions”, RU’s Illinois ADN program had not met state-established first-time NCLEX benchmarks for three consecutive years. In February 2022, RU’s Illinois ADN program was placed on probationary status by Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation, or IDFPR, as a result of which RU was required to temporarily reduce admitted students in the program by 25% and was given two years to demonstrate evidence of implementing strategies to correct deficiencies and satisfy the required NCLEX pass rate. The State of Illinois enacted legislation effective January 2024 that changed the Illinois NCLEX pass rate requirements from a one-year measurement based on first attempts only to include a three-year average that includes all test attempts, and temporarily removed all nursing programs, including RU’s Illinois ADN program, from probationary status until September 2026. RU’s Illinois ADN program is currently approved; however, Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation, or IDFPR, has publicly reported that RU’s Illinois ADN program has not met the required NCLEX pass rate for the prior six years.
There can be no assurance that IDFPR will not seek to impose different or additional requirements prior to September 2026 as a result of failures to satisfy the required NCLEX pass rate, and it is unknown what actions IDFPR may take regarding RU’s Illinois ADN program after September 2026, which could include reinstatement of probationary status or withdrawal of approval.
The inability of our institutions’ graduates to obtain professional licensure, employment, or other outcomes in their chosen fields of study, particularly in nursing, could reduce our enrollments and revenue, limit our ability to offer educational programs, and potentially lead to litigation that could be costly to us.
Certain graduates seek professional licensure, employment or other outcomes in their chosen fields following graduation, particularly in nursing. State requirements for licensure are subject to change, as are professional certification standards, and we may not become aware of changes that may impact our students in certain instances. In addition, as further discussed in “Business – Regulatory Environment – State Licensure/Authorization – Federal Requirements for State Authorization/Licensure - State Authorization and Professional Licensure”, ED regulations require institutions that offer postsecondary education programs leading to employment in an occupation that requires licensure or certification to meet certain additional requirements in order for those programs to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. In each state in which the institution is located, in which students enrolled in distance education are located, and where a student enrolled after July 1, 2024, attests that they intend to seek employment, the program must satisfy the applicable state education requirements for professional licensure or certification so that a student seeking employment may qualify to take any licensure or certification exam needed to practice or find employment in the state. In the event that one or more states refuse to recognize our institutions’ students for professional licensure based on factors relating to our institutions or programs, the potential and actual growth of our institutions’ programs would be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
Further, requirements for employment vary from employer to employer and from field to field. To the extent our graduates fail to satisfy requirements for employment by particular employers or in a particular profession based on characteristics of our programs, the ability to maintain enrollments, as well as the potential for growth of our institutions’ programs would be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. In addition, if our institutions’ graduates fail to obtain professional licensure, employment, or other outcomes in their chosen fields of study, we and our institutions could be exposed to litigation, including class-action litigation, claiming that we are at fault for such failure, which would force us to incur legal and other expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
A failure of HCN to satisfy ABHES accreditation standards, including specific student achievement indicators, could have a material adverse impact on HCN’s student enrollment, revenue, results of operations, and cash flows.
ABHES annually reviews student achievement indicators, including retention rate, placement rate, and licensing and credentialing examination pass rate. Under ABHES policy, ABHES may withdraw accreditation at any time if it determines that an institution fails to demonstrate at least a 70% retention rate for each program, a 70% placement rate for each program, and a 70% first-time pass rate on mandatory licensing and credentialing examinations or fails to meet the state-mandated results for credentialing or licensure. Alternatively, ABHES may in its discretion provide an opportunity for a program to come into compliance within a period of time specified by ABHES, and ABHES may extend the period for achieving compliance if a program demonstrates improvement over time or for other good cause.
As more fully described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation”, in prior years, several HCN programs at certain HCN campuses have failed to satisfy ABHES’ student achievement measures, and, as a result, ABHES has placed certain locations and programs on program-specific warning or outcomes reporting status and required action plans. If ABHES determines that HCN’s response to the program-specific warning status is insufficient, it could take action that could have an adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flow, and financial condition, including limiting program enrollment, suspending program enrollment and new starts until HCN meets terms and conditions established by ABHES, or withdraw approval for one or more programs. HCN is also required to disclose the program-specific warnings to current and prospective students, which could adversely affect HCN’s reputation and enrollments.
If any HCN campus or program fails to satisfy ABHES achievement measures, enrollment at such HCN campus or program could decline, or we could be forced to cease enrollments at that campus or in that program, which could have a material adverse impact on HCN’s student enrollment and our and HCN’s revenue, results of operations, and cash flows. The actions HCN takes to comply with ABHES requirements may not be successful in resolving existing issues and, if those actions are targeted at specific campuses or programs, they may fail to prevent additional issues arising with respect to those or other campuses or programs.
Similarly, even if HCN is successful in the long term in complying with these standards, the actions HCN takes to comply could result in increased costs or decreased enrollments, and impairment of HCN goodwill.
If our institutions fail to maintain state authorization in the states where they are physically located, the institutions would lose their ability to grant degrees and other credentials and to participate in Title IV programs and DoD TA programs.
As discussed in “Business – Regulatory Environment – State Licensure/Authorization”, to participate in Title IV programs and TA, an institution must be legally authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in which its main campus is physically located, and, in the case of APUS, West Virginia. Loss of “home state” authorization by one of our institutions would render that institution unable to participate in Title IV programs, and therefore also TA and VA, to operate in the state and grant credentials, and to maintain institutional accreditation. If one of our institutions were to lose state authorization as to a non-main campus location, it would be unable to award Title IV aid to students at that location, and it would be unable to operate at that location.
ED regulations provide that an institution is considered legally authorized by a state if the state has a process to review and appropriately act on complaints concerning the institution, including enforcing applicable state laws, and the institution complies with any applicable state approval or licensure requirements. If a state in which one of our institutions is located fails in the future to satisfy the provisions of those regulations, our institutions’ ability to operate in that state and to participate in Title IV programs could be limited or terminated.
Our institutions’ failure to comply with the requirements of SARA or regulations of ED or various states related to state authorization could result in actions that would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, and results of operations.
Various states impose regulatory requirements on educational institutions operating within their boundaries, including registration requirements applicable to online education institutions that have no physical location or other presence in the state but offer educational services to students who reside in the state or advertise to or recruit prospective students in the state. As described more fully in “Business – Regulatory Environment – State Authorization/Licensure”, APUS and RU must comply with the requirements of California, which is the only state that does not participate in State Agency Reciprocity Agreement, or SARA, and APUS, RU, and HCN must comply with SARA with regard to the interstate offering of postsecondary distance education and online education. Those requirements may change from time to time and, in some instances, are ambiguous or are left to the interpretative discretion of state regulators.
Changes in requirements to participate in SARA, including those policy changes approved by SARA’s coordinating entity, the NC-SARA, board of directors, or changes to state laws and regulations and the interpretation of those laws and regulations may limit our ability to participate in the reciprocity agreements, offer education programs and award degrees.
If one of our institutions were to fail to comply with such requirements, the institution could lose its ability to participate in SARA or may be subject to the loss of state licensure or authorization to provide distance education. If one of our institutions were to fail to comply with state requirements to obtain licensure or authorization, it could also be subject to injunctive actions or penalties. We cannot predict the extent to which states will retain membership in SARA, the manner in which SARA’s rules may be modified, interpreted, and enforced, our institutions’ ability to comply with SARA’s requirements and retain eligibility, or the impact that failure to meet the SARA requirements may have on our business.
Our institutions must periodically seek recertification to participate in Title IV programs, and may, in certain circumstances, be subject to review by ED prior to seeking recertification, and our future success may be adversely affected if our institutions are unable to successfully maintain certification or obtain recertification.
As more fully described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Eligibility and Certification Procedures”, APUS, RU, and HCN must periodically seek recertification from ED to continue participation in Title IV programs, and ED may review our institutions’ eligibility and certification to participate in Title IV programs, or the scope thereof. However, also as described in the foregoing section, ED must in some cases provisionally certify an institution, which imposes additional conditions on the institution’s receipt of Title IV funds. For example, APUS and RU are currently provisionally certified with ED.
If our institutions are unable to successfully maintain certification, including provisional certification, or obtain recertification to participate in ED’s Title IV programs, they will not be able to participate in TA because each DoD MOU requires an institution to be certified to participate in Title IV programs in order to participate in TA. Similarly, an institution is required to be certified to participate in the Title IV programs in order to be eligible to participate in the VA education benefits programs. Loss of participation in Title IV programs, TA, and the VA education benefits programs would have a material adverse effect on our enrollments, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition.
Our subsidiary institutions’ failure to meet financial responsibility standards may result in additional regulatory requirements that may negatively impact cash flow or the loss of eligibility by one of our institutions to participate in Title IV programs.
To participate in Title IV programs, an eligible institution must satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed by ED or post a letter of credit in favor of ED, and possibly accept other conditions, such as provisional certification, additional reporting requirements, or regulatory oversight of its participation in Title IV programs. As described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Financial Responsibility”, ED’s annual evaluations for compliance with financial responsibility standards include a composite score calculation based on line items from an institution’s audited financial statements, and such composite score must be at 1.5 or above for the institution to be deemed financially responsible. A composite score between 1.0 and 1.4 is considered by ED to be in the “zone.” An institution in the “zone” may still participate in Title IV programs as a financially responsible institution through the “zone alternative” or the “financial protection alternative” as set forth in ED regulations.
In April 2025, ED notified us that according to its calculations, we had a fiscal year end 2023 consolidated composite score of 1.3 and our institutions were therefore in the “zone,” and we selected the “zone alternative” as the alternative basis on which we establish financial responsibility. Thereafter, APUS, RU and HCN operated under the zone alternative to establish financial responsibility, which imposed on us certain restrictions and obligations, including HCM1. On March 10, 2026, ED notified us that, as of such date, APUS, RU, and HCN were no longer required to comply with the zone alternative requirements due to a composite score for fiscal 2024 of 2.6. However, there is no assurance that the composite score will remain at or above 1.5 in the future or that if it falls in the “zone” in the future that we will be able to demonstrate financial responsibility. A determination that we are in the zone has resulted, and could in the future result, in additional adverse regulatory and accreditor requirements, limitations, and actions, including with respect to SARA eligibility or action related to being in the zone.
For more on the financial responsibility requirements, please refer to “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs”.
A failure to demonstrate “administrative capability” may result in the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
As more fully discussed in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Administrative Capability”, ED’s regulations specify extensive criteria that an institution must satisfy to establish that it has the requisite administrative capability to participate in Title IV programs and the sanctions ED may impose if an institution fails to satisfy any of those criteria. If an institution fails to satisfy any of the administrative capability requirements, ED may require the repayment of Title IV program funds, transfer the institution from the “advance” method of payment of Title IV program funds to heightened cash monitoring status, or to the “reimbursement” method of payment, place the institution on provisional certification status, or commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend, or terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV programs, which would adversely affect our enrollment, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition.
ED rules related to BDTR claims may create significant liability that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Under the HEA, ED is authorized to specify in regulations which acts or omissions of an institution of higher education a borrower may assert as a defense to repayment of a Direct Loan. As more fully described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Borrower Defenses”, ED may initiate a proceeding to collect from an institution the amount of relief resulting from a borrower defense brought by an individual borrower. If ED determines that borrowers of Direct Loans who attended our institutions have a defense to repayment of their Direct Loans, we could be subject to repayment liability to ED that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. The OBBBA delays implementation of the 2022 Borrower Defense Regulations until July 1, 2035. Accordingly, BDTR regulations that were in effect on July 1, 2020, have been reinstated. As discussed in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Borrower Defenses”, APUS, RU, and HCN have received from ED BDTR claims for students seeking a discharge of loans.
Each of the respective institutions disputes the validity of these claims and has filed responses to them with ED. We cannot predict whether ED will grant BDTR relief for the claims, or if so, whether it will seek recoupment from our institutions. However, if in the future our institutions are subject to ED recoupment actions, our business, reputation, enrollments, and financial condition may be adversely impacted.
The postsecondary education regulatory environment has changed and may change in the future as a result of United States federal elections.
Changes in Presidential administrations and control of Congress as a result of the outcome of elections or other events have in the past resulted and could in the future result in changes in or new legislation, appropriations, regulations, standards, policies and enforcement actions that could materially affect our business, including material consequences for our institutions’ accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities, receipt of funds under student financial assistance programs, and cost of doing business. The Trump administration has acted and may act further to change, alter, or eliminate ED regulations and to change ED policies and practices with respect to matters related to postsecondary education institutions, and the current Congress may act to change or eliminate education-related legislation and ED regulations and to enact new legislation to alter existing regulations with respect to matters related to postsecondary education institutions.
President Trump and members of his administration have also stated that the administration intends to dismantle ED, limiting its functions to only those that are statutorily required or transferring oversight of certain functions to other agencies. On March 11, 2025, ED announced a reduction in force, or RIF, effective March 21, 2025, resulting in office, staff, and program cuts. ED has claimed the RIF will not directly impact students and families and will empower states and localities. On May 22, 2025, a federal judge ordered ED to reverse the RIF, which ED has appealed. On July 14, 2025, the order was stayed by the U.S. Supreme Court pending disposition of the appeal, thus allowing the RIF to proceed. Relatedly, on March 20, 2025, President Trump signed an Executive Order titled “Improving Education Outcomes by Empowering Parents, States, and Communities”, or the Executive Order, which, among other things, instructed the Secretary of Education to facilitate the closure of ED and maintain certain services, programs, and benefits, including student loans and Pell grants. We cannot predict the extent to which the RIF or the Executive Order will impact our results of operations and business, including as it relates to the Combination.
There were additional layoffs at ED in connection with the 2025 Shutdown, but we cannot predict what additional actions the Trump administration will take with respect to the operations of ED or the response of the staff of ED to any such actions. We also cannot predict the extent to which the Trump administration and Congress, or any future administration or Congress, will act to change or eliminate or to implement new laws, regulations, standards, policies, and practices, nor can we predict the form that new laws, regulations, standards, policies, or practices may take or the extent to which those regulations, practices or policies may impact us or our institutions or federal funds disbursed to schools through Title IV programs, TA, or VA programs, nor can we predict whether any challenges to actions taken by the Trump administration will be successful. For example, even without changes being made to Title IV programs, more general changes or uncertainty at ED could cause disruptions or delays in the processing of Title IV or other necessary interactions with ED. Significant changes to ED or to federal regulation of higher education could have a material adverse impact on our enrollment, revenue, results of operations, and financial condition.
A failure by our institutions to comply with ED’s incentive payment rule could result in sanctions and liability under the False Claims Act.
If one of our institutions pays a bonus, commission, or other incentive payment in violation of the HEA’s prohibition on such payments, commonly referred to as the incentive payment rule, the institution could be subject to sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. If ED determines that one of our institutions violated the incentive payment rule, it will calculate institutional liability for noncompliance by calculating the cost to ED of all Title IV funds improperly received by the institution and may require the institution to modify its payment arrangements to ED’s satisfaction. ED may also fine the institution or initiate action to limit, suspend, or terminate the institution’s participation in Title IV programs. ED may also seek to recover Title IV funds disbursed in connection with the prohibited incentive payments. As described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Incentive Payment Rule”, changes in the interpretation of this prohibition may create uncertainty about what constitutes impermissible incentive payments and errors in the implementation of our compensation programs and arrangements may also lead to impermissible payments. Ambiguities as to how the incentive payment rule is interpreted also may influence our approach, or limit our alternatives, with respect to employment policies and practices and consequently may negatively affect our ability to recruit, retain, and motivate employees.
DoD MOUs require that institutions participating in TA have policies in place that are compliant with regulations issued by ED related to restrictions on incentive payments. In addition, the Johnny Isakson and David P. Roe, M.D. Veterans Health Care and Benefits Improvement Act of 2020 bans incentive payments based on success in securing enrollments or financial aid with regard to VA benefits.
In addition, third parties may file “qui tam” or “whistleblower” suits on behalf of the federal government under the federal False Claims Act alleging violation of the incentive payment rule. Such suits may prompt ED investigations, and the federal government may determine to intervene in the lawsuits. Particularly in light of the uncertainty surrounding interpretation of the incentive payment rule, the existence of, the costs of responding to, and the outcome of, such suits or ED investigations could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, causing our enrollments to decline, could cause us to incur costs that are material to our business, and could impact the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV programs, among other things. As a result, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
Our institutions may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs if their student loan default rates are too high, and our future growth could be impaired as a result.
As described more fully under “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Student Loan Defaults” and “ – Cohort Default Rate”, if an institution’s cohort default rate for any year exceeds 40% in any single year, or exceeds 30% for three consecutive years, that institution loses eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. If an institution’s cohort default rate equals or exceeds 30% for any given year, it must establish a default prevention task force and develop a default prevention plan with measurable objectives for improving the cohort default rate.
In September 2025, ED released final official cohort default rates for institutions for federal fiscal year 2022, with ED reporting a zero percent cohort default rate for APUS, RU, and HCN. These rates were favorably impacted by regulatory relief provided in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic pursuant to which borrowers with Title IV program student loans were not required to make payments on their federal loans, and no interest accrued on these loans during this period. Interest accrual on forborne federal student loans resumed on September 1, 2023, and payments became due beginning October 1, 2023. In connection with these developments, ED implemented a 12-month “on-ramp” to repayment, running from October 1, 2023, to September 30, 2024, during which borrowers were not placed into default for missed payments. The end of COVID-19 pandemic-related student loan forbearance and the 12-month “on-ramp” period may lead to higher default rates in the future. ED has also announced other actions intended to provide debt relief and support for student loan borrowers, such as instituting a new income-driven repayment plan. However, there can be no assurance that our institutions’ cohort default rates will benefit from these efforts.
If one of our institutions loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs because of high student loan default rates, students would no longer be eligible to use Title IV program funds at that institution, and the institution would no longer be eligible to participate in the TA program, which would significantly reduce that institution’s enrollments and revenue and cash flows and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, if Congress or ED restricts permitted types of default prevention assistance, the default rates of our former students may be negatively impacted. Congress could also increase the measuring period, which could also negatively impact student default rates.
We rely on third parties to administer elements of APUS’s, RU’s, and HCN’s participation in Title IV programs and their failure to perform services as agreed or to comply with applicable regulations could cause us to lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs.
ED’s regulations permit an institution to enter into a written contract with a third-party servicer for the administration of any aspect of the institution’s participation in Title IV programs. The third-party servicer must, among other obligations, comply with Title IV requirements and be jointly and severally liable with the institution to ED for any violation by the servicer of any Title IV provision. An institution must report to ED new contracts with or any significant modifications to contracts with third-party servicers and other matters related to third-party servicers. If any third-party servicer that we have engaged does not comply with applicable statutes and regulations, our institutions may be liable for its actions, and our institutions could lose eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. The failure of one of our third-party servicers to perform the services as agreed may adversely impact our ability to operate, our eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, and our financial condition. Further, in the event that our institutions transition to or from a third-party servicer for any of its services, there would be costs and risks related to the transition, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
Our institutions will be subject to sanctions that could be material to our results and damage our reputation if ED determines that our institutions failed to correctly calculate and timely return Title IV program funds for students who withdraw before completing their educational program.
As more fully described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Title IV Return of Funds”, an institution participating in Title IV programs must calculate unearned Title IV program funds that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their educational programs before completion and must timely return those funds. Under ED regulations, late returns of Title IV program funds for 5% or more of students sampled in connection with the institution’s annual Title IV compliance audit constitute material noncompliance for which an institution generally must submit an irrevocable letter of credit.
Our institutions’ failure to comply with ED’s substantial misrepresentation rules could result in material sanctions.
As more fully described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Substantial Misrepresentation”, ED may fine, suspend or terminate the participation in Title IV programs by an institution that engages in substantial misrepresentation regarding the nature of its education program, its financial charges, or the employability of its graduates. If administrative actions or litigation claiming substantial misrepresentation were brought against our institutions, we could incur legal costs related to their investigation and defense, which could materially and adversely impact our financial condition.
Enforcement of laws related to the accessibility of technology continues to evolve, which could result in increased information technology development costs and compliance risks.
Our institutions make certain course content available to students through personal computers, mobile devices, and other technological devices. The curriculum makes use of a combination of graphics, pictures, videos, animations, sounds, and interactive content. We also communicate to both the general public and our enrolled students through our websites, which also triggers accessibility requirements under federal law. Federal agencies, including ED and the Department of Justice, have considered or are considering how electronic and information technology should be made accessible to persons with disabilities, including via specific technical standards. For example, as discussed further in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Accessibility for Students and Disabilities”, ED’s Office for Civil Rights, or OCR, has in recent years taken enforcement action against higher education institutions in connection with the inaccessibility of their websites and online learning management platforms to persons with a disability. In 2022, OCR initiated a compliance review of APUS’s learning management system and courses. In August 2024, OCR identified APUS was out of compliance with certain accessibility requirements for people with disabilities for ten courses. Currently, APUS is cooperating with OCR on a resolution to bring APUS into compliance. At this time, we cannot predict when the compliance review will be completed, additional costs associated with compliance, whether there will be any further findings, or whether OCR will place any liability or other limitations on APUS as a result of the compliance review.
As a result of such enforcement action or as a result of new laws and regulations that require greater accessibility or accessibility in accordance with specific technical standards, our institutions may have to modify their online classrooms and other uses of technology to satisfy applicable requirements, which could require substantial financial investment. As with all nondiscrimination laws that apply to recipients of federal financial assistance, an institution may lose access to federal financial assistance if it does not comply with Section 504 requirements. In addition, private parties may file or threaten to file lawsuits alleging failure to comply with laws that prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability.
Government and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance reviews, bring claims, or initiate investigations, enforcement actions, or litigation against us, any of which could disrupt our institutions’ operations and adversely affect their performance.
Our institutions are subject to audits, compliance reviews, inquiries, complaints, investigations, claims of noncompliance, enforcement proceedings, and lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies, students, employees, and third parties, including claims brought by third parties on behalf of the federal government. For example, ED regularly conducts program reviews of educational institutions that are participating in Title IV programs, and ED OIG may conduct inspections, audits, and investigations of our institutions and certain of our third-party service providers.
In July 2023, ED began a program review of APUS’s administration of Title IV programs during the 2021-2022 and 2022-2023 award years that, among other things, includes a review of compliance with the 90/10 Rule. APUS has not yet received a program review report from ED.
Accordingly, at this time, we cannot predict the outcome of the APUS program review, when it will be completed, whether there will be any adverse findings in the resulting program review report, what findings there may be related to 90/10 Rule compliance, if any, or whether ED will place any liability or other limitations on APUS as a result of the review.
In addition, the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, has investigated and, in some cases, brought lawsuits against for-profit institutions alleging that the institutions engaged in deceptive trade practices, and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or CFPB, has sued for-profit institutions for engaging in allegedly illegal predatory lending practices. The FTC announced that it would be enhancing its enforcement cooperation with other agencies with oversight of educational institutions, including ED’s Office of Federal Student Aid and the Department of Veterans Affairs. Also in October 2021, ED announced that it had restored an Office of Enforcement within ED’s Office of Federal Student Aid to strengthen oversight of and enforcement actions against postsecondary institutions that participate in federal student loan, grant, and work-study programs. Any civil penalties or enforcement actions could have a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
If the results of compliance reviews or other proceedings are unfavorable to our institutions, or if they are unable to defend successfully against negative regulatory or administrative actions, lawsuits, or claims, our institutions may be required to pay monetary damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions, or other penalties, including the requirement to make refunds. Even if our institutions adequately address issues raised by a compliance review or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we may have to divert significant financial and management resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues raised by those reviews or to defend against those lawsuits or claims. Claims and lawsuits brought against us or one of our institutions may result in reputational damage, even if such claims and lawsuits are without merit, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows and result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our institutions, which may materially adversely affect our ability to operate.
Investigations by state Attorneys General, Congress, and governmental agencies into the company and other for-profit institutions may result in increased regulatory burdens and costs and may impact our reputation.
Regulatory investigations and civil litigation brought against other for-profit education institutions have attracted adverse media and social media coverage, have been the subject of federal and state legislative hearings, and have in some cases resulted in legislation or rulemaking. In some cases, institutions have ceased operations while under multiple government investigations. Broader allegations against the overall for-profit school sector, including allegations of improper recruiting, compensation, and deceptive marketing practices, among other issues, have negatively affected public perceptions of for-profit education institutions, including our institutions, and this trend could continue or broaden. In addition, reports on student lending practices of various lending institutions and schools, including for-profit schools, and investigations by a number of state attorneys general, Congress, and governmental agencies have led to adverse media and social media coverage of postsecondary and for-profit education. Adverse media or social media coverage regarding others in our industry, or us or our institutions directly, could damage our reputation, could result in lower enrollments at our institutions, lower revenue, and increased expenses, and could have a negative impact on our stock price. Such allegations could also result in increased scrutiny and regulation by ED, Congress, accrediting bodies, state legislatures, state attorneys general, or other governmental authorities with respect to all for-profit institutions, including us and our institutions. State attorneys general may also take adverse positions on laws and apply them to institutions that offer wholly online education to students in the state. For these reasons or others, not-for-profit or public education institutions may act to differentiate themselves from the for-profit education institutions, including by choosing not to enter into collaborations with for-profit institutions, including us, or by excluding for-profit institutions from membership in industry groups. Similarly, some corporations have chosen and may in the future choose not to collaborate with for-profit providers such as us for programs for their employees or for other training purposes.
If we undergo a change in ownership or control, ED will place our institutions on provisional certification if they are not already on provisional status, and the terms of that provisional certification could limit our institutions’ potential for growth and adversely affect our institutions’ enrollment, our revenue, and results of operations.
As described more fully under “Business – Regulatory Environment – Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations”, an institution whose parent undergoes a change in ownership resulting in a change of control loses its eligibility to participate in Title IV programs and must apply to ED in order to reestablish such eligibility. For example, as described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Department of Education – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Eligibility and Certification Procedures”, ED imposed growth restrictions on RU, certain of which ED has released RU from, in connection with RU’s 2019 change in ownership and continued those restrictions after the Rasmussen Acquisition as part of RU’s provisional certification, with certain qualifications more fully described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations” and “ – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements”. These growth restrictions have previously limited and could adversely affect RU’s growth opportunities, including restricting its ability to serve additional students, particularly additional nursing students.
Future transactions could constitute a change in ownership or control under ED’s regulations and could cause ED to leave provisional certification in place for our institutions as required by the HEA. The conditions of provisional certification or heightened scrutiny by ED could impact, among other things, our institutions’ ability to add educational programs, or additional locations, our ability to acquire other institutions, or our ability to make other significant changes. In addition, if ED were to determine that our institutions were unable to meet their responsibilities while they were provisionally certified, as APUS and RU currently are, ED could seek to revoke our institutions’ certification to participate in Title IV programs with fewer due process protections than if they were fully certified. Limitations on our institutions’ operations could, and the loss of our institutions’ certification to participate in Title IV programs would also result in the loss of their ability to participate in TA programs, and would adversely affect our institutions’ enrollments, and our revenue and results of operations.
If regulators do not approve or delay their approval of transactions involving a change of control of APEI or its institutions that we own or acquire, our and our institutions’ ability to operate could be impaired.
If we or one of our institutions experiences a change of ownership or control under the standards of applicable state regulatory bodies, accrediting agencies, ED, or other regulators, we or the institution governed by such agencies must notify or seek the approval of each relevant regulatory agency. Transactions or events that constitute a change of control include significant acquisitions or dispositions of an institution’s common stock, significant changes in the composition of an institution’s Board of Directors, internal restructurings, acquisitions of institutions, including the Rasmussen Acquisition, or certain other transactions. Some of these transactions or events may be beyond our control. Our or our institutions’ failure to obtain, or a delay in obtaining, approval of any change of control from the relevant regulatory agencies following a transaction involving a change of ownership or control could result in a suspension of operating authority, loss of accreditation, or suspension, loss of ability to participate in Title IV programs or certain growth restrictions including with respect to adding locations and programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our institutions and our financial condition. Our failure to obtain, or a delay in receiving, any approval of any change of control from other states in which we are currently licensed or authorized could require our institutions to suspend activities in that state or otherwise impair our institutions’ operations. The potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence, among other things, future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale, purchase, transfer, issuance, or redemption of our stock. Growth restrictions that ED could impose as a result of change in ownership are more fully described in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations” and “– Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements”.
Congress has in the past changed, and may in the future change, eligibility standards and funding levels for federal student financial aid programs, DoD TA, and other programs. Other governmental or regulatory bodies may also change similar laws or regulations relating to such programs, which could adversely affect our student population, revenue, and financial condition.
Title IV programs are made available pursuant to the provisions of the HEA. The HEA must be periodically reauthorized by Congress and each Title IV program must be funded through appropriations acts on an annual basis. We cannot predict whether, in what form, or when, HEA reauthorization legislation will be enacted. Modifications to the HEA could occur as part of reauthorization, which could require us to modify our business practices and increase administrative costs, thereby negatively impacting our results of operations.
Future Congressional action, including in reauthorizations or appropriations acts, may result in legislative changes that could adversely affect the ability of our institutions to participate in Title IV programs, TA, and the availability of such funding sources for our students. Members of Congress may propose legislation to alter or modify the terms under which our institutions participate in the federal student financial aid programs. Any action by Congress that significantly reduces funding for Title IV programs or the ability of our institutions or students to participate in these programs could materially harm our institutions’ business. A reduction in government funding levels could lead to lower enrollments at our institutions and require our institutions to arrange for alternative sources of financial aid for their students. Lower student enrollments at our institutions or their students’ inability to arrange alternative sources of funding could adversely affect our financial condition. Congressional action may also require our institutions to modify their practices in ways that could result in increased administrative and regulatory expenses.
We are not in a position to predict the extent to which, or whether, Congress may focus on for-profit education institutions or whether any particular legislation that could adversely affect the for-profit education sector will be passed by Congress or signed into law in the future. The reallocation of funding among Title IV programs, material changes in the requirements for participation in such programs, or the substitution of materially different Title IV programs could reduce the ability of certain students to finance their education at our institutions and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations.
Failure to comply with the various federal and state laws and regulations governing HCN’s extended payment plan options could subject us to fines, penalties, obligations to discharge loans and other injunctive requirements.
HCN offers extended payment plan options designed to assist students with educational costs, including tuition and fees. The extended payment plan is subject to various federal and state laws and regulations, as discussed in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Additional Sources of Student Payments”. If we do not comply with these laws and regulations, we could be subject to fines, penalties, obligations to discharge loans and other injunctive requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows and result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our ability to operate. Additionally, an adverse allegation, finding or outcome in any of these matters could also materially and adversely affect our ability to maintain, obtain or renew licenses, approvals or accreditation and maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs or serve as a basis for ED to discharge certain Title IV student loans and seek recovery for some or all of its resulting losses from us, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows, and result in the imposition of significant restrictions on us and our ability to operate.
Risks Related to Our Business
Our student registrations, revenue, and cash flow have been adversely impacted, and we could experience additional adverse impacts as a result of the Armed Forces’ TA processing system upgrades or a transition to new systems for service members to request TA or accessing VA education benefit programs.
APUS relies on the ability of the Armed Forces to process service members’ participation in TA programs, and, from time to time, changes to processes have impacted the ability of service members to participate in these programs. The Armed Forces use third-party service providers and systems to process service members’ TA requests, approvals, and the processing of payments to APUS. For example, in August 2022, the Army transitioned from an initial version of ArmyIgnitED with a third-party service provider to an upgraded ArmyIgnitED 2.0, with a new third-party service provider, and announced that all TA requests for courses would be required to be submitted via ArmyIgnitED 2.0. As part of this change, the Army stopped allowing institutions to submit invoices for a portion of 2022, which delayed our ability to collect on our accounts receivable and caused our accounts receivable to increase.
Difficulties associated with system upgrades or a transition to a new service provider, including the related data migration, could cause further disruption to service members’ ability to seek and obtain TA and to the processing of invoices and payments to APUS. We could experience similar challenges with any other system transitions undertaken by other branches of the DoD or the government. For example, in February 2025, the third-party service provider for the Army and Air Force experienced difficulties with routine system maintenance and upgrades resulting in an approximate two-week service outage. Additionally, VA has announced multi-year plans to upgrade systems used for veteran education benefits, and we have no assurance that upgrades will not disrupt veteran access to those benefits and our ability to collect on related accounts receivable. The inability of soldiers to participate in TA programs, or of veterans to access VA education benefit programs, or continued or additional limitations on their ability to apply and participate, would have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Economic and market conditions in the United States and abroad and changes in interest rates could affect our enrollments, success with placement and persistence and cohort default rates.
Our business has been and may in the future be adversely affected by a general economic slowdown, recession, or other adverse economic developments in the United States or abroad, including rising interest rates and inflation. Our institutions derive a significant portion of their revenue from Title IV programs, which include student loans with interest rates subsidized by the federal government. Additionally, some students finance their education through private loans that are not government subsidized. Historically low interest rates have in the past created a favorable borrowing environment for students. However, our students may have to pay higher interest rates on their Title IV program loans and private loans as a result of increases in interest rates. Increases in applicable interest rates could result in a corresponding increase in educational costs to our existing and prospective students, which could result in a reduction in our enrollment. Higher interest rates could also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our students’ repayment of their education loans. Higher default rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility to participate in some Title IV programs, which could adversely impact our operations and financial condition. In addition, inflation has resulted and, in the future, could result in increased costs of labor and materials, which could adversely impact our operations and financial condition.
Adverse economic developments, such as those that resulted from the COVID-19 pandemic, that affect the United States could also result in a reduction in the number of jobs available to our graduates and lower salaries being offered in connection with available employment, which, in turn, could result in declines in our success with placements and persistence. In addition, adverse economic developments could adversely affect the ability or willingness of our former students to repay student loans, which could increase our institutions’ student loan cohort default rates and require increased time, attention, and resources to manage these defaults. Our institutions’ students are able to borrow Title IV loans in excess of their tuition and fees. The excess is received by such students as a credit balance refund. However, if a student withdraws, our institutions must return any unearned Title IV funds (which may include a portion of the credit balance refund) and must seek to collect from the student any resulting amounts owed to the institution. A protracted economic slowdown could negatively impact such students’ abilities to pay unpaid balances due us, including debts that result from returns of unearned Title IV amounts. As a result, the amount of Title IV funds we would have to return without repayment from our institutions’ students could increase, and our financial results could suffer.
Our business could be harmed if our institutions experience a disruption in their ability to process Title IV financial aid.
We collected a substantial portion of our fiscal year 2025 consolidated revenue from receipt of Title IV financial aid program funds. Any processing disruptions by ED, by our institutions, or by third-party service providers may impact the ability of our institutions’ students to obtain Title IV financial aid on a timely basis. If our institutions experience a disruption in their ability to process Title IV financial aid, either because of administrative challenges on their part or the part of their vendors, or the inability of ED to process Title IV funds on a timely basis, it could have a material adverse effect on our institutions’ business and on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. If our institutions experience a disruption in their ability to process Title IV financial aid because of administrative challenges on their part or the part of their vendors, ED could require that our institutions become subject to payment methods for Title IV programs that are not the advance payment system, which could have a material adverse effect on our institutions’ cash flows.
The planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN may not be completed, or may not be completed on the terms or timeline currently contemplated, and if it is, the expected benefits may not be realized, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
As discussed in greater detail under “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation – The Planned Combination of APUS, RU, and HCN”, on January 28, 2025, we announced the Combination, which will result in one combined institution named American Public University System comprised of two divisions named (i) APU Global, comprised of AMU and APU, and (ii) RU Health+, comprised of RU’s campus-based and online nursing programs, RU’s healthcare programs, HCN’s campus-based nursing and healthcare programs, and RU’s non-healthcare programs. As a result of the process change described under “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation – The Planned Combination of APUS, RU, and HCN”, APUS and RU submitted a new joint application for Change of Control, Structure or Organization to HLC in September 2025 containing substantially the same information that had been submitted previously and reflecting the two-step process. In February 2026, HLC approved the continuation of accreditation of APUS and RU after the legal entity merger with an acknowledgment that the intent is to eventually consolidate the three institutions into one HLC accreditation. ABHES has also informed HCN that it will continue HCN’s ABHES accreditation after the legal entity merger. On March 2, 2026, we completed the merger of the legal entities that own and operate APUS, RU, and HCN with the APUS entity surviving the merger, and subsequently notified ED that the merger occurred and resulted in RU and HCN being directly owned by the same legal entity that directly owns APUS. We currently expect to complete implementation of step two of the Combination in the third quarter of 2026, but there can be no assurances of this timing. We may experience challenges with respect to maintaining and increasing student enrollments, delays, business disruption, increased costs, including from lost synergies, negative market reaction to the announcement and planning for the Combination, and other challenges during or following the Combination, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may also experience challenges in attracting, retaining, and motivating key personnel during the pendency of the Combination and following its completion, which could harm our business. In addition, the Combination will require substantial management attention and could detract attention from our and our institutions’ day-to-day business operations, which may disrupt our ongoing business and may adversely impact relationships with students, employees, and other counterparties.
In addition, APUS, as the surviving institution, will need to obtain required approvals from state agencies, including state boards of nursing, in order to operate in the states where HCN and RU currently operate. There can be no assurance that APUS will obtain the required state and ED approvals, including ED approval to expand APUS’s Title IV certification to encompass the RU and HCN programs and location, nor can there be any assurance that APUS will obtain those approvals on a timely basis.
If required approvals and accreditation are not obtained, we may not be able to complete the Combination. If we are not able to complete the Combination, or to complete it in a timely fashion, or if there is a negative reaction from students, employees, or other material stakeholders, our reputation, business, results of operations, and our ability to comply with regulatory requirements may be materially adversely impacted.
Business combinations and acquisitions may be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, or divert management attention, and we may not realize the expected benefits of any consummated business combinations or acquisitions.
From time to time, we explore or enter into business combinations and acquisitions, which are typically accompanied by a number of risks, including:
•failure to consummate or delay in consummating the transactions;
•lack of understanding of the target business;
•unrealistic expectations for the benefits of the acquisitions or underestimation of the difficulties and costs of integration and impact on cash flow;
•failure to achieve anticipated transaction benefits or projected financial results and operational synergies;
•difficulties consolidating operations and integrating financial, information technology and other systems, as well as challenges in maintaining uniform, effective, or compliant standards, controls, policies, and procedures, including financial reporting procedures;
•disruption or termination of relationships with students or business partners;
•distraction of management’s and other key personnel’s attention from normal business operations during the acquisition and integration processes;
•inability to obtain, or delay in obtaining, approval of the acquisition from the necessary regulatory agencies, or the imposition of operating restrictions or a letter of credit requirement on us or on the acquired institution;
•expenses associated with the integration efforts;
•increased costs of strategic transactions as a result of recent inflation and higher interest rates;
•adverse tax or accounting impact; and
•unidentified issues not discovered in the due diligence process, including legal and regulatory contingencies.
Any inability to integrate completed acquisitions in an efficient and timely manner could have an adverse impact on our results of operations. Further, many acquisitions result in the acquirer recording goodwill. If any acquisitions for which we record goodwill are not successful or experience challenges, that goodwill may become impaired and have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
The Rasmussen Acquisition was, and our acquisition of any other educational institution would also likely be, considered a change in ownership and control of the acquired institution under applicable regulatory standards. For the Rasmussen Acquisition, we needed, and for any such acquisition, we would need approval from ED, and we would need to notify or obtain approval from applicable state agencies and accrediting agencies, and possibly other regulatory bodies, to the extent those agencies or bodies require such actions. A number of these approvals can only be requested after completion of an acquisition. Our inability to obtain such approvals with respect to a completed acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. If we are not successful in completing acquisitions, we may incur substantial expenses and devote significant management time and resources without a productive result. In addition, future acquisitions could result in dilutive issuances of securities or could require use of substantial portions of our available cash, or issuances of debt or equity, as in connection with the Rasmussen Acquisition, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
We may not be able to achieve the anticipated benefits of any future acquisition, including cost savings and other synergies and growth opportunities, during the anticipated time frame, or at all, as has occurred to an extent with respect to the Rasmussen Acquisition. For example, events outside our control, such as changes in regulation and laws, public health crises and disease epidemics and pandemics, and economic trends, could adversely affect our ability to realize the expected benefits. An inability to realize in full anticipated benefits of any future acquisition could have an adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations, and level of expenses, which may adversely affect the value of our common stock.
We rely on third-party vendors whose service may be of lower quality than ours, whose responsiveness may be less timely than ours, and whose compliance practices may increase our operational and compliance risk.
We rely on third-party vendors to provide certain services to our institutions and their students primarily related to information technology services, our learning management system, our integrated curriculum and testing services, and financial aid processing, and we may rely more heavily on such vendors, particularly through cloud computing services, in the future. While we monitor and assess vendor service, it is possible that the quality of service and the timeliness of vendor responses may be less than the service and responsiveness that we or our institutions would provide. In addition, the transition of services to new third-party vendors may take longer than expected or pose other operational challenges. Using third-party vendors increases compliance risk that the vendors may not adequately protect personal information, or that they may not comply with applicable federal or state regulations. In the event that third-party vendors fail to provide services or provide inadequate services, lack adequate business continuity planning, or fail to provide necessary implementation or transition services, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. See also the Risk Factor with the caption beginning “Significant system disruptions to our computer networks, technology infrastructure, or online classroom infrastructure, or to the networks, infrastructure, and systems, or business of third parties….”
There can be no guarantee that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future capital or borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to fund our other liquidity needs.
Although we believe our cash flow from operations and our existing cash and cash equivalents will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations, debt and interest obligations, and planned capital expenditures for the next 12 months and the foreseeable future, our future capital requirements, and our ability to generate sufficient cash to fund our future operations will depend on a number of factors. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future capital or borrowings may not be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or fund our other liquidity needs. Failure to achieve business performance consistent with our expectations, to address any downtrends in enrollments, including as a result of regulatory action, or any government shutdown could adversely impact our cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our efforts to comply with the 90/10 Rule, including APUS’s change to its billing approach to delay invoicing for TA and the Combination, could lead us to reduce enrollments, require us to make expenditures, or result in other outcomes that would reduce our existing cash available for operations.
We have incurred indebtedness under our credit agreement, the cost of servicing that debt could adversely affect our business and financial results, and we may not be able in the future to service that debt.
Our ability to make scheduled payments required under our credit agreement will depend on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by economic, financial, competitive, business, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. The indebtedness we incurred in connection with the Rasmussen Acquisition requires us to dedicate a portion of our cash flow to servicing this debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash to fund other business initiatives. There can be no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations or fund our other liquidity needs, we may need to restructure or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity or sell certain of our assets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to restructure or refinance any of our indebtedness on terms favorable to us or commercially reasonable terms, if at all, which could cause us to default on our debt obligations and impair our liquidity. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change of control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness. If we are unable to generate or borrow sufficient cash to make payments on our indebtedness, our business and financial condition would be materially harmed. For more information, see the Risk Factor that begins with the caption “If one or more of our institutions does not comply...”
We may need additional capital in the future, but there is no assurance that funds will be available on acceptable terms.
We may need additional capital in the future for various reasons, including to finance business acquisitions, to make investments in technology, or to achieve growth or fund other business initiatives. There is no assurance that capital will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us and may be dilutive to existing stockholders. Additionally, any securities issued to raise capital may have rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those of existing stockholders. If adequate capital is not available or is not available on acceptable terms, our and our institutions’ ability to expand, develop or enhance services or products, or respond to competitive pressures, will be limited.
Our access to capital markets and sourcing for additional funding to expand or operate our business is subject to market conditions. Credit concerns regarding the for-profit postsecondary education industry as a whole also may impede our access to capital markets. If we are unable to obtain needed capital on terms acceptable to us, we may have to limit strategic initiatives or take other actions that materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
If our institutions fail to maintain adequate systems and processes to detect and prevent fraudulent activity in student enrollment and financial aid, our institutions may lose the ability to participate in Title IV programs or DoD TA programs or have participation in these programs conditioned or limited.
Our institutions must maintain systems and processes to identify and prevent fraudulent applications for enrollment and financial aid. We cannot be certain that our institutions’ systems and processes will continue to be adequate in the face of increasingly sophisticated fraud schemes, or that we will be able to expand such systems and processes at a pace consistent with the changing nature of these fraud schemes. Our institutions, in particular APUS and RU online programs, have been the target of fraudulent and abusive activity, including related to Title IV program funds. We believe the risk of outside parties attempting to perpetrate fraud in connection with the award and disbursement of Title IV program funds at APUS and RU online, including as a result of identity theft, is heightened due to its being an online education provider and their relatively low tuition.
ED requires institutions that participate in Title IV programs to refer to ED OIG credible information about fraud or other illegal conduct involving Title IV programs, and in the past our institutions have referred to the OIG information with respect to potential fraud by applicants and students. If the systems and processes that our institutions have established to prevent and detect fraud are inadequate, ED may find that our institutions do not satisfy ED’s administrative capability requirements, which could have the adverse effects described in the Risk Factor captioned “A failure to demonstrate administrative capability may result in the loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs”. In addition, our institutions’ ability to participate in Title IV programs and TA is conditioned on maintaining accreditation by an accrediting agency that is recognized by ED. Any significant failure to adequately prevent and detect fraudulent activity related to student enrollment and financial aid could cause our institutions to fail to meet their accreditors’ standards. Furthermore, accrediting agencies that evaluate institutions offering online programs must require such institutions to have processes through which the institution establishes that a student who registers for such a program is the same student who participates in and receives credit for the program. Failure to meet the requirements of our institutions’ accrediting agencies could result in the loss of accreditation of one or more of our institutions, which could result in their loss of eligibility to participate in Title IV programs, TA, or both.
If we are unable to attract, retain, and develop skilled personnel and management, our business and growth prospects could be severely harmed, and changes in management could cause disruption and uncertainty.
We must attract, retain, and develop highly qualified faculty, management, administrators, and other skilled personnel to our institutions. We strive to retain our talent and closely track retention among our employees, both faculty and non-faculty staff. We need to ensure effective succession for key executive and employee roles in order to meet the growth, development, and profitability goals of our business. Hiring competition may be intense, especially for faculty in specialized areas and qualified executives, and in areas such as information technology and finance. We also believe that current job market dynamics, including low unemployment, have further increased the challenge of hiring and employee retention.
Certain markets continue to experience challenges in attracting and retaining qualified nursing faculty, which may influence our ability to staff programs across our nursing and healthcare‑focused institutions. Ensuring a stable, qualified nursing faculty base is essential for our institutional success and sustainability. If faculty‑to‑student ratios fall below desired levels, we may consider initiatives such as adjusting admissions standards or limiting cohort sizes to help maintain a strong learning environment, support student satisfaction and success, and continue improving NCLEX outcomes. While these steps are intended to protect program quality, they may also affect overall enrollment.
Any failure to develop and maintain a positive culture and strong employee morale or to continue fostering the growth and development of our personnel, including through the use of staff performance evaluation systems and processes, training and professional development opportunities, and changes in faculty oversight, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, to the extent our leaders behave in a manner that is not consistent with our values, such as leading with integrity, we could experience significant impact to our brand and reputation, as well as to our culture. Hiring and retention may also depend on our ability to build and maintain a workplace culture that enables our employees to thrive. We are investing resources into supporting the development of our leaders and in engaging our employees through meaningful employee engagement efforts and councils.
We must manage leadership development and succession planning throughout our business. We have had executive officers retire or otherwise depart our company over the last several years and we continually evaluate our leadership structure, including in connection with anticipated departures. To the extent that we lose experienced personnel, it is critical that we develop other employees, hire new qualified personnel, and successfully manage the transfer of critical knowledge. Management turnover and vacancies may negatively impact operations, morale, and our ability to execute.
While we have processes in place for management transition and the transfer of knowledge, the loss of key personnel, coupled with an inability to adequately train other personnel, hire new personnel, or transfer knowledge, could significantly impact our business and results of operations.
While we seek to attract and retain high-caliber talent, including through various human resources programs and what we believe are competitive market compensation and benefits practices, our efforts may not be successful. If we fail to attract new faculty, management, administrators, or skilled personnel or fail to retain, develop, and motivate our existing faculty, management, administrators, and skilled personnel, our institutions and our ability to serve our students, acquire new students, expand our programs, open new locations, make investments or acquisitions, and update or enhance our technology could be severely harmed, and changes in management could disrupt our business and cause uncertainty.
We may not achieve the anticipated benefits of our cost savings initiatives, including reductions in force, any benefits may be offset by increased costs in other areas.
We have in the past and may in the future conduct headcount reductions or other cost savings activities. For example, as a result of the 2025 Shutdown, we implemented various cost savings measures, including a reduction in force, hiring freeze, and reduction in travel and discretionary costs, among other activities, There can be no assurance that we will recognize the benefits we anticipate from these initiatives. Some cost savings realized may be offset by increases to wages and salaries and benefits necessary to remain competitive, or by additional hiring if we determine it is necessary, or other costs. Reductions in force may also result in increased costs, as opposed to cost savings, including due to associated legal risks, and could distract management and employees. Headcount reductions, including together with previous headcount reductions, could also adversely affect employee morale and make it more difficult to hire and retain qualified personnel. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview – Reductions in Force” and “– U.S. Federal Government Shutdown” for more information.
Our limited ability to obtain exclusive proprietary rights and protect our intellectual property, as well as disputes we may encounter from time to time with third parties regarding our use of their intellectual property, could harm our operations and prospects.
In the ordinary course of business, our institutions develop intellectual property of many kinds that is or will be the subject of patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, domain names, agreements, and other registrations. Our institutions rely on agreements under which we obtain rights to use course content developed by faculty members and other third-party content experts.
We cannot ensure that any measures we and our institutions take to protect our intellectual property or obtain rights to the intellectual property of others will be adequate, or that we have secured, or will be able to secure, appropriate protections for all of our institutions’ proprietary rights in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions, or that third parties will not infringe upon or violate the proprietary rights of our institutions. Despite our efforts to protect these rights, third parties may attempt to develop competing programs or copy aspects of our institutions’ curriculum, online resource material, quality management, and other proprietary content. Any such attempt, if successful, could adversely affect our institutions’ business. Protecting these types of intellectual property rights can be difficult, particularly as it relates to the development by our institutions’ competitors of competing courses and programs.
Our institutions may encounter disputes from time to time over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property and may not prevail in these disputes. Third parties may raise a claim against our institutions alleging an infringement or violation of their intellectual property. Some third-party intellectual property rights may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for our institutions to conduct operations in such a way as to avoid disputes regarding those intellectual property rights. Any such dispute could subject our institutions to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether that dispute has merit. Our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and our institutions may be required to alter the content of their courses or pay monetary damages, which may be significant.
We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication or distribution of course materials posted online for course discussions.
In some instances, our institutions’ faculty members or students may post various articles or other third-party content online in course discussion boards or in other venues. The laws governing the fair use of these third-party materials are imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, which makes it challenging to adopt and implement appropriately balanced institutional policies governing these practices. Third parties may raise claims against us, our institutions, or our institutions’ faculty members or students for the unauthorized duplication of this material. Any such claims could subject us and our institutions to costly litigation, impose a significant strain on financial resources and management personnel, and harm our institutions’ reputations and relationships with members of the military and government, regardless of whether the claims have merit.
Our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to pay monetary damages and our institutions may be required to alter the content of their courses.
We rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our operating subsidiaries to meet our obligations and to fund acquisitions and certain investments.
We rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our operating subsidiaries to meet our obligations and to fund acquisitions and certain investments and generate all of our operating income through our subsidiaries. The ability of our operating subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make distributions or other payments to us depends on their respective operating results and may be restricted by, among other things, the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, regulatory requirements such as obligations to maintain certain restricted cash or post letters of credit, financial performance, accreditation requirements, agreements entered into by those operating subsidiaries, and the covenants of any future obligations that we or our subsidiaries may incur. For example, due to financial performance, RU did not pay a distribution in 2023 and 2024, and HCN has not paid a dividend since 2019. If our operating subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends or make other payments or distributions, and we are instead required to fund their operations, or we are otherwise required to keep capital in these operating subsidiaries, then our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially adversely impacted.
Legal proceedings, particularly class action lawsuits, may require human and financial resources, distract our management, and negatively affect our reputation and results of operations.
From time to time, we and our institutions have been and may be involved in various legal proceedings. We have observed litigation brought against for-profit schools, including class actions brought by students and prospective students based on alleged misrepresentations about a school’s programs, “qui tam” lawsuits, investigations by state attorneys general into for-profit postsecondary education institutions, and compliance reviews or similar proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, which are described above under the heading “Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry”. Even if we are able to successfully defend against lawsuits or claims, such matters can be time-consuming, require significant human and financial resources to investigate and respond to claims brought in any future litigation, and may divert management’s attention from operating our business. Furthermore, such matters are unpredictable and could lead to larger payments or liabilities, including adverse regulatory action, monetary damages, fines, limitations, loss of Title IV funding, injunctions, or other penalties, including the requirement to make refunds, and, as a result, negatively affect our results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Technology Infrastructure
We have expended, and need to continue to expend, time, money, and resources into our and our institutions’ information technology, which may place a strain on our operational capacity and budgets that could adversely affect our systems, controls, and operating efficiency, and those of our institutions.
We have invested and need to continue to invest capital, time, and resources to update and innovate our information technology, including our hardware and student-facing systems, in response to market conditions and evolving user expectations. These investments have included and may in the future include replacing legacy infrastructure, introducing new digital capabilities, and integrating acquired systems. For example, in April 2024, APUS announced its plan to expand its reach to become a global digital university that integrates emerging technology and enhanced teaching and learning opportunities for faculty and students. We have also made investments to integrate the technology system of RU in recent years. In addition, as discussed in greater detail in “Business – Information Technology”, in 2026, we plan to begin implementing significant changes to or replacing certain core student information and services platforms of APUS, RU, and HCN. We will likely make similar investments for any other business we may acquire in the future and the Combination.
Our efforts to maintain, improve, and replace information technology systems may not be successful, may cost more than expected, may increase our level of spending, not all of which can be capitalized, may take longer than expected or require us to devote more of our information technology resources than expected, or may otherwise disrupt our operations or adversely affect our financial condition. Furthermore, hardware, software, and instructional technologies may become outdated faster than anticipated, requiring more frequent upgrades or replacements. As a result of replacing outdated hardware, software, technologies, or other technology-related assets, we have in the past had, and may in the future have, assets that become impaired, which may increase our risk of a cybersecurity incident. Also, the nature and age of our current information technology may limit our business opportunities if we are unable to improve and replace technology-related assets or information technology systems successfully or at all. Faculty, staff, or students may resist changes to current technologies or fail to use newly adopted technologies effectively.
In addition, failure to address poor data quality and integrity as well as a lack of consistency and standardization in defining, collecting, managing, using, and storing data may adversely affect our business and results of operations and may subject us to complex legal or contractual obligations. Furthermore, we may leverage technology systems that are subject to evolving federal, state, and international privacy, accessibility, and data protection laws, which may increase costs and complexity and subject us to regulatory scrutiny and civil litigation.
If we are unable to expand or update the capacity of our institutions’ technology resources appropriately, their ability to support future growth, attract or retain students, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected. Even if capacity is expanded or updated, higher levels of spending may still negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Significant system disruptions to our computer networks, technology infrastructure, or online classroom infrastructure, or to the networks, infrastructure, systems, or business of third parties, could negatively impact our ability to generate revenue and could damage our reputation, limiting our ability to attract and retain students.
The performance and reliability of our and our institutions’ networks and technology infrastructure, including those of third parties’ systems we use or rely on, is critical to our operations and our institutions’ reputation and ability to attract and retain students. Any system error or failure, including as a result of outages and other difficulties that may result from having or relying on outdated systems or infrastructure, or a sudden and significant increase in bandwidth usage, could interrupt our or our institutions’ ability to operate and could result in the unavailability of our online classrooms, preventing students from accessing their courses and adversely affecting our results of operations. In addition, our institutions’ technology infrastructure, and the technology infrastructure of our third-party vendors, could be vulnerable to interruption or malfunction due to events beyond our control, including natural disasters, cyber-attacks, mistakes or malfeasance by our workforce, terrorist activities, and telecommunications failures, as well as our own failure to fully develop or test our business continuity and disaster recovery plans.
At APUS, PAD has been predominantly developed in-house, with limited support from outside vendors. To the extent that we have utilized third-party vendors to provide certain software products for our systems, we have generally needed to integrate those products into, and ensure that they function with, PAD. We continuously work on upgrades to modernize the architecture of PAD, and our employees devote substantial time to its development and to the successful integration of third-party products into PAD. To the extent that we face system disruptions, malfunctions or vulnerabilities with PAD or the failure of PAD to meet internal or industry standards, or lose employees with experience on our systems, we may not have the capacity to address such disruptions, malfunctions, vulnerabilities, or failures or to continue to administer or make adequate modifications to PAD with our internal resources, and we may not be able to identify outside contractors with expertise relevant to our custom system.
We rely on third parties for certain information technology capabilities. We use third-party services such as cloud computing and software-as-a-service for certain aspects of our operations, and a managed service provider for certain services, including service desk, student support, and other student-facing technology functions, end-user support, and network management and operations, and are reliant on the capabilities of the third parties for such functions. Reliance on these providers exposes us to risks inherent in outsourced relationships, including reduced control over systems and processes, potential service disruptions, delays in cybersecurity incident response, and challenges in maintaining consistent service quality. These third parties may take actions beyond our control or experience financial, organizational, or other disruptions that could adversely affect our access to their services, delay or otherwise impact our ability to address cybersecurity incidents, or increase costs, including by discontinuing or limiting our access to their platforms, modifying or interpreting their terms of service or other policies in a manner that impacts our ability to run our business and adversely impacts our operations, or providing us with quality or speed of service that does not meet our expectations, standards, or needs or those of our students or employees. Differences between our cybersecurity practices and standards, and those of our third-party service providers may increase the likelihood of cybersecurity incidents. If a third party’s controls, monitoring, or incident response procedures are inadequate or misaligned with our practices and standards, threats may not be detected or contained in a timely manner. Moreover, if a third-party service provider fails to perform as expected, including with respect to contractual service-level obligations, or if services cannot be transitioned to alternative providers cost effectively in a timely manner, our operations, reputation, and results of operations could be adversely affected. There is no assurance that we will renew, or be able to renew, contracts with third parties that are subject to expiration or that any renewals will be on the same or substantially similar terms or on conditions that are commercially reasonable to us. Any transition of third-party services, whether to another vendor or directly to us or our institutions, could be difficult to implement and cause us to incur significant time and expense. Reliance on a managed service provider may also expose us to service pricing increases or vendor financial instability. In addition, changes in the scope, pricing, or availability of outsourced services, or the termination or non-renewal of a provider agreement, could require us to incur significant transition costs or implement interim solutions that may not fully meet operational needs. Any significant downtime or other interruption or disruption of these services, whether due to cyber-attacks, other cybersecurity incidents, or other causes, could adversely impact our operations and our business.
Any significant interruption in the operation of our or our vendors’ data centers or server rooms could cause a loss of data. Even with redundancy, a significant interruption in the operation of these facilities or the loss of institutional and operational data due to a natural disaster, fire, power interruption, act of terrorism, or another unanticipated catastrophic event, including as a result of climate change, may not be preventable. Any significant interruption in the operation of these facilities, including an interruption caused by the failure to successfully expand or upgrade systems, or to manage transitions and implementations, or a failure by us or our partners to promptly activate and execute our business continuity and disaster recovery plans could reduce the ability to manage network and technological infrastructure, which could adversely affect our institutions’ operations and reputations. Additionally, our institutions do not necessarily control the operation of the facilities hosting our technology infrastructure and may be required to rely on other parties to provide physical security, facilities management, and communications infrastructure services. If any third-party vendors encounter financial difficulties or other events beyond our control occur that cause them to fail to adequately secure and maintain their facilities or provide necessary connectivity or capacity, our institutions and their students may experience interruptions in service or the loss or theft of important data, which could adversely affect our financial condition.
Cybersecurity incidents could compromise sensitive information, including personal information, and cause system disruptions and significant damage to our business and reputation.
We process and maintain on our network systems certain information that is confidential, proprietary, personal, or otherwise sensitive, including financial and confidential business information. Our computer networks, and the networks of our third-party vendors or other third parties on which we rely, may be vulnerable to, without limitation, unauthorized access, social engineering (including phishing), cyber-attacks (including ransomware, malware attacks, unauthorized access attempts, and denial of service and other unintentional intrusions or malicious cyber-attacks), computer viruses, and other interruptions, fraudulent schemes, or cybersecurity incidents, including vulnerabilities in software and software code. Cybersecurity incidents may be caused by a third party, including individuals or highly sophisticated organizations, or by employee error, negligence, or fraud. An individual or group, either internal or external, that circumvents security measures or exploits vulnerabilities could misappropriate confidential, proprietary, or personal information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in operations. In addition, errors in the storage, use, or transmission of confidential, proprietary, personal, or otherwise sensitive information, errors with our network systems or those on which we rely, or intentional or unintentional disruption to or misuse, corruption, or loss of such information could impact student or employee privacy. Furthermore, these incidents could impact our or our institutions’ ability to operate and could result in the unavailability of our online classrooms, preventing students from accessing their courses, and adversely affecting our results of operations. Our network systems and the systems maintained by our third-party providers have been subject to attempts to gain unauthorized access and other system disruptions, although to date no such incidents have been material to us, and these and similar incidents could happen again. It may be difficult to anticipate or to promptly detect such incidents, the scope of such incidents and the damage caused thereby, and we may not yet be aware of, or know the scope of and damage caused by, prior incidents. Due to the complexity and interconnectedness of our network systems, and those upon which we rely, the process of upgrading or patching our protective measures could itself create a risk of cybersecurity issues or system disruptions for us, as well as for educational institutions who rely upon, or have exposure to, such network systems. If we or third parties with which we engage for critical business processes or with access to our network systems, or to confidential, proprietary, personal, or otherwise sensitive information experience cyber-attacks or cybersecurity incidents in the future or we learn of a past cybersecurity incident that we or third parties have experienced, we may be required to expend significant resources to investigate, remediate, recover from, disclose these incidents, or to address resulting regulatory scrutiny or investigations, including as a result of a failure to disclose the incident to the extent required by law or in a timely fashion, litigation, misstated or unreliable data, or other impacts. Such incidents and failures could result in imposition of penalties, disruption to our operations, damage to our reputation, or damage to our network systems or sensitive information, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. Our increased use and reliance on cloud computing could expose us to additional risks. While our contractual arrangements with third-party providers such as cloud computing vendors include provisions requiring the protection of information, we cannot control these vendors or their systems and cannot guarantee that an incident will not occur in the future.
We use external vendors to perform security assessments on a periodic basis to review and assess our information security. We utilize this information to audit ourselves, monitor the security of our technology infrastructure, and assess whether and how to prioritize the allocation of resources to protect data and systems. However, we cannot ensure that these security assessments and audits will identify or appropriately categorize all relevant risks or result in sufficient protection of our computer networks against cyber-attacks and other cybersecurity incidents. Similarly, although we require our third-party vendors contractually to maintain a level of security that is acceptable to us and work closely with vendors to address potential and actual security concerns and attacks, we cannot ensure that they will protect confidential, proprietary, personal, or otherwise sensitive information on their systems.
Incidents at third-party vendors or other third parties on which we rely may also affect us. System disruptions and cybersecurity incidents affecting our online computer networks, technology infrastructure, or online classroom infrastructure, or to the networks, infrastructures, and systems of third parties could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. While we may be entitled to damages if our third-party service providers fail to satisfy their security-related obligations to us, any award may be insufficient to cover our damages, or we may be unable to recover such award.
We face an ever-increasing number of threats to our computer network systems, including unauthorized activity and access, malicious penetration, system viruses, ransomware, phishing, other malicious code and vulnerabilities in software and software code and cyber-attacks, including individual or organized cyber-attacks. Any of these threats could impact our security and disrupt our systems. These risks increase when we make changes to our network systems or implement new ones. Our size makes us a prominent target for hacking and other cyber-attacks within the education industry. From time to time, we experience security events and incidents, and these reflect an increasing level of sophistication, organization, and innovation. We have devoted and will continue to devote significant resources to the security of our computer systems, but they may still be vulnerable to these threats and may subsequently be deemed to have been inadequate by regulators or courts. Threat actors may use AI tools to automate and enhance cybersecurity attacks against us. We employ measures designed to detect cybersecurity threats, including AI-based tools, but these threats could become more sophisticated and harder to detect, which may pose significant risks to the security of our information systems and data. Further, the lack of prescriptive measures in data security and cybersecurity laws could contribute to any such regulator or court findings of inadequacy. Although we maintain insurance in respect of these types of events, there is no assurance that available insurance proceeds would be adequate to compensate us for damages sustained due to these events. Increased regulation of data collection, use, and retention practices, including self-regulation and industry standards, changes in existing laws and regulations, including changes in interpretation, enactment of new laws and regulations, and increased enforcement activity could increase our cost of compliance and operation, limit our ability to grow our business or otherwise harm us.
Failure to comply with privacy laws or regulations could have an adverse effect on our business.
As discussed in greater detail in “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations and Requirements – Department of Education – Other Department of Education and Privacy Regulation”, various federal, state, and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, and security of personal information, including student, faculty, alumni, and consumer data. These laws could be applied in a manner that results in costs, the imposition of fines and operational conditions on our business. In addition, this area of the law and interpretations of applicable laws and regulations differ and are evolving. State and federal legislatures in the United States and countries globally have been enacting and considering new legislation. These evolving laws and interpretations are difficult to predict, may impose conflicting or unclear obligations, and could adversely impact our business, including, without limitation, by increasing compliance costs, by for example, restricting use or sharing of consumer data, including for marketing or advertising purposes. Claims of failure by us or third parties who process data on our behalf to comply with our institutions’ privacy policies, public statements regarding our handling of personal information, or applicable federal, state, and international laws or regulations could form the basis of governmental or private-party actions against us. Such claims and actions may cause damage to our institutions’ reputation and could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. The enactment of additional privacy and data security laws or amendments to existing laws could result in significant costs and require us to change some of our business practices.
Increased use of AI may present operational, reputational, legal, regulatory, and competitive risks and could result in additional costs, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our increased use of AI may present operational, reputational, legal, regulatory, and competitive risks and could result in additional costs, each of which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We are making investments in the use of AI across our business, with plans to increase our use of systems and tools that incorporate AI-based technologies for students, employees, faculty, and staff. We are implementing AI governance structures, policies, and safety controls to promote security and responsible use, but these measures may not fully mitigate the risks associated with rapid adoption of AI. AI is an emerging technology and, as such, presents the following inherent risks:
•Other postsecondary institutions may more successfully and quickly integrate AI as a means to facilitate business growth, reduce operating expenses, and improve the student experience, which may result in our reduced ability to attract or retain students, faculty, and staff.
•We may be unable to implement AI technologies in a cost-effective manner or in a manner that appeals or is satisfactory to current or prospective students relative to other postsecondary institutions.
•AI may hallucinate or be error-prone, demonstrate biases or discriminatory practices and responses, and its use may result in other perceived or actual legal, compliance, privacy, security, and ethical risks.
•Due to evolving regulatory conditions and related compliance obligations and otherwise, we may be unable to develop or maintain effective policies and provide adequate training regarding proper use of AI, which could lead to misuse by employees, faculty, and staff. AI may also subject to misuse by students.
•Although AI technologies may help provide more personalized learning experiences, its use in this manner, and the associated risks, including the risks of increased plagiarism, cheating, and academic integrity, is subject to ongoing debate in the education industry.
•The use of AI technologies may make us more susceptible to cybersecurity incidents, including those affecting personal or confidential information, and such incidents may be more complicated to discover due to the nature of AI.
•Compliance with new or changing laws, regulations, and industry standards related to AI may impose significant operational costs and may limit our ability to develop, deploy, or use AI technologies.
•We have and may continue to communicate externally regarding AI-related initiatives, which subjects us to the risk of allegations of inaccurate or misleading statements regarding our ability to avail ourselves of the potential benefits of AI technologies.
•Any disruption or failure of our AI systems, tools, or supporting infrastructure could adversely impact our operations.
Some or all of the foregoing risks could result in additional costs, subject us to regulatory action or increased regulatory scrutiny, litigation, reputational harm, or other liability, and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, reputation, and results of operations.
Risks Related to Owning our Common Stock
The price of our common stock may be volatile, and as a result returns on an investment in our common stock may be volatile.
Trading in our common stock has historically been limited and, at times, volatile. An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained, and the trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock may fluctuate as a result of some or all of the following:
•price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
•significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of comparable companies;
•the actual, anticipated, or perceived impact of changes in the political environment, government policies, laws and regulations, or similar changes made by accrediting bodies;
•adverse rulings or findings by relevant governmental bodies;
•general economic conditions and trends;
•catastrophic events;
•actions of others in our industry, including but not limited to acquisitions, investments, or strategic alliances.
•actual or anticipated changes in our earnings, our institutions’ net course registrations or enrollments, or seasonal and other fluctuations in our results of operations as a result of variances to the student populations of our institutions and related fluctuations in expenses;
•potential or actual government shutdowns, government budgets and federal workforce uncertainty;
•our ability to meet or exceed, or changes in, the expectations of securities analysts, or the extent or accuracy of analyst coverage of our company;
•the depth and liquidity of the market for our common stock;
•purchases or sales of large blocks of our stock;
•future issuances or repurchases of our common stock;
•recruitment or departure of key personnel;
•regulatory burdens and risks associated with a change of control or ownership;
•an inability to realize in full anticipated benefits of acquisitions; and
•investment strategies or other actions by those trading in our stock.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Because of the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and monetary damages and could divert management’s attention and resources from our business, and our insurance may not be available or adequate to cover these claims.
We may face risks associated with stockholder activism.
Publicly traded companies are subject to campaigns by stockholders advocating corporate actions related to matters such as corporate governance, operational practices, and strategic direction. We have previously been subject to stockholder activism and demands and may be subject to further activism and demands in the future. Such activism could interfere with our ability to execute our business plans, be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our operations, and divert the attention of management, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business or the price of our common stock.
Our future results of operations and financial condition may not meet our guidance or expectations.
We provide guidance on our expected results of operations, financial condition, and other measures. Such forecasts are speculative and subject to risks and uncertainties, including those described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Annual Report, and reflect management’s estimates and assumptions as of the date of the guidance, which may turn out to be incorrect. Actual results may vary significantly from our guidance and could fall outside any range of expected outcomes we provide. Failure to successfully implement our plans or the occurrence of events or circumstances expressed or implied in this “Risk Factors” section, and any actions we may take to comply with the extensive regulatory framework applicable to our industry, including the 90/10 Rule, state law and regulations, and accrediting agency requirements, could result in actual results differing materially from our guidance, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash flow, financial condition and the trading price of our common stock.
Prior to 2024 we only provided quarterly guidance but are now providing annual guidance to emphasize our focus on long-term value creation. Annual guidance, while based on outcomes and assumptions that we believe, at the time guidance is given, are reasonable, may to a greater extent than quarterly guidance be unable to reflect the impact of certain actions taken by us, changes in legislation, changes in U.S. government spending authorizations, regulatory actions, or accrediting agency decisions affecting any of our institutions, or other events, and may be less accurate than quarterly guidance.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
Our Information Security Efforts
Cybersecurity Risk, Management, and Strategy
The performance, reliability, and security of the networks and technology infrastructure we use or rely on is critical to our operations, our institutions’ reputation, and our ability to attract and retain students. We have developed what we believe to be a robust cybersecurity program that incorporates a process of identifying and managing cybersecurity risks across the enterprise. As part of our cybersecurity risk management process, we identify risk by reviewing the elements within our technology stack and processes, including a full scan and identification process designed to cover all APEI’s digital and physical assets within the organization, covering hardware, software, data, and personnel. Assets are documented and assessed for their value, factoring in their significance and potential cost if compromised. We conduct a threat assessment for both internal (e.g., employees, contractors, etc.) and external (e.g., hackers, malware, etc.) cybersecurity threats, and we have established plans and actions to detect unauthorized activities. We engage third-party consultants to perform assessments, including annual penetration testing, and we maintain a risk register. The risk register includes documentation of identified risks, the potential impact and likelihood of occurrence, mitigation efforts and the required enterprise level response. Each of the identified risks is given a risk classification from low to high depending on the probability of occurrence and the severity of impact.
At least annually, we test our incident response processes, enhancing our preparedness against potential threats. These exercises are conducted with the support of third-party cybersecurity experts. We perform continuous monitoring and detection of our systems, networks, and data repositories for suspicious activities by leveraging a third-party that provides 24x7 comprehensive monitoring of activity that is outside the normal patterns for our day-to-day operations. Our information security team works to stay up to date on threat intelligence through partnerships with outside agencies. We accumulate security event data into our security information and event management, or SIEM, tool that tracks and monitors events providing a comprehensive view of how to respond to various threats.
We also have an internal information technology audit team that routinely scans the environment and documents our compliance efforts with regulations and standards that govern our business, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, FERPA, and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act Safeguards Rule.
Cybersecurity threats continue to evolve with the use of emerging technologies, such as AI. These threats can disrupt operations, compromise sensitive data, and erode trust. We strive to make sure that employees and contractors are up to date with their responsibility and understand the importance of their contributions to staying cyber secure through a robust training and education program. Employees and contractors are responsible for taking mandated cyber training on an annual basis. We also run phishing exercises on a routine basis to help ensure employees and contractors can recognize and report inappropriate activity and social engineering attempts.
We have a process of continuous improvement by incorporating lessons learned from attempted attacks and feedback from phishing exercises, among other learnings. We also have a third-party risk management process pursuant to which new and existing vendors undergo a structured review of their controls and systems, as well as a periodic review from our security team to help ensure vendors protect our data and systems. We seek to require our third-party vendors contractually to maintain a level of security that is acceptable to us.
We have not experienced any negative impacts from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any previous cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected or that we believe are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. We maintain specific insurance coverage to mitigate losses associated with certain cybersecurity incidents that impact our or our third parties’ information technology and information systems, but there can be no assurance that coverage would be adequate in relation to any incurred losses.
Our cybersecurity risk management process is a standalone process, but it is integrated with and informs our overall enterprise risk management program.
Cybersecurity Governance
APEI’s Information Security Steering Committee, or the Steering Committee, consisting of the Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer also acting as Chief Information Security Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, and the Chief Human Resources Officer, provides a level of oversight over our cybersecurity program. The Steering Committee meets quarterly and is briefed, among other things, on our cybersecurity program, how we are mitigating risks, any notable events that occurred, and phishing campaign results. In addition, the Steering Committee reviews the program for the proper funding and staffing of the information technology security department as well as alignment of the program with our strategic objectives. The Steering Committee reviews and ratifies security policies and helps ensure the proper controls are in place and being followed. The Steering Committee is a critical element to review the cybersecurity program against applicable federal and state regulations and its progress for planned improvements.
Our Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer has the primary responsibility for assessing and managing our material risks from cybersecurity threats. The Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer has extensive experience in running and managing a cybersecurity program both in commercial enterprises and government agencies. In assessing and managing our material risks from cybersecurity threats the Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer utilizes real time monitoring tools, alerts, and dashboards, proactively hunt for threats, and assess capabilities through penetration testing and table top exercises, as well as access and utilize third party resources.
We have established structured processes and mechanisms, including incident reporting and escalation, and a comprehensive incident response and communication plan, in the event of a cybersecurity incident. These plans consist of internal reporting and communication, including to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and General Counsel, and, as appropriate, management, as well as external reporting, including notifying the Board of Directors, and proper agencies as appropriate. The Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer reports significant risks from cybersecurity threats, the level of risk, and any material cybersecurity incidents to the Board of Directors, as well as annually review with the Board of Directors the budget, utilization of systems, processes, and controls in place to address cybersecurity risks and management. The Interim Chief Innovation and Technology Officer updates the Board of Directors no less than quarterly on significant developments in these areas.
For more information on our information technology investments and their effects on our results of operations, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview,” and for more information regarding risks related to our information technology, refer to “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Technology Infrastructure”.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
APEI and APUS together operate administrative facilities in Charles Town, West Virginia, which also serves as our corporate headquarters, and Ranson, West Virginia. These facilities comprise four owned facilities totaling approximately 60,000 square feet. APEI’s administrative offices also include approximately 3,100 square feet of leased space in Fort Lauderdale, Florida, under a lease that expires in January 2029. Excess real property located in Charles Town, West Virginia, totaling approximately 151,000 square feet, classified as assets held for sale as of December 31, 2024, was sold in June 2025. For additional details regarding assets held for sale, please refer to “Note 5. Assets Held For Sale” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
RU leases 18 campuses located across five states. Not included in these counts are the Green Bay, Wisconsin, campus that was closed effective December 31, 2025 and the Wausau, Wisconsin, campus which RU intends to close on December 31, 2026. The 18 campuses include a total of approximately 500,000 square feet combined. Prior to October 31, 2025, RU leased administrative office space in Minneapolis, Minnesota.
HCN leases an administrative office located in suburban Columbus, Ohio, and leases eight campuses located in three states. This administrative office and campuses include a total of approximately 228,000 square feet combined.
RU and HCN lease terms and extension options vary by location with expiration dates ranging from 2026 to 2034.
We believe our existing facilities are in good operating condition and are adequate and suitable for the conduct of our business.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
From time to time, we have been and may be involved in various legal proceedings. We currently have no material legal proceedings pending.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “APEI”.
Holders
As of March 10, 2026, there were approximately 386 holders of record of our common stock.
Common Stock Dividends
We have not historically paid dividends on our common stock, and our credit agreement contains limitations on the payment of future dividends. The payment of any dividends on our common stock in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, earnings, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, outstanding indebtedness, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board.
Performance Graph
The graph below compares the cumulative five-year total return of holders of American Public Education, Inc.’s common stock with the cumulative total returns of the S&P 500 index, the Nasdaq Composite index, a customized peer group of six companies that includes Covista Inc. (formerly known as Adtalem Global Education Inc.), Grand Canyon Education Inc., Perdoceo Education Corp, Strategic Education Inc., Lincoln Educational Services Corporation, and Universal Technical Institute, Inc. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock, in each index, and in the peer group (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on December 31, 2020, and tracks the value of those investments, respectively, through December 31, 2025.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
December 31, 2021 |
December 31, 2022 |
December 31, 2023 |
December 31, 2024 |
December 31, 2025 |
| APEI |
100.00 |
|
73.00 |
|
40.32 |
|
31.66 |
|
70.77 |
|
124.02 |
|
| S&P 500 |
100.00 |
|
128.71 |
|
105.40 |
|
133.10 |
|
166.40 |
|
196.16 |
|
| Nasdaq Composite |
100.00 |
|
122.18 |
|
82.43 |
|
119.22 |
|
154.48 |
|
187.14 |
|
| Peer Group |
100.00 |
|
85.26 |
|
104.72 |
|
141.78 |
|
189.99 |
|
200.65 |
|
The stock price performance included in the graph and table above is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
On May 2, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $35.0 million of shares of our common stock, and on December 5, 2019, our Board approved an additional authorization to repurchase up to $25.0 million of shares of our common stock. On March 16, 2023, our Board of Directors confirmed the availability under the 2019 share repurchase program to repurchase up to approximately $8.0 million of shares of our common stock. We fully expended this $8.0 million as of April 30, 2023, and repurchased a total of 1,335,357 shares of our common stock. On November 27, 2023, the Board of Directors authorized a new program to repurchase up to an additional $10.0 million of shares of our common stock and in the fourth quarter of 2023, we repurchased 180,409 shares of our common stock under this authorization, for an aggregate purchase amount of $1.6 million.
In the aggregate, in 2023 we repurchased 1,515,766 shares of our common stock for $9.7 million. In January 2024, we repurchased an additional 251,146 shares of our common stock under the November 2023 purchase authorization for an aggregate purchase amount of $2.8 million. Effective February 1, 2024, the Company ceased purchases under this purchase authorization.
As of December 31, 2025, approximately $6.0 million remained available under the November 2023 purchase authorization. Our credit agreement includes restrictions on our ability to repurchase our common stock.
On March 10, 2026, our Board of Directors authorized a common stock repurchase program of up to $50 million in the aggregate. The program replaces our prior repurchase authorizations, including the November 2023 purchase authorization and our prior repurchase authorization, pursuant to which we were authorized to purchase up to the cumulative number of shares issued or deemed issued in a given year under our equity incentive and stock purchase plans.
Subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors, repurchases may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The authorization does not obligate us to acquire any shares, and purchases may be commenced or suspended at any time based on market conditions and other factors as we deem appropriate.
There were no share repurchases during the three months ended December 31, 2025. For additional information regarding our share repurchases, please refer to “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity – Repurchase”.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Period |
|
Total Number of Shares Purchased |
|
Average Price Paid per Share |
|
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs |
|
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (1) |
|
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (2) (3) |
| October 1, 2025 - October 31, 2025 |
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
612,588 |
|
|
$ |
5,979,687 |
|
| November 1, 2025 - November 30, 2025 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
612,588 |
|
|
5,979,687 |
|
| December 1, 2025 - December 31, 2025 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
612,588 |
|
|
5,979,687 |
|
| Total |
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
612,588 |
|
|
$ |
5,979,687 |
|
(1)On December 9, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program for our common stock under which we could annually purchase up to the cumulative number of shares issued or deemed issued in that year under our equity incentive and stock purchase plans. The authorization under this repurchase program was terminated in connection with our March 2026 purchase authorization.
(2)On May 2, 2019, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $35.0 million of shares of our common stock, and on December 5, 2019, our Board approved an additional authorization of up to $25.0 million of shares. Further, on November 27, 2023, our Board approved an additional authorization of up to $10.0 million of shares. The authorization under this repurchase program was terminated in connection with our March 2026 purchase authorization.
(3)During the three-month period ended December 31, 2025, 2,119 shares of common stock were deemed to have been repurchased for common stock forfeited by employees to satisfy minimum tax-withholding requirements in connection with the vesting of restricted stock grants.
ITEM 6. [RESERVED]
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current expectations, estimates, and projections about our business and operations, and involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including those we discuss under “Risk Factors”, “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”, and elsewhere in this Annual Report. For a discussion of our financial condition and results of operations for 2024 compared to 2023, refer to Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC, on March 6, 2025, which discussion is incorporated in this Annual Report by reference and which is available free of charge on the SECs website at www.sec.gov.
OVERVIEW
We are a provider of online and campus-based postsecondary education to approximately 108,600 students through three subsidiary institutions, American Public University System, or APUS, Rasmussen University, or RU, and Hondros College of Nursing, or HCN. Our subsidiary institutions offer purpose-built education programs designed to prepare individuals for productive contributions to their professions and society, and offer opportunities designed to advance students in their current professions or to help them prepare for their next career. Our subsidiary institutions are licensed or otherwise authorized by state authorities to offer postsecondary education programs to the extent the institutions believe such licenses or authorizations are required and are certified by ED to participate in Title IV programs. Additional information regarding our subsidiary institutions and their regulation is included in the “Business” section of this Annual Report.
Our revenue is largely driven by the number of students enrolled at our institutions, the number of and types of courses that students take, student payor source, and the mix of programs students attend. Our consolidated revenue in 2025 was $648.9 million, representing a $24.3 million, or 3.9%, increase from $624.6 million in 2024. This includes revenue from GSUSA through July 25, 2025, or the GSUSA Sale Date. A significant portion of our revenue comes from our institutions’ participation in Title IV programs, and APUS’s participation in the DoD TA programs, and VA education programs, and this creates significant risks to our operations.
Our operations for the periods covered by this Annual Report are organized into three reporting segments:
•American Public University System, or APUS Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of APUS.
•Rasmussen University Segment, or RU Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of RU.
•Hondros College of Nursing Segment, or HCN Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of HCN.
Beginning in fiscal year 2026, we will have two reporting segments: APU Global, formerly the APUS Segment, and RU Health+, the business that formerly comprised the RU Segment and HCN Segment.
On January 28, 2025, we announced the planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN, or the Combination, which will result in a combined institution named American Public University System comprised of two divisions named (i) APU Global, comprised of AMU and APU, and (ii) RU Health+, comprised of RU’s campus-based and online nursing programs, RU’s healthcare programs, HCN’s campus-based nursing and healthcare programs, and RU’s non-healthcare programs. The Combination constitutes a Change of Control, Structure or Organization pursuant to HLC policy and, accordingly, we were required to obtain HLC approval prior to effectuating the Combination. In December 2024, APUS and RU jointly submitted an application for Change of Control, Structure or Organization to HLC. Subsequently, ED informed us that we would need to follow a different process to implement the Combination that entails two steps instead of one: (i) merger of the legal entities that own and operate APUS, RU, and HCN, with the APUS entity surviving following the merger, and (ii) combination of the institutions into one HLC-accredited institution. As a result of this process change, HLC required APUS and RU to submit a new joint application for Change of Control, Structure or Organization to HLC in September 2025 containing substantially the same information that had been submitted previously and reflecting the two-step process. In February 2026, HLC approved the continuation of accreditation of APUS and RU after the legal entity merger with an acknowledgment that the intent is to eventually consolidate the three institutions into one HLC accreditation. ABHES has also informed HCN that it will continue HCN’s ABHES accreditation after the legal entity merger. On March 2, 2026, we completed the merger of the legal entities that own and operate APUS, RU, and HCN with the APUS entity surviving the merger, and subsequently notified ED that the merger occurred and resulted in RU and HCN being directly owned by the same legal entity that directly owns APUS.
We currently expect to complete the implementation of step two of the Combination in the third quarter of 2026, subject to obtaining required approvals. We will evaluate changes to our segment reporting as a result of the Combination. For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2025, we incurred $2.2 million and $3.5 million in professional fees, respectively, and we expect to incur between approximately $2.0 million and $4.0 million in professional fees in 2026 to complete the Combination. See the Risk Factor with the caption beginning “The planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN …” and “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation – The Planned Combination of APUS, RU, and HCN” for more information.
U.S. Federal Government Shutdown. On October 1, 2025, the U.S. federal government shut down due to a failure by Congress to pass appropriations legislation, resulting in, among other things, suspension of the DoD TA programs and ultimately an inability of APUS students seeking to use TA as a payment source to register, or in some cases stay registered, for courses. The 2025 Shutdown ended on November 12, 2025.
In connection with the 2025 Shutdown, APUS TA course registrations decreased by approximately 20,600 in the fourth quarter 2025, when compared to the prior year period. This was the first time since 2013 that APUS had dropped course registrations as a result of a government shutdown because the Defense Appropriations Bill, which annually funds TA, was not passed before the 2025 Shutdown.
Prior to the end of the 2025 Shutdown, on October 24, 2025, the Navy announced that TA funding was restored for classes starting on or before December 31, 2025, using TA funds appropriated as part of the OBBBA, or OBBBA TA Funds. Also, prior to the end of the 2025 Shutdown, certain individuals responsible for oversight of the voluntary education programs at the Army, Air Force, Navy, and Marines returned to their roles and, in the cases of the Army, Air Force, and Navy, began approving TA requests using OBBBA TA Funds. As of November 10, 2025, APUS estimated that it was able to recover approximately 5,000 course registrations for November 2025 course starts by students using OBBBA TA funds. As a result of the 2025 Shutdown, we implemented various cost savings measures, including a reduction in force, hiring freeze, and a reduction in travel and discretionary costs.
The One Big Beautiful Bill Act. As discussed in “Business –Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations – Other Regulations – The One Big Beautiful Bill Act”, President Trump recently signed into law the OBBBA, which, among other things, makes significant changes to federal student financial aid programs and related eligibility requirements. New caps on federal loans may limit borrowing options for our students and a new accountability framework could limit the availability of certain programs due to a potential loss of Direct Loans, which could have a significant adverse impact on enrollments and our business, operations, and financial results. See “Risk Factors – Risks Related to the Regulation of Our Industry – “The One Big Beautiful Bill Act . . . .” for additional information regarding risks relating to the OBBBA.
Student Body. At APUS and for RU programs excluding pre-licensure nursing and allied health programs, all coursework is delivered online. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 62% of APUS’s students self-reported that they served in the military on active duty at the time of initial enrollment, and as a result APUS is particularly reliant on TA programs, and the DoD budget. At APUS, active-duty military students generally take fewer courses per year on average than non-military students and have a lower revenue per net course registration than students utilizing other funding sources. A significant portion of APUS’s registrations is also attributable to students using VA education benefits, and funds from Title IV programs. RU nursing students and HCN students generally attend classes at physical campuses and use Title IV program funds. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, 39% of RU students were enrolled in nursing programs, 26% in health sciences programs, 15% in business programs, with the remainder of students in education, technology, design and justice studies programs. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, approximately 67% of HCN students were enrolled in the PN program, while 32% were enrolled in the ADN program.
Efforts to Attract and Retain Students. We believe that in order to continue to attract and retain qualified students our institutions need to continuously update and expand the content of their existing programs and develop new programs, specializations and modes of teaching, faculty engagement initiatives, and co-curricular initiatives. These efforts may require obtaining appropriate regulatory approvals, incurring marketing expenses, and making investments in management and capital expenditures, including technology-related expenditures. Initiatives to attract and retain qualified students require significant time, energy, and resources, and if our efforts are not successful, our results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition may be adversely impacted. For more information about the risks related to attracting and retaining qualified students please refer to “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Attracting and Retaining Students”.
Reductions in Force. In the third quarter of 2023, we completed a reduction in force that resulted in the termination of 74 employees, primarily non-faculty, and the elimination of 57 open positions across a variety of roles and departments at APEI, RU, HCN and GSUSA. We incurred an aggregate of approximately $3.0 million of pre-tax cash expenses associated with employee severance costs as a result of this reduction in force. These headcount reductions reflect our ongoing efforts focused on realigning our organizational structure, eliminating redundancies, and optimizing certain functions.
In the fourth quarter of 2025, as a result of the 2025 Shutdown, we completed a reduction in force that resulted in the termination of approximately 40 non-faculty employees at APUS, representing approximately 6.5% of the APUS non-faculty workforce. Separately, in the fourth quarter of 2025, approximately 20 information technology employees at APEI were terminated in connection with our ongoing efforts to optimize certain information technology functions. We incurred an aggregate of approximately $1.3 million of pre-tax cash expenses associated with employee severance costs as a result of these reductions in force.
We recorded expenses for termination benefits related to the workforce reductions in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations.
Tuition Increases. Providing affordable degree and certificate programs is an important element of our competitive strategy. As more fully described in “Business – Our Institutions and Operations – Our Institutions – Accreditation – Affordability and Cost of Attendance”, certain of our institutions implemented tuition and fee increases in 2023, 2024, and 2025. Even with these increases, tuition and fees at our institutions are designed to be affordable and competitive when compared to the tuition and fees at similar institutions offering the same level of flexibility, accessibility, and student experience.
Our Initiatives. Our revenue may decline, and our costs and expenses may increase, as our institutions adjust to changes in their student composition, undertake initiatives to improve the learning experience, and work to attract students who are more likely to persist in their programs. Additional initiatives that we are implementing or may implement that may increase costs and expenses or adversely affect our revenue may include the following:
•altering our institutions’ marketing programs to target the appropriate prospective students;
•the Combination;
•opening new campuses or entering new markets;
•offering new degree programs;
•investing in technology related to our overall information technology program, including AI, to support our students’ current and future needs;
•changing admissions standards, requirements, processes, and procedures;
•implementing more stringent satisfactory academic progress standards;
•changing tuition costs and payment options;
•continuing to improve our RU Segment enrollment, financial results, and NCLEX pass rates;
•improving student retention and NCLEX pass rates at our HCN Segment; and
•implementing alternative learning delivery methods.
Information technology systems are an essential part of the student experience and our business operations, as discussed more fully in “Business – Company Overview – Information Technology” in this Annual Report. APEI provides information technology services to its institutions through a shared services model. We continue, and may need to increase, our investment of time and money into technology operations and enhancements to support our systems and mission and evaluate when it is appropriate to make significant changes, modifications, or upgrades. We are making investments in information technology, including AI, in response to competitive pressures in the marketplace, including increased demand for interactive solutions and access from multiple platforms, to update older systems and to enhance functionality. Information technology operating and capital expenditures may increase in future periods as we accelerate the investment in and refreshment of our information technology systems.
Changes and upgrades to our information technology systems have resulted and may continue to result in our incurring significant costs, including in the short term, and carry risk to our operations and financial results. For example, in 2024, we completed the consolidation of APUS’s customer relationship management systems onto a single platform and announced the plan to expand APU to become a global digital university that integrates emerging technology and enhanced teaching and learning opportunities for faculty and students.
In 2024, as part of our technology transformation program, we transitioned to a managed service provider for certain services including service desk, student support, end user support, and network support and operations, and completed the insourcing of information technology to APEI for RU. We incurred approximately $3.8 million in information technology transition services costs in 2024. Not all of our information technology spending can be capitalized, and our investments may cost more than expected or fail to be successful. Furthermore, as a result of unsuccessful development efforts, or a result of replacing outdated technology, software, or other technology related assets, we may have assets that become impaired.
As discussed more fully in “Business – Company Overview – Information Technology, in 2026, we plan to begin migrating HCN to a new SIS platform as part of our broader strategy to reduce fragmentation and complexity across student information systems. Additionally, we plan to transition RU from Blackboard Ultra to D2L to consolidate our LMS environment across our institutions, which we expect will reduce operational complexity and support a more consistent academic experience.
RU Change in Ownership. The Rasmussen Acquisition, was required to be reported to, and in some cases approved by, various education regulatory bodies. An institution must obtain ED approval for a change in ownership and control in order to continue to participate in Title IV programs under the new ownership. In September 2021, in connection with the Rasmussen Acquisition, RU timely submitted a change in ownership and control application to ED seeking approval to participate in the Title IV programs under our ownership. ED and RU entered into a TPPPA that allowed RU to continue disbursing Title IV funds during ED’s review of the application. The TPPPA continued growth restrictions that ED imposed as a result of RU’s March 2019 change in ownership and control, which was prior to our acquisition of RU, including limitations on new programs and locations, and an enrollment cap, until after ED reviewed and accepted financial statements and compliance audits that cover complete fiscal periods of RU’s Title IV participation under our ownership. In May 2025, ED released RU from temporary growth restrictions imposed in connection with RU’s 2019 change in ownership. For more information on the regulatory review related to the Rasmussen Acquisition and RU’s previous change in ownership and related risks, please refer to “Business – Regulatory Environment – Student Financing Sources and Related Regulations/Requirements – Regulation of Title IV Financial Aid Programs – Eligibility and Certification Procedures” and “– Regulatory Actions and Restrictions on Operations – Change in Ownership Resulting in a Change of Control”.
Competition. The U.S. postsecondary education market is characterized by intense competition, with more than 4,500 institutions of higher learning. Due to the increase in online postsecondary offerings, coupled with the prospect of continued uncertainty in postsecondary enrollment in the United States, we face increased competition as students pursue degree-based postsecondary education from a wider selection of offerings. We expect each branch of the Armed Forces and the DoD to continually evaluate their approaches to education, and any resulting changes could have a material adverse effect on APUS’s enrollments. For more information on our competition and its potential impacts, please refer to “Business – Our Market and Competition – Competition” in this Annual Report.
“90/10 Rule” Compliance and Delayed Billing. For fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2023, which for our institutions means the year ended December 31, 2023, federal educational assistance funds used to calculate the “90%” side of the ratio include Title IV funds, and all other educational assistance funds provided by a federal agency directly to an institution or a student, including the federal portion of any grant funds provided by or administered by a non-federal agency, except for non-Title IV federal educational assistance funds provided directly to a student to cover expenses other than tuition, fees, and other institutional charges. The 90/10 Rule no longer permits institutions to count federal aid for veterans and service members as part of the “10%” side of the ratio. Effective January 1, 2023, TA and VA benefits are included in the “90%” side of the ratio, and our institutions’ 90/10 Rule percentages increased, particularly at APUS. In addition, on July 7, 2025, ED issued an interpretative rule that specifies that for-profit schools will be allowed to count non-federal funds generated from programs offered entirely through distance education, if such programs satisfy certain criteria, as non-federal revenue in their 90/10 calculations, and may revise 90/10 Rule calculations for prior fiscal years to include revenue from distance education programs in the “10%” side of the ratio. While each of our institutions was in compliance with the 90/10 Rule for 2025, with APUS’s relevant percentage for 2025 being 89%, there is no assurance that we will continue to be able to comply in future years, particularly at APUS, including following the Combination.
As a result of the problems with TA discussed in further detail in the Risk Factor that begins “Our student registrations, revenue, and cash flow have been adversely impacted...”, approximately $18.4 million in cash payments from the Army to APUS that were expected to be received in 2021 and 2022 were received in 2023. This, together with the January 1, 2023, change to the 90/10 Rule and enrollment growth among service members as compared to declines in students who use non-federal educational assistance funds, caused APUS’s 90/10 Rule percentage to increase.
In September 2023, APUS changed its approach to invoicing for TA, taking longer to bill TA, which had the effect of delaying payments from 2023 to 2024. Due to this change in the approach to invoicing TA in the fourth quarter of 2023, in 2024 APUS collected approximately $22.1 million from TA related to periods prior to 2024.
The change in billing approach positively impacted the “90%” side of the ratio in 2023. In January 2024, APUS separately revised its billing policy for students utilizing TA from two weeks to five weeks after course start date to nine weeks after the course start date. The change in billing approach positively impacted the “90%” side of the ratio in 2024.
In December 2024, APUS again changed its approach to invoicing for TA, taking longer to bill TA, and as a result of this change, in 2025, APUS collected approximately $32.5 million from TA related to periods prior to 2025. The change in billing approach positively impacted the “90%” side of the ratio and reduced operating cash flow in 2024. In 2025, the change in billing approach increased operating cash flow. In July 2025, APUS again delayed billing to certain branches, further delaying payments until 2026. We estimate that this delay in APUS’s billing approach implemented beginning in July 2025 will result in approximately $34.1 million of receivables that we would have expected to receive in 2025 to be received in 2026.
The change in billing approach could have an adverse impact on our cash flow and results of operations, as well as APUS’s ability to comply with the 90/10 Rule in 2026, including and following the Combination. The change in billing practice added to our accounts receivable as of December 31, 2025, and resulted in an increase to our leverage ratio as of December 31, 2025, under our Credit Agreement as defined and discussed in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 9. Long-term Debt”.
Regulated Industry. Our institutions operate in a highly regulated industry. For more information on the regulations to which our institutions are subject and recent regulatory developments, please refer to “Business – Regulatory Environment” in this Annual Report. Regulations may impact our financial results in a way that we cannot predict and may have an adverse impact on our financial condition.
OUR KEY FINANCIAL METRICS
Revenue
When reviewing our revenue, we evaluate the following elements: net course registrations and enrollment; tuition rate; net tuition; and other fees.
Net course registrations and enrollment. For financial reporting and analysis purposes, APUS measures its student population in terms of aggregate course enrollments, or net course registrations. Net course registrations, which include one-credit lab courses combined with their related three-credit courses, represent the aggregate number of courses in which students remain enrolled after the date by which they may drop the course without financial penalty. RU and HCN measure their student population in terms of student enrollments. Student enrollment represents the total number of students enrolled in a term immediately after the date students may drop a term without financial penalty.
At APUS, because we recognize revenue over the length of a course, net course registrations and student enrollments in a financial reporting period do not correlate directly with revenue for that period because revenue recognized from courses is not necessarily recognized in the financial reporting period in which the course registrations or enrollments occur. For example, at APUS, revenue in a quarter reflects a portion of the revenue from courses that began in a prior quarter and continued into the quarter, all revenue from courses that began and ended in the quarter, and a portion of the revenue from courses that began but did not end in the quarter. At RU and HCN, generally terms begin and end in a calendar quarter.
The average number of courses taken by students at APUS varies by payor type. For example, Title IV students take more courses on average than TA students. As a result, should the number of APUS’s students who utilize ED’s Title IV programs decrease (or the number of students using TA increase), we anticipate that it may cause the average number of courses per student to decrease.
You should not rely on the results of any prior periods as an indication of future net course registrations at APUS, student enrollments at RU and HCN, or consolidated revenue. The composition of our students, changing market demands, and competition make forecasting very difficult, and we are unable to determine if we will continue to grow or what level of growth we will achieve, if any.
Tuition rate. Providing affordable degree and certificate programs is an important element of our competitive strategy. APUS implemented modest tuition and fee increases for non-military and veteran students in the second and third quarters of 2023. In April 2024, APUS implemented an additional tuition increase to master’s level students across all categories, including military, non-military and veteran students, and in September 2024, APUS returned the military rate for master’s level students to the $250 per credit hour rate in effect prior to the April 2024 tuition increase. In February 2026 APUS implemented modest tuition increases for all nonmilitary undergraduate and graduate students.
We believe that APUS’s tuition and fees remain lower than the average in-state cost at public universities. RU implemented modest tuition increases for all students in select programs in the first quarters of 2023 and 2024, for new students in select programs in August 2024, and for returning students in select programs in October 2024. RU implemented modest tuition increases for new and re-entering students in August 2025. RU implemented modest increases for current students in non-prelicensure nursing programs in October 2025 and implemented a modest tuition increase for prelicensure nursing program students in January 2026. In October 2026, RU plans to implement a modest tuition increase for all students. HCN implemented a 5% increase in tuition and fees effective in the second quarter of 2023 across all programs, and in October 2025 for its ADN and PN programs. The tuition and fee increases at RU and HCN are intended to reflect adjustments to be consistent with the local campus markets. Even with these increases, RU and HCN’s tuition and fees are designed to be affordable and competitive when compared to the tuition and fees at similar institutions offering the same level of flexibility, accessibility, and student experience.
Net tuition. Tuition revenue varies from period to period based on the number of students enrolled at our institutions, the number of and types of courses that students take, student payor source, the mix of programs students attend, the number of students starting courses each month during the period, and the timing of course starts each month or term. Tuition revenue is adjusted to reflect amounts for students who withdraw from a course in the month or term in which the withdrawal occurs. We also provide tuition grants and scholarships to certain students to assist them financially with their educational goals. The cost of these grants and scholarships is reported as a reduction of tuition revenue in the period incurred for purposes of establishing net tuition revenue.
Other fees. In addition to tuition, prior to the second quarter of 2023, APUS charged a technology fee of $65 per course to all non-military students. In the second quarter of 2023, the technology fee increased to $85 per course, and in the third quarter of 2023 the technology fee per course was eliminated for all undergraduate students. APUS students are also charged certain additional fees, such as graduation, late registration, transcript request, and comprehensive examination fees, when applicable. APUS provides an APUS-funded grant to cover the technology fee for certain students. Technology fee revenue net of technology fee grants was approximately $8.1 million in 2023, $4.7 million in 2024, and $5.0 million in 2025, or 2.7%, 1.5%, and 1.6% of APUS revenue, respectively.
RU and HCN students are charged fees for various items such as applications, testing, books and supplies, laboratory work, technology, and graduation. For example, RU charges a course technology and resource fee of $200 per course and a one-time administrative fee for certain programs, up to $495, for all new, reentering, and program transfer students. In addition, RU students may purchase required textbooks or e-books through RU for a flat fee of $15 for each textbook (traditional or e-book) for each course. HCN charges an application fee of $25, an enrollment fee of $50, as well as other fees for books and technology that vary by program. Textbook and other course materials revenue for RU and HCN was approximately $43.3 million in 2023, $45.7 million in 2024, and $52.0 million in 2025, or 16.0%, 16.1%, and 16.2% of RU and HCN revenue, respectively.
Costs and Expenses
We categorize our costs and expenses in the following categories: instructional costs and services expenses; selling and promotional expenses; general and administrative expenses; depreciation and amortization; impairment of goodwill and intangible assets; loss on sale of subsidiary; loss on assets held for sale; loss on leases; and loss on disposals of long-lived assets.
Instructional costs and services expenses. Instructional costs and services expenses are directly attributable to the educational services our institutions provide to their students. Instructional costs and services expenses include salaries and benefits for full-time faculty, administrators, and academic advisors, and costs associated with part-time faculty. Instructional costs and services expenses also include costs associated with curriculum development, academic records and graduation, and other services provided by our institutions, such as evaluating transcripts. Instructional costs and services expenses are generally affected by the cost of academic resources, including technology related costs, the efficiency of delivering academic products and services to our students, salaries and benefits for our faculty and other academic and administration personnel, and the level of expenditures for new and existing academic programs. At RU and HCN, instructional costs and services expenses also includes operating expenses directly associated with campus operations, including rent and technology costs. At APUS, instructional costs and services expenses include expenses related to course materials, learning resources, the library, the APUS-funded book grant program, and instructional pay for part-time faculty that are primarily dependent on the number of students taught.
Selling and promotional expenses. Selling and promotional expenses include salaries and benefits of personnel engaged in student enrollment, advertising costs, and marketing material production costs. Our selling and promotional expenses are generally affected by the cost of advertising media, the efficiency of our selling efforts, salaries and benefits for our selling and admissions personnel, and the level of expenditures for advertising initiatives for new and existing academic programs.
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses include salaries and benefits of employees engaged in corporate management, finance, financial aid processing, information technology, human resources, finance, legal, and compliance, and other corporate functions, the cost of renting and maintaining administrative facilities, technology expenses, and costs for professional services. General and administrative expenses also include bad debt expense. General and administrative expenses are generally affected by the costs of salaries and benefits for our general and administrative personnel, the efficiency of delivering back-office support, including technology services, the costs of services purchased from third-party vendors, including information technology managed service providers, and the level of expenditures for supporting company initiatives.
Depreciation and amortization. We incur depreciation and amortization expenses for costs related to the capitalization of property, equipment, software, and program development on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. In addition, prior to September 30, 2024, we incurred amortization expense for the amortization of identified intangible assets with a definite life resulting from the Rasmussen Acquisition.
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets. Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets recognizes the difference between the carrying value of goodwill and intangible asset and the fair value of goodwill and intangible asset.
Loss on sale of subsidiary. Loss on sale of subsidiary is the difference between the net asset value of the subsidiary sold and the consideration received, less closing costs and customary adjustments, including for net working capital and cash.
Loss on assets held for sale. Loss on assets held for sale is the difference between the asset’s estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell and the asset’s book value at the time the asset is no longer used for operations and reclassified as held for sale in accordance with the held-for-sale criteria.
Loss on leases. Loss on leases recognizes the difference between the estimated remaining economic benefit to the Company and the carrying value of lease’s right-of-use assets, as well as losses incurred as the result of lease terminations.
Loss on disposals of long-lived assets. Loss on disposals of long-lived assets is the difference between the long-lived asset’s residual value and their book value at the time of the asset’s disposition or abandonment.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net, consists primarily of interest incurred on our long-term debt, net of any interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents.
Equity Investment Loss. Equity investment loss consists of our proportional share of after-tax income or losses attributable to our equity investment as well as the loss from any other-than-temporary impairment charges, which represents the difference between the carrying value of and fair value of the investment.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
The discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. During the preparation of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related to revenue recognition and the valuation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and assets held for sale. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for making assumptions about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ and have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, or our results of operations and financial position, and subsequent events are not necessarily indicative of the reasonableness of the original assumptions or estimates. The following discussion of our critical accounting estimates is intended to supplement the accounting policies presented in “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
In connection with the acquisitions of RU and HCN, we recorded goodwill and identified intangible assets. Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identified intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized. Goodwill is reported at the reporting unit level that we have defined as our reporting segments. There was no goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of GSUSA reported in Corporate and Other, and there is no goodwill in our APUS Segment. In connection with the acquisitions of RU and HCN, we also recorded identified intangible assets with an indefinite useful life which include trade name, accreditation, licensing, and Title IV, and affiliate agreements, and a definite useful life which include student roster, curricula, student contracts and relationships, lead conversions, and non-compete agreements. There are no indefinite-lived or definite-lived intangible assets in our APUS Segment.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually, and more frequently if events and circumstances exist that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. The process of evaluating goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment is subjective and requires significant judgment and estimates. When performing an optional qualitative analysis, we consider many factors, including general economic conditions, industry and market conditions, certain cost factors, financial performance, and key business drivers (for example, student enrollment), long-term operating plans, and potential changes to significant assumptions and estimates used in the most recent fair value analysis. Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions and estimates. Actual results may differ and have a material impact or our results of operations and financial position, and subsequent events are not necessarily indicative of the reasonableness of the original assumptions or estimates.
We estimate fair value in our quantitative analysis by weighting the results from two different valuation approaches. They are: (i) discounted cash flow and (ii) guideline public company. Under the discounted cash flow method, fair value was determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows of RU and HCN at their estimated weighted-average cost of capital. We incorporate the use of projected financial information and a discount rate that are developed using market participant-based assumptions. The cash-flow projections are based on three-year financial forecasts developed by management that include revenue projections, capital spending trends, and investment in working capital to support anticipated revenue growth, which are updated at least annually and approved by management. Under the guideline public company method, pricing multiples from other public companies in the public higher education market were used to determine the fair value of RU and HCN. Values derived under the two valuation methods are then weighted to estimate RU and HCN’s enterprise values. If we determine that the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we then calculate the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill as compared to its carrying amount to determine the appropriate impairment charge. Although we believe our assumptions are reasonable, actual results may vary significantly and may expose us to material impairment charges in the future. Our methodology for determining fair values remained consistent for the periods presented.
At October 31, 2025, we completed our annual assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for our RU and HCN Segments. The annual assessment concluded that the fair value of goodwill for RU and HCN exceeded their carrying values by approximately $92.9 million, or 64%, and $27.3 million, or 78%, respectively. Significant assumptions in the forecast used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include continued improvement in our RU Segment enrollment and cost containment measures. Our HCN Segment’s significant assumptions in the forecast relate to future campus openings and tuition increases. These assumptions could be negatively affected by and of the following including, but not limited to, changes in our regulatory environment, declines in student enrollment, adverse actions by state boards of nursing including enrollment caps, and increases in our expenses not in our plan. In addition, we determined the fair value of our RU and HCN Segment indefinite-lived intangible asset was greater than their carrying values. Therefore, for the year ended December 31, 2025, there was no impairment of RU and HCN Segment goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Significant assumptions inherent to valuation methodologies for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets include, but are not limited to, prospective financial information, growth rates, terminal value, discount rates, and comparable multiples from publicly traded companies in the higher education market. Future changes, including minor changes in the significant assumption or other factors including revenue, operating income, valuation multiples, and other inputs to the valuation process may result in future impairment charges, and those charges could be material.
At December 31, 2025, after recording non-cash impairment charges for RU and HCN Segment goodwill and intangible assets in 2022 and 2023, the carrying value of RU and HCN Segments goodwill was $33.0 million and $26.6 million, respectively, and the carrying value of RU and HCN Segments intangible assets was $24.5 million and $3.7 million, respectively.
For additional details regarding goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets please refer to “Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
We consider the applicability and impact of all Accounting Standards Updates, or ASUs. Please refer to “Note 2 Significant Accounting Policies” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for information relating to our discussion of the effects of recent accounting pronouncements.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth statements of income data as a percentage of revenue for each of the years ended:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| Revenue |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
100.0 |
% |
| Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
| Instructional costs and services |
|
47.3 |
% |
|
45.8 |
% |
| Selling and promotional |
|
20.6 |
% |
|
21.2 |
% |
| General and administrative |
|
22.7 |
% |
|
22.3 |
% |
| Depreciation and amortization |
|
3.1 |
% |
|
2.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
| Loss on sale of subsidiary |
|
— |
% |
|
0.6 |
% |
| Loss on assets held for sale |
|
0.3 |
% |
|
0.2 |
% |
| Loss on leases |
|
0.6 |
% |
|
— |
% |
| Loss on disposals of long-lived assets |
|
0.1 |
% |
|
0.1 |
% |
| Total costs and expenses |
|
94.7 |
% |
|
92.7 |
% |
| Income from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
5.3 |
% |
|
7.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
| Interest expense, net |
|
(0.3) |
% |
|
(0.6) |
% |
| Income from operations before income taxes |
|
5.0 |
% |
|
6.7 |
% |
| Income tax expense |
|
1.7 |
% |
|
1.9 |
% |
| Equity investment loss |
|
(0.7) |
% |
|
— |
% |
| Net income |
|
2.6 |
% |
|
4.8 |
% |
| Preferred Stock Dividend |
|
1.0 |
% |
|
0.4 |
% |
| Loss on redemption of preferred stock |
|
— |
% |
|
0.5 |
% |
| Net income available to common stockholders |
|
1.6 |
% |
|
3.9 |
% |
Year Ended December 31, 2025, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024
Revenue
For the year ended December 31, 2025, our consolidated revenue was $648.9 million, an increase of $24.3 million, or 3.9%, compared to $624.6 million in 2024. The increase in revenue was due to a $30.0 million, or 13.9%, increase in revenue in our RU Segment, a $7.7 million, or 11.4%, increase in revenue in our HCN Segment, and a $2.8 million, or 0.9%, increase in revenue in our APUS Segment, partially offset by a $16.3 million, or 67.1%, decrease in GSUSA revenue included in Corporate and Other for the period prior to the GSUSA Sale Date.
The increase in APUS revenue was driven by an increase in net course registrations when compared to the prior year, and the impact of the 2024 tuition increases. APUS net course registrations increased approximately 0.7% to 381,000 for the year ended December 31, 2025, from approximately 378,400 in the 2024 period. The increase in net course registrations was primarily due to an increase in registrations by military-affiliated students utilizing VA benefits, and an increase in students using financial aid, which was partially offset by a decrease in registrations from military students utilizing TA due to the government shutdown in the fourth quarter 2025. Net course registrations represent the total number of courses for which students remain enrolled after the date by which they may drop a course without financial penalty.
The increase in RU revenue was driven by an increase in enrollment and the impact of the 2024 and 2025 tuition increases. For the year ended December 31, 2025, RU student enrollment increased 8.7% as compared to the 2024 period. This increase in enrollment was driven by a 9.6% increase in online enrollment, which has a lower revenue per student, and a 7.7% increase in on-ground enrollment. The increase in RU enrollment was primarily due to the improvement in marketing and admissions efficiencies as well as increased student retention rates driven in part by course redesigns. RU total student enrollment represents the total number of students enrolled in a term immediately after the date by which students may drop a course without financial penalty.
The increase in HCN revenue was driven by an increase in enrollment. For the year ended December 31, 2025, HCN student enrollment increased approximately 12.3% as compared to the 2024 period. The increase in total student enrollment was primarily due to the continued enrollment growth across all of our campuses. The revenue increase for the year was less than the enrollment increase due to more students taking repeat courses in the current year as compared to the prior year. Revenue per student is lower for students taking a repeat course. HCN total student enrollment represents the total number of students enrolled in a term immediately after the date by which students may drop a course without financial penalty.
Costs and Expenses
For the year ended December 31, 2025, costs and expenses were $600.9 million, an increase of $9.4 million, or 1.6%, compared to $591.5 million in 2024, and included GSUSA costs and expenses in Corporate and Other only for the period prior to the GSUSA Sale Date. Costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025, included a $3.9 million loss on sale of subsidiary in Corporate and Other relating to the sale of GSUSA, $3.7 million in professional fees relating to the Combination and the sale of GSUSA in Corporate and Other, $3.3 million in severance costs in all segments and Corporate and Other, a $1.5 million loss on assets held for sale in our APUS Segment, $0.8 million in other transition services costs relating to the retirement of our former Chief Financial Officer in Corporate and Other, and a $0.1 million loss on leases in our RU Segment, all on a pre-tax basis. Costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024, included $3.8 million in information technology transition services costs in all segments as well as Corporate and Other, $3.7 million loss on leases in our RU Segment, $2.2 million in professional fees in Corporate and Other relating to the Combination, $1.6 million loss on assets held for sale in our APUS Segment, and $0.5 million in severance costs in Corporate and Other and the completed and pending campus closures in Wisconsin in our RU Segment, all on a pre-tax basis. Costs and expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to the prior year period, excluding the items noted above, increased $8.5 million, primarily due to increases in employee compensation costs, advertising costs, bad debt expense, classroom and course materials costs, and title IV processing fees, partially offset by decreases in information technology costs, occupancy costs, depreciation and amortization expenses, and other professional fees.
Costs and expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 92.7% in 2025 from 94.7% in 2024. Excluding items noted above, costs and expenses were 90.6% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 92.9% of revenue in the prior year period. Our income before interest and income taxes as a percentage of revenue, or our operating margin, improved to 7.3% in 2025 from 5.3% compared to the prior year period. Excluding the charges noted above, our operating margin improved to 9.4% in 2025 from 7.1% compared to the prior year period. The decrease in our costs and expenses as a percentage of revenue and improvement in our operating margin was primarily due to the factors discussed above.
Instructional costs and services expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2025, instructional costs and services expenses were $297.0 million, an increase of approximately $1.3 million, or 0.4%, compared to $295.7 million in 2024. The increase in instructional costs and services expenses was driven by a $8.9 million increase in employee compensation costs and a $3.6 million increase in classroom and course materials costs in our RU and HCN Segments due to increases in enrollment. These increases were partially offset by decreases of $7.7 million in Corporate and Other costs due to the sale of GSUSA, $2.4 million in information technology costs primarily relating to the insourcing of technology and $1.1 million in occupancy costs and services expenses in our RU Segment primarily related to campus closures in 2024 and 2025. Instructional costs and services expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 45.8% in 2025 compared to 47.3% in 2024.
Selling and promotional expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2025, selling and promotional expenses were $137.3 million, an increase of $8.5 million, or 6.6%, compared to $128.8 million in 2024. The increase in selling and promotional expenses was primarily due to increases of $6.0 million in advertising costs and $3.7 million in employee compensation costs relating to an increase in employees to support our growth in all segments, and a $0.7 million increase in other marketing materials in our RU Segment, partially offset by a $2.0 million decrease in selling and promotional expenses in Corporate and Other due to the sale of GSUSA. Selling and promotional expenses as a percentage of revenue increased to 21.2% in 2025, compared to 20.6% in 2024.
General and administrative expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2025, general and administrative expenses were $144.6 million, an increase of $2.6 million, or 1.8%, compared to $142.0 million in 2024. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2025, included $3.7 million in professional fees relating to the Combination and the sale of GSUSA in Corporate and Other, and $1.4 million in severance costs in Corporate and Other, and in our HCN and APUS Segments, all on a pre-tax basis.
General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024, included $2.2 million in professional fees relating to the Combination, and $0.4 million in severance costs in Corporate and Other, all on a pre-tax basis. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to $5.8 million increases in employee compensation costs, which includes severance costs, in all segments and Corporate and Other, a $3.3 million increase in bad debt expense in all segments, and $2.3 million increase in professional fees, which included fees associated with combination, in Corporate and Other. These increases were partially offset by a decreases of $6.1 million information technology costs, which included costs associated with our offshore initiatives, in our APUS and RU Segments and Corporate and Other, a $2.5 million decrease in Corporate and Other costs due to the sale of GSUSA, and a $1.5 million decrease in professional fees in all segments primarily due to less outside legal and consulting services. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 22.3% in 2025 compared to 22.7% in 2024.
For the year ended December 31, 2025, consolidated bad debt expense increased to $21.7 million, or approximately 3.3% of revenue, from $18.5 million, or approximately 3.0% of revenue, in 2024. The increase in bad debt expense was due to an increase in the RU, HCN, and APUS Segments of $1.4 million, $1.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively, as compared to the prior year period.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses were $16.1 million and $19.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively, a decrease of $3.2 million or 16.6%, primarily related to the full amortization of all definite lived intangible assets in our RU Segment in 2024. Depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of revenue decreased to 2.5% in 2025 compared to 3.1% in 2024.
Loss on sale of subsidiary. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recorded a $3.9 million pre-tax loss on sale of subsidiary relating to the sale of GSUSA. There was no loss on sale of subsidiary in the prior year.
Loss on assets held for sale. For the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, we recorded a $1.5 million and a $1.6 million pre-tax non-cash loss, respectively, on assets held for sale for real property located in Charles Town, West Virginia in our APUS Segment.
Loss on leases. RU Segment loss on leases was $0.1 million and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In 2024, we elected to terminate a lease in Dallas, Texas, consolidate two Minnesota campuses, and voluntarily close Wisconsin campuses, and, as a result, we recorded losses in the RU Segment of $2.1 million, $1.2 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. In 2025, we recorded an additional loss of $0.1 million in the RU Segment associated with the pending closure of a Wisconsin campus.
Loss on disposal of long-lived assets. The loss on disposal of long-lived assets was $0.4 million in 2025 and 2024.
Stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expenses included in instructional costs and services, selling and promotional, and general and administrative expenses was $8.4 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Stock-based compensation costs includes accelerated expense for retirement-eligible employees and performance stock unit incentive costs.
The table below reflects our stock-based compensation expense recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income included in our Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended 2024 and 2025 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| Instructional costs and services |
|
$ |
808 |
|
|
$ |
770 |
|
| Selling and promotional |
|
562 |
|
|
759 |
|
| General and administrative |
|
6,298 |
|
|
6,823 |
|
| Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
7,668 |
|
|
$ |
8,352 |
|
Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net of interest income was $4.2 million and $2.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The increase in net interest expense was primarily due to an increase in interest expense due to the expiration of the interest rate cap in December 2024 and a decrease in interest income earned, as compared to the prior year period.
Income tax expense. For the year ended December 31, 2025, we recognized an income tax expense of $12.1 million, compared to an income tax expense of $10.4 million in 2024. The effective tax rate was 27.8% and 39.3% in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The effective tax rate in 2025 was impacted by excess tax benefits related to stock compensation offset by non-deductible employee compensation. The effective tax rate in 2024 was primarily due to the $4.4 million equity investment loss not deductible for tax purposes, and an increase in non-deductible stock compensation expense in relation to taxable income in the period.
Equity investment loss. There was no equity investment loss in 2025. The equity investment loss of $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 was related to a $3.3 million non-cash investment loss on an equity investment due to the investee entering into a new convertible debt agreement, which resulted in the conversion of our preferred stock holdings in the investee into common shares, and the dilution of our ownership percentage, and a $1.1 million loss on sale of our remaining equity method investment.
Net income. Net income in 2025 was $31.6 million, compared to $16.1 million in 2024, an increase of $15.4 million. This increase was related to the factors discussed above.
Preferred stock dividends. Preferred stock dividends for the year ended December 31, 2025, were $2.8 million compared to $6.1 million in 2024. The decrease in preferred stock dividends in 2025 was due to the redemption of all 400 outstanding shares of our Series A Senior Preferred Stock in June 2025.
Loss on redemption of preferred stock. In June 2025, we redeemed all outstanding Series A Senior Preferred Stock for $43.1 million, excluding unpaid and accrued dividends of $1.4 million, resulting in a loss of $3.5 million related to the redemption premium and fees.
Net income available to common stockholders. Net income available to common stockholders in 2025 was $25.3 million, compared to $10.1 million in 2024, an increase of $15.2 million. This increase was related to the factors discussed above.
Operating Results by Reportable Segment - Year Ended December 31, 2025 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2024
The table below details our operating results by reportable segment for the periods indicated (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
|
$ Change |
|
% Change |
| Revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| APUS Segment |
$ |
317,049 |
|
|
$ |
319,842 |
|
|
$ |
2,793 |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
| RU Segment |
216,262 |
|
|
246,231 |
|
|
29,969 |
|
|
13.9 |
% |
| HCN Segment |
67,290 |
|
|
74,983 |
|
|
7,693 |
|
|
11.4 |
% |
| Corporate and Other |
23,958 |
|
|
7,806 |
|
|
(16,152) |
|
|
(67.4) |
% |
| Total Revenue |
$ |
624,559 |
|
|
$ |
648,862 |
|
|
$ |
24,303 |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
| Income (loss) from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| APUS Segment |
$ |
89,422 |
|
|
$ |
90,825 |
|
|
1,403 |
|
|
1.6 |
% |
| RU Segment |
(21,798) |
|
|
4,040 |
|
|
25,838 |
|
|
(118.5) |
% |
| HCN Segment |
(1,122) |
|
|
(854) |
|
|
268 |
|
|
(23.9) |
% |
| Corporate and Other |
$ |
(33,436) |
|
|
$ |
(46,076) |
|
|
(12,640) |
|
|
37.8 |
% |
| Total income from operations before interest and income taxes |
$ |
33,066 |
|
|
$ |
47,935 |
|
|
$ |
14,869 |
|
|
45.0 |
% |
APUS Segment
Our APUS Segment revenue was $319.8 million in 2025, an increase of $2.8 million, or 0.9%, compared to $317.0 million in 2024, which was primarily attributable to higher net course registrations, as compared to the prior year, and the impact of the 2024 tuition increases. Net course registrations at APUS increased 0.7% to approximately 381,000 in 2025 compared to the prior year period.
The increase in net course registrations was primarily due to an increase in registrations by military-affiliated students utilizing VA benefits, and an increase in students using financial aid, partially offset by a decrease in military registrations from students utilizing TA due to the government shutdown in the fourth quarter 2025. Income from operations before interest and income taxes was $90.8 million in 2025, an increase of $1.4 million, or 1.6%, compared to the 2024 period. The increase in income from operations before interest and income taxes was due to the increase in revenue and decreases in information technology costs, depreciation and amortization expenses, and professional fees, partially offset by increases in advertising costs, bad debt expense, and employee compensation costs, as compared to the prior year period.
RU Segment
Our RU Segment revenue was $246.2 million in 2025, an increase of $30.0 million, or 13.9%, compared to $216.3 million in 2024, primarily due to an 8.7% increase in year over year total student enrollment, driven by a 9.6% increase in online enrollment, and a 7.7% increase in on-ground enrollment, as compared to the prior year period, and the impact of tuition increases in 2024 and 2025. During 2025, RU experienced improvements with both on-ground and online enrollment as compared to prior year periods. Income from operations before interest and income taxes was $4.0 million in 2025 compared to a loss from operations before income taxes of $21.8 million in 2024. The RU Segment improvement was primarily due to the increase in revenue as well as decreases in information technology costs, loss on leases, depreciation and amortization expenses, and occupancy costs partially offset by increases in employee compensation costs, classroom and course materials costs, advertising costs, and bad debt expense, as compared to the prior year period.
HCN Segment
Our HCN Segment revenue was approximately $75.0 million in 2025, an increase of $7.7 million, or 11.4%, compared to $67.3 million in 2024, primarily due to an increase in student enrollment, as compared to the prior year period. HCN student enrollment increased approximately 12.3% during the year ended December 31, 2025, as compared to the prior year period. The increase in total student enrollment was primarily due to the continued enrollment growth across all of our campuses. The revenue increase for the year was less than the enrollment increase due to more students taking repeat courses in the current year as compared to the prior year. Revenue per student is lower for students taking a repeat course. Loss from operations before interest and income taxes in the HCN Segment was approximately $0.9 million in 2025 compared to a loss from operations of $1.1 million in 2024, an improvement of $0.3 million. The HCN Segment improvement was primarily due to the increase in revenue, partially offset by increases in employee compensation costs, bad debt expense, classroom and course materials costs, and advertising costs, as compared to the prior year period.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash was $158.9 million and $176.5 million at December 31, 2024, and 2025, respectively, representing an increase of $17.6 million, or 11.0%, in the 2025 period. The increase was primarily due to the improved financial performance at RU and the proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale of $23.0 million, partially offset by cash used to redeem our Series A Senior Preferred Stock of $43.2 million. We have historically financed operating activities and capital expenditures with cash provided by operating activities. We expect to continue to fund our costs and expenses through cash generated from operations for the next twelve months and beyond. For more on our material cash requirements from known contractual and other obligations, please refer to “Contractual Obligations” below in this Annual Report.
We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our participation in ED’s Title IV programs, for which disbursements are governed by federal regulations. We have typically received disbursements under Title IV programs within 30 days of the start of the applicable course or term. Another significant source of revenue is derived from TA from the DoD and programs from the VA. Generally, these funds are received within 60 days of the start of the courses to which they relate, however, as discussed in “90/10 Rule” Compliance and Delayed Billing” above, APUS has repeatedly changed its approach to invoicing for TA, taking longer to bill TA, which has had the effect of delaying payments from one period into another. In July 2025, APUS again delayed billing to certain branches, further delaying payments until 2026, which could have an adverse impact on APUS’s ability to comply with the 90/10 Rule in 2026 or future years. The change in TA billing practice added to our accounts receivable as of December 31, 2025, and resulted in an increase to our leverage ratio as of December 31, 2025, under our Credit Agreement as defined and discussed in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 8. Long-term Debt”. We estimate that this delay in APUS’s billing approach implemented beginning in July 2025 will result in approximately $34.1 million of receivables that we would have expected to receive in 2025 to be received in 2026. For additional detail, please refer to the Risk Factor that begins “Our student registrations, revenue, and cash flow have been adversely impacted...”, in this Annual Report.
ED evaluates institutions on an annual basis for compliance with specified financial responsibility standards, including a complex formula based on line items from the institution’s audited financial statements. Generally, an institution’s financial ratios must yield a composite score of at least 1.5 for the institution to be deemed financially responsible.
A composite score between 1.0 and 1.4 is considered by ED to be in the “zone.” An institution in the “zone” may still participate in Title IV programs as a financially responsible institution through the “zone alternative” as set forth in ED regulations. In April 2025, ED notified us that according to its calculations, we had a fiscal year end 2023 consolidated composite score of 1.3 and our institutions were therefore in the “zone,” and we selected the “zone alternative” as the alternative basis on which we establish financial responsibility. Thereafter, APUS, RU and HCN operated under the zone alternative to establish financial responsibility, which imposed on us certain restrictions and obligations, including HCM1. On March 10, 2026, ED notified us that, as of such date, APUS, RU, and HCN were no longer required to comply with the zone alternative requirements due to a composite score for fiscal 2024 of 2.6. Our previous placement on HCM1 status did not have a significant impact on our 2025 financial results. Additionally, RU was required to provide a letter of credit for the benefit of ED on behalf of RU in connection with RU’s 2020 composite score, which is used by ED for determining compliance with financial responsibility standards being below the minimum required. Restricted cash at December 31, 2024, included a $25.4 million restricted certificate of deposit to secure a letter of credit. In May 2025, the letter of credit was released by ED, and the related cash was thereby no longer restricted.
Our Credit Agreement as defined and discussed in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 8. Long-term Debt” contained financial covenants that required us to maintain a Total Net Leverage Ratio of no greater than 2.00 to 1.00. Our Total Net Leverage Ratio under the Credit Agreement at December 31, 2024, and 2025, was 0.20 and negative 0.30, respectively. Our Credit Agreement as defined and discussed in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 16. Subsequent Events – 2026 Credit Agreement”, discussed in more detail in Item 9B below, contains financial covenants that requires us to maintain a Total Net Leverage Ratio of no greater than 2.50 to 1.00.
Budget cuts or constraints, particularly those that impact DoD or include suspension or modifications to TA programs, reductions in military forces, or cuts to services and tools that we or APUS students rely upon for recruitment, enrollment access, and TA, including in connection with congressional action or inaction relating to the federal debt ceiling, could have a material adverse effect on APUS’s enrollments and on our cash flows, results of operations, and financial condition. Even temporary changes to military activity and budgets may adversely affect operations. For example, funding for the federal government or portions thereof, including the DoD, Department of Homeland Security, and Coast Guard, lapsed as a result of the 2025 Shutdown. As discussed in greater detail in the Risk Factor captioned “Enrollments and course registrations may be adversely affected by a variety of factors not directly related to education programs, including changes in military activity, budgets and government shutdowns” and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview – U.S. Federal Government Shutdown” section, the 2025 Shutdown resulted in, among other things, an inability of APUS students seeking to use TA as a payment source to register, or in some cases stay registered, for courses, and APUS course registration drops. The 2025 Shutdown has and could continue to have, and any future government shutdown may have, an adverse effect on APUS’s enrollments and on our cash flows and results of operations, and a U.S. government default on its debt would have broad adverse macroeconomic effects that would materially affect our cash flow and results of operations.
Our operating expenditures may increase in future periods as we continue to invest in the modernization of our information technology systems, advertising, and other expenditures. We are in the midst of a multi-year technology transformation program that we expect will enable us to enhance the learning experience for students, better accommodate new flexible learning modalities, and improve the operational effectiveness of our enterprise. In 2024, we completed a transition with a managed service provider to outsource a number of our information technology operations, including service desk, student support, end user support, and network management and operations, and we completed the insourcing of information technology services. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we incurred approximately $3.8 million in information technology transition services costs.
Operating and capital expenditures may also increase as we continue to update and invest in our core enterprise systems. As discussed in greater detail in “Business – Company Overview – Information Technology”, in 2026, we plan to begin move non-core SIS data and workflow functions for RU and HCN into Salesforce to preserve core regulatory and academic-record functions within the SIS while shifting surrounding processes into a more stable and standardized platform. In 2026 we also plan to begin migrating HCN to a new SIS platform as part of our broader strategy to reduce fragmentation and complexity across student information systems, and transition RU from Blackboard Ultra to D2L to consolidate our LMS environment across our institutions.
Capital expenditures could be higher in the future as a result of, among other things, additional expenditures for technology or other business capabilities, the maintenance of existing campuses at RU and HCN, the opening or closing of campuses or the consolidation of existing campuses at RU and HCN, the acquisition or lease of existing structures or potential new construction projects, and necessary tenant improvements that arise as a result of our ongoing evaluation of our space needs and opportunities for physical growth.
We also expect to continue to explore opportunities to invest in the education industry, which could include purchasing or investing in other education-related companies or companies developing new technologies.
On January 28, 2025, we announced the Combination. On March 2, 2026, we completed the first step of the Combination, and we anticipate completing the Combination fully in the third quarter of 2026, subject to obtaining required approvals. For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2025, we incurred $2.2 million and $3.5 million in professional fees, respectively, and expect to incur between approximately $2.0 million and $4.0 million in professional fees in 2026 to complete the Combination. See the Risk Factor with the caption beginning “The planned combination of APUS, RU, and HCN …”, “Business – Regulatory Environment – Accreditation – Institutional Accreditation – The Planned Combination of APUS, RN, and HCN” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Overview” for more information.
On June 23, 2025, APEI redeemed all 400 outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock for $43.1 million, excluding unpaid and accrued dividends of $1.4 million. Accordingly, no shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding at December 31, 2025. For additional details regarding the redemption of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, please refer to “Note 12. Preferred Stock” included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In connection with the completion of the Rasmussen Acquisition, we entered into a credit agreement with Macquarie Capital Funding LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., and Truist Securities, Inc. as joint lead arrangers and bookrunners, and a syndicate of lenders that provided us with (i) a $175.0 million term loan, of which $96.4 million was outstanding at December 31, 2025, and (ii) a senior secured revolving loan facility in an aggregate commitment amount of $20.0 million. On March 9, 2026, we entered into a Credit Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent, PNC Capital Markets LLC as joint lead arranger and bookrunner, and a syndicate of lenders, or the Lenders. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders provided us with (i) the $90.0 million Term Loan, and (ii) a senior secured revolving loan facility in an aggregate commitment amount of $40.0 million, or together with the Term Loan, the Facilities. The Facilities will be used to refinance the $20.0 million senior secured revolving loan facility and repay $96.4 million outstanding under the $175.0 million term loan. For more information on the Facilities and their terms, please refer to “Note 8. Long-Term Debt” included in the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.
We believe our cash flow from operations and our existing cash and cash equivalents will provide adequate funds for ongoing operations, debt, and interest obligations, and planned capital expenditures for the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. However, our future capital requirements and our ability to generate sufficient cash to fund our future operations will depend on a number of factors. There can be no guarantee that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future capital or borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness, or to fund our other liquidity needs. Failure to achieve business performance consistent with our expectations, including as a result of regulatory action, or to comply with the 90/10 Rule or meet the financial responsibility requirements, or any government shutdown could adversely impact our cash flows and results of operations. In addition, our efforts to comply with the 90/10 Rule could lead us to reduce enrollments or require us to make expenditures that would reduce our existing cash available for operations. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change of control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness, which would also reduce our existing cash available for operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $48.9 million and $62.0 million in 2024, and 2025, respectively. The increase in cash from operating activities was primarily due to the improved financial performance at RU and other changes in working capital due to the timing of receipts and payments. Accounts receivable at December 31, 2025, increased approximately $5.3 million compared to December 31, 2024, primarily related to delayed billings in our APUS Segment. Income tax receivable at December 31, 2025, increased approximately $2.5 million compared to December 31, 2024, primarily related to the timing of estimated tax payments.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was $21.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $4.8 million in net cash provided by investing activities in the current year period. For the year ended December 31, 2024, capital expenditures were $21.1 million compared to $15.9 million in 2025. In 2025, investing activities includes $23.0 million in proceeds from the sale of excess real property located in Charles Town, West Virginia. Prior year period capital expenditures were higher than the current year period primarily due to the planned campus consolidations at RU and relocations at HCN that occurred in the prior year period.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $13.2 million and $49.2 million in 2024 and 2025, respectively. The increase in cash used in financial activities is primarily due to the redemption of our Series A Senior Preferred Stock in June 2025 for $43.2 million. Financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2024, included preferred stock dividends paid of $6.1 million, $2.8 million paid for the repurchase of 251,146 shares of common stock, and $2.6 million in principal payments on our long-term debt due to a mandatory prepayment relating to the excess cash flow, compared to $2.8 million preferred stock dividends paid in the current year period.
Contractual Obligations
Long-term debt
We had long-term debt outstanding under the Credit Agreement of $96.4 million as of December 31, 2025. No principal payments are due in 2026 as a result of the December 2022 prepayments. Interest payable of $9.2 million is due in 2026, assuming the variable interest rate as of December 31, 2025. For more information on the timing and amount of our future principal and interest payments, please refer to “Note 8. Long-Term Debt” included in the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.
Lease obligations
We have leases for campus facilities and office space. As of December 31, 2025, we had lease payment obligations of $87.3 million, with $15.1 million payable in 2026. For more information on the timing and amount of our future lease obligations, please refer to “Note 7. Leases” included in the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report.
Other purchase obligations
As of December 31, 2025, we had other purchase obligations of $12.8 million, with $5.1 million payable in 2026. In July 2024, RU entered into a contract with a third-party to provide nursing program curriculum upgrades and course materials, and testing services to nursing students, replacing an existing third-party provider. Total annual expense under this contract is estimated to be between approximately $8.0 million and $9.0 million annually through December 31, 2027, based on enrollment.
Impact of Inflation
Recently, the U.S. economy experienced the highest rates of inflation since the 1980s. Historically, we have not experienced significant inflation risk in our business arising from fluctuations in market prices; however, our ability to raise our tuition and fees depends on market conditions. APUS and RU increased certain tuition and fees in 2024, RU and HCN increased certain tuition in 2025, and APUS and RU increased tuition in the first quarter of 2026, in order to offset increased faculty costs and other costs, but there may be periods during which we are unable to fully recover increases in our costs.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are subject to the impact of interest rate changes and may be subject to changes in the market value of future investments. We invest our excess cash in bank deposit accounts, money market funds invested in federal securities and short-term U.S. Treasury bills with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.
Market Risk
We had no material derivative financial instruments or derivative commodity instruments as of December 31, 2025. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts, money market funds, and short-term U.S. Treasury bills. The bank deposits exceed federally insured limits. We have historically not experienced any losses in such accounts. We believe we are not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.
Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio, the low yield on the portfolio, and the low risk profile of our investments, a 10% increase or decrease in interest rates would not have a material impact on the fair value of our portfolio.
Interest Rate Risk
We are subject to risk from changes in interest rates primarily relating to our investment of funds in short-term U.S. Treasury bills issued at a discount to their par value. Our future investment income will vary due to changes in interest rates.
In the normal course of business, we employ established policies and procedures to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. For every 100 basis points increase in Term SOFR, we would incur an incremental $964,000 in interest expense per year, excluding any impact offset from the interest rate cap agreement. To reduce our exposure to market risks from increases in interest rates on our variable rate indebtedness we entered into a hedging arrangement in the form of an interest rate cap agreement. The interest rate cap agreement, as further discussed in “Note 8. Long-Term Debt” included in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report, provided us with interest rate protection in the event that the one-month Term SOFR rate increases above 1.78% and expired on December 31, 2024. In January 2025, we entered into a new interest rate cap agreement, with a notional value of $50.0 million, which will expire in June 2026. This new interest rate cap agreement provides us with interest rate protection in the event that the Term SOFR rate exceeds 5.00%.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
American Public Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Page |
| |
|
| American Public Education, Inc. and Subsidiaries: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of American Public Education, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of American Public Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and the schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(c) (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 12, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets — Rasmussen University Reporting Unit — Refer to Notes 2 and 6 to the financial statements.
Critical Audit Matter Description
In connection with the Company’s September 1, 2021, acquisition of Rasmussen University (“RU”), the Company recorded $217.4 million of goodwill, representing the excess of the purchase price over the amount assigned to new assets acquired, and indefinite-lived intangible assets with an initial fair value of $51.0 million. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $131.4 million and $15.5 million, reducing the carrying values of the RU goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to $86.0 million and $35.5 million, respectively. During December 31, 2023, the Company recorded non-cash impairment charges of $53 million and $11 million, reducing the carrying values of RU goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets to $33.0 million and $24.5 million, respectively.
The Company annually assesses goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the estimated fair value may no longer exceed its carrying value. Such factors considered in the Company’s assessment include, but are not limited to, enrollment trends, financial performance, macroeconomic conditions, regulatory environment, as well as industry and market considerations. When a quantitative impairment test is performed, if the fair value of the reporting unit or indefinite-lived intangible assets is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recorded for the excess of the carrying value over the fair value.
During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company completed their annual assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for the RU reporting unit. The annual assessment concluded that the fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles for RU exceeded their carrying value, thereby resulting in no impairment loss.
Given the significant estimates and assumptions made by management to estimate the fair value of the RU reporting unit, including the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets, and the sensitivity of the estimated fair value to changes in those estimates and assumptions, performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management's estimates and assumptions utilized in its impairment assessment, particularly the prospective financial information, growth rates, terminal value, discount rates, comparable multiples from publicly traded companies in the higher education market, forecasts of future revenue, the EBITDA margin, and the selection of the royalty rate, required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve fair value specialists.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit
Our audit procedures included evaluating management's fair value estimate and significant assumptions, forecasts of future revenue, EBITDA margin, discount rate and royalty rate used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the reporting unit, (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Our audit procedures related to the revenue projections, EBITDA margin, discount rate and royalty rate included the following, among others:
•We tested the effectiveness of controls over management’s goodwill and indefinite-live intangible assets impairment evaluation, including those over the determination of the fair value of the RU reporting unit, such as controls related to management’s forecasts of future revenues, EBITDA margin, the selection of the discount rate and selection of the royalty rate.
•We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s revenue and EBITDA margin forecasts by comparing management’s forecasts to:
◦historical results;
◦prior forecasts;
◦internal communications to the Company’s management and the board of directors; and
◦forecasted information included in the Company’s press releases as well as in analyst and industry reports of the Company and companies in its peer group.
•We considered the impact of changes in the regulatory environment on management’s forecasts, as well as the Company’s historical enrollments and revenues.
•We evaluated the impact of changes in management’s forecasts from the previous annual impairment test date of October 31, 2024, and the annual impairment test date of October 31, 2025.
•With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the valuation methodology, discount rate, long term growth rate, comparable multiples from publicly traded companies in the higher education market and royalty rates used by testing the underlying source information, the mathematical accuracy of the calculations, and developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the discount rate and royalty rate selected by management.
•We evaluated the work of management’s expert as audit evidence and assessed the level of knowledge, skill, and ability of the expert in the particular field.
•We compared the carrying value for the reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible assets to amounts recorded by the Company.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
McLean, Virginia
March 12, 2026
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018.
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
| |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| |
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) |
| Assets |
|
|
|
|
| Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (Note 2) |
|
$ |
158,941 |
|
|
$ |
176,499 |
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $19,280 in 2024 and $21,113 in 2025 |
|
62,465 |
|
|
65,662 |
|
| Prepaid expenses |
|
13,748 |
|
|
14,197 |
|
| Income tax receivable |
|
949 |
|
|
3,458 |
|
| Assets held for sale (Note 5) |
|
24,469 |
|
|
— |
|
| Total current assets |
|
260,572 |
|
|
259,816 |
|
| Property and equipment, net |
|
73,383 |
|
|
70,598 |
|
| Operating lease assets, net |
|
94,776 |
|
|
57,686 |
|
| Deferred income taxes |
|
47,311 |
|
|
39,176 |
|
| Intangible assets, net |
|
28,221 |
|
|
28,221 |
|
| Goodwill |
|
59,593 |
|
|
59,593 |
|
| Other assets, net |
|
6,247 |
|
|
6,328 |
|
| Total assets |
|
$ |
570,103 |
|
|
$ |
521,418 |
|
| Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity |
|
|
|
|
| Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
| Accounts payable |
|
$ |
7,847 |
|
|
$ |
4,822 |
|
| Accrued compensation and benefits |
|
20,546 |
|
|
22,463 |
|
| Accrued liabilities |
|
13,735 |
|
|
13,375 |
|
| Deferred revenue and student deposits |
|
23,474 |
|
|
23,016 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Lease liabilities, current |
|
13,553 |
|
|
11,374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Total current liabilities |
|
79,155 |
|
|
75,050 |
|
| Lease liabilities, long term |
|
93,645 |
|
|
56,921 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Long-term debt, net |
|
93,424 |
|
|
94,665 |
|
| Total liabilities |
|
266,224 |
|
|
226,636 |
|
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 13) |
|
|
|
|
| Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; authorized shares – 10,000,000; Series A Senior Preferred Stock, 400 shares issued or outstanding in 2024, respectively. ($117,439 liquidation preference per share, $46,976 in aggregate, for 2024, respectively) (Note 12) |
|
39,691 |
|
|
— |
|
Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized shares – 100,000,000; 17,712,575 issued and outstanding in 2024; 18,125,860 issued and outstanding in 2025 |
|
177 |
|
|
181 |
|
| Additional paid-in capital |
|
305,823 |
|
|
311,119 |
|
| Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
(7) |
|
|
(18) |
|
| Accumulated deficit |
|
(41,805) |
|
|
(16,500) |
|
| Total stockholders’ equity |
|
303,879 |
|
|
294,782 |
|
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity |
|
$ |
570,103 |
|
|
$ |
521,418 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| |
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts) |
| Revenue |
|
$ |
600,545 |
|
|
$ |
624,559 |
|
|
$ |
648,862 |
|
| Costs and expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Instructional costs and services |
|
292,862 |
|
|
295,703 |
|
|
297,020 |
|
| Selling and promotional |
|
132,955 |
|
|
128,810 |
|
|
137,252 |
|
| General and administrative |
|
128,239 |
|
|
141,961 |
|
|
144,582 |
|
| Depreciation and amortization |
|
27,816 |
|
|
19,303 |
|
|
16,148 |
|
| Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets |
|
64,000 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
| Loss on sale of subsidiary (Note 2) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,877 |
|
| Loss on assets held for sale (Note 5) |
|
2,425 |
|
|
1,618 |
|
|
1,527 |
|
| Loss on leases (Note 7) |
|
— |
|
|
3,715 |
|
|
77 |
|
| Loss on disposals of long-lived assets |
|
554 |
|
|
383 |
|
|
444 |
|
| Total costs and expenses |
|
648,851 |
|
|
591,493 |
|
|
600,927 |
|
| (Loss) income from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
(48,306) |
|
|
33,066 |
|
|
47,935 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Interest expense, net |
|
(4,459) |
|
|
(2,127) |
|
|
(4,230) |
|
| (Loss) income from operations before income taxes |
|
(52,765) |
|
|
30,939 |
|
|
43,705 |
|
| Income tax (benefit) expense |
|
(10,715) |
|
|
10,419 |
|
|
12,148 |
|
| Equity investment loss |
|
(5,236) |
|
|
(4,407) |
|
|
— |
|
| Net (loss) income |
|
(47,286) |
|
|
16,113 |
|
|
31,557 |
|
| Preferred stock dividends |
|
6,008 |
|
|
6,056 |
|
|
2,751 |
|
| Loss on redemption of preferred stock |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,501 |
|
| Net (loss) income available to common stockholders |
|
$ |
(53,294) |
|
|
$ |
10,057 |
|
|
$ |
25,305 |
|
| Net (loss) income per common share: |
|
|
| Basic |
|
$ |
(2.94) |
|
|
$ |
0.57 |
|
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
| Diluted |
|
$ |
(2.93) |
|
|
$ |
0.55 |
|
|
$ |
1.36 |
|
| Weighted average number of shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Basic |
|
18,112 |
|
|
17,625 |
|
|
18,011 |
|
| Diluted |
|
18,193 |
|
|
18,149 |
|
|
18,660 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
| Net (loss) income |
$ |
(47,286) |
|
|
$ |
16,113 |
|
|
$ |
31,557 |
|
|
|
| Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Unrealized gain (loss) on hedging derivatives |
924 |
|
|
839 |
|
|
(24) |
|
|
|
| Tax effect |
(227) |
|
|
(207) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
| Unrealized gain (loss) on hedging derivatives, net of taxes |
697 |
|
|
632 |
|
|
(16) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Reclassifications of (gains) loss to net income |
(2,857) |
|
|
(3,031) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
| Tax effect |
702 |
|
|
748 |
|
|
(2) |
|
|
|
| Reclassifications of (gains) loss to net income, net of taxes |
(2,155) |
|
|
(2,283) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
| Total other comprehensive loss |
$ |
(1,458) |
|
|
$ |
(1,651) |
|
|
$ |
(11) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Comprehensive (loss) income |
$ |
(48,744) |
|
|
$ |
14,462 |
|
|
$ |
31,546 |
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| (In thousands, except shares) |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Paid-In Capital |
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) |
|
Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit) |
|
Total Stockholders’ Equity |
| |
Preferred Stock |
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|
| |
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2022 |
400 |
|
|
$ |
39,691 |
|
|
18,892,791 |
|
|
$ |
189 |
|
|
$ |
292,854 |
|
|
$ |
3,102 |
|
|
$ |
13,891 |
|
|
$ |
349,727 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Preferred Stock Dividends |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(6,008) |
|
|
(6,008) |
|
| Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
319,201 |
|
|
3 |
|
|
(3) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
| Deemed repurchased shares of common and restricted stock for tax withholding |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(91,855) |
|
|
(1) |
|
|
(1,030) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,031) |
|
| Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
7,740 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
7,740 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Repurchased and retired shares of common stock |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,515,766) |
|
|
(15) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(9,693) |
|
|
(9,708) |
|
| Other comprehensive loss |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,458) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,458) |
|
| Net loss |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(47,286) |
|
|
(47,286) |
|
Balance as of December 31, 2023 |
400 |
|
|
39,691 |
|
|
17,604,371 |
|
|
176 |
|
|
299,561 |
|
|
1,644 |
|
|
(49,096) |
|
|
291,976 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Preferred Stock Dividends |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(6,056) |
|
|
(6,056) |
|
| Exercise of stock options |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
5,796 |
|
|
— |
|
|
67 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
67 |
|
| Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
475,740 |
|
|
4 |
|
|
(4) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
| Deemed repurchased shares of common and restricted stock for tax withholding |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(122,186) |
|
|
(1) |
|
|
(1,469) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,470) |
|
| Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
7,668 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
7,668 |
|
| Repurchased and retired shares of common stock |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(251,146) |
|
|
(2) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,766) |
|
|
(2,768) |
|
| Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,651) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,651) |
|
| Net income |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
16,113 |
|
|
16,113 |
|
Balance as of December 31, 2024 |
400 |
|
|
39,691 |
|
|
17,712,575 |
|
|
177 |
|
|
305,823 |
|
|
(7) |
|
|
(41,805) |
|
|
303,879 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Preferred Stock Dividends |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,751) |
|
|
(2,751) |
|
| Redemption of preferred stock |
(400) |
|
|
(39,691) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(39,691) |
|
| Loss on redemption of preferred stock |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(3,501) |
|
|
(3,501) |
|
| Exercise of stock options |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
68,813 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,210 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,210 |
|
| Issuance of common stock under employee benefit plans |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
525,859 |
|
|
5 |
|
|
(5) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
| Deemed repurchased shares of common and restricted stock for tax withholding |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(181,387) |
|
|
(1) |
|
|
(4,261) |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(4,262) |
|
| Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
8,352 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
8,352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(11) |
|
|
— |
|
|
(11) |
|
| Net income |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
31,557 |
|
|
31,557 |
|
Balance as of December 31, 2025 |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
18,125,860 |
|
|
$ |
181 |
|
|
$ |
311,119 |
|
|
$ |
(18) |
|
|
$ |
(16,500) |
|
|
$ |
294,782 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| Operating activities |
|
(In thousands) |
| Net (loss) income |
|
$ |
(47,286) |
|
|
$ |
16,113 |
|
|
$ |
31,557 |
|
| Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Depreciation and amortization |
|
27,816 |
|
|
19,303 |
|
|
16,148 |
|
| Amortization and write-off of debt issuance costs |
|
1,631 |
|
|
1,480 |
|
|
1,341 |
|
| Stock-based compensation |
|
7,740 |
|
|
7,668 |
|
|
8,352 |
|
| Equity investment loss |
|
5,236 |
|
|
4,407 |
|
|
— |
|
| Deferred income taxes |
|
(16,005) |
|
|
4,049 |
|
|
8,135 |
|
| Loss on assets held for sale |
|
2,425 |
|
|
1,618 |
|
|
1,527 |
|
| Loss on disposal of long-lived assets |
|
554 |
|
|
383 |
|
|
444 |
|
| Loss on sale of subsidiary |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,550 |
|
| Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets |
|
64,000 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debt |
|
(8,620) |
|
|
(11,492) |
|
|
(5,324) |
|
| Prepaid expenses |
|
(1,623) |
|
|
(716) |
|
|
(761) |
|
| Income tax receivable/payable |
|
2,397 |
|
|
(475) |
|
|
(2,509) |
|
| Operating lease assets, net |
|
3,193 |
|
|
2,723 |
|
|
19 |
|
| Other assets |
|
(259) |
|
|
(1,111) |
|
|
(1,167) |
|
| Accounts payable |
|
4,855 |
|
|
(816) |
|
|
(1,852) |
|
| Accrued compensation and benefits |
|
1,701 |
|
|
3,835 |
|
|
1,926 |
|
| Accrued liabilities |
|
(2,311) |
|
|
2,259 |
|
|
(275) |
|
| Deferred revenue and student deposits |
|
70 |
|
|
(356) |
|
|
1,854 |
|
| Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
45,514 |
|
|
48,872 |
|
|
61,965 |
|
| Investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Cash outlay from sale of subsidiary |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,294) |
|
| Capital expenditures |
|
(13,895) |
|
|
(21,082) |
|
|
(15,864) |
|
| Proceeds from the sale of real property |
|
123 |
|
|
— |
|
|
22,959 |
|
| Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
|
(13,772) |
|
|
(21,082) |
|
|
4,801 |
|
| Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Cash paid for repurchase of common/restricted stock |
|
(10,739) |
|
|
(4,238) |
|
|
(4,262) |
|
| Preferred stock dividends paid |
|
(6,005) |
|
|
(6,056) |
|
|
(2,751) |
|
| Cash received from exercise of stock options |
|
— |
|
|
67 |
|
|
1,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Cash paid for redemption of preferred stock |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(43,192) |
|
| Cash paid for principal on borrowings and finance leases |
|
(114) |
|
|
(2,964) |
|
|
(213) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Net cash used in financing activities |
|
(16,858) |
|
|
(13,191) |
|
|
(49,208) |
|
| Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash |
|
14,884 |
|
|
14,599 |
|
|
17,558 |
|
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period |
|
129,458 |
|
|
144,342 |
|
|
158,941 |
|
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period |
|
$ |
144,342 |
|
|
$ |
158,941 |
|
|
$ |
176,499 |
|
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Interest paid |
|
$ |
10,603 |
|
|
$ |
10,725 |
|
|
$ |
9,644 |
|
| Income taxes paid |
|
$ |
2,417 |
|
|
$ |
6,304 |
|
|
$ |
6,516 |
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Nature of the Business
American Public Education, Inc., or APEI, which together with its subsidiaries is referred to as the “Company,” is a provider of online and campus-based postsecondary education to students through the following subsidiary institutions:
•American Public University System, Inc., or APUS, provides online postsecondary education directed primarily at the needs of the military, veterans, extended military families, and other public service and service-minded communities, through American Military University, or AMU, and American Public University, or APU. APUS is institutionally accredited by the Higher Learning Commission, or HLC.
•Rasmussen College, LLC, which is referred to herein as Rasmussen University, or RU, a nursing- and health sciences-focused institution, provides postsecondary education to students at 18 campuses in five states, and online. RU is institutionally accredited by HLC.
•National Education Seminars, Inc., which is referred to herein as Hondros College of Nursing, or HCN, provides nursing education to students enrolled at eight campuses in three states. HCN is institutionally accredited by the Accrediting Bureau for Health Education Schools, or ABHES.
•American Public Training LLC, which is referred to herein as Graduate School USA, or GSUSA, provides career learning and leadership training in-person and online to the federal workforce. On July 25, 2025, or the GSUSA Sale Date, APEI completed the sale of its membership interest in GSUSA; therefore, the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2025, no longer includes the accounts of GSUSA. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements include the operations of GSUSA through the GSUSA Sale Date in Corporate and Other. Please refer to “Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies” for more information on APEI’s sale of its membership interest in GSUSA.
The Company’s subsidiary institutions are licensed or otherwise authorized by state authorities to offer education programs to the extent the institutions believe such licenses or authorizations are required, and APUS, RU, and HCN are certified by the U.S. Department of Education, or ED, to participate in student financial aid programs authorized under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or Title IV programs.
The Company’s operations for the periods covered by this Annual Report are organized into the following three reportable segments:
•American Public University System Segment, or APUS Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of APUS.
•Rasmussen University Segment, or RU Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of RU.
•Hondros College of Nursing Segment, or HCN Segment. This segment reflects the operational activities of HCN.
Adjustments to reconcile segment results to the Consolidated Financial Statements are included in Corporate and Other. These adjustments include unallocated corporate activity and eliminations, and, prior to the GSUSA Sale Date, the operational activities of GSUSA. Prior to the GSUSA Sale Date, GSUSA operated as a stand-alone subsidiary of APEI but did not meet the quantitative thresholds to qualify as a reportable segment and did not have other requisite characteristics as a reportable segment. Therefore, GSUSA’s results prior to the GSUSA Sale Date were combined with and presented within Corporate and Other.
Please refer to “Note 15. Segment Information” for more information on the Company’s reporting segments.
Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies
A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies follows:
Basis of presentation and accounting. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP.
Business combinations. The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations, or FASB ASC 805, which requires the acquisition method to be used for all business combinations.
Under ASC 805, the assets and liabilities of an acquired company are reported at business fair value along with the fair value of acquired intangible assets at the date of acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the amount assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and the fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets.
Business Divestitures. The Company accounts for business divestitures in accordance with FASB ASC 810, Consolidation. On the GSUSA Sale Date, APEI completed the sale of its membership interest in its wholly owned subsidiary, GSUSA, for $0.5 million, subject to customary adjustments, including for net working capital and cash, and recorded a $3.9 million loss on sale of subsidiary. Subsequent to the GSUSA Sale Date, APEI has no continuing involvement in GSUSA. The sale of its membership interest in GSUSA is not considered a significant shift in the strategic focus of APEI, nor is it considered material to APEI’s operations, cash flows, and financial position, and therefore the sale of GSUSA is not accounted for as a discontinued operation.
Principles of consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of APEI and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of estimates. In preparing financial statements in conformity with GAAP, the Company is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company evaluates these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and bases its estimates on experience, current and expected future conditions and various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences may be material to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Cash and cash equivalents. The Company considers all short-term highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of demand deposits with financial institutions, money market funds, and U.S. Treasury bills. Cash and cash equivalents are Level 1 assets in the fair value reporting hierarchy.
Restricted cash. Restricted cash includes funds held for students for unbilled educational services that were received from Title IV programs. As a trustee of these Title IV program funds, the Company is required to maintain and restrict these funds pursuant to the terms of the program participation agreement with ED. As of December 31, 2024, restricted cash included a $25.4 million restricted certificate of deposit to secure a letter of credit for the benefit of ED on behalf of RU in connection with RU’s 2020 composite score, which was used by ED for determining compliance with financial responsibility standards, being below the minimum required. In May 2025, the letter of credit was released by ED, and the cash was thereafter no longer restricted. Restricted cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2024 and 2025, excluding the restricted certificate of deposit at December 31, 2024, was $1.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively. Total restricted cash as of December 31, 2024, and 2025, was $27.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively.
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash as of December 31, 2024, and 2025, were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
December 31, 2025 |
| Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash |
$ |
158,941 |
|
|
$ |
176,499 |
|
| Less: restricted cash |
(27,015) |
|
|
(2,404) |
|
| Total unrestricted cash |
$ |
131,926 |
|
|
$ |
174,095 |
|
Accounts receivable. The Company accounts for receivables in accordance with FASB ASC 310, Receivables. Tuition is recorded as accounts receivable and deferred revenue at the time students begin a course or term. Students may remit tuition payments upon enrollment in a course or term, or they may elect various other payment options with payment terms extending beyond the start of the course or term. These other payment options include ED Title IV programs, U.S. Department of Defense, or DoD, tuition assistance, or TA, programs, U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, or VA, education benefits programs, payments by sponsors, or alternative loans, that remit payments directly to the subsidiary institution. HCN also offers extended payment plan options.
When a student or third-party remits payment after a course or term has begun, accounts receivable is reduced. If payment is made prior to the start of a course or term, the payment is recorded as a student deposit, and the student is provided access to the course when courses start, in the case of APUS, or allowed to start the term, in the case of RU and HCN. If a payment option is confirmed, the student is allowed to start the course or term.
Generally, if no receipt is confirmed or payment option secured, the student will be dropped from the course or not allowed to start the term. Therefore, billed accounts receivable represents charges that have been prepared and sent to students or the applicable third-party payor according to the terms agreed upon in advance.
TA is billed by branch of service on a course-by-course basis when a student starts a course, whereas Title IV programs are billed based on the courses included in a student’s term. Effective January 1, 2024, APUS revised its billing policy for students utilizing TA, which previously ranged from two weeks to five weeks after course start date to nine weeks after the course start date. Billed accounts receivable are considered past due if the invoice has been outstanding for more than 30 days.
Allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on management’s evaluation of the status of existing accounts receivable. Among other factors, management considers the age of the receivable, the anticipated source of payment, and historical allowance considerations. Consideration is also given to any specific known risk areas among the existing accounts receivable balances. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded when received. APUS and RU do not charge interest on past due accounts receivable. HCN charges interest on payment plans when a student leaves the payment plan program upon graduation or exits the program. Interest charged by HCN on payment plans was not material for the periods presented.
Assets held for sale. Assets held for sale at December 31, 2024, represented excess real property located in Charles Town, West Virginia for the Company’s APUS Segment. Long-lived assets are classified as held for sale when the assets are expected to be sold within the next 12 months and meet the other relevant held for sale criteria. As such, properties are recorded at the lower of the carrying value or fair value, less costs to sell, until such time the asset is sold. For additional details regarding assets held for sale, please refer to “Note 5. Assets Held For Sale” in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Property and equipment. All property and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation and amortization are calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvement depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset or the term of the lease. For tax purposes, different methods are used. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, while other costs are capitalized if they extend the useful life of the asset.
The Company capitalizes certain costs for software development in accordance with FASB ASC 350-40, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use, and these costs are classified as property and equipment in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of five years. The Company also capitalizes certain costs for academic program development, and these costs are amortized over an estimated life not to exceed three years.
Leases. The Company accounts for lease arrangements in accordance with FASB ASC 842, Leases. The Company determines if there is a lease at inception. The Company analyzes each lease arrangement to determine whether it should be classified as an operating lease or a finance lease. Lease assets are right-of-use assets, or ROU assets, which represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When the lease does not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on information available at lease commencement to determine the present value of the lease payments. The ROU asset includes all lease payments and excludes lease incentives.
Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. The Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The Company has elected to combine lease and non-lease components as a single component when calculating the ROU asset and lease liability.
Goodwill and intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of an acquired business over the amount assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, and the fair value of acquired intangible assets at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized. The Company accounts for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other, and Accounting Standards Update, or ASU 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The Company’s goodwill and intangible assets are deductible for tax purposes.
The Company annually assesses goodwill for impairment, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Goodwill impairment testing consists of an optional qualitative assessment as well as a quantitative test.
The quantitative test compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than zero and its fair value is greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the carrying value is greater than the fair value, the difference between the two values is recorded as an impairment.
Indefinite-lived and finite-lived intangible assets acquired in business combinations are recorded at fair value on the acquisition date. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset.
The Company reviews its indefinite-lived and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If such assets are not recoverable, a potential impairment loss is recognized to the extent the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.
For additional details regarding goodwill and intangible assets, please refer to “Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets” in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Valuation of long-lived assets. The Company accounts for the valuation of long-lived assets under FASB ASC 360, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. ASC 360 requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.
If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell.
Investments. Prior to December 31, 2024, the Company accounted for its investments in less than majority owned companies in accordance with FASB ASC 323, Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures and FASB ASC 321, Investments - Equity Securities. The Company applies ASC 323 to investments when it has the ability to exercise significant influence but does not control the operating and financial policies of the company. This is generally represented by equity ownership of at least 20 percent but not more than 50 percent. Investments accounted for under the equity method are initially recorded at cost and subsequently adjusted by the Company’s share of equity in income or losses after the date of acquisition. The pro-rata share of the operating results of the investee is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as equity investment income or loss. Investments that do not meet the equity method requirements are accounted for using the cost method under ASC 321 with changes in the fair value of the investment reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as equity investment income or loss.
During the third quarter of 2023, the Company evaluated its equity investments for indicators of impairment and concluded the fair value of a cost method investment was less than its carrying amount and recorded an investment loss of $5.2 million in the same period, on a 2012 cost method investment. This investment loss was due to the investee entering into an agreement to be sold which resulted in no sales proceeds to the Company, and the loss reduced the book value of the cost method investment to zero.
During the first quarter of 2024, the Company evaluated its equity investments for indicators of impairment and concluded the fair value of a cost method investment was less than its carrying amount and recorded an investment loss of $3.3 million in the same period, on a 2015 cost method investment. This investment loss was due to the investee entering into a new convertible debt agreement that resulted in the conversion of the Company’s preferred stock holdings in the investee into common shares, and the dilution of the Company’s ownership percentage. The investment loss recorded reduced the book value of the cost method investment to zero.
During the second quarter of 2024, the Company sold its remaining equity method investment back to the investee, as it was no longer considered a strategic investment and recorded an investment loss of $1.1 million in the same period, on a 2013 equity method investment. The investment loss recorded reduced the book value of the equity method investment to zero.
These investment losses are included in equity investment loss on the Consolidated Statements of Income. There were no indicators of impairment during the year ended December 31, 2023.
Prior to December 31, 2024, the Company’s equity method and cost method investments were included in Other assets, net on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2024, and 2025, the Company no longer has any investments accounted for under ASC 323 and ASC 321.
Derivatives and hedging. Derivative financial instruments are recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as assets or liabilities and re-measured at fair value at each reporting date. For derivatives designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period during which the hedged transaction affects earnings.
Deferred revenue and student deposits. Deferred revenue and student deposits at December 31, 2024, and 2025, was $23.5 million and $23.0 million, respectively. Deferred revenue includes payments that have been received from students for courses or terms that are in process, and student deposits represent cash received from students prior to the commencement of a course or term and are refundable to the student in the event the student withdrawals before the start of the course or term.
Series A Senior Preferred Stock. Prior to the redemption of all 400 outstanding shares of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock in June 2025, the Company accounted for preferred equity in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, and classified its Series A Senior Preferred Stock as permanent equity on the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Series A Senior Preferred Stock was recorded net of issuance costs. Dividends on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock are presented in preferred stock dividends on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Series A Senior Preferred Stock was a cumulative, perpetual, redeemable instrument. Dividends accrued as contractually obligated and were paid upon approval by the Company’s Board of Directors. Please refer to “Note 12. Preferred Stock” in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Revenue recognition. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with accounting standard, FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when evidence of a contract exists, delivery has occurred or as instructional services are delivered, the price is determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from fees is recognized as information or services are delivered to students, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. For additional information regarding revenue recognition, please refer to “Note 3. Revenue” in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Advertising costs. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred during the year. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025 were $82.6 million, $78.6 million, and $84.4 million, respectively, and are included in selling and promotional expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
Income taxes. Deferred taxes are determined using the liability method, whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax basis. As these differences reverse, they will enter into the determination of future taxable income. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment of such changes.
Under FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, the Company is required to determine whether uncertain tax positions should be recognized within the Company’s financial statements. The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. Uncertain tax positions are recognized when a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is determined more likely than not to not be sustained upon examination. Upon determination, uncertain tax positions are recorded in the amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. An uncertain tax position is reversed if it no longer meets the more likely than not threshold of being sustained.
Stock-based compensation. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC 718, Stock Compensation, which requires companies to expense share-based compensation based on fair value, and ASU 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. Stock-based payments may include incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights, performance shares, performance units, cash-based awards, other stock-based awards, including unrestricted shares, or any combination of the foregoing.
Stock-based compensation cost is recognized as expense generally over a three-year vesting period using the straight-line method for employees and the graded-vesting method for members of the Company’s Board of Directors. It is measured using the Company’s closing stock price on the date of the grant. An accelerated one-year period is used to recognize stock-based compensation cost for employees who have reached certain service and retirement eligibility criteria on the date of grant. The fair value of each option award is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model that uses certain assumptions.
The Company makes assumptions with respect to expected stock price volatility based on the average historical volatility of the Company’s common stock. In addition, the Company determines the risk-free interest rate by selecting the U.S. Treasury constant maturity for the same maturity as the estimated life of the option quoted on an investment basis in effect at the time of grant for that business day.
Judgment is required in estimating the percentage of share-based awards that are expected to vest, and in the case of performance stock units, or PSUs, the level of performance that will be achieved and the number of shares that will be earned. The Company estimates forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revises such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from original estimates. The forfeiture assumption is ultimately adjusted to the actual forfeiture rate. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense could be higher or lower and have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Estimates of fair value are subjective and are not intended to predict actual future events, and subsequent events are not indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made under ASC 718. For additional information regarding stock-based compensation, please refer to “Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity” in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
Net (loss) income per common share. Net (loss) income per common share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net (loss) income available to common stockholders is net (loss) income adjusted for preferred stock dividends declared. Diluted (loss) income per common share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, increased by the shares used in the per share calculation by the dilutive effects of restricted stock and option awards.
Fair value of financial instruments. The Company measures certain financial assets at fair value for disclosure purposes, as well as on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be other-than-temporary impairments.
Fair value represents the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that is determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value are measured and classified in accordance with a three-tier fair value hierarchy based on the observability of the inputs available in the market used to measure fair value:
Level 1 - inputs to the valuation techniques that are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 - inputs to the valuation techniques that are other than quoted prices but are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly; or
Level 3 - inputs to the valuation techniques that are unobservable for the assets or liabilities.
The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
The Company’s cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities are all short-term in nature. As such, their carrying amounts approximate fair value and fall within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The valuation of the interest rate cap was measured as the present value of all expected future cash flows based on the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or Term SOFR. The present value calculation uses discount rates that have been adjusted to reflect the credit quality of the Company and its counterparty. As such, the Company’s interest rate cap falls within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value as it is based on a variable rate index.
Concentration of credit risk. The Company maintains its cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash in bank deposit accounts with various financial institutions. Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash balances may exceed the FDIC insurance limit. The Company has historically not experienced any losses in such accounts.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements. The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs issued by the FASB. ASUs issued but not listed were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or expected to have minimal impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position and/or results of operations.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires, among other things, the following for public business entities: (i) enhanced disclosures of specific categories of reconciling items included in the rate reconciliation, as well as additional information for any of these items meeting certain qualitative and quantitative thresholds; (ii) disclosure of the nature, effect and underlying causes of each individual reconciling item disclosed in the rate reconciliation and the judgment used in categorizing them if not otherwise evident; and (iii) enhanced disclosures for income taxes paid, which includes federal, state, and foreign taxes, as well as for individual jurisdictions over a certain quantitative threshold. The Company adopted this standard effective for the year ended December 31, 2025, using the retrospective approach. The Company’s adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement – Reporting Comprehensive Income – Expense Disaggregation Disclosures, which requires disaggregated disclosure of certain costs and expenses, including purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, amortization, and depletion, within relevant income statement captions. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating this ASU to determine the impact of adoption on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
Note 3. Revenue
The following is a description of principal activities from which the Company generates its revenue.
Instructional services. Instructional services revenue includes tuition and technology and laboratory fees, and prior to the GSUSA Sale Date, contract training. The Company generally recognizes revenue ratably as instructional services are provided over the course or term, which is, for APUS, either an eight- or sixteen-week course and for RU and HCN, a quarterly term, and for GSUSA, the length of the training program. Tuition is charged by course or term, technology fees are charged to APUS students on a per course basis, and technology and laboratory fees are charged to RU and HCN students on a per term basis, when applicable. Generally, instructional services are billed when a course or term begins and paid within thirty days of the bill date. In September 2023, APUS removed the technology fee for undergraduate students.
Graduation fees. APUS graduation fee revenue represents a one-time, non-refundable, fee per degree, charged to students upon submission of a program graduation application. In April 2023, the fee was increased from $100 to $150. The graduation fee was increased to $250 in October 2024, and increased again to $350 in February 2026 for bachelor’s and master’s degrees. This fee covers administrative costs associated with completing a review of the student’s academic and financial standing prior to graduation. The Company recognizes revenue once graduation review services are completed. Generally, graduation fees are billed and paid when the student submits the graduation application.
Textbook and other course material fees. Textbook and other course materials fees represent revenue and fees related to the sale of textbooks and other course materials to RU and HCN students. Revenue is recognized at the beginning of the term when the textbooks and other course materials fees are billed. Payment is generally received within thirty days of the bill date. Sales tax collected on the sale of textbooks and other course materials is excluded from revenue.
Other fees. Other fees revenue represents one-time, non-refundable fees such as application, enrollment, transcript, and other miscellaneous fees. Generally, other fees revenue is recognized when the fee is charged to the student, which coincides with the completion of the specific performance obligation to the student.
APUS provides a Preferred Military Rate of $250 per credit hour for undergraduate and master’s level courses for all U.S. active-duty service members, National Guard members, Reservists, and military families. Active-duty military students using TA at the undergraduate level are expected to generally have no out-of-pocket expenses. In addition, APUS also provides an APUS-funded 10% grant for veterans and veteran’s family members, or Veteran Grant, on standard undergraduate, a 15% Veteran Grant on master’s level courses, and a 10% Opportunity Grant for undergraduate and master’s level courses.
RU also provides an RU-funded tuition grant to support students who are U.S. active-duty military, National Guard, Reserve, retired military and veterans enrolling in a degree, diploma or certificate program. RU also extends the grant to eligible spouses and dependents of active-duty military, retired military, and veterans.
HCN provides HCN-funded performance-based grants and offers an HCN-funded institutional affordability grant to students demonstrating financial need to cover the difference between the total cost of tuition and fees less the amount of all eligible financial aid resources. The institutional affordability grant is designed to limit a student’s monthly payment to $200 through an award of up to $200 per month, or $600 per term after consideration of financial aid, employer tuition reimbursement, and other financial resources.
APUS, RU, and HCN tuition grants and scholarships of $80.7 million, $29.9 million, and $36.5 million were provided for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, respectively, and are included as a reduction to revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.
Disaggregation of Revenue
In the following table, revenue, shown net of grants and scholarships, is disaggregated by type of service provided. The table also includes a reconciliation of the disaggregated revenue within the reportable segments (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
|
APUS |
|
RU |
|
HCN |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Consolidated |
| Instructional services, net of grants and scholarships |
$ |
300,794 |
|
|
$ |
179,699 |
|
|
$ |
47,998 |
|
|
$ |
26,220 |
|
|
$ |
554,711 |
|
| Graduation fees |
1,764 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,764 |
|
| Textbook and other course materials |
— |
|
|
32,008 |
|
|
8,255 |
|
|
— |
|
|
40,263 |
|
| Other fees |
745 |
|
|
2,379 |
|
|
683 |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,807 |
|
| Total Revenue |
$ |
303,303 |
|
|
$ |
214,086 |
|
|
$ |
56,936 |
|
|
$ |
26,220 |
|
|
$ |
600,545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2024 |
|
APUS |
|
RU |
|
HCN |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Consolidated |
| Instructional services, net of grants and scholarships |
$ |
313,924 |
|
|
$ |
181,975 |
|
|
$ |
55,830 |
|
|
$ |
23,958 |
|
|
$ |
575,687 |
|
| Graduation fees |
2,454 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,454 |
|
| Textbook and other course materials |
— |
|
|
32,041 |
|
|
10,187 |
|
|
— |
|
|
42,228 |
|
| Other fees |
671 |
|
|
2,246 |
|
|
1,273 |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,190 |
|
| Total Revenue |
$ |
317,049 |
|
|
$ |
216,262 |
|
|
$ |
67,290 |
|
|
$ |
23,958 |
|
|
$ |
624,559 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, 2025 |
|
APUS |
|
RU |
|
HCN |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Consolidated |
| Instructional services, net of grants and scholarships |
$ |
314,776 |
|
|
$ |
207,236 |
|
|
$ |
62,004 |
|
|
$ |
7,806 |
|
|
$ |
591,822 |
|
| Graduation fees |
3,882 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,882 |
|
| Textbook and other course materials |
— |
|
|
35,955 |
|
|
11,712 |
|
|
— |
|
|
47,667 |
|
| Other fees |
1,184 |
|
|
3,040 |
|
|
1,267 |
|
|
— |
|
|
5,491 |
|
| Total Revenue |
$ |
319,842 |
|
|
$ |
246,231 |
|
|
$ |
74,983 |
|
|
$ |
7,806 |
|
|
$ |
648,862 |
|
Corporate and Other includes tuition and contract training revenue earned by GSUSA through the GSUSA Sale date and the elimination of intersegment revenue for courses taken by employees of one segment at other segments.
Contract Balances and Performance Obligations
The Company has no contract assets or deferred contract costs as of December 31, 2024, and 2025.
The Company recognizes a contract liability, or deferred revenue, when a student begins a course, in the case of APUS and GSUSA, or starts a term, in the case of RU and HCN. Deferred revenue at December 31, 2024, was $23.5 million and includes $14.1 million in future revenue that has not yet been earned for courses and terms that are in progress, as well as $9.4 million in consideration received in advance for future courses or terms, or student deposits, and represents the Company’s performance obligation to transfer future instructional services to students. Deferred revenue at December 31, 2025, was $23.0 million and includes $15.0 million in future revenue that has not yet been earned for courses and terms that are in progress as well as $8.0 million in student deposits.
The Company has elected, as a practical expedient, not to disclose additional information about unsatisfied performance obligations for contracts with students that have an expected duration of one year or less.
When the Company begins providing the performance obligations, a contract receivable is created, resulting in accounts receivable on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company uses the portfolio approach, a practical expedient, to evaluate if a contract exists and to assess collectability at the time of contract inception based on historical experience. Contracts are subsequently reviewed for collectability if significant events or circumstances indicate a change.
Refund Policies
The Company provides a stated period of time during which students may withdraw from a course for APUS, or a term for RU and HCN, without further financial obligation resulting in a refund liability. If a student withdraws during the academic term, the Company calculates the portion of tuition that is non-refundable based on the tuition refund policy and the applicable state laws and recognizes it as revenue in the period the withdrawal occurs. For GSUSA, a refund was provided only if the student canceled before the start of a course.
Refund Liability
The Company uses the portfolio approach and applies the expected value method to determine if a refund liability exists. This requires management judgment and the use of estimates and historical data to assess the likelihood and magnitude of a revenue reversal due to a refund liability. Due to the short duration of the courses, and the refund policy described above, any uncertainty regarding a student’s withdrawal is resolved in a short time period. Based on measurement and analysis, the Company determined that a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized is not expected. The Company includes this estimate in the transaction price. The refund liabilities for APUS, which are included in deferred revenue, are not material for all periods presented. APUS updates the measurement of the refund liability at the end of each reporting period for changes in expectations, and if the reversal becomes significant, recognizes corresponding adjustments to revenue.
Because RU and HCN’s terms coincide with the Company’s fiscal quarter periods, there are no refund liabilities as of December 31, 2024, and 2025, for RU or HCN.
Note 4. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
Useful Life |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| |
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
| Land |
|
— |
|
$ |
3,161 |
|
|
$ |
3,161 |
|
| Building and building improvements |
|
15 - 39 years |
|
16,715 |
|
|
16,715 |
|
| Leasehold improvements |
|
up to 20 years |
|
49,828 |
|
|
52,581 |
|
| Office equipment |
|
5 years |
|
1,879 |
|
|
1,500 |
|
| Computer equipment |
|
3 - 5 years |
|
25,265 |
|
|
21,595 |
|
| Furniture and fixtures |
|
5 - 7 years |
|
19,751 |
|
|
16,984 |
|
| Other capital assets |
|
5 years |
|
81 |
|
|
59 |
|
| Software development |
|
3 - 5 years |
|
74,173 |
|
|
69,468 |
|
| Program development |
|
3 years |
|
14,854 |
|
|
12,714 |
|
| |
|
|
|
205,707 |
|
|
194,777 |
|
| Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
(132,324) |
|
|
(124,179) |
|
| |
|
|
|
$ |
73,383 |
|
|
$ |
70,598 |
|
During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, the Company disposed of long-lived assets resulting in a loss of $0.6 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. The disposals and losses were primarily related to assets no longer in use. The losses on long-lived assets are included as loss on disposals of long-lived assets in these Consolidated Financial Statements.
During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, the Company recorded depreciation expense of $15.6 million, $16.0 million and $16.1 million, respectively.
Note 5. Assets Held For Sale
Assets held for sale at December 31, 2024 represent excess real properties located in Charles Town, West Virginia, for the Company’s APUS Segment. Assets are classified as held for sale when the assets are expected to be sold within the next 12 months and meet the other relevant held for sale criteria. As such, property is recorded at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less the estimated cost to sell until such time the asset is sold.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company estimated the fair value of a building and an undeveloped parcel of land designated as held for sale were $9.0 million, which, after reduction for the estimated cost to sell of approximately $0.4 million, resulted in a loss of $2.4 million. The loss is included in loss on assets held for sale in these Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2023.
In the fourth quarter of 2024, APUS entered into an agreement to sell a building previously in use for $16.6 million. As a result, the building was reclassified to held for sale as of December 31, 2024, at the contract amount less estimated costs to sell of $0.7 million, or $15.9 million, and recorded a loss of $1.6 million. The loss is included in loss on assets held for sale in these Consolidated Financials Statements for the year ended December 31, 2024. APUS completed the sale in June 2025 for net sales proceeds of $15.9 million.
In the fourth quarter of 2024, APUS entered into an agreement to sell the undeveloped parcel of land classified as held for sale in 2023, for $0.5 million which approximated its carrying value. APUS completed the sale in February 2025 for net sales proceeds of $0.5 million.
In the first quarter of 2025, APUS entered into an agreement to sell the building classified in assets held for sale in 2023, for $7.0 million, and recorded a loss of $1.5 million, based on the contract amount less estimated costs to sell of $0.4 million. The loss is included in loss on assets held for sale in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2025. APUS completed the sale in June 2025 for net sales proceeds of $6.6 million.
Total cash received from the sale of assets held for sale was $23.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Note 6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
In connection with the acquisitions of RU, HCN, and GSUSA, the Company applied FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting. The Company recorded $217.4 million and $38.6 million of goodwill in connection with the RU and HCN acquisitions, respectively, representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets. The Company subsequently recorded non-cash impairment charges in 2022 and 2023 for RU, and 2016 and 2019 for HCN, reducing the carrying value of RU and HCN goodwill to $33.0 million and $26.6 million, respectively. There was no goodwill recorded in connection with the acquisition of GSUSA.
The Company accounts for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets in accordance with FASB ASC 350, Intangibles Goodwill and Other, and ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. The Company annually assesses goodwill for impairment, or more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. Goodwill impairment testing consists of an optional qualitative assessment as well as a quantitative test. The quantitative test compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than zero and its fair value is greater than its carrying amount, there is no impairment. If the carrying value is greater than the fair value, the difference between the two values is recorded as an impairment.
During the second quarter of 2023, the Company concluded it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s RU Segment was less than its carrying amount resulting from RU’s underperformance when compared to 2023 internal targets, projected enrollment trends, the decline in financial performance projected for the remainder of 2023 as compared to prior projections, and the Company’s market value. Therefore, during the second quarter, the Company proceeded with an interim quantitative impairment test for the RU Segment. The implied fair value of RU Segment goodwill was calculated and compared to the recorded goodwill value. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $53.0 million, and the corresponding tax impact of $15.8 million, to reduce the carrying value of RU Segment goodwill to $33.0 million. The impairment charge is included as impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in these Consolidated Financial statements. The impairment charge eliminated the difference between the fair value and book value of RU Segment goodwill. During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company completed its annual assessment of RU Segment goodwill for impairment and determined that the fair value was greater than the carrying value and therefore there was no impairment of RU Segment goodwill as of the valuation date which was October 31.
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company completed its annual assessment of RU goodwill and concluded that RU’s fair value was more than the carrying value; consequently, there was no impairment. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, the Company completed its annual assessment of HCN goodwill and concluded that HCN’s fair value was more than the carrying value; consequently, there was no impairment.
The Company’s annual assessment during the fourth quarter of 2025 concluded that the fair value of RU and HCN exceeded their carrying values by approximately $92.9 million, or 64%, and $27.3 million, or 78%, respectively.
The Company engaged an independent valuation firm to assist with the valuations. The independent valuation firm weights the results of two different valuation methods to determine fair value: (i) discounted cash flow and (ii) guideline public company. Under the discounted cash flow method, fair value was determined by discounting the estimated future cash flows of RU and HCN at their estimated weighted-average cost of capital. Under the guideline public company method, pricing multiples from other public companies in the public higher education market were used to determine the fair value of RU and HCN. Values derived under the two valuation methods were then weighted to estimate RU and HCN’s enterprise values. The income and cost approaches were used, as applicable, to value the RU and HCN’s indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment during the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2025, are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
APUS Segment |
|
RU Segment |
|
HCN Segment |
|
Total Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
Goodwill as of December 31, 2023 |
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
33,030 |
|
|
$ |
26,563 |
|
|
$ |
59,593 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Impairment |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill as of December 31, 2024 |
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
33,030 |
|
|
$ |
26,563 |
|
|
$ |
59,593 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Impairment |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill as of December 31, 2025 |
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
33,030 |
|
|
$ |
26,563 |
|
|
$ |
59,593 |
|
Intangible Assets
In addition to goodwill, in connection with the acquisitions of RU and HCN, the Company recorded identified intangible assets with an indefinite useful life in the aggregate amount of $51.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively, which includes trade name, accreditation, licensing and Title IV, and affiliate agreements. The Company subsequently recorded non-cash impairment charges of $26.5 million in 2022 and 2023 to reduce the carrying value of RU indefinite-lived intangible assets to $24.5 million.
The Company recorded $35.5 million and $4.4 million of identified intangible assets with a definite useful life in connection with the acquisitions of RU and HCN, respectively. These identified intangible assets with a definite useful life were amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives, which were generally two to six years. All recorded identified intangible assets with a definite useful life were fully amortized as of December 31, 2024. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, the Company recorded amortization expense related to definite lived intangible assets of $12.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.
During the second quarter of 2023, the Company concluded it was more likely than not the fair value of the Company’s RU Segment intangible assets was less than its carrying amount resulting from RU’s underperformance when compared to 2023 internal targets, projected enrollment trends, the decline in financial performance projected for the remainder of 2023 as compared to prior projections, and the Company’s market value. As a result, the Company completed an impairment test related to the valuation of RU Segment intangible assets during the second quarter. The implied fair value of intangible assets was calculated and compared to the recorded value and it was determined the fair value of the RU Segment trade name was $18.5 million, or $8.0 million less than its carrying value, and RU Segment accreditation, licensing, and Title IV was $6.0 million, or $3.0 million less than the carrying value during the second quarter. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $11.0 million to reduce the carrying values of the RU Segment indefinite-lived intangible assets during 2023. The impairment charge is included as impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in these Consolidated Financial statements. The impairment charge recorded eliminated the difference between the fair value of the trade name and accreditation, licensing, and Title IV indefinite-lived intangible assets, and the book value.
For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company’s annual assessment concluded that the fair value of RU’s indefinite lived intangible assets was more than the carrying value; consequently, there was no impairment. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, the Company completed its annual assessment of HCN indefinite-lived intangible assets and concluded that the fair value was more than the carrying value; consequently, there was no impairment.
The following table represents the balance of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2024 and 2025 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Indefinite-lived intangible assets |
|
|
|
| Trade name |
|
|
$ |
20,498 |
|
| Accreditation, licensing, and Title IV |
|
|
7,686 |
|
| Affiliation agreements |
|
|
37 |
|
| Total indefinite-lived intangible assets |
|
|
$ |
28,221 |
|
Determining fair value requires judgment and the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including fluctuations in enrollments, revenue growth rates, operating margins, discount rates, and future market conditions, among others.
Given the current competitive and regulatory environment and the uncertainties regarding the related impact on the business, there can be no assurance that the estimates and assumptions made for purposes of the Company’s interim and annual goodwill and intangible asset impairment tests will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. If the Company’s assumptions are not realized, the Company may record additional goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges in future periods. It is not possible at this time to determine if any such future impairment charge would result or whether such charge would be material.
Note 7. Leases
The Company has operating leases for office space and campus facilities and finance leases for certain copiers and printers. Leases are classified as operating leases unless they meet any of the criteria below to be classified as a finance lease:
•the lease transfers ownership of the asset at the end of the lease;
•the lease grants an option to purchase the asset which the lessee is expected to exercise;
•the lease term reflects a major part of the asset’s economic life;
•the present value of the lease payments equals or exceeds the fair value of the asset; or
•the asset is specialized with no alternative use to the lessor at the end of the term.
Operating Leases
The Company has operating leases for office space and campus facilities. Some leases include options to terminate or extend for one or more years. These options are included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that the option will be exercised. The Company leases corporate office space in Florida, under an operating lease that expires in January 2029. The RU Segment leases 18 campuses located in five states under operating leases that expire through March 2034. RU closed one campus in Wisconsin in December 2025 and plans to close a second Wisconsin campus in December 2026. The RU Segment leased administrative office space in Minneapolis, Minnesota until October 31, 2025. The HCN Segment leases administrative office space in suburban Columbus, Ohio, and leases eight campuses located in three states under operating leases that expire through December 2034. Prior to the GSUSA Sale Date, GSUSA leased classroom and administrative office space in Washington, D.C. and Honolulu, Hawaii.
Operating lease assets are ROU assets, which represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. Operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating leases are included in the Operating lease assets, net, and Operating lease liabilities, current and long-term on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. When the lease does not provide an implicit interest rate, the Company uses an incremental borrowing rate based on information available at lease commencement to determine the present value of the lease payments. The ROU asset includes all lease payments and excludes lease incentives.
Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. There are no variable lease payments. Operating lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, was $20.7 million, $18.9 million, and $16.9 million, respectively. These costs are primarily related to long-term operating leases, but also include amounts for short-term leases with terms greater than 30 days that are not material. Cash paid for amounts included in the present value of operating lease liabilities during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, was $20.2 million, $18.5 million, and $17.7 million, respectively, and is included in operating cash flows.
Loss on leases
During the first quarter of 2024, the Company elected to terminate its RU Segment lease for a planned Dallas, Texas campus. The Company paid a lease termination fee of $2.2 million and recorded a loss of $2.1 million as a result of this lease termination. Additionally, in the first quarter of 2024, the RU Segment began consolidating two Minnesota campuses, and, as a result, during the second quarter of 2024, the Company paid a lease termination fee of $1.2 million related to the consolidation and recorded $1.2 million loss on leases as a result of the lease termination.
In May 2024, RU notified the Wisconsin Educational Approval Program that it intended to voluntarily close two Wisconsin campuses, effective December 31, 2025, and 2026, respectively. RU closed the Green Bay campus effective December 31, 2025, as planned, and intends to close the Wausau campus on December 31, 2026. As a result, the Company recorded a lease impairment of $0.4 million during the second quarter of 2024, and recorded an additional lease impairment of $0.1 million during the third quarter in 2025.
The total loss on leases during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025, was $3.7 million and $0.1 million and is included in Loss on leases in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Finance Leases
The Company leases copiers and printers pursuant to leases that are classified as finance leases and that expire in 2027. The Company pledged the assets financed to secure the outstanding lease obligations. As of December 31, 2025, the total finance lease liability was $0.2 million with an average interest rate of 7.00%. The ROU assets are recorded within Property and equipment, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Lease amortization expense associated with the Company’s finance leases was $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, respectively, and is recorded within Depreciation and amortization expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
The following tables present information about the amount and timing of cash flows arising from the Company’s operating and finance leases as of December 31, 2025 (dollars in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Maturity of Lease Liabilities |
Operating Leases |
Finance Leases |
| 2026 |
14,601 |
|
213 |
|
| 2027 |
13,957 |
|
36 |
|
| 2028 |
12,560 |
|
— |
|
| 2029 |
10,913 |
|
— |
|
| 2030 |
9,305 |
|
— |
|
| 2031 and beyond |
20,394 |
|
— |
|
| Total future minimum lease payments |
$ |
81,730 |
|
$ |
249 |
|
| Less: imputed interest |
(13,673) |
|
(11) |
|
| Present value of operating lease liabilities |
$ |
68,057 |
|
$ |
238 |
|
| Less: lease liabilities, current |
(11,171) |
|
(203) |
|
| Lease liabilities, long-term |
$ |
56,886 |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Balance Sheet Classification |
|
| Current |
|
| Operating lease liabilities, current |
$ |
11,171 |
|
| Finance lease liabilities, current |
203 |
|
| Long-term |
|
| Operating lease liabilities, long-term |
56,886 |
|
| Finance lease liabilities, long-term |
35 |
|
| Total lease liabilities |
$ |
68,295 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Other Information |
|
| Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) |
|
| Operating leases |
6.14 |
| Finance leases |
1.16 |
| Weighted average discount rate |
|
| Operating leases |
5.4 |
% |
| Finance leases |
7.0 |
% |
Note 8. Long-Term Debt
In connection with the acquisition of RU, or the Rasmussen Acquisition, APEI, as borrower, entered into a Credit Agreement with Macquarie Capital Funding LLC, or the Credit Agreement, as administrative agent and collateral agent, or the Agent, Macquarie Capital USA Inc. and Truist Securities, Inc., as lead arrangers and joint bookrunners, and certain lenders party thereto, or the Lenders.
The Credit Agreement provides for (i) a senior secured term loan facility in an aggregate original principal amount of $175.0 million, or the Term Loan, with a scheduled maturity date of September 1, 2027 and (ii) a senior secured revolving loan facility in an aggregate commitment amount of $20.0 million, or the Revolving Credit Facility, and, together with the Term Loan, is referred to as the Facilities, with a scheduled maturity date of September 1, 2026, the full capacity of which may be utilized for the issuance of letters of credit. The Revolving Credit Facility also includes a $5.0 million sub-facility for swing line loans. The Term Loan, the proceeds of which were used as part of the cash consideration for the Rasmussen Acquisition, was fully funded on September 1, 2021, or the RU Closing Date, and is presented net of deferred financing fees on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Deferred financing fees are being amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the Term Loan. As of December 31, 2024, and 2025, the remaining unamortized deferred financing fees were $3.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Deferred financing fees of $0.5 million related to the Revolving Credit Facility were recorded as an asset and are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the Revolving Credit Facility. There were no borrowings outstanding on the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2024, and 2025.
The Credit Agreement provides the Company with the option, subject to certain conditions, including obtaining commitments from one or more lenders, to increase the total commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, increase the amount of the Term Loan and/or incur incremental term loan facilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed the sum of (i) the greater of (a) $91.0 million and (b) an amount equal to consolidated EBITDA on a pro forma basis for the most recently ended four-quarter period (less the aggregate amount of certain other incremental indebtedness permitted to be incurred by APEI, and plus the aggregate amount of voluntary prepayments of certain other incremental indebtedness permitted to be incurred by APEI) and (ii) an amount (a) in the case of secured incremental facilities that rank pari passu with the Facilities, such that the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 1.50 to 1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 2.00 to 1.00, (b) in the case of secured incremental facilities that rank junior to the Facilities, such that the Secured Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 1.75 to 1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 2.00 to 1.00, and (c) in the case of unsecured incremental facilities, such that the Total Net Leverage Ratio would not be greater than 2.00 to 1.00 or the Interest Coverage Ratio would not be less than 2.00 to 1.00. The First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Total Net Leverage Ratio are each defined in the Credit Agreement and reflect a ratio of (x) in the case of the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, consolidated first lien indebtedness (net of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents in excess of $50.0 million) to consolidated EBITDA, (y) in the case of the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, consolidated secured indebtedness (net of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents in excess of $50.0 million) to consolidated EBITDA, and (z) in the case of the Total Net Leverage Ratio, consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA. The Interest Coverage Ratio is also defined in the Credit Agreement and reflects a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense.
Outstanding borrowings under the Facilities bear interest at a per annum rate equal to Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or Term SOFR, plus 5.50% (plus a credit spread adjustment ranging from 0.11448% to 0.42826% depending on the interest period selected by APEI, and subject to a 0.75% floor after giving effect to such adjustment), which shall increase by an additional 2.00% on all past due obligations if APEI fails to pay any amount when due. As of December 31, 2025, the Facilities borrowing rate was 9.53% excluding any offset from the interest rate cap agreement described below. An unused commitment fee in the amount of 0.50% is payable quarterly in arrears based on the average daily unused amount of the commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. The Credit Agreement requires APEI to make principal payments of the Term Loan on the last day of each quarter in an amount equal to $2.2 million per quarter. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, APEI paid $9.6 million, $9.4 million, and $11.1 million, respectively, of interest, amortization of debt issuance costs and unused commitment fees related to its Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility.
In December 2022, APEI made prepayments totaling $65.0 million on the Term Loan. With this prepayment, APEI is not required to make quarterly principal payments until payment of the outstanding principal amount at maturity in September 2027. In addition, as a result of the debt prepayment, the Company wrote off a proportionate amount of unamortized debt issuance costs in the amount of $3.9 million.
Subject to certain exceptions, including debt prepayments, the Term Loan contains mandatory prepayment requirements, including with respect to excess cash flow, proceeds of certain asset sales, casualty and condemnation events, and unpermitted debt issuances. During second quarter of 2024, as a result of the annual 2023 excess cash flow calculation, APEI paid $2.6 million in principal on the Term Loan. APEI had no mandatory prepayment obligation for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025.
The Facilities are and will be guaranteed by APEI’s subsidiaries and certain of APEI’s future subsidiaries that are required to become a party thereto as guarantors, or Guarantors. The obligations of APEI and the Guarantors are secured by a pledge of substantially all of their respective assets pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Agreement dated as of the RU Closing Date by and among APEI, the Agent and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, or the Collateral Agreement.
The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on APEI’s and its subsidiaries’ abilities, among other things, to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions, merge or consolidate with others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions and enter into affiliate transactions, in each case, subject to certain exceptions, as well as customary representations, warranties, events of default, and remedies upon default, including acceleration and rights to foreclose on the collateral securing the Facilities. In addition, the Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires APEI to maintain a Total Net Leverage Ratio of no greater than 2.00 to 1.00. As of December 31, 2025, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.
Prior to the redemption of the Company’s Series A Senior Preferred Stock in June 2025, the Company was subject to certain restrictions placed on its indebtedness pursuant to the terms of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock.
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
2024 |
2025 |
| Credit agreement |
$ |
96,425 |
|
$ |
96,425 |
|
| Less: deferred financing fees |
(3,001) |
|
(1,760) |
|
|
93,424 |
|
94,665 |
|
| Less: current portion |
— |
|
— |
|
|
$ |
93,424 |
|
$ |
94,665 |
|
Scheduled maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2025, are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Maturities of Long-Term Debt |
Loan Payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| 2027 |
96,425 |
|
| Total |
$ |
96,425 |
|
Derivatives and Hedging
The Company is subject to interest rate risk as all outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement are subject to a variable rate of interest. On September 30, 2021, the Company entered into an interest rate cap agreement to manage its exposure to the variable rate of interest with a total notional value of $87.5 million. On June 30, 2023, in connection with the transition of the benchmark rate to Term SOFR, the Company entered into a new interest rate cap agreement designated as a cash flow hedge with the same notional value to provide the Company with interest rate protection in the event Term SOFR rate exceeded 1.78%. The interest rate cap agreement expired on December 31, 2024.
In January 2025, the Company entered into a new interest rate cap agreement, with a notional value of $50.0 million. This new interest rate cap agreement, designated as a cash flow hedge, provides the Company with interest rate protection in the event that the Term SOFR rate exceeds 5.00%, and is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2026.
Changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap designated as a hedging instrument that effectively offset the variability of cash flows associated with the Company’s variable-rate, long-term debt obligations are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. These amounts subsequently are reclassified into interest expense as a yield adjustment of the hedged interest payments in the same period in which the related interest affects earnings.
For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company reclassified $3.0 million from other comprehensive income to interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the amount reclassified from other comprehensive income to interest expense was not material to the financial statements.
Note 9. Income Taxes
The components of income tax (benefit) expense were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Current income tax expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Federal |
|
$ |
2,384 |
|
|
$ |
3,141 |
|
|
$ |
1,575 |
|
| State |
|
2,430 |
|
|
2,688 |
|
|
2,432 |
|
|
|
4,814 |
|
|
5,829 |
|
|
4,007 |
|
| Deferred income tax (benefit) expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Federal |
|
(12,713) |
|
|
3,722 |
|
|
7,575 |
|
| State |
|
(2,816) |
|
|
868 |
|
|
566 |
|
| |
|
(15,529) |
|
|
4,590 |
|
|
8,141 |
|
| Income tax (benefit) expense |
|
$ |
(10,715) |
|
|
$ |
10,419 |
|
|
$ |
12,148 |
|
The tax effects of principal temporary differences are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
| |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
|
|
|
| Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
| Goodwill and intangibles |
|
$ |
41,872 |
|
|
$ |
36,521 |
|
| Operating lease liability |
|
26,638 |
|
|
17,132 |
|
| Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
3,737 |
|
|
4,487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Restricted stock |
|
1,801 |
|
|
2,013 |
|
| Accrued vacation and severance |
|
475 |
|
|
768 |
|
| Investments |
|
4,098 |
|
|
4,171 |
|
| Stock compensation expense |
|
38 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Other comprehensive income - unrealized loss on interest rate cap |
|
— |
|
|
6 |
|
| Other |
|
909 |
|
|
688 |
|
| Total gross deferred tax assets |
|
79,568 |
|
|
65,786 |
|
| Valuation allowance |
|
(4,409) |
|
|
(4,596) |
|
| Total net deferred tax assets |
|
75,159 |
|
|
61,190 |
|
| Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
| Income tax deductible capitalized software development costs |
|
(534) |
|
|
(3,298) |
|
| Operating lease asset |
|
(23,668) |
|
|
(14,552) |
|
| Property and equipment |
|
(3,597) |
|
|
(2,837) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Prepaid expenses |
|
(49) |
|
|
(1,032) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Stock compensation expense |
|
— |
|
|
(295) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
(27,848) |
|
|
(22,014) |
|
| Deferred tax assets, net |
|
$ |
47,311 |
|
|
$ |
39,176 |
|
At December 31, 2024 and 2025, the Company had apportioned state net operating loss carryforwards of $6.4 million and $9.3 million, respectively, and federal capital loss carryforwards of $12.8 million in both years, which are available to offset future taxable income. The federal capital loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2026 while the state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in various years from 2036 through 2045. The amount of state net operating losses that can be carried forward indefinitely is $6.7 million. The Company’s utilization of net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to annual limitations due to ownership change provisions of Section 382 of Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Income tax (benefit) expense differs from the amount of tax determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rates to pretax loss and income due to the application of state apportionment laws, permanent tax differences, and other temporary differences (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| |
|
Amount |
|
% |
|
Amount |
|
% |
|
Amount |
|
% |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| U.S. federal Statutory tax rate |
|
$ |
(12,180) |
|
|
21.00 |
% |
|
$ |
5,572 |
|
|
21.00 |
% |
|
$ |
9,178 |
|
|
21.00 |
% |
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect (1)(2)(3) |
|
(897) |
|
|
1.55 |
% |
|
2,991 |
|
|
11.27 |
% |
|
2,571 |
|
|
5.88 |
% |
| Changes in Valuation allowance |
|
1,265 |
|
|
(2.18) |
% |
|
1,838 |
|
|
6.93 |
% |
|
— |
|
|
— |
% |
| Nontaxable or nondeductible items |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Loss on equity investment |
|
— |
|
|
— |
% |
|
(812) |
|
|
(3.06) |
% |
|
— |
|
|
— |
% |
| Equity-based compensation benefits |
|
837 |
|
|
(1.44) |
% |
|
194 |
|
|
0.73 |
% |
|
(1,083) |
|
|
(2.47) |
% |
| Executive compensation |
|
172 |
|
|
(0.31) |
% |
|
395 |
|
|
1.49 |
% |
|
1,315 |
|
|
3.01 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Other permanent differences |
|
98 |
|
|
(0.17) |
% |
|
97 |
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
127 |
|
|
0.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Other adjustments |
|
(10) |
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
144 |
|
|
0.54 |
% |
|
40 |
|
|
0.09 |
% |
| Effective tax rate |
|
$ |
(10,715) |
|
|
18.47 |
% |
|
$ |
10,419 |
|
|
39.27 |
% |
|
$ |
12,148 |
|
|
27.80 |
% |
(1) In 2023, state taxes in Minnesota, Florida, Illinois, Georgia, California, and Virginia made up the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category.
(2) In 2024, state taxes in Georgia, Florida, Minnesota, Illinois, Maryland, North Carolina, and Texas made up the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category.
(3) In 2025, state taxes in Florida, Minnesota, Illinois, Georgia, Mississippi, Maryland, and Texas made up the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category.
The Company paid cash taxes for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, or 2025 as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| Cash paid for U.S. federal income taxes, net |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
2,700 |
|
|
$ |
4,000 |
|
| Cash paid for state and local income taxes, net |
|
2,417 |
|
|
3,604 |
|
|
2,516 |
|
|
|
$ |
2,417 |
|
|
$ |
6,304 |
|
|
$ |
6,516 |
|
Income taxes paid (net of refunds) exceeded 5 percent of total income taxes paid (net of refunds) in the following jurisdictions (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| State |
|
|
|
|
|
| Georgia |
$ |
267 |
|
|
$ |
427 |
|
|
* |
| Minnesota |
233 |
|
|
* |
|
* |
| Maryland |
210 |
|
|
* |
|
* |
| Florida |
207 |
|
|
* |
|
* |
| North Carolina |
148 |
|
|
* |
|
* |
| Texas |
142 |
|
|
* |
|
* |
| Pennsylvania |
129 |
|
|
* |
|
* |
* Jurisdiction below the threshold for the period presented |
There were no material uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2023, 2024, or 2025. Interest and penalties associated with uncertain income tax positions would be classified as income tax expense. The Company has not recorded any material interest or penalties during any of the years presented.
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxes as well as income tax of multiple state jurisdictions. For U.S. federal and state tax purposes, tax years 2022-2024 remain open to examination.
Note 10. Other Employee Benefits
The Company has established a tax deferred 401(k) retirement plan that provides retirement benefits to its eligible employees. Participants may elect to contribute up to 60% of their gross annual earnings not to exceed ERISA and Internal Revenue Service limits. The plan provides for Company discretionary profit-sharing contributions at matching percentages. The Company made discretionary contributions to the plan of $6.3 million, $6.4 million, and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, respectively.
The Company has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or ESPP, with quarterly enrollment periods. Effective December 31, 2023, the Company elected to suspend the ESPP. Beginning January 1, 2024, eligible employees may no longer purchase shares of the Company’s common stock through the ESPP until such time as the Company reinstates the plan. For the year ended December 31, 2023, compensation expense recognized in connection with the ESPP was approximately $0.1 million.
Note 11. Stockholders’ Equity
Stock Incentive Plans
The American Public Education, Inc. 2017 Omnibus Incentive Plan, or 2017 Incentive Plan, became effective on May 12, 2017. Grants under the 2017 Incentive Plan generally vest over a period of three years and the Company recognizes compensation expense over that period. The 2017 Incentive Plan includes a provision that allows individuals who have reached certain service and retirement eligibility criteria on the date of grant an accelerated service period of one year. The Company recognizes compensation expense for these individuals over the accelerated one year period.
Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Awards
The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards is calculated based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of these awards is recognized as stock-based compensation expense and is expensed over the vesting period using the straight-line method for Company employees and the graded-vesting method for members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company recognizes the estimated fair value of performance-based restricted stock units by assuming the satisfaction of any performance-based objectives at the “target” level, which is the most probable outcome determined for accounting purposes at the time of grant and multiplying the corresponding number of shares earned based upon such achievement by the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. To the extent performance goals are not met, compensation cost is not ultimately recognized against the goals and, to the extent previously recognized, compensation cost is reversed.
The Company also estimates forfeitures of share-based awards at the time of grant and revises such estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from original estimates.
The table below sets forth the restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2023:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
Weighted Average Grant Price and Fair Value |
Non vested, December 31, 2022 |
|
669,673 |
|
|
$ |
22.00 |
|
| Shares granted |
|
831,746 |
|
|
11.83 |
|
| Vested shares |
|
(319,225) |
|
|
22.03 |
|
| Shares forfeited |
|
(130,030) |
|
|
17.53 |
|
Non vested, December 31, 2023 |
|
1,052,164 |
|
|
$ |
14.74 |
|
The table below sets forth the restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
Weighted Average Grant Price and Fair Value |
Non vested, December 31, 2023 |
|
1,052,164 |
|
|
$ |
14.74 |
|
| Shares granted |
|
595,976 |
|
|
10.71 |
|
| Vested shares |
|
(475,116) |
|
|
14.89 |
|
| Shares forfeited |
|
(66,768) |
|
|
14.60 |
|
Non vested, December 31, 2024 |
|
1,106,256 |
|
|
$ |
12.63 |
|
The table below sets forth the restricted stock and restricted stock unit activity for the year ended December 31, 2025:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares |
|
Weighted Average Grant Price and Fair Value |
Non vested, December 31, 2024 |
|
1,106,256 |
|
|
$ |
12.63 |
|
| Shares granted |
|
548,171 |
|
|
22.91 |
|
| Vested shares |
|
(517,471) |
|
|
13.50 |
|
| Shares forfeited |
|
(210,194) |
|
|
16.64 |
|
Non vested, December 31, 2025 |
|
926,762 |
|
|
$ |
17.01 |
|
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, there were 885,080, 0, and 8,477 shares of anti-dilutive restricted stock or restricted stock units, respectively, excluded in the computation of diluted net income per common share.
At December 31, 2025, total unrecognized compensation expense in the amount of $8.3 million relates to non-vested restricted stock and restricted stock units, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years.
As a result of termination of employment, the Company accepted the following common shares for forfeiture: 110,632 shares for $1,866,736 in 2023, 33,788 shares for $380,948 in 2024, and 179,245 shares for $2,932,091 in 2025.
Option Awards
The fair value of each option award is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company makes assumptions with respect to expected stock price volatility based on the average historical volatility of the Company’s common stock. In addition, the Company determines the risk-free interest rate by selecting the U.S. Treasury constant maturity for the same maturity as the estimated life of the option, quoted on an investment basis in effect at the time of grant for that business day.
Estimates of fair value are subjective and are not intended to predict actual future events, and subsequent events are not necessarily indicative of the reasonableness of the original estimates of fair value made under ASC 718. Options currently outstanding vest ratably over a period of three years and expire ten years from the date of grant.
The table below sets forth stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2023:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Options |
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
|
Weighted Average Contractual Life (years) |
|
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
Outstanding, December 31, 2022 |
|
133,588 |
|
|
$ |
21.04 |
|
|
8.09 |
|
$ |
37 |
|
| Options granted |
|
33,762 |
|
|
6.71 |
|
|
10 |
|
$ |
— |
|
| Awards exercised |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
| Options forfeited |
|
(3,968) |
|
|
26.20 |
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2023 |
|
163,382 |
|
|
$ |
17.95 |
|
|
7.73 |
|
$ |
119 |
|
Exercisable, December 31, 2023 |
|
83,644 |
|
|
$ |
23.16 |
|
|
6.78 |
|
$ |
— |
|
The table below sets forth stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2024:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Options |
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
|
Weighted Average Contractual Life (years) |
|
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
Outstanding, December 31, 2023 |
|
163,382 |
|
|
$ |
17.95 |
|
|
7.73 |
|
$ |
119 |
|
| Options granted |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
| Awards exercised |
|
(5,796) |
|
|
11.60 |
|
|
|
|
|
| Options forfeited |
|
(4,616) |
|
|
5.36 |
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2024 |
|
152,970 |
|
|
$ |
18.57 |
|
|
6.64 |
|
$ |
799 |
|
Exercisable, December 31, 2024 |
|
116,332 |
|
|
$ |
21.10 |
|
|
6.25 |
|
$ |
397 |
|
The table below sets forth stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2025:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Options |
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
|
Weighted Average Contractual Life (years) |
|
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands) |
Outstanding, December 31, 2024 |
|
152,970 |
|
|
$ |
18.57 |
|
|
6.64 |
|
$ |
799 |
|
| Options granted |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
| Awards exercised |
|
(75,715) |
|
|
18.81 |
|
|
|
|
|
| Options forfeited |
|
(1,600) |
|
|
32.33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2025 |
|
75,655 |
|
|
$ |
18.04 |
|
|
5.07 |
|
$ |
1,495 |
|
Exercisable, December 31, 2025 |
|
66,710 |
|
|
$ |
19.52 |
|
|
4.78 |
|
$ |
1,220 |
|
The following table sets forth the assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of each option award granted for the year ended December 31, 2023. There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2025:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
2023 |
| Expected volatility |
53.50 |
% |
| Expected dividends |
— |
% |
| Expected term, in years |
10 |
| Risk-free interest rate |
3.49 |
% |
| Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year |
$ |
4.44 |
|
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, there were 163,382, 109,638, and 470 anti-dilutive stock options, respectively, excluded from the calculation of diluted net income per share.
At December 31, 2025, total unrecognized compensation expense in the amount of $7,472 relates to non-vested stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.2 years.
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, the Company recognized stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| Instructional costs and services |
|
$ |
895 |
|
|
$ |
808 |
|
|
$ |
770 |
|
| Selling and promotional |
|
490 |
|
|
562 |
|
|
759 |
|
| General and administrative |
|
6,355 |
|
|
6,298 |
|
|
6,823 |
|
| Total stock-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
7,740 |
|
|
$ |
7,668 |
|
|
$ |
8,352 |
|
The Company recognized income tax benefits of $1.1 million, $1.9 million, and $3.4 million from vested restricted stock and restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, respectively.
Repurchase
The Company’s Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program for common stock, under which the Company could annually purchase up to the cumulative number of shares issued or deemed issued in that year under the equity incentive and stock purchase plans. Repurchases could be made from time to time in the open market at prevailing market prices or in privately negotiated transactions based on business and market conditions. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to repurchase any shares, may be suspended or discontinued at any time, and is funded using available cash.
In November 2023, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $10.0 million of shares of the Company’s common stock. Subject to market conditions, applicable legal requirements, and other factors, the repurchases under these authorizations may be made from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions, in transactions structured through investment banking institutions, or a combination thereof. The Company may also, from time to time, enter into Rule 10b5-1 plans to facilitate repurchases of shares under these authorizations. The authorizations do not obligate the Company to acquire any shares, and purchases may be commenced or suspended at any time based on market conditions and other factors the Company deem appropriate. The amount and timing of repurchases are subject to a variety of factors, including liquidity, cash flow, stock price and general business and market conditions. The authorization under this program was in addition to the Company’s repurchase program under which the Company was authorized to annually purchase up to the cumulative number of shares issued or deemed issued in that year under its equity incentive and stock purchase plan. The Company’s credit agreement includes restrictions on its ability to repurchase its common stock.
During the years ended December 31, 2023, and 2024, the Company repurchased 1,515,766 and 251,146 shares of common stock for $9.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively, under the November 2023 and prior repurchase authorizations.
Effective February 1, 2024, the Company ceased purchases under the November 2023 purchase authorization, and the Company did not repurchase shares of common stock during the year ended December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has approximately $6.0 million remaining under this share repurchase authorization.
During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, the Company was deemed to have repurchased 91,855, 122,186, and 181,387 shares, respectively, of common stock forfeited by employees to satisfy minimum tax-withholding requirements in connection with the vesting of restricted stock grants. These repurchases were not part of the stock repurchase programs authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors as described above.
Note 12. Preferred Stock
On December 28, 2022, APEI issued $40 million of the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, to affiliates of existing common stockholders of the Company. On June 23, 2025, or the Redemption Date, APEI redeemed all 400 outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock for $43.1 million, including an early redemption premium of $3.1 million, and excluding $1.4 million in accrued and unpaid dividends. The loss on redemption of $3.5 million was calculated as the difference between the consideration paid, excluding dividends, and the book value of $39.6 million, and was recorded as a reduction to net income available to common stockholders in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2025. No shares of preferred stock were issued or outstanding at December 31, 2025. On the Redemption Date, APEI also filed a Certificate of Elimination to its Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or the Charter, with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware eliminating from the Charter all matters set forth in the Certificate of Designation with respect to the Series A Senior Preferred Stock.
Prior to the Redemption Date, the Series A Senior Preferred Stock had cumulative dividends that accrued daily at the annual rate which was equal to Term SOFR (selected by the Company for each divided period), plus 10.00%, and dividends were paid, after declaration by the Company’s Board of Directors, for each dividend period. During the years ended December 31, 2023, 2024, and 2025, $6.0 million, $6.1 million, and $2.8 million of dividends were declared and paid on the Series A Senior Preferred Stock dividends, respectively.
As of December 31, 2024, the liquidation preference of $47.0 million was based on the occurrence of a liquidation event, which was also considered an event of default as defined in the Certificate of Designation and included an early redemption premium amount and a make-whole payment for any redemption of the securities prior to June 30, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, the make-whole payment included in the Liquidation Preference was $4.0 million, which was reduced quarterly.
The following table lists the components of the liquidation preference as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Series A Senior Preferred Stock (plus accrued and unpaid dividends) |
40,068 |
|
| Make whole payment |
3,993 |
|
| Early redemption premium |
2,915 |
|
| Liquidation Preference |
$ |
46,976 |
|
The Series A Senior Preferred Stock had no voting rights for directors or otherwise, except as required by law or with respect to certain protective provisions. Without the consent of at least 60% of the then outstanding shares of Series A Senior Preferred Stock, with certain exceptions, the Company could not, among other things, (i) incur any indebtedness if such incurrence would cause the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) to exceed 0.75:1, (ii) issue any capital stock senior to or pari passu with the Series A Senior Preferred Stock, (iii) declare or pay any cash dividends on the Company’s common stock, or (iv) repurchase more than an aggregate of $30 million of the Company’s common stock.
Note 13. Contingencies
The Company accrues for costs associated with contingencies including, but not limited to, regulatory compliance and legal matters when such costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Liabilities established to provide for contingencies are adjusted as further information develops, circumstances change, or contingencies are resolved. The Company bases these accruals on management’s estimate of such costs, which may vary from the ultimate costs and expenses, associated with any such contingency.
From time to time the Company may be involved in legal matters in the normal course of its business.
Note 14. Concentration
Students utilize various payment sources and programs to finance their education expenses, including funds from: TA programs, VA education benefit programs, and federal student aid from Title IV programs, as well as cash and other sources. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 62% of APUS students self-reported that they served in the military on active duty at the time of initial enrollment. Active-duty military students generally take fewer courses per year on average than non-military students.
A summary of APUS Segment revenue derived from students by primary funding source is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| DoD tuition assistance programs |
48% |
|
46% |
|
41% |
| VA education benefits |
22% |
|
24% |
|
26% |
| Title IV programs |
17% |
|
17% |
|
19% |
| Cash and other sources |
13% |
|
13% |
|
14% |
A summary of RU Segment revenue derived from students by primary funding source is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| Title IV programs |
75% |
|
76% |
|
78% |
| Cash and other sources |
23% |
|
22% |
|
20% |
| VA education benefits |
2% |
|
2% |
|
2% |
A summary of HCN Segment revenue derived from students by primary funding source is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| Title IV programs |
82% |
|
84% |
|
85% |
| Cash and other sources |
16% |
|
15% |
|
14% |
| VA education benefits |
2% |
|
1% |
|
1% |
Reductions in or changes to TA, VA education benefits, Title IV programs and other payment sources could have a significant impact on the Company’s operations and financial condition.
Note 15. Segment Information
The Company’s Chief Executive Officer, as the chief operating decision maker, or the CODM, organizes the company, manages resource allocations, and measures performance among three operating and reportable segments: APUS, RU, and HCN. Corporate and Other includes unallocated corporate activity and eliminations to reconcile segment results to the Consolidated Financial Statements, and, prior to the GSUSA Sale Date, GSUSA revenue and expenses. GSUSA did not meet the quantitative thresholds to qualify as a reportable segment.
The CODM reviews information about each reportable segment’s revenue and categorized expenses, and allocates resources to, and measures the performance of, each reportable segment using reportable segment operating income (loss). The CODM does not evaluate reportable segment asset or liability information.
A summary of financial information by reportable segment is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| APUS Segment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Revenue |
|
303,303 |
|
|
317,049 |
|
|
319,842 |
|
| Instructional costs and services |
|
97,246 |
|
|
103,745 |
|
|
103,920 |
|
| Selling and promotional |
|
57,580 |
|
|
58,563 |
|
|
62,884 |
|
| General and administrative |
|
55,992 |
|
|
58,807 |
|
|
56,584 |
|
Other (1) |
|
8,059 |
|
|
6,512 |
|
|
5,629 |
|
| Income from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
84,426 |
|
|
89,422 |
|
|
90,825 |
|
| RU Segment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Revenue |
|
214,086 |
|
|
216,262 |
|
|
246,231 |
|
| Instructional costs and services |
|
140,861 |
|
|
133,448 |
|
|
139,421 |
|
| Selling and promotional |
|
66,571 |
|
|
58,682 |
|
|
64,045 |
|
| General and administrative |
|
25,401 |
|
|
30,324 |
|
|
29,876 |
|
Other (2) |
|
84,828 |
|
|
15,606 |
|
|
8,849 |
|
| (Loss) income from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
(103,575) |
|
|
(21,798) |
|
|
4,040 |
|
| HCN Segment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Revenue |
|
56,936 |
|
|
67,290 |
|
|
74,983 |
|
| Instructional costs and services |
|
38,582 |
|
|
43,795 |
|
|
46,623 |
|
| Selling and promotional |
|
4,312 |
|
|
6,923 |
|
|
7,773 |
|
| General and administrative |
|
14,182 |
|
|
15,989 |
|
|
19,285 |
|
Other (3) |
|
1,256 |
|
|
1,705 |
|
|
2,156 |
|
| Loss from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
(1,396) |
|
|
(1,122) |
|
|
(854) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Corporate and Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Revenue |
|
26,220 |
|
|
23,958 |
|
|
7,806 |
|
| Instructional costs and services |
|
16,173 |
|
|
14,715 |
|
|
7,056 |
|
| Selling and promotional |
|
4,492 |
|
|
4,642 |
|
|
2,550 |
|
| General and administrative |
|
32,664 |
|
|
36,841 |
|
|
38,837 |
|
Other (4) |
|
652 |
|
|
1,196 |
|
|
5,439 |
|
| Loss from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
(27,761) |
|
|
(33,436) |
|
|
(46,076) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Total reportable segment revenue |
|
574,325 |
|
|
600,601 |
|
|
641,056 |
|
| Corporate and other revenue |
|
26,220 |
|
|
23,958 |
|
|
7,806 |
|
| Total consolidated revenue |
|
600,545 |
|
|
624,559 |
|
|
648,862 |
|
| Total reportable segment (loss) income from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
(20,545) |
|
|
66,502 |
|
|
94,011 |
|
| Corporate and other (loss) from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
(27,761) |
|
|
(33,436) |
|
|
(46,076) |
|
| Total consolidated (loss) income from operations before interest and income taxes |
|
(48,306) |
|
|
33,066 |
|
|
47,935 |
|
(1) Includes loss on assets held for sale, loss on disposal of long lived assets and depreciation and amortization expense.
(2) Includes impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on leases, loss on disposal of long lived assets and depreciation and amortization expense.
(3) Includes loss on disposal of long lived assets and depreciation and amortization expense.
(4) Includes loss on sale of subsidiary, loss on disposal of long lived assets, and depreciation and amortization expense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
| |
|
2023 |
|
2024 |
|
2025 |
| Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| APUS Segment |
|
5,284 |
|
|
4,828 |
|
|
3,957 |
|
| RU Segment |
|
20,627 |
|
|
11,577 |
|
|
8,523 |
|
| HCN Segment |
|
1,253 |
|
|
1,704 |
|
|
2,109 |
|
| Total reportable segment depreciation and amortization |
|
27,164 |
|
|
18,109 |
|
|
14,589 |
|
| Corporate and Other |
|
652 |
|
|
1,194 |
|
|
1,559 |
|
| Total consolidated depreciation and amortization |
|
27,816 |
|
|
19,303 |
|
|
16,148 |
|
| Interest expense, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| APUS Segment |
|
1,882 |
|
|
1,563 |
|
|
1,303 |
|
| RU Segment |
|
11 |
|
|
(6) |
|
|
662 |
|
| HCN Segment |
|
95 |
|
|
216 |
|
|
306 |
|
| Total reportable segment interest expense, net |
|
1,988 |
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
2,271 |
|
| Corporate and Other |
|
(6,447) |
|
|
(3,900) |
|
|
(6,501) |
|
| Total consolidated interest expense, net |
|
(4,459) |
|
|
(2,127) |
|
|
(4,230) |
|
| Income tax (benefit) expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| APUS Segment |
|
23,530 |
|
|
24,577 |
|
|
24,311 |
|
| RU Segment |
|
(26,103) |
|
|
(5,519) |
|
|
341 |
|
| HCN Segment |
|
(211) |
|
|
(62) |
|
|
(197) |
|
| Total reportable segment income tax (benefit) expense |
|
(2,784) |
|
|
18,996 |
|
|
24,455 |
|
| Corporate and Other |
|
(7,931) |
|
|
(8,577) |
|
|
(12,307) |
|
| Total consolidated income tax (benefit) expense |
|
(10,715) |
|
|
10,419 |
|
|
12,148 |
|
Note 16. Subsequent Events
2026 Credit Agreement
On March 9, 2026, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and a syndicate of lenders, or the 2026 Credit Agreement. The 2026 Credit Agreement provides for (i) a $90.0 million senior secured term loan, or the 2026 Term Loan, and (ii) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $40.0 million, or the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility and, together with the 2026 Term Loan, the 2026 Facilities. The 2026 Facilities are scheduled to mature on March 9, 2031, and borrowings thereunder are subject to a revolver commitment fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35% and bear interest at a rate (subject to increase during an event of default) of SOFR plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75%, each, depending on the Company’s Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio.
The Revolving Credit Facility replaces the Company’s existing $20.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility and the proceeds of the 2026 Term Loan, together with cash on hand, were used to repay the approximately $96.4 million principal amount outstanding under the Company’s existing term loan.
Combination of APUS, RU, and HCN
On March 2, 2026, the Company completed the merger of the legal entities that own and operate APUS, RU, and HCN, with the APUS entity surviving the merger, and subsequently notified ED that the merger occurred and resulted in RU and HCN being directly owned by the same legal entity that directly owns APUS. The Company currently expects to complete implementation of step two of the Combination in the third quarter of 2026.
Note 17. Quarterly Financial Summary (unaudited)
The following unaudited consolidated interim financial information presented should be read in conjunction with other information included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In the opinion of management, the following unaudited consolidated financial information reflects all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results of interim periods. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations to be expected for future periods. The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly financial information for each of the Company’s last eight quarters (in thousands, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1st Quarter |
|
2nd Quarter |
|
3rd Quarter |
|
4th Quarter |
| 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Revenue |
$ |
154,432 |
|
|
$ |
152,895 |
|
|
$ |
153,122 |
|
|
$ |
164,110 |
|
| Income from operations before income taxes |
5,056 |
|
|
1,435 |
|
|
3,498 |
|
|
20,950 |
|
| Net income (loss) available to common stockholders |
(1,019) |
|
|
(1,160) |
|
|
731 |
|
|
11,505 |
|
| Net income (loss) per common share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Basic |
$ |
(0.06) |
|
|
$ |
(0.07) |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
0.65 |
|
| Diluted |
$ |
(0.06) |
|
|
$ |
(0.06) |
|
|
$ |
0.04 |
|
|
$ |
0.63 |
|
| 2025 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Revenue |
$ |
164,551 |
|
|
$ |
162,766 |
|
|
$ |
163,215 |
|
|
$ |
158,330 |
|
| Income from operations before income taxes |
11,359 |
|
|
5,917 |
|
|
8,628 |
|
|
17,801 |
|
| Net income (loss) available to common stockholders |
7,461 |
|
|
(324) |
|
|
5,560 |
|
|
12,608 |
|
| Net income (loss) per common share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Basic |
$ |
0.42 |
|
|
$ |
(0.02) |
|
|
$ |
0.31 |
|
|
$ |
0.70 |
|
| Diluted |
$ |
0.41 |
|
|
$ |
(0.02) |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), as of December 31, 2025. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of that period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2025 that have materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting.
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
•pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of our assets;
•provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
•provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.
Based on its assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, our internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
Our independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, which audited and reported on our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report, has also audited the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, as stated in its report that appears below.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of American Public Education, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of American Public Education, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025, of the Company and our report dated March 12, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.
Basis for Opinion
The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
McLean, Virginia
March 12, 2026
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Trading Arrangements
During the three months ended December 31, 2025, none of our directors or officers adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K, except as described in the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Name and Title |
Date Adopted |
Character of trading Agreement |
Aggregate Number of Shares of Common Stock to be (Sold) Purchased Pursuant to Trading Agreement |
Duration |
|
Thomas A. Beckett
SVP, General Counsel and Secretary
|
November 24, 2025 |
Rule 10b5-1 Trading Arrangement |
Up to (6,500) (1) |
12/31/2026 (2) |
|
|
|
(1) The figure presented represents shares to be sold upon the vesting of equity awards. The actual number of shares under the trading arrangement may be different than the aggregate number of shares listed due to tax withholdings. |
(2) This trading arrangement shall expire upon the earlier to occur of the completion of all eligible sales during the final sale period from November 16, 2026, through December 31, 2026, and the date listed in the table. |
2026 Credit Agreement
On March 9, 2026, or the Closing Date, we entered into a Credit Agreement, or the 2026 Credit Agreement, by and among the Company, as borrower, our subsidiaries party thereto from time to time, as guarantors, PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, or the Agent, and the lenders party thereto. The 2026 Credit Agreement provides for (i) a senior secured term loan facility in an aggregate original principal amount of $90.0 million, or the 2026 Term Loan and (ii) a senior secured revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of up to $40.0 million, or the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility (and, together with the 2026 Term Loan, the 2026 Facilities), $25.0 million of which may be utilized for the issuance of letters of credit. The Revolving Credit Facility also includes a $5.0 million subfacility for swing line loans. In addition, the 2026 Credit Agreement provides us with the option, subject to certain conditions, including obtaining commitments from one or more lenders, to increase the total commitments under the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility, increase the amount of the 2026 Term Loan and/or incur incremental term loan facilities in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of (1) $80.0 million and (2) an amount equal to consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended four-quarter period. Any incremental commitments under the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility are further capped at an amount such that the aggregate amount of commitments under the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility shall not exceed 31% of the aggregate amount of the 2026 Facilities at the time such option is exercised. The 2026 Credit Agreement replaces that certain Credit Agreement dated as of September 1, 2021, as amended, or the Prior Credit Agreement, by and among the Company, as borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Macquarie Capital Funding, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, which provided for a senior secured term loan with an original principal amount of $175.0 million and a $20.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The 2026 Term Loan, the proceeds of which were used to (x) refinance existing indebtedness under the Prior Credit Agreement and (y) pay fees and expenses in connection with the closing of the 2026 Facilities, was fully funded on the Closing Date. As of the Closing Date, there were no borrowings outstanding under the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility.
Each of the 2026 Facilities is scheduled to mature on March 9, 2031, or the Maturity Date, which is the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date. Outstanding borrowings under the 2026 Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum (subject to increase during an event of default) equal to, at our election, either (i) a SOFR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.75% or (ii) a base rate plus a margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.75%, in each case, depending on our Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. A commitment fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35% (depending on our Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio) is payable quarterly in arrears based on the average daily unused amount of the commitments under the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility until the Maturity Date. The Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is defined in the 2026 Credit Agreement and reflects a ratio of consolidated total indebtedness (net of unrestricted cash and cash equivalents up to $100.0 million) to consolidated EBITDA. Fees are payable on outstanding letters of credit at a rate equal to the applicable margin for SOFR loans, plus certain customary fees payable solely to the issuer of the letter of credit.
We are required to make principal payments of the 2026 Term Loan on the last day of each quarter, commencing with the quarter ending June 30, 2026, in an amount equal to $1.125 million for the first three quarterly payments, approximately $1.688 million for the following eight quarterly payments, and $2.25 million for the final eight quarterly payments prior to the Maturity Date. Quarterly principal payments of the 2026 Term Loan will continue until the Maturity Date, on which date (i) the outstanding principal amount of the 2026 Term Loan, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and other amounts owed under the 2026 Credit Agreement will be required to be paid in full and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of any borrowings under the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts owed under the 2026 Revolving Credit Facility will be required to be paid in full. Subject to certain exceptions, we are also required to make mandatory prepayments of the 2026 Term Loan with the proceeds of asset sales, casualty and condemnation events and unpermitted debt issuances. We may make voluntary prepayments of the borrowings under the 2026 Facilities at any time without premium or penalty.
The 2026 Facilities are and will be guaranteed by APUS and any subsidiaries that are, or may in the future be, required to become a party thereto as guarantors, or collectively, the Guarantors. Our obligations under the 2026 Credit Agreement and the guarantee of such obligations are secured by a pledge of substantially all of our assets and will be secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of the Guarantors pursuant to the terms of the Security and Pledge Agreement dated as of the Closing Date by and among the Company, the Agent and the Guarantors from time to time party thereto, or the Security and Pledge Agreement.
The 2026 Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for financings of this type, including limitations on our and our subsidiaries’ abilities, among other things, to incur additional debt, grant or permit additional liens, make investments and acquisitions, merge, or consolidate with others, dispose of assets, pay dividends and distributions, make capital expenditures and enter into affiliate transactions, in each case, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, the 2026 Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require us to (i) maintain a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of no greater than 2.50:1.00, (ii) maintain a Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of no less than 2.50:1.00 and (iii) maintain a minimum balance of domestic unrestricted cash and cash equivalents of $40.0 million. The Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio is defined in the 2026 Credit Agreement and reflects a ratio of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated interest expense.
The 2026 Credit Agreement also contains representations and warranties of the Company and of the Guarantors customary for financings of this type. The 2026 Credit Agreement also includes events of default customary for financings of this type, in certain cases subject to customary periods to cure, following which the Agent may accelerate all amounts outstanding under the 2026 Facilities.
The foregoing descriptions of the 2026 Credit Agreement and the Security and Pledge Agreement are qualified by reference to the full text of the 2026 Credit Agreement and the Security and Pledge Agreement, which are filed as exhibits 10.19 and 10.20 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTION ITEM 10.
Not applicable.
PART III
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Executive Officers
Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K and the Instruction to Item 401 of Regulation S-K, information regarding our executive officers is set forth in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report under the caption “Information About our Executive Officers”.
Code of Ethics
As part of our system of corporate governance, our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Ethics for Principal Officers that is applicable to our principal executive officer and senior financial officers. Our Code of Ethics for Principal Officers is available on the Governance page of our website at www.apei.com. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Code of Ethics for Principal Officers that applies to our principal executive officer or senior financial officers by posting such information on our website at the address above. The information on or available through our website is expressly not incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and any reference to our website is intended to be an inactive textual reference only.
Additional Information
The additional information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained under the sections titled “Proposal No. 1 – Election of Directors”, “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports”, “Composition and Meetings of the Board and its Committees – The Board of Directors and its Committees”, and “Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Best Practices” in our Proxy Statement with respect to our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, or our Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, no later than 120 days following December 31, 2025.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained under the sections titled “Executive Compensation”, “Management Development & Compensation Committee Report”, and “Compensation Tables and Disclosures” in our Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days following December 31, 2025.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained under the sections titled “Compensation Tables and Disclosures – Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock” in our Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days following December 31, 2025.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained under the section titled “Corporate Governance – Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions” in our Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days following December 31, 2025.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is hereby incorporated by reference from the information contained under the section titled, “Proposal No. 4 Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days following December 31, 2025.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)List of documents filed as part of this Annual Report:
(i)The required financial statements are included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.
(ii)The required financial statement schedules are included in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report.
(iii)See the Index to Exhibits included in this Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
(b)See the Index to Exhibits included in this Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
(c)See Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts included in this Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
Other schedules are omitted because they are not required.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEX TO EXHIBITS |
| Exhibit No. |
|
Exhibit Description |
|
| 3.1 |
|
|
|
| 3.2 |
|
|
|
| 4.1 |
|
|
|
| 4.2 |
|
|
|
| 10.1+ |
|
|
| 10.2+ |
|
|
| 10.3+ |
|
|
| 10.4+ |
|
|
| 10.5+ |
|
|
| 10.6+ |
|
|
| 10.7+ |
|
|
| 10.8+ |
|
|
| 10.9+ |
|
|
| 10.10+ |
|
|
| 10.11+ |
|
|
| 10.12+ |
|
|
| 10.13+ |
|
|
| 10.14+ |
|
|
| 10.15+ |
|
|
| 10.16+ |
|
|
| 10.17+ |
|
|
| 10.18* |
|
|
| 10.19* |
|
|
| 10.20* |
|
|
| 10.21 |
|
|
|
| 19.1 |
|
|
|
| 21.1 |
|
|
|
| 23.1 |
|
|
|
| 24 |
|
|
|
| 31.1 |
|
|
|
| 31.2 |
|
|
|
| 32.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| EX-101.INS |
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document |
| EX-101.SCH |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |
| EX-101.CAL |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |
| EX-101.DEF |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |
| EX-101.LAB |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document |
| EX-101.PRE |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |
| 104 |
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| + |
|
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. |
| * |
|
Portions of this exhibit have been redacted or omitted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b) and will be furnished supplementally upon request to the SEC. |
|
|
| (1) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the SEC on November 14, 2007. |
| (2) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-145185). |
| (3) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2014 (File No. 001-33810), filed with the SEC on August 5, 2014. |
| (4) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the SEC on June 17, 2014. |
| (5) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 (File No. 001-33810), filed with the SEC on February 27, 2014. |
| (6) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the SEC on May 15, 2017. |
| (7) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the SEC on August 22, 2019. |
| (8) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810), filed with the SEC on May 18, 2020. |
| (9) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2020 (File No. 001-33810), filed with the SEC on November 9, 2020. |
| (10) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on March 9, 2021. |
| (11) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on May 24, 2022. |
| (12) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on December 23, 2022. |
| (13) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on March 14, 2023. |
| (14) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on May 22, 2023. |
| (15) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on June 7, 2023. |
| (16) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2023 (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on August 8, 2023. |
| (17) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on June 17, 2024. |
| (18) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on March 5, 2024. |
| (19) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on May 27, 2025. |
| (20) |
|
|
Incorporated by reference to exhibit filed with the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-33810) filed with the SEC on October 20, 2025. |
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
Balance at Beginning of Period |
|
Additions/ (Reductions) |
|
Write-Offs |
|
Balance at End of Period |
|
|
(in thousands) |
| Year ended December 31, 2025: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| American Public University System Segment |
|
$ |
2,993 |
|
|
$ |
3,536 |
|
|
$ |
(2,367) |
|
|
$ |
4,162 |
|
| Rasmussen University Segment |
|
4,644 |
|
|
9,710 |
|
|
(9,499) |
|
|
4,855 |
|
| Hondros College of Nursing Segment |
|
10,378 |
|
|
8,162 |
|
|
(6,444) |
|
|
12,096 |
|
Corporate and Other1 |
|
1,265 |
|
|
(623) |
|
|
(642) |
|
|
— |
|
| Allowance for receivables |
|
$ |
19,280 |
|
|
$ |
20,785 |
|
|
$ |
(18,952) |
|
|
$ |
21,113 |
|
| Year ended December 31, 2024: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| American Public University System Segment |
|
$ |
2,770 |
|
|
$ |
2,281 |
|
|
$ |
(2,058) |
|
|
$ |
2,993 |
|
| Rasmussen University Segment |
|
3,922 |
|
|
8,348 |
|
|
(7,626) |
|
|
4,644 |
|
| Hondros College of Nursing Segment |
|
8,130 |
|
|
7,211 |
|
|
(4,963) |
|
|
10,378 |
|
| Corporate and Other |
|
537 |
|
|
728 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,265 |
|
| Allowance for receivables |
|
$ |
15,359 |
|
|
$ |
18,568 |
|
|
$ |
(14,647) |
|
|
$ |
19,280 |
|
| Year ended December 31, 2023: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| American Public University System Segment |
|
$ |
1,711 |
|
|
$ |
2,694 |
|
|
$ |
(1,635) |
|
|
$ |
2,770 |
|
| Rasmussen University Segment |
|
4,547 |
|
|
8,694 |
|
|
(9,319) |
|
|
3,922 |
|
| Hondros College of Nursing Segment |
|
6,938 |
|
|
5,691 |
|
|
(4,499) |
|
|
8,130 |
|
| Corporate and Other |
|
132 |
|
|
405 |
|
|
— |
|
|
537 |
|
| Allowance for receivables |
|
$ |
13,328 |
|
|
$ |
17,484 |
|
|
$ |
(15,453) |
|
|
$ |
15,359 |
|
1 Corporate and Other includes activity for GSUSA through the GSUSA Sale Date.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Date: |
March 12, 2026 |
By: |
/s/ Angela K. Selden |
|
|
Name: |
Angela K. Selden |
|
|
Title: |
President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Name |
|
Date |
|
Title |
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Angela K. Selden |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
| Angela K. Selden |
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
| |
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Executive Vice President and |
| Edward H. Codispoti |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
| |
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Board Chair |
| Daniel S. Pianko |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Director |
| Granetta B. Blevins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Director |
| Michael D. Braner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Director |
| Anna M. Fabrega |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| * |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Director |
| Richard Statuto |
|
|
|
|
* Edward H. Codispoti., by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this report on behalf of the directors of the registrant above whose typed names asterisks appear, pursuant to powers of attorney duly executed by such directors and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
|
|
Edward H. Codispoti |
|
|
|
|
|
Attorney in Fact |
|
EX-10.19
2
creditagreement-apei2026.htm
EX-10.19
Document
Exhibit 10.19
Execution Version
Published CUSIP Number: 02914BAD8
Revolving Credit CUSIP Number: 02914BAE6
Term Loan CUSIP Number: 02914BAF3
$40,000,000 REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
$90,000,000 TERM LOAN
CREDIT AGREEMENT
by and among
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation,
as the Borrower
and
THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO
and
THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO
and
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent, Swingline Loan Lender and an Issuing Lender
PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC,
as Joint Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner
M&T BANK, N.A.,
as Joint Lead Arranger
Dated as of March 9, 2026
ARTICLE 1 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 1
1.1 Certain Definitions 1
1.2 “Construction” 49
1.3 Accounting Principles; Changes in GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations; Cash Netting 50
1.4 Divisions 51
1.5 Benchmark Replacement Notification; Rates 51
1.6 Limited Conditionality Transactions 52
1.7 Basket Usage 53
ARTICLE 2 REVOLVING CREDIT AND SWINGLINE LOAN FACILITIES 53
2.1 Revolving Credit Commitments 53
2.2 Nature of Lenders’ Obligations with Respect to Revolving Credit Loans 54
2.3 Revolving Commitment Fees 54
2.4 Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments 55
2.5 Revolving Credit Loan Requests; Conversions and Renewals; Swingline Loan Requests 55
2.6 Making Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans; Presumptions by the Administrative Agent; Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans; Borrowings to Repay Swingline Loans 56
2.7 Notes 58
2.8 Letter of Credit Subfacility 59
2.9 Title IV Program Funds 66
ARTICLE 3 TERM LOANS 66
3.1 Term Loan Commitments 66
3.2 Nature of Lenders’ Obligations with Respect to Term Loans; Repayment Terms 66
3.3 [Reserved] 67
3.4 [Reserved] 67
3.5 Making Term Loans; Presumptions by the Administrative Agent 67
ARTICLE 4 INTEREST RATES 68
4.1 Interest Rate Options 68
4.2 Interest Periods 70
4.3 Interest After Default 70
4.4 Term SOFR Rate and/or Daily 1M SOFR Unascertainable; Increased Costs; Illegality; Benchmark Replacement Setting 71
4.5 Selection of Interest Rate Options 77
ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS; TAXES; YIELD MAINTENANCE 77
5.1 Payments 77
5.2 Voluntary Prepayments 78
5.3 Mandatory Prepayments 79
5.4 Pro Rata Treatment of Lenders 80
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
5.5 Sharing of Payments by Lenders 80
5.6 Administrative Agent’s Clawback 81
5.7 Interest Payment Dates 82
5.8 Increased Costs 82
5.9 Taxes 84
5.10 Indemnity 87
5.11 Settlement Date Procedures 88
5.12 Cash Collateral 89
5.13 Replacement of a Lender 89
5.14 Designation of a Different Lending Office 90
5.15 Defaulting Lenders 91
5.16 Incremental Loans 93
ARTICLE 6 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 97
6.1 Organization Powers 97
6.2 Authorization; Enforceability 98
6.3 Governmental and Other Third Party Approvals; No Conflicts 98
6.4 Financial Condition; No Material Adverse 98
(c) Accuracy of Financial Statements 99
6.5 Properties and Insurance 99
6.6 Litigation and Environmental Matters 99
6.7 Compliance with Laws and Agreements 100
6.8 Investment Company Status 100
6.9 Taxes 100
6.10 ERISA 100
6.11 Disclosure 101
6.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests 101
6.13 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. 102
6.14 Solvency 102
6.15 Senior Indebtedness 102
6.16 Federal Reserve Regulations 102
6.17 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will 102
6.18 Sanctions 102
6.19 Anti-Corruption Laws 103
6.20 Security Interests 103
6.21 Beneficial Ownership Regulation 103
ARTICLE 7 CONDITIONS OF LENDING AND ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT 105
7.1 Initial Loans and Letters of Credit 105
7.2 Each Loan or Letter of Credit 107
ARTICLE 8 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 108
8.1 Existence; Conduct of Business 108
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
8.2 Payment of Taxes, Etc 108
8.3 Insurance 108
8.4 Maintenance of Properties 109
8.5 Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights 109
8.6 Information Regarding Collateral; Schedules 109
8.7 Compliance with Laws and Material Contracts; Use of Proceeds 110
8.8 Additional Subsidiaries; Further Assurances 110
8.9 Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; and Sanctions 112
8.10 Cash Management 112
8.11 Keepwell 112
8.12 Reporting Requirements 113
8.13 Certificates; Notices; Additional Information 116
8.14 Certificate of Beneficial Ownership and Other Additional Information 118
8.15 Education Law Compliance 118
8.16 Post-Closing Obligations 118
ARTICLE 9 NEGATIVE COVENANTS 119
9.1 Indebtedness 119
9.2 Liens 122
9.3 Loans and Investments 124
9.4 Dividends and Related Distributions 126
9.5 Liquidations, Mergers, Consolidations, Acquisitions 127
9.6 Dispositions of Assets or Subsidiaries 129
9.7 Affiliate Transactions 131
9.8 [Reserved] 131
9.9 Continuation of or Change in Business 131
9.10 [Reserved] 131
9.11 Changes to Material Documents or Fiscal Years 131
9.13 Minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio 132
9.14 Maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio 132
9.15 Minimum Domestic Liquidity 132
9.16 Restrictive Agreements 132
9.17 Junior Financings 134
ARTICLE 10 DEFAULT 135
10.1 Events of Default 135
10.2 Consequences of Event of Default 137
10.3 Application of Proceeds 139
ARTICLE 11 THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT 141
11.1 Appointment and Authority 141
11.2 Rights as a Lender 141
11.3 Exculpatory Provisions 141
11.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent 142
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
Page
11.5 Delegation of Duties 143
11.6 Resignation of Administrative Agent 143
11.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders 144
11.8 No Other Duties, Etc 145
11.9 Administrative Agent’s Fee 145
11.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim 145
11.11 Collateral and Guaranty Matters 146
11.12 No Reliance on Administrative Agent’s Customer Identification Program 147
11.13 Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedges, Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedges and Other Lender Provided Financial Service Products 147
11.14 ERISA Matters 147
11.15 Erroneous Payments 148
ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS 151
12.1 Modifications, Amendments or Waivers 151
12.2 No Implied Waivers; Cumulative Remedies 153
12.3 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver 154
12.4 Holidays 156
12.5 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication 157
12.6 Severability 159
12.7 Duration; Survival 159
12.8 Successors and Assigns 159
12.9 Confidentiality 163
12.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution 165
12.11 CHOICE OF LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF VENUE; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 165
12.12 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions 167
12.13 USA PATRIOT Act Notice 167
12.14 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs 167
LIST OF SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 1.1(B) - COMMITMENTS OF LENDERS AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
SCHEDULE 6.4 - LIABILITIES
SCHEDULE 6.12 - SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE 6.25 - EDUCATIONAL LAW COMPLIANCE
SCHEDULE 9.1 - EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
SCHEDULE 9.2 - EXISTING LIENS
SCHEDULE 9.3(g) - EXISTING INVESTMENTS
SCHEDULE 9.7 - AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A - ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT B - GUARANTY JOINDER AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT C - REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
EXHIBIT D - SWINGLINE LOAN NOTE
EXHIBIT E - TERM NOTE
EXHIBIT F - PERMITTED ACQUISITION CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT G - LOAN REQUEST
EXHIBIT H - SWINGLINE LOAN REQUEST
EXHIBIT I-1 - U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
EXHIBIT I-2 - U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
EXHIBIT I-3 - U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
EXHIBIT I-4 - U.S. TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
EXHIBIT J - COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
CREDIT AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT K - INTERCOMPANY NOTE THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT is dated as of March 9, 2026 and is made by and among AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the GUARANTORS (as hereinafter defined), the LENDERS (as hereinafter defined), the ISSUING LENDERS (as hereinafter defined), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as the Administrative Agent (as hereinafter defined) and Swingline Loan Lender (as hereinafter defined).
The Borrower has requested that the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders provide new credit facilities consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $40,000,000, to include a Swingline Loan (as hereinafter defined) subfacility and a Letter of Credit (as hereinafter defined) subfacility, and (ii) a $90,000,000 term loan facility. In consideration of their mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter specified and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
1.1Certain Definitions. In addition to words and terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following words and terms shall have the following meanings, respectively, unless the context hereof clearly requires otherwise:
“Accreditation” shall mean the status of public recognition granted by any Accrediting Body to a post-secondary higher education institution or program that meets the relevant Accrediting Body’s standards and requirements.
“Accrediting Body” shall mean any entity or organization that is recognized as an accrediting agency by the DOE, which engages in the granting or withholding of Accreditation of post-secondary higher education institutions, in accordance with standards relating to the performance, operation, financial condition and/or educational quality of such schools including, but not limited to, the Accrediting Bureau of Health Education Schools, the Accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing, the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, and the Higher Learning Commission.
“Acquisition” means any transaction, or any series of related transactions, by which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (a) acquires any going business or all or substantially all of the assets of any firm, corporation or limited liability company, or division or line of business thereof, whether through purchase of assets, merger or otherwise or (b) directly or indirectly acquires (in one transaction or as the most recent transaction in a series of transactions) at least a majority (in number of votes) of the securities of a corporation which have ordinary voting power for the election of directors (other than securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) or a majority (by percentage or voting power) of the outstanding ownership interests of a partnership or limited liability company.
“Administrative Agent” means PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as administrative agent hereunder or any successor administrative agent.
“Administrative Agent’s Fee” means as is specified in Section 11.9.
“Administrative Agent’s Fee Letter” means that certain Engagement Letter, dated as of January 29, 2026, by and between the Borrower, PNC and PNC Capital Markets LLC, as amended from time to time.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an administrative questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
“Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.
“Agent Parties” means as is specified in Section 12.5(d)(ii).
“Agreement” shall mean this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, modified or restated from time to time, including all schedules and exhibits.
“All-In Yield” means, as to any Indebtedness, the effective all-in yield applicable thereto as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in consultation with the Borrower in a manner consistent with generally accepted financial practices, taking into account: (a) interest rate margins, (b) original issue discount (“OID”) and upfront or similar fees (which shall be deemed to constitute like amounts of OID) payable by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to the lenders under, or holders of, such Indebtedness in the initial primary syndication thereof (with OID and upfront fees being equated to interest based on assumed four-year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated weighted average life to maturity at the time of its incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness)), and (c) any interest rate floor, but excluding (i) any arrangement, commitment, structuring, agency or underwriting fees that are not paid to or shared with all relevant lenders generally in connection with the commitment or syndication of such Indebtedness, (ii) any ticking, unused line or similar fees or (iii) any other fee that is not paid directly by the Borrower generally to all relevant lenders ratably in the primary syndication of such Indebtedness; provided that (A) to the extent that any interest rate specified for such Indebtedness that is subject to a floor (in each case, without giving effect to any such floor on the date on which the All-In Yield is being calculated) is less than such floor, the amount of such difference will be deemed added to the interest rate margin applicable to such Indebtedness for purposes of calculating the All-In Yield and (B) to the extent that any interest rate specified for such Indebtedness that is subject to a floor (in each case, without giving effect to any such floor on the date on which the All-In Yield is being calculated) is equal to or greater than such floor, the floor will be disregarded in calculating the All-In Yield.
“Allowable Carry-Over” means, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower (excluding any fiscal years ending prior to the Closing Date), an amount, if positive, equal to the product of (a) fifty percent (50%) times (b) the result of (i) the Base Amount for such fiscal year minus (ii) the actual amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 9.3(o), Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 9.4(c) and Specified Prepayments made pursuant to Section 9.17(a)(iii) during such fiscal year (in each case of this clause (ii), other than any such Investments, Restricted Payments or Specified Prepayments that are made in such fiscal year in reliance on the Allowable Carry-Over from the preceding fiscal year).
“Anti-Corruption Laws” means (a) the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended; (b) the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, as amended; and (c) any other applicable Law relating to anti-bribery or anti-corruption in any jurisdiction in which any Loan Party is located or doing business.
“Anti-Money Laundering Laws” means (a) the Bank Secrecy Act and the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001; (b) the U.K. Proceeds of Crime Act 2002, the Money Laundering Regulations 2017, as amended and the Terrorist Asset-Freezing etc. Act 2010; and (c) any other applicable Law relating to anti-money laundering and countering the financing of terrorism in any jurisdiction in which any Loan Party is located or doing business.
“Applicable Margin” means the corresponding percentages per annum as specified under and in accordance with the terms set forth below based on the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level |
Consolidated Total Net Leverage
Ratio
|
Applicable Margin for Revolving Commitment
Fee
|
Applicable Margin for Letter of Credit Fees |
Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans |
Applicable Margin for Term SOFR Rate Loans and Daily SOFR Rate Loans |
I |
< 0.50 to 1.00 |
0.20% |
1.75% |
0.75% |
1.75% |
II |
> 0.50 to 1.00 but < 1.25 to 1.00 |
0.25% |
2.00% |
1.00% |
2.00% |
III |
> 1.25 to 1.00 but < 2.00 to 1.00 |
0.30% |
2.25% |
1.25% |
2.25% |
IV |
> 2.00 to 1.00 |
0.35% |
2.75% |
1.75% |
2.75% |
For purposes of determining the Applicable Margin, the applicable Revolving Commitment Fee and the applicable Letter of Credit Fee:
(a) The Applicable Margin, the applicable Revolving Commitment Fee and the applicable Letter of Credit Fee shall be determined on the Closing Date based on Level I until the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.12(c) for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2026 (subject to clause (b) below).
(b) The Applicable Margin, the applicable Revolving Commitment Fee and the applicable Letter of Credit Fee shall be recomputed as of the end of each fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date based on the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio as of such quarter end. Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Margin, the applicable Revolving Commitment Fee or the applicable Letter of Credit Fee computed as of a quarter end shall be effective on the date on which the Compliance Certificate evidencing such computation is due to be delivered under Section 8.12(c). If a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section 8.12, then the rates in Level IV shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered.
(c) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, the Borrower or the Lenders determine that (i) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, promptly on demand by the Administrative Agent (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lenders), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Issuing Lenders, as the case may be, under Section 5.10 or Article 10 (but subject to any applicable grace or cure periods provided therein). Upon receipt of such excess amount of interest and fees, any Potential Default or Event of Default that may be deemed to have occurred as a result of the failure to pay the applicable interest and fees shall be automatically cured. The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive following the termination of the Commitments and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.
“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Arrangers” means PNC Capital Markets LLC and M&T Bank, N.A.
“Asset Disposition” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of any property by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, including, in each case, by way of an LLC Division (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any issuance of Equity Interests by any Subsidiary of the Borrower to any Person that is not a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof.
The term “Asset Disposition” shall not include (a) the sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (b) the transfer of assets to the Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to any other transaction permitted pursuant to Section 9.5, (c) the write-off, discount, sale or other disposition of defaulted or past-due receivables and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business and not undertaken as part of an accounts receivable financing transaction, (d) the disposition of any Swap, (e) dispositions of investments in cash and Permitted Investments, (f) the transfer by any Loan Party of its assets to any other Loan Party, (g) the transfer by any non-Loan Party Subsidiary of its assets to any Loan Party (provided that in connection with any new transfer, such Loan Party shall not pay more than an amount equal to the fair market value of such assets as determined in good faith at the time of such transfer), (h) the transfer by any non-Loan Party Subsidiary of its assets to any other non-Loan Party Subsidiary, (i) dispositions of equipment by way of trade-in, sale (with the application of the net proceeds thereof towards a contemporaneous expenditure) or exchange, in each case, in connection with the purchase of replacement equipment and (j) to the extent constituting a disposition, Liens permitted under Section 9.2, Investments permitted under Section 9.3 and Restricted Payments permitted under Section 9.4.
“Assignment and Assumption Agreement” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.8), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Authorized Officer” means, with respect to any Loan Party, the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of such Loan Party, any manager or the members (as applicable) in the case of any Loan Party which is a limited liability company, or such other individuals, designated by written notice to the Administrative Agent from the Borrower, authorized to execute notices, reports and other documents on behalf of such Loan Party required hereunder. The Borrower may amend such list of individuals from time to time by giving written notice of such amendment to the Administrative Agent.
“Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
“Base Amount” means an amount equal to the greater of (a) $12,500,000 and (b) twelve and one-half percent (12.5%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period.
“Base Rate” means, for any day, a fluctuating per annum rate of interest equal to the highest of (a) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate, plus 0.5%, (b) the Prime Rate, and (c) the Daily 1M SOFR, plus 1.00%, so long as Daily 1M SOFR is offered, ascertainable and not unlawful; provided, however, if the Base Rate as determined above would be less than zero, then such rate shall be deemed to be zero. Any change in the Base Rate (or any component thereof) shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change occurs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the case of any event specified in Section 4.4(a) or Section 4.4(b), to the extent any such determination affects the calculation of Base Rate, the definition hereof shall be calculated without reference to clause (c) until the circumstances giving rise to such event no longer exist.
“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
“Base Rate Option” means the option of the Borrower to have Loans bear interest at the rate and under the terms specified in either Section 4.1(a)(i) or Section 4.1(c)(i), as applicable.
“Beneficial Owner” means, for the Borrower, each of the following: (a) each individual, if any, who, directly or indirectly, owns 25% or more of the Borrower’s Equity Interests; and (b) a single individual with significant responsibility to control, manage, or direct the Borrower.
“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.
“Blocked Property” means any property: (a) owned, directly or indirectly, by a Sanctioned Person; (b) due to or from a Sanctioned Person; (c) in which a Sanctioned Person otherwise holds any interest; (d) located in a Sanctioned Jurisdiction; or (e) that otherwise could cause any violation by the Lenders or Administrative Agent of any applicable Sanctions if the Lenders or Administrative Agent were to obtain an encumbrance on, lien on, pledge of, or security interest in such property, or provide services in consideration of such property.
“Borrower” means as is specified in the introductory paragraph.
“Borrowing Date” means, with respect to any Loan, the date of the making, renewal or conversion thereof, which shall be a Business Day.
“Borrowing Tranche” means specified portions of Loans outstanding as follows: (a) any Loans to which a Term SOFR Rate Option applies by the Borrower and which have the same Interest Period shall constitute one Borrowing Tranche, (b) all Loans to which a Base Rate Option applies shall constitute one Borrowing Tranche, and (c) all Loans to which a Daily SOFR Rate Option applies shall constitute one Borrowing Tranche.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banks are authorized or required to be closed, or are in fact closed, for business in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania (or, if otherwise, the Lending Office of the Administrative Agent); provided that, for purposes of any direct or indirect calculation or determination of, or when used in connection with any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements, payments, or other dealings with respect to SOFR, the term “Business Day” means any such day that is also a U.S. Government Securities Business Day.
“Capital Expenditures” means for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Finance Lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) which are required to be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person, excluding expenditures funded with insurance proceeds or condemnation awards to the extent that such proceeds or awards are used to purchase assets that are the same as, or substantially functionally equivalent to, the assets giving rise to such condemnation awards or insurance proceeds. For the avoidance of doubt, Permitted Acquisitions or other Acquisitions permitted hereby shall not be deemed to be Capital Expenditures.
“Cash Collateralize” means, to deposit in a Controlled Account or to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of one or more of the Issuing Lenders or the Lenders, as collateral for Letter of Credit Obligations or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect of Letter of Credit Obligations, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Lender shall agree in their sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each applicable Issuing Lender. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“Cash Equivalents” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of Permitted Investments under clauses (a) through (d) thereof at such time.
“Cash Management Agreements” means as is specified in Section 2.6(f).
“Cash Management Bank” means any Person that, (a) at the time it enters into an Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product, is the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent, (b) in the case of any Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product in effect on or prior to the Closing Date, is, as of the Closing Date or within thirty (30) days thereafter, is the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent and a party to such Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product or (c) at the time it becomes a Lender, the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent, is a party to an Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product.
“Cash Management Obligations” means (a) obligations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository, cash pooling arrangements and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds and (b) other obligations in respect of netting services, employee credit or purchase card or credit card programs and similar arrangements.
“CEA” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
“Certificate of Beneficial Ownership” means, for the Borrower, a certificate in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent (as amended or modified by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its sole discretion), certifying, among other things, the Beneficial Owners of the Borrower.
“CFC Debt” means intercompany loans, Indebtedness or receivables owed or treated as owed by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries.
“CFTC” means the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any Law, (b) any change in any Law or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Official Body or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of Law) by any Official Body; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith (whether or not having the force of Law) and (y) all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities (whether or not having the force of Law), in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a Change in Law regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented.
“Change of Control” means any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower.
“Charge” means any charge, expense or cost of any kind.
“CIP Regulations” means as is specified in Section 11.12.
“Class”, when used in reference to any Loan, refers to whether such Loan, or the advances comprising such Loans, are Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans and, when used in reference to any Lender, refers to whether such Lender has any (a) Term Loan Commitments or Term Loans, (b) Incremental Term Loan Commitments or Incremental Term Loans or (c) outstanding Revolving Credit Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments.
“Closing Date” means March 9, 2026.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, and the rules and regulations thereunder, as from time to time in effect.
“Collateral” means the personal property of any Person granted as collateral to secure the Obligations for the benefit of the Secured Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, no real property owned or leased by the Loan Parties shall be required to be Collateral hereunder.
“Collateral Documents” means the Security and Pledge Agreement and any other agreement, document or instrument granting a Lien in Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
“Commercial Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit which is a commercial letter of credit issued in respect of the purchase of goods or services by one or more of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of their business.
“Commitment” means, as to any Lender, its Revolving Credit Commitment, Term Loan Commitment, Incremental Term Loan Commitment (if any) and, in the case of PNC (in its capacity as the Swingline Loan Lender), its Swingline Loan Commitment (but not the aggregate of its Revolving Credit Commitment and its Swingline Loan Commitment), and “Commitments” means the aggregate of the Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Loan Commitments and Incremental Term Loan Commitments (if any) of all of the Lenders.
“Commitment Fees” means the Revolving Commitment Fee.
“Communications” means as is specified in Section 12.5(d)(ii).
“Compliance Authority” means (a) the United States government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of State and the U.S. Department of the Treasury and its Office of Foreign Assets Control; (b) the government of Canada or any agency thereof; (c) the European Union or any agency thereof; (d) the government of the United Kingdom or any agency thereof; (e) the United Nations Security Council; and (f) any other Official Body with jurisdiction to administer Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Sanctions with respect to the conduct of a Covered Entity.
“Compliance Certificate” means as is specified in Section 8.12(c).
“Conforming Changes” means, with respect to the Term SOFR Rate, the Daily 1M SOFR or any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” the definition of “U.S.
Government Securities Business Day,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, the applicability and length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides, in consultation with the Borrower, may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of the Term SOFR Rate, the Daily 1M SOFR or such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of the Term SOFR Rate, the Daily 1M SOFR or the Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).
“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consolidated Capital Expenditures” mean, for any period of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, Capital Expenditures for such period.
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum of the following:
(a) Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus
(b) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period (other than in the case of clauses (vii) and (xiii)):
(i) the provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including federal, provincial, territorial, foreign, state, local, franchise, excise, and similar taxes and foreign withholding paid or accrued during such period (including in respect of repatriated funds) including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations (including, without limitation, any additions to such taxes, and any penalties and interest with respect thereto),
(ii) total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, the sum of (A) premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses incurred in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets plus (B) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Finance Leases that is treated as interest expense in accordance with GAAP plus (C) the implied interest component of synthetic leases with respect to such period plus (D) any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations or such derivative instruments plus (E) bank and letter of credit fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, plus (F) amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, debt discount or premium, terminated hedging obligations and other commissions, financing fees and expenses and, adjusted, to the extent included, to exclude any refunds or similar credits received in connection with the purchasing or procurement of goods or services under any purchasing card or similar program,
(iii) depreciation expense,
(iv) amortization (including amortization of intangibles) expense,
(v) all non-cash Charges, (excluding any such non-cash Charges (A) representing an accrual or reserve for future cash charges or losses, (B) to the extent that there were cash charges or losses with respect thereto in such period or past accounting periods and (C) representing a write-down of current assets),
(vi) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring Charges (in each case, as determined in good faith by the Borrower),
(vii) pro forma “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, operational improvements and synergies (net of the amount of actual amounts realized) reasonably identifiable and factually supportable (in the good faith determination of the Borrower and subject to certification by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower) related to Asset Dispositions, Acquisitions, Investments, dispositions, operating improvements, restructurings, cost saving initiatives and certain other similar initiatives (including the renegotiation of contracts and other arrangements) and specified transactions projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within 12 months (for the avoidance of doubt including in connection with any of the foregoing, or actions taken, prior to the Closing Date); provided that the amounts under this clause (vii), in the aggregate with the amounts under clauses (viii) and (xi) shall not exceed 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for any relevant period as calculated prior to giving effect to such adjustments,
(viii) any Charge attributable to the undertaking and/or implementation of business optimization activities, cost savings initiatives, cost rationalization programs, operating expense reductions and/or synergies and/or similar initiatives and/or programs (including, without limitation, in connection with any integration, restructuring or transition, any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternative uses, any new programming or any campus start-ups), including the following: any business optimization Charge, any restructuring Charge (including any Charge relating to any tax restructuring), any Charge relating to the closure or consolidation of any facility (including but not limited to rent termination costs, moving costs and legal costs), any systems implementation Charge, any retention or completion bonus, any expansion and/or relocation Charge and any severance Charge; provided that the amounts under this clause (viii), in the aggregate with the amounts under clauses (vii) and (xi) shall not exceed 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for any relevant period as calculated prior to giving effect to such adjustments,
(ix) the amount of any Charges incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any severance agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are non-cash or otherwise funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower (other than in respect of any Disqualified Equity Interests) or net proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), including, without limitation, any non-cash Charges that result from the issuance of stock-based awards, partnership interest-based awards and similar incentive based compensation awards or arrangements,
(x) all Charges incurred in connection with any acquisition, investment, issuance of Equity Interests, issuance of Indebtedness, refinancing, amendment, disposition, or other transaction permitted by the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, in connection with the Loan Documents; provided that the amounts under this clause (x) for all such transactions that are not consummated shall not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for any relevant period,
(xi) Charges (including all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) (A) from abandoned, closed, disposed or discontinued operations and any losses on disposal of abandoned, closed or discontinued operations (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of) and (B) attributable to Asset Dispositions (other than in the ordinary course of business), as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower; provided that the amounts under this clause (xi), in the aggregate with the amounts under clauses (vii) and (viii) shall not exceed 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for any relevant period as calculated prior to giving effect to such adjustments,
(xii) expenses incurred during such period in connection with earn-out and other deferred payments in connection with any acquisitions constituting an Investment permitted under this Agreement (including any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date), to the extent included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income as an accounting adjustment to the extent that the actual amount payable or paid in respect of such earn-out or other deferred payments exceeds the liability booked by the applicable Person therefor,
(xiii) proceeds of business interruption insurance (whether or not then received so long as the Borrower in good faith expects to receive such proceeds within one (1) year after the related amount is first added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to this clause (a)(xiii) (and if not so reimbursed within one (1) year, such amount shall be deducted from Consolidated EBITDA during the next measurement period)), and
(xiv) the amount of loss on sale of Receivables Assets in connection with a Permitted Receivables Transaction,
less
(c) the sum of the following, without duplication, to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:
(i) interest income,
(ii) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gains (in each case, as determined in good faith by the Borrower), and
(iii) non-cash gains or non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income (but excluding any non-cash gains to the extent that they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income in any prior period).
For purposes of this Agreement, Consolidated EBITDA shall be adjusted on a Pro Forma Basis for any period of measurement during which any Specified Transaction has occurred.
“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense required to be paid in cash (whether or not actually paid) or, if not required to be paid in cash, described in clause (y) thereof, in each case, calculated for the most recently ended Measurement Period.
“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period of determination, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, without duplication, cash interest expense (including (x) that attributable to Finance Lease Obligations and (y) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges incurred in connection with any Permitted Receivables Transaction which are payable to any Person other than a Loan Party), including commissions, discounts and other fees and Charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net cash costs under hedging agreements (other than in connection with the early termination thereof), excluding, in each case:
(a) amortization of deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, original issue discount, fees and expenses and any other amounts of non-cash interest (including as a result of the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting),
(b) non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of Swap Obligations, including pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging,
(c) costs associated with incurring or terminating Swap Obligations and cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates,
(d) penalties and interest relating to taxes,
(e) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness,
(f) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, and
(g) annual agency fees paid to any administrative agents and collateral agents with respect to any secured or unsecured loans, debt facilities, debentures, bonds, commercial paper facilities or other forms of Indebtedness (including any security or collateral trust arrangements related thereto), including the Loans.
For purposes of this definition, interest on Finance Lease Obligations will be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Finance Lease Obligations in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period of determination, the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated Net Income shall exclude (a) unusual and non-recurring gains and unusual or non-recurring losses for such period, (b) the net income of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party during such period to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of such income is not permitted by operation of the terms of its organizational documents or any agreement, instrument or Law applicable to such Subsidiary during such period, except that the Borrower’s (or, if applicable, other Subsidiary’s) equity in any net loss of any such Subsidiary for such period shall be included in determining Consolidated Net Income, and (c) any income (or loss) for such period of any Person if such Person is not a Subsidiary, except that the Borrower’s (or, if applicable, Subsidiary’s) equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Borrower or a Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (and in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not precluded from further distributing such amount to the Borrower as described in clause (b) of this proviso).
“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date, all Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries measured on a consolidated basis as of such date in accordance with GAAP, but excluding (i) Indebtedness of the type described in subsection (c) thereof (other than drawn but unreimbursed obligations under letters of credit or similar instruments), and (ii) Indebtedness of the type described in subsection (d) thereof.
“Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (a) the result of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such date less (ii) Unrestricted Cash on such date (provided, that, the amount to be subtracted pursuant to this clause (ii) shall not exceed $100,000,000) to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period.
“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.
“Controlled Account” means each deposit account and securities account that constitutes Collateral and is either (a) maintained with PNC or (b) subject to an account control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
“Covered Entity” means (a) the Borrower and each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries; (b) each Guarantor and any Person who has pledged (or will pledge) Collateral under any Loan Document; and (c) each Person that, directly or indirectly, controls a Person described in clause (a) or (b) above.
“Daily 1M SOFR” means, for any day, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (rounded upwards, at the Administrative Agent’s discretion, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such day for a one (1) month period, as published by the Term SOFR Administrator; provided, that if Daily 1M SOFR, determined as provided above, would be less than the SOFR Floor, then Daily 1M SOFR shall be deemed to be the SOFR Floor. The rate of interest will be adjusted automatically as of each Business Day based on changes in Daily 1M SOFR without notice to the Borrower.
“Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day (a “SOFR Rate Day”), the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (rounded upwards, at the Administrative Agent’s discretion, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to SOFR for the day (the “SOFR Determination Date”) that is 2 Business Days prior to (i) such SOFR Rate Day if such SOFR Rate Day is a Business Day or (ii) the Business Day immediately preceding such SOFR Rate Day if such SOFR Rate Day is not a Business Day, in each case, as such SOFR is published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate) on the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, currently at http:// www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source identified by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or its successor administrator for the secured overnight financing rate from time to time.
If Daily Simple SOFR as determined above would be less than the SOFR Floor, then Daily Simple SOFR shall be deemed to be the SOFR Floor. If SOFR for any SOFR Determination Date has not been published or replaced with a Benchmark Replacement by 5:00 p.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the second Business Day immediately following such SOFR Determination Date, then SOFR for such SOFR Determination Date will be SOFR for the first Business Day preceding such SOFR Determination Date for which SOFR was published in accordance with the definition of “SOFR”; provided that SOFR determined pursuant to this sentence shall be used for purposes of calculating Daily Simple SOFR for no more than 3 consecutive SOFR Rate Days. If and when Daily Simple SOFR as determined above changes, any applicable rate of interest based on Daily Simple SOFR will change automatically without notice to the Borrower, effective on the date of any such change.
“Daily SOFR Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on Daily 1M SOFR.
“Daily SOFR Rate Option” means the option of the Borrower to have Loans bear interest at the rate and under the terms specified in either Section 4.1(a)(iii) or Section 4.1(c)(iii), as applicable.
“Debt Issuance” means the issuance by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States of America, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.
“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 5.15(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, the Swingline Loan Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans) within two Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or the Swingline Loan Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by an Official Body so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Official Body) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.
Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 5.15(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, the Issuing Lenders, the Swingline Loan Lender and each Lender.
“Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event, (a) matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, prior to the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day after the later of the Expiration Date and the Term Loan Maturity Date (in each case, other than any redemption or maturity payable solely in shares of Qualified Equity Interests), (b) requires the payment of any cash dividends at any time prior to the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day after the later of the Expiration Date and the Term Loan Maturity Date, (c) contains any repurchase obligation which may come into effect prior to payment in full of all Obligations, or (d) is convertible into or exchangeable (unless at the sole option of the issuer thereof) for (i) debt securities or (ii) any Equity Interests referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above, in each case at any time prior to the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day after the later of the Expiration Date and the Term Loan Maturity Date; provided, that, (x) any Equity Interests that would not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof (or the holders of any security into or for which such Equity Interests are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) the right to require the issuer thereof to redeem or repurchase such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change in control or an asset sale occurring prior to the one hundred eighty-first (181st) day after the later of the Expiration Date and the Term Loan Maturity Date shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests if such Equity Interests provide that the issuer thereof will not redeem or repurchase any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to the Facility Termination Date, (y) if an Equity Interest in any Person is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interest shall not constitute a Disqualified Equity Interest solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations of such Person and (z) no Equity Interest held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer or consultant (or their respective Affiliates, heirs, descendants or estate planning vehicles) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be considered a Disqualified Equity Interest because such stock is redeemable or subject to repurchase pursuant to any customary management equity subscription agreement, stock option, stock appreciation right or other stock award agreement, stock ownership plan, put agreement, stockholder agreement or similar agreement that may be in effect from time to time.
“DOE” shall mean the U.S. Department of Education or any successor agency.
“Dollar”, “Dollars”, “U.S. Dollars” and the symbol “$” means, in each case, lawful currency of the United States of America.
“Domestic Liquidity” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the Laws of the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Drawing Date” means as is specified in Section 2.8(c).
“Earn-Outs” means, with respect to any Person, any earn-out obligations of such Person arising from a Permitted Acquisition or other Acquisition permitted hereunder that are payable based on the achievement of specified financial results over time. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of any Earn-Out at the time of determination shall be the aggregate amount, if any, of such Earn-Out that is required at such time under GAAP to be recognized as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
“Educational Agency” shall mean any person, entity or organization, whether governmental, government-chartered, private, or quasi-private, that engages in the granting or withholding of Educational Approvals for, administers Student Financial Assistance programs to, or for the benefit of, students of, or otherwise regulates the performance, operation, financial condition, or academic standards of private post-secondary institutions of higher education, including, without limitation, the DOE, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs, the U.S. Department of Defense, any State Educational Agency, and any Accrediting Body.
“Educational Approval” shall mean any license, authorization, approval, certification, or Accreditation required by an Educational Agency with respect to any aspect of a School’s operations in order for such School, or any location or educational program thereof, to operate or to participate in a Student Financial Assistance Program, but excluding approvals or licenses with respect to the activities of individual recruiters at any such School.
“Educational Law” shall mean any applicable statute, law, regulation, rule, order, judgment, decision, decree, or binding standard issued or administered by any applicable Educational Agency.
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Effective Date” means the date indicated in a document or agreement to be the date on which such document or agreement becomes effective, or, if there is no such indication, the date of execution of such document or agreement.
“Effective Federal Funds Rate” means for any day the rate per annum (based on a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) and rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1% announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or any successor) on such day as being the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions on the previous trading day, as computed and announced by such Federal Reserve Bank (or any successor) in substantially the same manner as such Federal Reserve Bank computes and announces the weighted average it refers to as the “Effective Federal Funds Rate” as of the date of this Agreement; provided that if such Federal Reserve Bank (or its successor) does not announce such rate on any day, the “Effective Federal Funds Rate” for such day shall be the Effective Federal Funds Rate for the last day on which such rate was announced. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Effective Federal Funds Rate as determined under any method above would be less than zero percent (0.00%), such rate shall be deemed to be zero percent (0.00%) for purposes of this Agreement.
“Eligibility Date” means, with respect to each Loan Party and each Swap, the date on which this Agreement or any other Loan Document becomes effective with respect to such Swap (for the avoidance of doubt, the Eligibility Date shall be the Effective Date of such Swap if this Agreement or any other Loan Document is then in effect with respect to such Loan Party, and otherwise it shall be the Effective Date of this Agreement and/or such other Loan Document(s) to which such Loan Party is a party).
“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 12.8(b)(iv), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 12.8(b)(iii)).
“Eligible Contract Participant” means an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the CEA and regulations thereunder.
“Environment” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, soil, surface and subsurface strata, and natural resources such as wetland, flora and fauna.
“Environmental Laws” means all applicable federal, state, local, tribal, territorial and foreign Laws (including common law), constitutions, statutes, treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances and codes and any consent decrees, settlement agreements, judgments, orders, directives, policies or programs issued by or entered into with an Official Body pertaining or relating to: (a) pollution or pollution control; (b) protection of human health from exposure to regulated substances; (c) protection of the environment and/or natural resources; (d) employee safety in the workplace; (e) the presence, use, management, generation, manufacture, processing, extraction, treatment, recycling, refining, reclamation, labeling, packaging, sale, transport, storage, collection, distribution, disposal or release or threat of release of regulated substances; (f) the presence of contamination; (g) the protection of endangered or threatened species; and (h) the protection of environmentally sensitive areas.
“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person (other than convertible Indebtedness) or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
“ERISA Event” means (a) with respect to a Pension Plan, a reportable event under Section 4043 of ERISA as to which event (after taking into account notice waivers provided for in the regulations) there is a duty to give notice to the PBGC; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group from a Multiemployer Plan, notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent, or occurrence of an event described in Section 4041A(a) of ERISA that results in the termination of a Multiemployer Plan; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041(e) of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the determination that any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan is considered an at-risk plan or a plan in endangered or critical status within the meaning of Sections 430, 431 and 432 of the Code or Sections 303, 304 and 305 of ERISA; (g) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group; (h) neither Borrower nor any member of the ERISA Group has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 of ERISA, with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; or (i) neither Borrower nor any member of the ERISA Group has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
“ERISA Group” means the Borrower and all members of a controlled group of corporations and all trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated) under common control and all other entities which, together with the Borrower, are treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA.
“Erroneous Payment” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.15(a).
“Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.15(d).
“Erroneous Payment Impacted Class” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.15(d).
“Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.15(d).
“Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.15(d).
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
“Event of Default” means any of the events described in Section 10.1.
“Excluded Accounts” means any deposit account, securities account or commodity account (i) which is used for the sole purpose of making payroll and withholding tax payments related thereto and other employee wage and benefit payments and accrued and unpaid employee compensation payments (including salaries, wages, benefits and expense reimbursements, 401(k) and other retirement plans and employee benefits, including rabbi trusts for deferred compensation and health care benefits), (ii) which is used solely for paying taxes, including withholding taxes and sales taxes, (iii) which is used solely as an escrow account or as a fiduciary or trust account or is otherwise held exclusively for the benefit of an unaffiliated third party (including any account solely holding amounts representing fines, violations, fees and similar amounts paid by third parties and owed to municipalities), (iv) holding (1) funds that any of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries receives from federal student financial aid programs under Title IV, and holds in a bank or investment account for federal funds pursuant to 34 C.F.R.
668.163 (or any successor regulation) or otherwise in trust pursuant to 34 C.F.R. 668.161(b) and (2) any similar federal or state student financial aid funds, (v) any accounts holding solely cash collateral or Permitted Investments subject to a Lien permitted by Section 9.2(b) (to the extent constituting a “Permitted Lien” under clauses (c), (d), (n), (p) or (s) of the definition thereof) or 9.2(n)(i) where such Lien precludes a Lien securing the Obligations and (vi) which is a zero balance account.
“Excluded Hedge Liability” or “Excluded Hedge Liabilities” means, with respect to each Loan Party, each of its Swap Obligations if, and only to the extent that, all or any portion of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that relates to such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the CEA, or any rule, regulation or order of the CFTC, solely by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant on the Eligibility Date for such Swap. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing or in any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the foregoing is subject to the following provisos: (a) if a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, this definition shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to Swaps for which such guaranty or security interest is or becomes illegal under the CEA, or any rule, regulations or order of the CFTC, solely as a result of the failure by such Loan Party for any reason to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant on the Eligibility Date for such Swap, (b) if a guarantee of a Swap Obligation would cause such obligation to be an Excluded Hedge Liability but the grant of a security interest would not cause such obligation to be an Excluded Hedge Liability, such Swap Obligation shall constitute an Excluded Hedge Liability for purposes of the guaranty but not for purposes of the grant of the security interest, and (c) if there is more than one Loan Party executing this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and a Swap Obligation would be an Excluded Hedge Liability with respect to one or more of such Persons, but not all of them, the definition of Excluded Hedge Liability or Liabilities with respect to each such Person shall only be deemed applicable to (i) the particular Swap Obligations that constitute Excluded Hedge Liabilities with respect to such Person, and (ii) the particular Person with respect to which such Swap Obligations constitute Excluded Hedge Liabilities.
“Excluded Property” has the meaning assigned to it in the Security and Pledge Agreement.
“Excluded Subsidiary” means (a) any Foreign Holding Company, (b) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary, (e) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by applicable Law, rule or regulation or contractual obligation existing on the Closing Date or, if later, the date such Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary (so long as such prohibition was not created in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby or such Person becoming a Subsidiary), from guaranteeing the Obligations or which would require any governmental or regulatory consent, approval, license or authorization to do so, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been obtained, (f) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (as agreed in writing), the burden or cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guaranty of the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom, (g) any not-for profit Subsidiaries or captive insurance companies, (h) in the case of any obligation under any Excluded Hedge Liability, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Non-Qualifying Party with respect thereto and (i) any Subsidiary that is a Joint Venture; provided that (i) Subsidiaries described in clauses (a) through (c) shall only be Excluded Subsidiaries to the extent that, and for so long as any guaranty by such Subsidiary would have material adverse tax consequences for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or result in a violation of Applicable Laws and (ii) the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, elect to cause one or more Excluded Subsidiaries, subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonable withheld, conditioned or delayed), to no longer constitute “Excluded Subsidiaries”.
“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the Laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable Lending Office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in such Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 5.13) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 5.9, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.9(g), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA (except to the extent imposed solely due to the failure of the Borrower to provide documentation or information to the IRS).
“Executive Order No. 13224” means the Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24, 2001, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.
“Exempt Student Financial Aid Funds” means (i) funds that (A) any of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries receives from federal student financial aid programs under Title IV, and (B) students do not earn pursuant to 34 C.F.R. §–668.22(e) (or any successor regulation) and (ii) any similar federal or state student financial aid funds.
“Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2021, by and between the Borrower, the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto and Macquarie Capital Funding, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, as amended, amended and restated, modified, extended, restated, replaced or supplemented from time to time prior to the date hereof.
“Expiration Date” means, with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments, March 9, 2031, as such date may be extended with respect to certain Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to Section 12.1.
“Facilities” means the Revolving Credit Facility, the Term Loan Facility and/or the Incremental Term Loan Facility, as the context may require.
“Facility Termination Date” means the date as of which all of the following shall have occurred: (a) the aggregate Commitments have been terminated, (b) all Obligations have been paid in full (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations that are not yet due and (ii) obligations and liabilities under any Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge, any Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge and any Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product (other than any such obligations for which written notice has been received by the Administrative Agent that either (x) amounts are currently due and payable under such Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge, any Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge and any Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product, as applicable, or (y) no arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank have been made)), and (c) all Letters of Credit have terminated or expired (other than Letters of Credit as to which other arrangements with respect thereto reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (to the extent the Administrative Agent is a party to such arrangements) and the applicable Issuing Lender, including the provision of cash collateral, shall have been made).
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
“Finance Lease” means, for any Person, any lease (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) of any property by that Person, as lessee, that, in accordance with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a finance lease or capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person (subject to the provisions of Section 1.3).
“Finance Lease Obligations” means, for any Person, all obligations of such Person to pay rent and/or other amounts under any Finance Lease, and the amount of such obligations shall, for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, be deemed to be the capitalized amount thereof, as determined in accordance with GAAP (subject to the provisions in Section 1.3).
“Foreign Currency Hedge” means any foreign exchange transaction, including spot and forward foreign currency purchases and sales, listed or over-the-counter options on foreign currencies, non-deliverable forwards and options, foreign currency swap agreements, currency exchange rate price hedging arrangements, and any other similar transaction providing for the purchase of one currency in exchange for the sale of another currency.
“Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities” means as is specified in the definition of Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge.
“Foreign Holding Company” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower all or substantially all of the assets of which are comprised of Equity Interests in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries or CFC Debt or both.
“Foreign Lender” means (a) if the Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if the Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States, a State thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Issuing Lenders, such Defaulting Lender’s Ratable Share of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender other than Letter of Credit Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof, and (b) with respect to any Swingline Loan Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Ratable Share of outstanding Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Loan Lender other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders.
“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as are in effect from time to time in the United States, subject to the provisions of Section 1.3, and applied on a consistent basis both as to classification of items and amounts.
“Government Official” means any officer, employee, official, representative, or any Person acting for or on behalf of any Official Body, government-owned or government-controlled association, organization, business, or enterprise, or public international organization, any political party or official thereof and any candidate for political office.
“Guarantors” means, collectively, (a) each existing or future direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than Excluded Subsidiaries), (b) any other Person that is from time to time party to the Guaranty Agreement or any other agreement pursuant to which it guarantees the Obligations or any portion thereof and (c) with respect to obligations and liabilities under any Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge, any Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge and any Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product, the Borrower.
“Guaranty” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any liability or obligation of any other Person in any manner, whether directly or indirectly. The amount of obligations under a Guaranty shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guaranty is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith.
“Guaranty Agreement” means the Continuing Agreement of Guaranty and Suretyship, dated of even date herewith, executed and delivered by each of the Guarantors in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
“Guaranty Joinder Agreement” means a joinder by a Person as a Guarantor under the Loan Documents in substantially the form of Exhibit B.
“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.
“Hedge Bank” means any Person that, (a) at the time it enters into a Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge or Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge, is the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent, (b) in the case of any Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge or Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge in effect on or prior to the Closing Date, is, as of the Closing Date or within thirty (30) days thereafter, is the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent and a party to such Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge or Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge or (c) at the time it becomes a Lender, the Administrative Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or the Administrative Agent, is a party to a Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge or Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge.
“Hedge Liabilities” means collectively, the Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities and the Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities.
“Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary that (together with its respective Subsidiaries), as of any date of determination, (a) does not have (x) total assets in excess of 2.5% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis, and (y) together with the total assets of all other Immaterial Domestic Subsidiaries (and each of their respective Subsidiaries) at such time, total assets in excess of 5% of the total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis, (b) did not generate, for the most recently ended Measurement Period, (x) in excess of 2.5% of Consolidated EBITDA and (y) together with all other Immaterial Domestic Subsidiaries (and each of their respective Subsidiaries), in excess of 5% of Consolidated EBITDA and (c) does not hold any material consent, license or approval from an Official Body (including, without limitation, any material Educational Approval) or any Material Contract; provided, that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Subsidiary that has become a Loan Party shall thereafter be deemed to be an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary.
“Increased Amount Date” means as is specified in Section 5.16.
“Incremental Lender” means as is specified in Section 5.16.
“Incremental Loan Commitments” means as is specified in Section 5.16.
“Incremental Loans” means as is specified in Section 5.16.
“Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment” means as is specified in Section 5.16.
“Incremental Revolving Credit Increase” means as is specified in Section 5.16.
“Incremental Term Loan” means as is specified in Section 5.16.
“Incremental Term Loan Commitment” means as is specified in Section 5.16.
“Incremental Term Loan Facility” means the incremental loan facility provided pursuant to Article 2.
“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at any time, any and all indebtedness, obligations or liabilities (whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or joint or several) of such Person for or in respect of (a) borrowed money, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) obligations (contingent or otherwise) under any acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, (d) obligations under any currency swap agreement, interest rate swap, cap, collar or floor agreement or other interest rate or currency risk management device, (e) any other transaction (including without limitation forward sale or purchase agreements (excluding a forward purchase agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business and not containing any guaranteed minimum purchase amount), Finance Leases and conditional sales agreements) having the commercial effect of a borrowing of money entered into by such Person to finance its operations or capital requirements and any obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (but not including trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not represented by a promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness and which are not more than ninety (90) days past due unless being disputed in good faith and by appropriate measures), including, without limitation, Earn-Outs and similar obligations to the extent that such obligations appear or are required to appear as debt on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (f) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Disqualified Equity Interests in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends, (g) any Guaranty of Indebtedness of a type referred to in clause (a) through (f) above, and (h) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through
(g) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation; provided that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include any obligations under a Permitted Receivables Transaction (to the extent such obligations are not or are not required to be shown as liabilities on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP). The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in the preceding clause (a), Other Taxes.
“Indemnitee” means as is specified in Section 12.3(b).
“Information” means all information received from the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries relating to the Loan Parties or any of such Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.
“Insolvency Proceeding” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a case, action or proceeding with respect to such Person (i) before any court or any other Official Body under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar Law now or hereafter in effect, or (ii) for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, conservator (or similar official) of any Loan Party or otherwise relating to the liquidation, dissolution, winding-up or relief of such Person, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of such Person’s creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; undertaken under any Law.
“Intellectual Property” means all trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises related to intellectual property, licenses related to intellectual property and other intellectual property rights.
“Intercompany Note” means an intercompany note between the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, in substantially the form of Exhibit K.
“Interest Period” means the period of time selected by the Borrower in connection with (and to apply to) any election permitted hereunder by the Borrower to have Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans bear interest under the Term SOFR Rate Option. Subject to the last sentence of this definition, such period shall be, in each case, subject to the availability thereof, one month, three months or six months.
Such Interest Period shall commence on the effective date of such Term SOFR Rate Option, which shall be (i) the Borrowing Date if the Borrower is requesting new Loans, or (ii) the date of renewal of or conversion to the Term SOFR Rate Option if the Borrower is renewing or converting to the Term SOFR Rate Option applicable to outstanding Loans. Notwithstanding the second sentence hereof: (A) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a date which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (B) the Borrower shall not select, convert to or renew an Interest Period for any portion of the Loans that would end after the Expiration Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable, and (C) any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.
“Interest Rate Hedge” means an interest rate exchange, collar, cap, swap, floor, adjustable strike cap, adjustable strike corridor, cross-currency swap or similar agreements entered into by any Loan Party in order to provide protection to, or minimize the impact upon, such Loan Party of increasing floating rates of interest applicable to current or anticipated Indebtedness.
“Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities” means as is specified in the definition of Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge.
“Interest Rate Option” means any Term SOFR Rate Option, Base Rate Option or Daily SOFR Rate Option.
“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person (including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person), or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person or of a division, line of business or other business unit of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, but giving effect to any repayments of principal in the case of Investments in the form of loans and any return of capital or return on Investment in the case of equity Investments, but in each case not in excess of the amount of the initial Investment.
“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
“Issuing Lender” means PNC and additional Lenders designated by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent who have agreed to act as an Issuing Lender under this Agreement, each in its individual capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder.
“Joint Venture” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is not itself a Subsidiary in which any Person other than the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries holds, directly or indirectly, an equity interest.
“Junior Financing” means (a) any Indebtedness for borrowed money that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, (b) any Indebtedness that is secured on a junior basis to the Liens securing the Obligations, (c) any Earn-Outs, (d) any other unsecured Indebtedness for borrowed money and (e) any Permitted Refinancing in respect of the foregoing.
“Law” means any law(s) (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, opinion, release, ruling, order, executive order, injunction, writ, decree, bond, judgment, authorization or approval, lien or award or any settlement arrangement, by agreement, consent or otherwise, of any Official Body, foreign or domestic, excluding Educational Law.
“LCT Election” means as is specified in Section 1.6.
“LCT Test Date” means as is specified in Section 1.6.
“Lender Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent delivered in connection with any Incremental Loan Commitments pursuant to Section 5.16.
“Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge” means a Foreign Currency Hedge (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time) which is entered into between any Loan Party or Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank that: (a) is documented in a standard International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement or another reasonable and customary manner, (b) provides for the method of calculating the reimbursable amount of the provider’s credit exposure in a reasonable and customary manner, and (c) is entered into for hedging (rather than speculative) purposes. The amounts, obligations and liabilities owing to the Hedge Bank providing any Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge (the “Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities”) by any Loan Party that is party to such Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge shall, for purposes of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents be “Obligations” of such Person and of each other Loan Party, be guaranteed obligations under the Guaranty Agreement and secured obligations under any other Loan Document, as applicable, and otherwise treated as Obligations for purposes of the other Loan Documents, except to the extent constituting Excluded Hedge Liabilities of such Person. The Liens securing the Foreign Currency Hedge Liabilities shall be pari passu with the Liens securing all other Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, subject to the express provisions of Section 10.3.
“Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge” means an Interest Rate Hedge (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time) which is entered into between any Loan Party or Subsidiary and any Hedge Bank that: (a) is documented in a standard International Swaps and Derivatives Association Master Agreement or another reasonable and customary manner, (b) provides for the method of calculating the reimbursable amount of the provider’s credit exposure in a reasonable and customary manner, and (c) is entered into for hedging (rather than speculative) purposes.
The amounts, obligations and liabilities owing to the Hedge Bank providing any Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge (the “Interest Rate Hedge Liabilities”) by any Loan Party that is party to such Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge shall, for purposes of this Agreement and all other Loan Documents, be “Obligations” of such Person and of each other Loan Party, be guaranteed obligations under any Guaranty Agreement and secured obligations under any other Loan Document, as applicable, except to the extent constituting Excluded Hedge Liabilities of such Person. The Liens securing the Hedge Liabilities shall be pari passu with the Liens securing all other Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, subject to the express provisions of Section 10.3.
“Lenders” means the financial institutions named on Schedule 1.1(B) and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a Lender. For the purpose of any Loan Document which provides for the granting of a security interest or other Lien to the Lenders or to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as security for the Obligations, “Lenders” shall include any Affiliate of a Lender to which such Obligation is owed. Unless the context requires otherwise, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Loan Lender, but not the Issuing Lenders.
“Lending Office” means, as to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender, the office or offices of such Person described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as such Person may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Letter of Credit” means as is specified in Section 2.8(a).
“Letter of Credit Borrowing” means as is specified in Section 2.8(c)(iii).
“Letter of Credit Fee” means as is specified in Section 2.8(b).
“Letter of Credit Obligation” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit on such date (if any Letter of Credit shall increase in amount automatically in the future, such aggregate amount available to be drawn shall currently give effect to any such future increase) plus the aggregate Reimbursement Obligations and Letter of Credit Borrowings on such date.
“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means as is specified in Section 2.8(a)(i).
“Lien” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest, charge or other encumbrance or security arrangement of any nature whatsoever, whether voluntarily or involuntarily given, including any conditional sale or title retention arrangement, and any assignment, deposit arrangement or lease intended as, or having the effect of, security and any filed financing statement or other notice of any of the foregoing (whether or not a lien or other encumbrance is created or exists at the time of the filing).
“Limited Condition Transaction” means any Acquisition or any similar Investment by the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries, in each case, whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing.
“LLC Division” means, in the event a Person is a limited liability company, (a) the division of such Person into two or more newly formed limited liability companies (whether or not such Person is a surviving entity following any such division) pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act or any similar provision under any similar act governing limited liability companies organized under the Laws of any other State or Commonwealth or of the District of Columbia, or (b) the adoption of a plan contemplating, or the filing of any certificate with any applicable Official Body that results or may result in, any such division.
“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Administrative Agent’s Fee Letter, the Collateral Documents, the Guaranty Agreement, the Notes, and any other instruments, certificates or documents delivered in connection herewith or therewith.
“Loan Parties” means the Borrower and the Guarantors.
“Loan Request” means a request for a Loan (other than a Swingline Loan), in the form of Exhibit G.
“Loans” means, collectively, and Loan means, separately, all Revolving Credit Loans, Swingline Loans, the Term Loans, the Incremental Loans or any Revolving Credit Loan, Swingline Loan, Incremental Loan or Term Loan.
“Material Adverse Change” means any set of circumstances or events which (a) has or would reasonably be expected to have any material adverse effect whatsoever upon the validity or enforceability of any material provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) is or would reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (c) impairs materially or would reasonably be expected to impair materially the collective ability of the Loan Parties taken as a whole to duly and punctually pay or perform the Obligations, or (d) impairs materially or would reasonably be expected to impair materially the ability of the Administrative Agent or any of the Lenders, to the extent permitted, to enforce their legal remedies pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
“Material Contract” means, with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any written contract, agreement, permit or license, as to which the breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew by any party thereto, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.
“Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than the Obligations), Finance Lease Obligations, unreimbursed obligations for letter of credit drawings, financial guarantees and similar instruments (other than ordinary course of business contingent reimbursement obligations) or obligations in respect of one or more Swaps, of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount of $10,000,000 or more.
For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations in respect of any Swaps at any time shall be the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Borrower or such Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap were terminated at such time.
“Maximum Incremental Amount” means the greater of (a) Eighty Million Dollars ($80,000,000) and (b) one hundred percent (100%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period.
“Measurement Period” means, at any date of determination, (a) for any purpose other than as described in clause (b) below, the most recently completed four (4) fiscal quarters of the Borrower for which financial statements have been, or were required to be, delivered pursuant to Section 8.12 (or, prior to the first delivery thereof after the Closing Date, the most recent Statements) and (b) for purposes of calculating compliance with (i) the financial covenants in Sections 9.13 and 9.14 as of the end of any fiscal quarter, the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended and (ii) the financial covenant in Section 9.15, such date of determination.
“Minimum Collateral Amount” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Cash Collateral consisting of cash or deposit account balances, an amount equal to 103% of the Fronting Exposure of the Issuing Lenders with respect to Letters of Credit issued and outstanding at such time and (b) otherwise, an amount determined by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Lender in their sole discretion.
“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan which is a “multiemployer plan” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA and to which the Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group is then making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or, within the preceding five (5) plan years, has made or had an obligation to make such contributions, or to which the Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group has any liability (contingent or otherwise).
“Net Cash Proceeds” means the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Asset Disposition, Recovery Event (other than proceeds of business interruption insurance) or Debt Issuance, in each case, in an amount equal to: (a) the aggregate amount of all cash payments (including any cash received by way of release from escrow or deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and excluding any interest payments thereon) received by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries minus (b)(i) any out of pocket costs, fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith (including attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by any applicable Law, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, underwriting discounts and commissions, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant, accountant and other customary fees, commissions, disbursements and costs and expenses in connection with unwinding any swap agreement in connection therewith and payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Borrower), (ii) sales, transfer, income, gains or other taxes payable in connection therewith (to include, without limitation, reserves for the payment of taxes arising therefrom (provided, that, to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from reserve, such amounts shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds)), and (iii) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, and interest, fees and other obligations with respect to any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien that is senior to the Lien of the Administrative Agent, in any, on the assets in question.
“Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 12.1 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Non-Qualifying Party” means any Loan Party that fails for any reason to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant on the Effective Date of the applicable Swap.
“Notes” means collectively, and Note means separately, the promissory notes in the form of Exhibit C evidencing the Revolving Credit Loans, in the form of Exhibit D evidencing the Swingline Loan and in the form of Exhibit E evidencing the Term Loans.
“Obligation” means any obligation or liability of any of the Loan Parties or other credit support providers specified in the Loan Documents, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due, under or in connection with (a) this Agreement, the Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent’s Fee Letter or any other Loan Document whether to the Administrative Agent, any of the Lenders or their Affiliates or other persons provided for under such Loan Documents, (b) any Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge, (c) any Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights, (d) any Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge, and (e) any Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, the Obligations shall not include any Excluded Hedge Liabilities.
“Official Body” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).
“Order” means as is specified in Section 2.8(h).
“Organizational Documents” means, with respect to any Person, the charter, articles or certificate of organization or incorporation and bylaws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
“Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product” means agreements or other arrangements entered into between any Loan Party or Subsidiary and any Cash Management Bank that provides any of the following products or services to any of the Loan Parties: (a) credit cards, (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) purchase cards, (e) ACH transactions, or (f) cash management, including controlled disbursement, overdraft lines, accounts or services.
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 5.13).
“Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurocurrency borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as set forth on its public website from time to time, and as published on the next succeeding Business Day as the overnight bank funding rate by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or by such other recognized electronic source (such as Bloomberg) selected by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of displaying such rate); provided, that if such day is not a Business Day, the Overnight Bank Funding Rate for such day shall be such rate on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, further, that if such rate shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist, a comparable replacement rate determined by PNC at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If the Overnight Bank Funding Rate determined as above would be less than zero, then such rate shall be deemed to be zero. The rate of interest charged shall be adjusted as of each Business Day based on changes in the Overnight Bank Funding Rate without notice to the Borrower.
“Participant” means as is specified in Section 12.8(d).
“Participant Register” means as is specified in Section 12.8(d).
“Participation Advance” means as is specified in Section 2.8(c)(iii).
“Payment Date” means the last day of each calendar quarter after the Closing Date and on the Expiration Date, Term Loan Maturity Date or upon acceleration of the Notes.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA or any successor.
“Pension Plan” means at any time an “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) (including a “multiple employer plan” as described in Sections 4063 and 4064 of ERISA, but not a Multiemployer Plan) which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or is subject to the minimum funding standards under Section 412 or Section 430 of the Code and either (a) is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any member of the ERISA Group for employees of any member of the ERISA Group, (b) has at any time within the preceding five years been sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any entity which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group for employees of any entity which was at such time a member of the ERISA Group, or in the case of a “multiple employer” or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years or (c) or to which the Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group may have any liability (contingent or otherwise).
“Permitted Acquisition” means an Acquisition (the Person or division, line of business or other business unit of the Person to be acquired in such Acquisition shall be referred to herein as the “Target”), in each case that is a type of business (or assets used in a type of business) permitted to be engaged in by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, in each case so long as:
(a) (i) Subject to Section 1.6, no Potential Default or Event of Default shall then exist and be continuing or would exist immediately after giving effect thereto and (ii) to the extent that Section 1.6 is applicable, immediately before and immediately after the consummation of such Acquisition, no Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) shall have occurred and be continuing;
(b) Subject to Section 1.6, the Loan Parties shall demonstrate to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent that, after giving effect to such Acquisition on a Pro Forma Basis, (i) the Loan Parties shall be in Pro Forma Compliance and (ii) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, calculated for the Measurement Period most recently ended prior to the date of such Acquisition, is less than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00;
(c) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall receive a first priority perfected security interest in all property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests but excluding Excluded Property) acquired with respect to the Target in accordance with, and withing the timing required by, the terms of Section 8.8 and the Target, if a Person, shall execute a Joinder Agreement in accordance with, and within the timing required by, the terms of Section 8.8(a); provided that an aggregate cash consideration may be paid for Permitted Acquisitions of Targets that do not become Loan Parties (or are not merged with and into the Borrower or a Subsidiary that is a Loan Party) or of assets (other than Excluded Property) that do not become Collateral, together with (x) the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made in reliance on Section 9.3(d)(ii)(C) and (y) the aggregate outstanding amount of Investments made in reliance on Section 9.3(n), in an amount not to exceed, at the time of the making of such Permitted Acquisition, the greater of $12,000,000 and 12.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period after giving Pro Forma Effect to the making of such Permitted Acquisition and any transactions occurring in connection therewith;
(d) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received (i) not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the consummation of any such Acquisition (or such later date as is approved by the Administrative Agent) (A) a description of the material terms of such Acquisition, (B) audited financial statements (or, if unavailable, management-prepared financial statements) of the Target for its most recent fiscal year and for any fiscal quarters ended within the fiscal year to date and (C) with a purchase price in excess of $15,000,000, consolidated projected income statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to such Acquisition), and (ii) not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition with a purchase price in excess of $15,000,000, a Permitted Acquisition Certificate, executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that such Permitted Acquisition complies with the requirements of this Agreement;
(e) the Target in any Permitted Acquisition with a purchase price in excess of $20,000,000 shall have earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization for the four (4) fiscal quarter period most recently ended prior to the acquisition date in an amount greater than $0; and
(f) such Acquisition shall not be a “hostile” Acquisition and shall have been approved by the board of directors (or equivalent) and/or shareholders (or equivalent) of the applicable Loan Party or Subsidiary and the Target.
“Permitted Acquisition Certificate” means a certificate substantially the form of Exhibit F or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Permitted Investments” means:
(a)direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America maturing in one year or less from the date of acquisition;
(b) commercial paper maturing in one year or less rated not lower than A-2, by Standard & Poor’s or P-2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. on the date of acquisition;
(c) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit maturing within one year in commercial banks whose obligations are rated A-1, A or the equivalent or better by Standard & Poor’s on the date of acquisition;
(d) money market or mutual funds whose investments are limited to those types of investments described in clauses (a)-(c) above;
(e) investments made under the Cash Management Agreements or under cash management agreements with any other Lenders;
(f) other short-term instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above denominated in a foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Foreign Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction; and
(g) investments made in accordance with the Borrower’s investment policy, as in effect from time to time and approved by the Borrower’s board of directors.
“Permitted Liens” means:
(a) Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
(b) Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or construction contractors’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or, if more than thirty (30) days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP, in each case so long as such Liens do not, either individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Change;
(c) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation or (ii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instrument for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (i);
(d) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness for borrowed money), governmental contracts and leases (other than Finance Lease Obligations), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bankers acceptance facilities and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices;
(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions, zoning restrictions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects and minor survey exceptions affecting real property that, in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(f) Liens securing, or otherwise arising from, judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Section 10.1(f);
(g) Liens on (i) goods the purchase price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit issued for the account of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Liens on bills of lading, drafts or other documents of title arising by operation of law or pursuant to the standard terms of agreements relating to letters of credit, bank guarantees and other similar instruments; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit to the extent such obligations are permitted by Section 9.1 and (ii) specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;
(h) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or similar filings made in respect of operating leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;
(i) Liens in favor of deposit banks or securities intermediaries securing customary fees, expenses or charges in connection with the establishment, operation or maintenance of deposit accounts or securities accounts;
(j) Liens in favor of obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(k) Liens arising from grants of leases, subleases, or non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses made in the ordinary course of business;
(l) rights of setoff, banker’s lien, netting agreements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by of the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance of administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations in the ordinary course of business, cash management arrangements, in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments or in connection with purchase orders in the ordinary course of business;
(m) Liens arising from the right of distress enjoyed by landlords or Liens otherwise granted to landlords, in either case, in the ordinary course of business to secure the payment of arrears of rent or performance of other obligations in respect of leased properties, so long as such Liens are not exercised or except where the exercise of such Liens, either individually or in the aggregate, would not (i) materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;
(n) Liens or security given to public utilities or to any municipality or Official Body when required by the utility, municipality or Official Body in connection with the supply of services or utilities to the Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries;
(o) [reserved];
(p) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted under this Agreement;
(q) any interest or title of (x) a lessor or sublessor under any lease or sublease or (y) a licensor or sublicensor under any license or sublicense, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business, so long as such interest or title relate solely to the assets subject thereto;
(r) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code, or any comparable or successor provision, on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to pooling, commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution or entity, or electronic payment service provider, arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of setoff) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry and are incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(s) to the extent constituting a Lien, escrow arrangements securing indemnification obligations associated with any Investment permitted under this Agreement; and
(t) Liens of any Official Body on Exempt Student Financial Aid Funds.
provided that clauses (a) through (t) shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness for borrowed money other than Liens referred to in clauses (d) and (j) above securing obligations under letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto and in clause (g)
above, in each case to the extent any such Lien would constitute a Lien securing Indebtedness for borrowed money.
“Permitted Receivables Documents” means all documents, instruments and agreements evidencing, relating to or otherwise governing a Permitted Receivables Transaction.
“Permitted Receivables Transaction” means an arrangement whereby the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries sells, on a non-recourse basis, except to the extent customary in a “true sale” arrangement, its accounts receivable in connection with the collection of such accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business; provided, that, (a) the proceeds of such sales are received entirely in cash, (b) any discount rate applicable to such transaction shall be reasonable and customary based on market terms at such time (as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith) and (c) the aggregate face amount of Receivables Assets sold or otherwise disposed of through such transactions shall not exceed the greater of $20,000,000 and 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period during any fiscal year.
“Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any existing Indebtedness of such Person (such existing Indebtedness being referred to herein as the “Existing Debt”); provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Existing Debt except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses (including upfront fees and original issue discount) incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments then available and unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 9.1(c), Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a weighted average life to maturity equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of, the Existing Debt, (c) if the Existing Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, the Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the documentation governing the Existing Debt (as determined by the Borrower in good faith), (d) the primary obligor in respect of, and/or the Persons (if any) that Guarantee, the Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension are the primary obligor in respect of, and/or Persons (if any) that guaranteed the Existing Debt and (e) the Indebtedness resulting from such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is (x) unsecured if the Existing Debt is unsecured or (y) not secured on a materially more favorable basis, taken as a whole (as certified by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent), than the Existing Debt if the Existing Debt is secured (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) (it being understood, however, that such Indebtedness may go from being secured to being unsecured). For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that a Permitted Refinancing may constitute a portion of an issuance of Indebtedness in excess of the amount of such Permitted Refinancing; provided that such excess amount is otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 9.1 and, if applicable, secured under Section 9.2. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that a Permitted Refinancing includes successive Permitted Refinancings of the same Indebtedness.
“Permitted Subsidiary Consolidation” means the merger that was consummated on March 2, 2026 of National Education Seminars, Inc., an Ohio corporation, and Rasmussen College, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with and into American Public University System, Inc., a West Virginia corporation (“APUS”), with APUS as the surviving entity, and the subsequent combination of the Schools into one School.
“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Official Body or other entity.
“Plan” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA (including a Pension Plan), maintained for employees of the Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group or any such Plan to which the Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group is required to contribute on behalf of any of its employees.
“Platform” means Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system.
“PNC” means PNC Bank, National Association, its successors and assigns.
“Potential Default” means any event or condition which with notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.
“Prime Rate” means the interest rate per annum announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent at its Principal Office as its then prime rate, which rate may not be the lowest or most favorable rate then being charged to commercial borrowers or others by the Administrative Agent and may not be tied to any external rate of interest or index. Any change in the Prime Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day such change is announced.
“Principal Office” means the main banking office of the Administrative Agent in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
“Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” means, with respect to any Specified Transaction, that (a) for purposes of calculating the financial covenants set forth in Sections 9.13 and 9.14 and compliance with any other test, financial ratio or covenant hereunder required by the terms of this Agreement to be made on a Pro Forma Basis (other than the financial covenant set forth in Section 9.15), such Specified Transaction (and all other Specified Transactions that have been consummated during the applicable period of measurement or subsequent to such period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation is made, including the incurrence of any Indebtedness therewith) shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the most recent Measurement Period preceding the date of such transaction, and, in connection therewith, (i) all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Property or Person disposed of in a Specified Disposition shall be excluded and all income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the Property or Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or other Acquisition permitted hereunder shall be included (provided that such income statement items to be included are reflected in financial statements or other financial data reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and based upon reasonable assumptions and calculations which are expected to have a continuous impact), and (ii) (A) any Indebtedness actually or proposed to be repaid in connection with such Specified Transaction shall be deemed to have been repaid as of the first day of the applicable period and (B) any Indebtedness actually or proposed to be incurred or assumed in such transaction shall be deemed to have been incurred as of the first day of the applicable period and shall be included in the results of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period and (b) for purposes of calculating the financial covenant set forth in Section 9.15, such Specified Transaction shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of such transaction.
“Pro Forma Compliance” means, with respect to any transaction, that such transaction does not cause, create or result in an Event of Default (including as a result of failure to be in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 9.13, 9.14 and 9.15) after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, and, in the case of Section 9.13 and 9.14, based upon the results of operations for the most recently completed Measurement Period, to (a) such transaction and (b) in the case of Section 9.13 and 9.14, all other transactions which are contemplated or required to be given Pro Forma Effect hereunder that have occurred on or after the first day of the relevant Measurement Period.
“Qualified ECP Loan Party” means each Loan Party that on the Eligibility Date is (a) a corporation, partnership, proprietorship, organization, trust, or other entity other than a “commodity pool” as defined in Section 1a(10) of the CEA and CFTC regulations thereunder that has total assets exceeding $10,000,000, or (b) an Eligible Contract Participant that can cause another person to qualify as an Eligible Contract Participant on the Eligibility Date under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the CEA by entering into or otherwise providing a “letter of credit or keepwell, support, or other agreement” for purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the CEA.
“Qualified Equity Interests” of any Person means any Equity Interests of such Person that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.
“Ratable Share” means:
(a) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans, participate in Letters of Credit and other Letter of Credit Obligations, participate in Swingline Loans, and receive payments, interest, and fees related thereto, the proportion that such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment bears to the Revolving Credit Commitments of all of the Lenders, provided that if the Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired, the Ratable Shares for purposes of this clause shall be determined based upon the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments;
(b) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make Term Loans and receive payments, interest, and fees related thereto, the proportion that such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment bears to the Term Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders, provided that if the Term Loans have not yet been funded, the computation in this clause shall be determined based upon the Term Loan Commitments of the Lenders and not the amount of their Term Loans;
(d) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make Incremental Loans and receive payments, interest, and fees related thereto, the proportion that such Lender’s Incremental Loans bears to the Incremental Loans of all of the Lenders, provided that, if the Incremental Loans have not yet been funded, the computation in this clause shall be determined based upon the Incremental Loan Commitments of the Lenders and not the amount of their Incremental Loans; and
(e) with respect to all other matters as to a particular Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the sum of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and unfunded Incremental Term Loan Commitment, by (ii) the sum of the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, Term Loans, Incremental Term Loans and unfunded Incremental Term Loan Commitments of all Lenders; provided, however that (A) if the Revolving Credit Commitments have terminated or expired, the computation in this clause shall be determined based upon the Revolving Credit Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments, and not on the current amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments and (B) if the Term Loans have not yet been funded, the computation in this clause shall be determined based upon the Term Loan Commitments and not the current amount of the Term Loans, in each case, subject to Section 5.15.
“Receivables Assets” shall mean student loans and accounts receivable (including any bills of exchange) and related assets and property from time to time originated, acquired or otherwise owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.
“Recipient” means (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) any Lender and (c) any Issuing Lender, as applicable.
“Recovery Event” means any loss of, damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking for public use of, any property of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary.
“Reimbursement Obligation” means as is specified in Section 2.8(c).
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
“Release” means any release, spill, emission, discharge, deposit, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection or leaching into the Environment, or into, from or through any building, structure or facility.
“Relief Proceeding” means any proceeding seeking a decree or order for relief in respect of any Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party in a voluntary or involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator, conservator (or similar official) of any Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party for any substantial part of its property, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, or an assignment for the benefit of its creditors.
“Removal Effective Date” means as is specified in Section 11.6(b).
“Reportable Compliance Event” means that: (a) any Covered Entity becomes a Sanctioned Person, or is charged by indictment, criminal complaint, or similar charging instrument, arraigned, custodially detained, penalized or the subject of an assessment for a penalty, by, or enters into a settlement with an Official Body in connection with any Anti-Corruption Law, Anti-Money Laundering Law or Sanctions, or any predicate crime to any Anti-Corruption Law, Anti-Money Laundering Law or Sanctions, or has knowledge of facts or circumstances to the effect that it is reasonably likely that any aspect of its operations represents a violation of any Anti-Corruption Law, Anti-Money Laundering Law or Sanctions; (b) any Covered Entity engages in a transaction that has caused or would cause any Person hereunder (including the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any lead arranger, the Issuing Lenders, the Lenders, and any underwriter, advisor, investor, or otherwise) to be in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law or Sanctions, including a Covered Entity’s use of any proceeds of the Loans hereunder to directly or indirectly fund any activities or business of, with, or for the benefit of any Sanctioned Person in violation of applicable Sanctions, or to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or in any Sanctioned Jurisdiction in violation of applicable Sanctions; (c) any pledged Collateral qualifies as Blocked Property; or (d) any Covered Entity otherwise violates, or reasonably believes that it will violate, any of the Anti-Corruption Law or Sanctions specific representations and covenants herein.
“Required Lenders” means:
(a) If there exists fewer than three (3) Lenders, all Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender), and
(b) If there exist three (3) or more Lenders, Lenders (other than any Defaulting Lender) having more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender) or, after the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Ratable Share of Letter of Credit Obligations of the Lenders (excluding any Defaulting Lender), (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of any Term Loans and (iii) the aggregate outstanding amount of any Incremental Loans.
“Required Share” means as is specified in Section 5.11.
“Resignation Effective Date” means as is specified in Section 11.6(a).
“Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.
“Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests in the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests in the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire (including any forward equity sale agreement, commitment or confirmation unless settled in common Equity Interests of the Borrower) any such Equity Interests in the Borrower.
“Revolving Commitment Fee” means as is specified in Section 2.3.
“Revolving Credit Commitment” means, as to any Lender at any time, the amount initially specified opposite its name on Schedule 1.1(B) in the column labeled “Amount of Commitment for Revolving Credit Loans,” as such Commitment is thereafter assigned or modified and “Revolving Credit Commitments” means the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of all of the Lenders. As of the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of all of the Lenders is $40,000,000.
“Revolving Credit Facility” means the revolving loan facility provided pursuant to Article 2.
“Revolving Credit Loans” means, collectively, and “Revolving Credit Loan” means, separately, all Revolving Credit Loans or any Revolving Credit Loan made by the Lenders or one of the Lenders to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.8(c).
“Revolving Facility Usage” means at any time the sum of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, the outstanding Swingline Loans, and the Letter of Credit Obligations.
“Sanctioned Jurisdiction” means, at any time, a country, territory, or jurisdiction that is itself the subject or target of comprehensive U.S. sanctions, currently, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, the Crimea, so-called Donetsk People’s Republic and so-called Luhansk People’s Republic regions.
“Sanctioned Person” means any Person that is (a) located in, organized under the laws of, or ordinarily resident in a Sanctioned Jurisdiction; (b) identified on any sanctions-related list maintained by any Compliance Authority; or (c) owned 50% or more, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly by, controlled by, or acting for, on behalf of, or at the direction of, one or more Persons described in clauses (a) or (b) above.
“Sanctions” means any economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced by any Compliance Authority.
“School” shall mean a post-secondary institution of higher education consisting of a main campus, and, if applicable, any additional locations, campuses or branches thereof, operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and identified by an Office of Postsecondary Education Identification (OPEID) number issued by the DOE or approved by any Educational Agency.
“Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders, the Cash Management Banks, the Hedge Banks, each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 11.5, and the other Persons the Obligations owing to which are or are purported to be secured by the Collateral under the terms of the Collateral Documents.
“Security and Pledge Agreement” means the Security and Pledge Agreement, dated of even date herewith, executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
“Settlement Date” means the Business Day on which the Administrative Agent elects to effect settlement pursuant Section 5.11.
“SOFR” shall mean, for any day, a rate equal to the secured overnight financing rate as administered by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).
“SOFR Floor” means a rate of interest per annum equal to zero basis points (0.00%).
“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, taking into account any right of reimbursement, contribution or similar right available to such Person from other Persons, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person on a going concern basis is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged. In computing the amount of contingent liabilities at any time, it is intended that such liabilities will be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.
“Specified Disposition” means any Asset Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.
“Specified Property” means each of (i) 300 S George Street, Charles Town, West Virginia 25414, (ii) 111 West Congress Street, Charles Town, West Virginia 25414, (iii) 216 S George St. Charles Town, West Virginia 25414, (iv) 303 W 3rd Ave, Ranson, West Virginia 25438 and (v) 406 S Buchanan, Ranson, West Virginia 25438.
“Specified Transactions” means, with respect to any period, any Investment (including, without limitation, any Permitted Acquisition), sale, transfer or other disposition of assets (including, without limitation, any Specified Disposition or Recovery Event), incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment or other event that by the terms of the Loan Documents requires “Pro Forma Compliance” or requires a test or covenant to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis or after giving Pro Forma Effect.
“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
“Standby Letter of Credit” means a Letter of Credit issued to support obligations of one or more of the Loan Parties, contingent or otherwise, which finance the working capital and business needs of the Loan Parties incurred in the ordinary course of business.
“State Educational Agency” shall mean any state educational licensing authority, agency, department, board, or commission that provides any approval, certification, exemption, or other authorization that is necessary for a post-secondary institution to provide post-secondary education in that state, whether via in-person or online delivery, or to otherwise operate in the agency’s jurisdiction, including, without limitation, any approval(s) (a) required under applicable state Law to offer an educational program, (b) required under applicable state Law for graduates of an educational program to obtain professional licensure in such state, or (c) that is needed to participate in any Student Financial Assistance program.
“Statements” means as is specified in Section 6.4(a).
“Student Financial Assistance” shall mean any form of student financial assistance, grants, or loans that is sponsored, administered, or funded by any Educational Agency, including, but not limited to: (a) the Title IV Programs and any other program authorized by the HEA; (b) the educational benefits programs administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans’ Affairs; or (c) the educational benefits programs administered by the U.S. Department of Defense.
“Subsidiary”, of any Person, at any time means any corporation, trust, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (a) of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities or other interests normally entitled to vote for the election of one or more directors or trustees (regardless of any contingency which does or may suspend or dilute the voting rights) is at such time owned directly or indirectly by such Person or one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries, or (b) which is Controlled or capable of being Controlled by such Person or one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries.
“Swap” means any “swap” as defined in Section 1a(47) of the CEA and regulations thereunder, other than (a) a swap entered into, or subject to the rules of, a board of trade designated as a contract market under Section 5 of the CEA, or (b) a commodity option entered into pursuant to CFTC Regulation 32.3(a).
“Swap Obligation” means any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a Swap which is also a Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge or a Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge.
“Swingline Loan Commitment” means PNC’s commitment to make Swingline Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) hereof in an aggregate principal amount up to $5,000,000.
“Swingline Loan Lender” means PNC, in its capacity as a lender of Swingline Loans.
“Swingline Loan Note” means the Swingline Loan Note of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit D evidencing the Swingline Loans, together with all amendments, extensions, renewals, replacements, refinancing or refunding thereof in whole or in part.
“Swingline Loan Request” means a request for Swingline Loans made in accordance with Section 2.5(b) hereof.
“Swingline Loans” means, collectively, and “Swingline Loan” means, separately, all Swingline Loans or any Swingline Loan made by PNC to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(b) hereof.
“Target” means as is specified in the definition of Permitted Acquisition.
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Official Body, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term Lender” means a Lender holding a portion of the Term Loan and/or any Incremental Term Loan.
“Term Loan” means as is specified in Section 3.1; “Term Loans” means, collectively, all of the Term Loans.
“Term Loan Commitment” means, as to any Lender at any time, the amount initially specified opposite its name on Schedule 1.1(B) in the column labeled “Amount of Commitment for Term Loans,” as such Commitment is thereafter assigned or modified and “Term Loan Commitments” means the aggregate Term Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders.
As of the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of the Term Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders is $90,000,000.
“Term Loan Facility” means the term loan facility provided pursuant to Section 3.1.
“Term Loan Maturity Date” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans (other than any Incremental Term Loans), March 9, 2031, and (b) with respect to any Incremental Term Loans, the date set forth in the relevant Lender Joinder Agreement with respect to such Incremental Term Loans, in each case, as such date may be extended with respect to certain Lenders’ Term Loans pursuant to Section 12.1.
“Term SOFR Administrator” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited (CBA) (or a successor administrator of the Term SOFR Reference Rate selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).
“Term SOFR Rate” means, with respect to any amount to which the Term SOFR Rate Option applies, for any Interest Period, the interest rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (rounded upwards, at the Administrative Agent’s discretion, to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) equal to the Term SOFR Reference Rate for a tenor comparable to such Interest Period, as such rate is published by the Term SOFR Administrator on the day (the “Term SOFR Determination Date”) that is two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period. If the Term SOFR Reference Rate for the applicable tenor has not been published or replaced with a Benchmark Replacement by 5:00 p.m. (Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania time) on the Term SOFR Determination Date, then the Term SOFR Reference Rate shall be the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor on the first Business Day preceding such Term SOFR Determination Date for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate for such tenor was published in accordance herewith, so long as such first preceding Business Day is not more than three (3) Business Days prior to such Term SOFR Determination Date. If the Term SOFR Rate, determined as provided above, would be less than the SOFR Floor, then the Term SOFR Rate shall be deemed to be the SOFR Floor. The Term SOFR Rate shall be adjusted automatically without notice to the Borrower on and as of the first day of each Interest Period.
“Term SOFR Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on Term SOFR Rate.
“Term SOFR Rate Option” means the option of the Borrower to have Loans bear interest at the rate and under the terms specified in Section 4.1(a)(ii) or Section 4.1(c)(ii), as applicable.
“Term SOFR Reference Rate” shall mean the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR.
“Title IV” means Chapter 28, Subchapter IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (20 U.S.C.A. §§ 1070 et seq.), and any amendments or successor statutes thereto.
“Title IV Programs” means, collectively, the federal student financial assistance programs authorized by Title IV, including in particular those programs as listed in 34 C.F.R. § 668.1(c) or any successor regulation.
“UCP” means as is specified in Section 12.11(a).
“UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
“UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
“Unrestricted Cash” means the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held in accounts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the United States to the extent that (a) it would not appear as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (unless such appearance is related solely to the Loan Documents (or the Liens created thereunder)) and (b) it is not subject to any Lien in favor of any Person (other than (i) the Lien of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (ii) other Liens consisting of ordinary course setoff rights of a depository bank arising under a bank depository agreement for customary fees, charges and other account-related expenses due to such depository bank thereunder) and (iii) Liens of the type described in any of clauses (a) and (f) of the definition of Permitted Liens.
“USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, as the same has been, or shall hereafter be, renewed, extended, amended or replaced.
“U.S. Borrower” means any Borrower that is a U.S. Person.
“U.S. Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.
“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” means as is specified in Section 5.9(g)(ii)(2)(III).
“Withholding Agent” means any Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.
“Write-down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
1.2“Construction”. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise clearly requires, the following rules of construction shall apply to this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents: (a) references to the plural include the singular, the plural, the part and the whole and the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”; (b) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”; (c) the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereto” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document as a whole; (d) article, section, subsection, clause, schedule and exhibit references are to this Agreement or other Loan Document, as the case may be, unless otherwise specified; (e) reference to any Person includes such Person’s successors and assigns; (f) reference to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, means this Agreement or such other Loan Document, together with the schedules and exhibits hereto or thereto, as amended, modified, replaced, substituted for, superseded or restated from time to time (subject to any restrictions thereon specified in this Agreement or the other applicable Loan Document); (g) relative to the determination of any period of time, “from” means “from and including,” “to” means “to but excluding,” and “through” means “through and including”; (h) any reference to any law or regulation herein shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time; (i) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights; (j) whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms; (k) section headings herein and in each other Loan Document are included for convenience and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or such Loan Document; and (l) unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall constitute references to Eastern Time.
1.3Accounting Principles; Changes in GAAP; Pro Forma Calculations; Cash Netting.
(a)Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all computations and determinations as to accounting or financial matters and all financial statements to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be made and prepared in accordance with GAAP (including principles of consolidation where appropriate), and all accounting or financial terms shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms by GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date applied on a basis consistent with those used in preparing the Statements referred to in Section 6.6(a).
(b)Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
(c)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test contained in this Agreement, including the financial covenants in Sections 9.13, 9.14 and 9.15 (including for purposes of determining the Applicable Margin) and any other financial ratio or test, such test shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis to give effect to all Specified Transactions that have been made during the applicable period of measurement or subsequent to such period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation is made (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that solely for purposes of calculating quarterly compliance with Sections 9.13 and 9.14 and the Applicable Margin, if applicable, the date of the required calculation shall be the last day of the Measurement Period, and no Specified Transaction occurring thereafter shall be taken into account).
(d)Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, if the Borrower or any Subsidiary incurs Indebtedness under a ratio-based basket, such ratio-based basket (together with any other ratio-based basket utilized in connection therewith, including in respect of other Indebtedness, Liens, Asset Dispositions, Investments, Restricted Payments or payments in respect of Indebtedness) will be calculated excluding the cash proceeds of such Indebtedness for netting purposes (i.e., such cash proceeds shall not constitute Unrestricted Cash that reduces the numerator of the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio pursuant to clause (a)(ii) of the definition of such term).
(e)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any testing of the financial covenants in Section 9.13 and 9.14 prior to March 31, 2026 (whether on a Pro Forma Basis or otherwise), shall use the required covenant levels as of March 31, 2026.
(f)Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all obligations of any Person that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on December 31, 2018 (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Finance Lease or Finance Lease Obligation) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following December 31, 2018 that would otherwise require such obligation to be recharacterized as a Finance Lease Obligation.
1.4Divisions. Any reference herein or in any other Loan Document to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, assignment, sale or disposition, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, assignment, sale or disposition, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person hereunder and under each other Loan Document (and each division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity).
1.5Benchmark Replacement Notification; Rates. Section 4.4(d) of this Agreement provides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest in the event that any Benchmark is no longer available or in certain other circumstances. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for and shall not have any liability with respect to, (a) the continuation of, administration of, submission of or calculation of, or any other matter related to, any Benchmark or any component definition thereof or rates referred to in the definition thereof, or any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate therefor (including any Benchmark Replacement), including whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, or have the same volume or liquidity as, such Benchmark prior to its discontinuance or unavailability, or (b) the effect, implementation or composition of any Conforming Changes. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of any Benchmark, any alternative, successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Borrower or any other person or entity. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain any Benchmark, any component definition thereof or rates referred to in the definition thereof, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Borrower, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.
1.6Limited Conditionality Transactions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary (except as otherwise expressly provided in clause (a)(ii) of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition” and in Section 5.16), when (a) calculating any applicable ratio or any other basket based on Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDA or total assets or determining other compliance with this Agreement (other than determining actual (versus pro forma) compliance with the financial covenants in Sections 9.13, 9.14 and 9.15), in connection with incurrence of Indebtedness, the creation of Liens, the making of any Asset Disposition or the making of an Investment, (b) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires that no Default or Event of Default (other than under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k)) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom, (c) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires compliance with any representations and warranties set forth herein or (d) the satisfaction of all other conditions precedent to the incurrence of Indebtedness, the creation of Liens, the making of any Asset Disposition or the making of an Investment, in each case in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction, the date of determination of such ratio or other provisions, determination of whether any Default or Event of Default (other than under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k)) has occurred, is continuing or would result therefrom, determination of compliance with any representations or warranties or the satisfaction of any other conditions shall, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCT Test Date”). If on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) such ratios and other provisions are calculated as if such Limited Condition Transaction or other transactions had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Measurement Period ending on or prior to the LCT Test Date for which financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries have been (or were required to have been) delivered pursuant to Section 8.12(a) or Section 8.12(b), as applicable, the Loan Parties could have taken such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with the applicable ratios or other provisions, such provisions shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if any of such ratios or other provisions are exceeded or breached as a result of fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA or other components of such ratio) or other provisions at or prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Transaction, such ratios and other provisions will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition Transaction is permitted hereunder and (ii) such ratios and compliance with such conditions shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction. If the Borrower has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket availability with respect to any other Specified Transaction (other than with respect to any Restricted Payment or any prepayment, repayment, acquisition, redemption or similar payment on any Junior Financing) on or following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) had been consummated on the LCT Test Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, at the time the applicable Limited Condition Transaction is consummated, (i) no Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) shall exist and (ii) the representations and warranties required to be satisfied in connection therewith shall be limited to those customary “specified credit agreement representations” and “specified acquisition agreement representations”.
1.7Basket Usage. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event any item of Indebtedness, Lien, Restricted Payment, Investment, Asset Disposition or other transaction or action (or any of the foregoing in a single transaction or a series of substantially concurrent related transactions) meets the criteria of one or more than one of the categories of baskets under this Agreement (including within any defined terms), including any financial ratio based baskets, (a) the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, divide and classify and later re-divide and reclassify on one or more occasions (based on circumstances existing on the date of any such re-division and reclassification) any such item of Indebtedness, Lien, Restricted Payment, Investment, Asset Disposition or other transaction or action, in whole or in part, among one or more than one baskets available for such category of items under this Agreement, and (b) availability and utilization of any financial ratio based baskets (i.e., incurrence-based baskets) with respect to any covenant shall first be calculated without giving effect to the amount or portion of any item of Indebtedness, Lien, Restricted Payment, Investment, Asset Disposition or other transaction or action to be utilized under any other baskets under such covenant at such time of determination (including at the time of any initial division and classification and any later re-divisions and reclassifications) and thereafter, availability and utilization of any category of baskets that are not financial ratio based (including all baskets based on fixed Dollar amounts or a percentage of Consolidated EBITDA or consolidated total assets under such covenant) shall be calculated under such baskets. Each item of Indebtedness, Lien, Restricted Payment, Investment, Asset Disposition or other transaction or action will be deemed to have been incurred, issued, made or taken first, to the extent available, pursuant to any available categories of financial ratio based baskets as set forth above prior to any other category of baskets.
ARTICLE 2
REVOLVING CREDIT AND SWINGLINE LOAN FACILITIES
2.1Revolving Credit Commitments.
(a)Revolving Credit Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein specified, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit Loans in Dollars to the Borrower at any time or from time to time on or after the Closing Date to the Expiration Date; provided that after giving effect to each such Loan (i) the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Loans from such Lender shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment minus such Lender’s Ratable Share of the outstanding Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations and (ii) the Revolving Facility Usage shall not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitments. Within such limits of time and amount and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow pursuant to this Section 2.1. No Revolving Credit Loans shall be made on the Closing Date.
(b)Swingline Loan Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and relying upon the representations and warranties herein specified and the agreements of the other Lenders specified in Section 2.6 with respect to Swingline Loans, PNC may, at its option, cancelable at any time for any reason whatsoever, make Swingline Loans in Dollars (the “Swingline Loans”) to the Borrower at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date to, but not including, the Expiration Date, in an aggregate principal amount up to but not in excess of the Swingline Loan Commitment, provided that after giving effect to such Swingline Loan (i) the aggregate amount of any Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans plus such Lender’s Ratable Share of the outstanding Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the Revolving Facility Usage shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders. Within such limits of time and amount and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow pursuant to this Section 2.1(b). Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
2.2Nature of Lenders’ Obligations with Respect to Revolving Credit Loans. Each Lender shall be obligated to fund each request for Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.5 in accordance with its Ratable Share. The aggregate of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans outstanding hereunder to the Borrower at any time shall never exceed its Revolving Credit Commitment minus its Ratable Share of the outstanding Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations. The obligations of each Lender hereunder are several. The failure of any Lender to perform its obligations hereunder shall not affect the Obligations of the Borrower to any other party nor shall any other party be liable for the failure of such Lender to perform its obligations hereunder. The Lenders shall have no obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans hereunder on or after the Expiration Date.
2.3Revolving Commitment Fees. Accruing for each day from the Closing Date until the Expiration Date (and without regard to whether the conditions to making Revolving Credit Loans are then met), the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender according to its Ratable Share, a nonrefundable commitment fee (the “Revolving Commitment Fee”) equal to the Applicable Margin for Revolving Commitment Fees for such day (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) multiplied by the difference for such day between the amount of (a) the Revolving Credit Commitments minus (b) the Revolving Facility Usage (provided however, that solely in connection with determining the share of each Lender in the Revolving Commitment Fee, the Revolving Facility Usage with respect to the portion of the Revolving Commitment Fee allocated to PNC shall include the full amount of the outstanding Swingline Loans, and with respect to the portion of the Revolving Commitment Fee allocated by the Administrative Agent to all of the Lenders other than PNC, such portion of the Revolving Commitment Fee shall be calculated (according to each such Lender’s Ratable Share) as if the Revolving Facility Usage excludes the outstanding Swingline Loans); provided that no Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Revolving Commitment Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such Revolving Commitment Fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender). Subject to the proviso in the directly preceding sentence, all Revolving Commitment Fees shall be payable in arrears on each Payment Date.
2.4Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments. The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three (3) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments (ratably among the Lenders in proportion to their Ratable Shares); provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Credit Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Revolving Facility Usage would exceed the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders and provided further that in the event the Revolving Credit Commitments are reduced to an aggregate amount less than the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swingline Loan Commitment then in effect, the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the Swingline Loan Commitment, as applicable, shall be reduced by an amount such that none of the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the Swingline Loan Commitment, as applicable, exceed the Revolving Credit Commitments. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $500,000, or a whole multiple thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect. Any such reduction or termination shall be accompanied by prepayment of the Notes, together with outstanding Commitment Fees, and the full amount of interest accrued on the principal sum to be prepaid (and all amounts referred to in Section 5.10 hereof) to the extent necessary to cause the aggregate Revolving Facility Usage after giving effect to such prepayments to be equal to or less than the Revolving Credit Commitments as so reduced or terminated. Any notice to reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments under this Section 2.4 shall be irrevocable; provided that such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date of reduction or termination) if such condition is not satisfied.
2.5Revolving Credit Loan Requests; Conversions and Renewals; Swingline Loan Requests.
(a)Revolving Credit Loan Requests; Conversions and Renewals. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower may from time to time prior to the Expiration Date request the Lenders to make Revolving Credit Loans, or renew or convert the Interest Rate Option applicable to existing Revolving Credit Loans, by delivering to the Administrative Agent, not later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time, (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing Date with respect to the making of Revolving Credit Loans to which the Term SOFR Rate Option applies or the conversion to or the renewal of the Term SOFR Rate Option for any Revolving Credit Loans; (ii) one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Borrowing Date with respect to the making of Revolving Credit Loans to which the Daily SOFR Rate Option applies or the conversion to the Daily SOFR Rate Option for any Revolving Credit Loans; and (iii) the same Business Day of the proposed Borrowing Date with respect to the making of a Revolving Credit Loan to which the Base Rate Option applies or the last day of the preceding Interest Period with respect to the conversion to the Base Rate Option for any Revolving Credit Loan, of a duly completed Loan Request therefor or a request by telephone immediately confirmed in writing by letter, facsimile or telex in such form, it being understood that the Administrative Agent may rely on the authority of any individual making such a telephonic request without the necessity of receipt of such written confirmation. Each Loan Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify the requested Interest Rate Option, the aggregate amount of the proposed Loans comprising each Borrowing Tranche, and, if applicable, the Interest Period, which amounts shall be in integral multiples of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000 for each Borrowing Tranche; provided that a Loan Request may state that such Loan Request is conditioned upon the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, including, but not limited to, a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, in which case such Loan Request may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of such borrowing pursuant to the Loan Request) if such condition is not satisfied.
(b)Swingline Loan Requests. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower may from time to time prior to the Expiration Date request the Swingline Loan Lender to make Swingline Loans by delivery to the Swingline Loan Lender not later than 12:00 noon on the proposed Borrowing Date of a duly completed request therefor substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto or a request by telephone immediately confirmed in writing by letter, facsimile or telex (each, a “Swingline Loan Request”), it being understood that the Administrative Agent may rely on the authority of any individual making such a telephonic request without the necessity of receipt of such written confirmation. Each Swingline Loan Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify the proposed Borrowing Date and the principal amount of such Swingline Loan, which shall be not less than $100,000.
2.6Making Revolving Credit Loans and Swingline Loans; Presumptions by the Administrative Agent; Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans; Borrowings to Repay Swingline Loans.
(a)Making Revolving Credit Loans. The Administrative Agent shall, promptly after receipt by it of a Loan Request pursuant to Section 2.5, notify the applicable Lenders of its receipt of such Loan Request specifying the information provided by the Borrower and the apportionment among the Lenders of the requested Revolving Credit Loans as determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.2. Each Lender shall remit its apportioned share (as provided to it by the Administrative Agent) of the principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan to the Administrative Agent such that the Administrative Agent is able to, and the Administrative Agent shall, to the extent the Lenders have made funds available to it for such purpose and subject to Section 7.2, fund such Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower in U.S. Dollars and immediately available funds at the Principal Office prior to 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on the applicable Borrowing Date; provided that if any Lender fails to remit such funds to the Administrative Agent in a timely manner, the Administrative Agent may elect in its sole discretion to fund with its own funds the Revolving Credit Loans of such Lender on such Borrowing Date, and such Lender shall be subject to the repayment obligation in Section 2.6(b).
(b)Presumptions by the Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed time of any Loan that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Loan, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.6(a) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Loan available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Effective Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to such Loan. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Loan to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(c)Making Swingline Loans. So long as PNC elects to make Swingline Loans, PNC shall, after receipt by it of a Swingline Loan Request pursuant to Section 2.5(b), fund such Swingline Loan to the Borrower in U.S. Dollars and immediately available funds at the Principal Office prior to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Borrowing Date. A Swingline Loan Note shall, if required by PNC, evidence the Swingline Loans.
(d)Repayment of Revolving Credit Loans. The Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans, together with all outstanding interest thereon, on the Expiration Date.
(e)Borrowings to Repay Swingline Loans.
(i)Upon the making of a Swingline Loan (whether before or after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default and regardless of whether a settlement has been requested with respect to such Swingline Loan), each Lender shall be deemed, without further action by any party hereto, to have unconditionally and irrevocably purchased from PNC, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in such Swingline Loan in proportion to its Ratable Share. PNC may, at its option, exercisable at any time for any reason whatsoever, demand repayment of any or all of the outstanding Swingline Loans, and each Lender shall immediately either (A) make a Revolving Credit Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Ratable Share of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Swingline Loans with respect to which repayment is demanded, plus, if PNC so requests, accrued interest thereon, provided that no Lender shall be obligated in any event to make Revolving Credit Loans in excess of its Revolving Credit Commitment minus its Ratable Share of Letter of Credit Obligations and minus its Ratable Share of any Swingline Loans not so being repaid or (B) during the continuance of an Insolvency Proceeding or Relief Proceeding with respect to the Borrower, fund such Swingline Loan participations by paying to PNC such Lender’s Ratable Share of the outstanding Swingline Loans. Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall bear interest at the Base Rate Option and shall be deemed to have been properly requested in accordance with Section 2.5(a) without regard to any of the requirements of that provision. PNC shall provide notice to the Lenders (which may be telephonic or written notice by letter, facsimile or telex) that such Revolving Credit Loans are to be made under this Section 2.6(e) and of the apportionment among the Lenders, and the Lenders shall be unconditionally obligated to fund such Revolving Credit Loans (whether or not the conditions specified in Section 2.5(a) or in Section 7.2 are then satisfied) by the time PNC so requests, which shall not be earlier than 3:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Business Day next after the date the Lenders receive such notice from PNC.
(ii)If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of PNC (as the Swingline Loan Lender) any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.6(e) by the time specified in Section 2.6(e)(i), the Swingline Loan Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swingline Loan Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Effective Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swingline Loan Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Credit Loan with respect to such prepayment. A certificate of the Swingline Loan Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (ii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(f)Swingline Loans Under Cash Management Agreements. In addition to making Swingline Loans pursuant to the foregoing provisions of Section 2.6(c), without the requirement for a specific request from the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5(b), PNC as the Swingline Loan Lender may make Swingline Loans to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the agreements between the Borrower and such Swingline Loan Lender relating to the Borrower’s deposit, sweep and other accounts at such Swingline Loan Lender and related arrangements and agreements regarding the management and investment of the Borrower’s cash assets as in effect from time to time (the “Cash Management Agreements”) to the extent of the daily aggregate net negative balance in the Borrower’s accounts which are subject to the provisions of the Cash Management Agreements. Swingline Loans made pursuant to this Section 2.6(f) in accordance with the provisions of the Cash Management Agreements shall (i) be subject to the limitations as to aggregate amount specified in Section 2.1(b), (ii) not be subject to the limitations as to individual amount specified in Section 2.5(b), (iii) be payable by the Borrower, both as to principal and interest, at the rates and times specified in the Cash Management Agreements (but in no event later than the Expiration Date), (iv) not be made at any time after such Swingline Loan Lender has received written notice of the occurrence of an Event of Default and so long as such shall continue to exist, or, unless consented to by the Required Lenders, a Potential Default and so long as such shall continue to exist, (v) if not repaid by the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of the Cash Management Agreements, be subject to each Lender’s obligation pursuant to Section 2.6(e), and (vi) except as provided in the foregoing subsections (i) through (v), be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Article 2.
2.7Notes. The Obligation of the Borrower to repay the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, Swingline Loans, Term Loans and Incremental Loans made to it by each Lender, together with interest thereon, may, upon request of a Lender, be evidenced by a revolving credit Note, a swing Note, a term Note and an incremental loan Note dated the Closing Date payable to the order of such Lender in a face amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment, Swingline Loan Commitment, Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Loan Commitment, as applicable, of such Lender.
2.8Letter of Credit Subfacility.
(a)Issuance of Letters of Credit. The Borrower or any other Loan Party may at any time prior to the Expiration Date request the issuance of a letter of credit denominated in Dollars (each, a “Letter of Credit”) for its own account or the account of another Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party or the amendment or extension of an existing Letter of Credit, by delivering or transmitting electronically, or having such other Loan Party deliver or transmit electronically to an Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) a completed application for letter of credit, or request for such amendment or extension, as applicable, in such form as such Issuing Lender may specify from time to time by no later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time at least five (5) Business Days, or such shorter period as may be agreed to by such Issuing Lender, in advance of the proposed date of issuance. Each Letter of Credit shall be a Standby Letter of Credit (and may not be a Commercial Letter of Credit). The Borrower or any Loan Party shall authorize and direct the applicable Issuing Lender to name the Borrower or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party as the “Applicant” or “Account Party” of each Letter of Credit. Promptly after receipt of any letter of credit application, such Issuing Lender shall confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit application and if not, such Issuing Lender will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof.
(i)Unless an Issuing Lender has received notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any Loan Party, at least one (1) day prior to the requested date of issuance, amendment or extension of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions in Article 7 is not satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance on the agreements of the other Lenders specified in this Section 2.8, such Issuing Lender or any of such Issuing Lender’s Affiliates will issue the proposed Letter of Credit or agree to such amendment or extension; provided that each Letter of Credit shall (A) have a maximum maturity of twelve (12) months from the date of issuance, and (B) in no event expire later than the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Expiration Date, except to the extent Cash Collateralized or backstopped in an amount of at least the Minimum Collateral Amount to the satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Lender and provided, further, that in no event shall (1) the Letter of Credit Obligations exceed, at any one time, $25,000,000 (the “Letter of Credit Sublimit”) or (2) the Revolving Facility Usage exceed, at any one time, the Revolving Credit Commitments. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that it shall be in compliance with the preceding sentence and with Article 7 after giving effect to the requested issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit. Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable Issuing Lender will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (x) if the applicable Issuing Lender has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in a Letter of Credit Borrowing, or (y) if, on the Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then outstanding amount of all Letter of Credit Obligations. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of each Issuing Lender and the Lenders, a security interest in all cash collateral pledged pursuant to this Section or otherwise under this Agreement.
(ii)Notwithstanding Section 2.8(a)(i), an Issuing Lender shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if (A) any order, judgment or decree of any Official Body or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Lender from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to such Issuing Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Official Body with jurisdiction over such Issuing Lender shall prohibit, or request that such Issuing Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon such Issuing Lender with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such Issuing Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or any such order, judgment or decree, or Law request or directive, shall impose upon such Issuing Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which such Issuing Lender in good faith deems material to it, (B) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Issuing Lender applicable to letters of credit generally or (C) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such Issuing Lender (in its sole discretion) with the Borrower or such Lender to eliminate such Issuing Lender’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 5.15(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other Letter of Credit Obligations as to which such Issuing Lender has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion.
(b)Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower shall pay (i) to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders a fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) equal to the Applicable Margin for Letter of Credit Fees times the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit (it being understood and agreed that in no event shall the fee under this subsection (i) in respect of any Letter of Credit be less than the Administrative Agent’s minimum fee in effect from time to time), and (ii) to the applicable Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee equal to 0.125% per annum on the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit. All Letter of Credit Fees and fronting fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Payment Date following the issuance of each Letter of Credit. The Borrower shall also pay to the applicable Issuing Lender for such Issuing Lender’s sole account such Issuing Lender’s then-in-effect customary fees and administrative expenses payable with respect to the Letters of Credit as such Issuing Lender may generally charge or incur from time to time in connection with the issuance, maintenance, amendment (if any), assignment or transfer (if any), negotiation, and administration of Letters of Credit.
(c)Disbursements, Reimbursement. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable Issuing Lender a participation in such Letter of Credit and each drawing thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Ratable Share of the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit and the amount of such drawing, respectively.
(i)In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the applicable Issuing Lender will promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Provided that it shall have received such notice, the Borrower shall reimburse (such obligation to reimburse the applicable Issuing Lender shall sometimes be referred to as a “Reimbursement Obligation”) such Issuing Lender prior to 12:00 noon on the date (each such date, a “Drawing Date”) that is one (1) Business Day after the date that an amount is paid by such Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit by paying to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender an amount equal to the amount so paid by such Issuing Lender. In the event the Borrower fails to reimburse such Issuing Lender (through the Administrative Agent) for the full amount of any drawing under any Letter of Credit by 12:00 noon on the Drawing Date, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender thereof, and the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested that Revolving Credit Loans be made by the Lenders under the Base Rate Option to be disbursed on the Drawing Date under such Letter of Credit, subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitment and subject to the conditions specified in Section 7.2 other than any notice requirements. Any notice given by the Administrative Agent or Issuing Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.8(c)(i) may be oral if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.
(ii)Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.8(c)(i) make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Lender an amount in immediately available funds equal to its Ratable Share of the amount of the drawing, whereupon the participating Lenders shall (subject to Section 2.8(c)) each be deemed to have (A) made a Revolving Credit Loan under the Base Rate Option to the Borrower in that amount, or (B) during the continuance of an Insolvency Proceeding or Relief Proceeding with respect to the Borrower, funded its Ratable Share of the Reimbursement Obligations arising by reason of such drawing. If any Lender so notified fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender the amount of such Lender’s Ratable Share of such amount by no later than 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the Drawing Date, then interest shall accrue on such Lender’s obligation to make such payment, from the Drawing Date to the date on which such Lender makes such payment (A) at a rate per annum equal to the Effective Federal Funds Rate during the first three (3) days following the Drawing Date and (B) at a rate per annum equal to the rate applicable to Revolving Credit Loans under the Base Rate Option on and after the fourth day following the Drawing Date. The Administrative Agent and such Issuing Lenders will promptly give notice (as described in Section 2.8(c)(i) above) of the occurrence of the Drawing Date, but failure of the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Lender to give any such notice on the Drawing Date or in sufficient time to enable any Lender to effect such payment on such date shall not relieve such Lender from its obligation under this Section 2.8(c)(ii).
(iii)With respect to any unreimbursed drawing that is not converted into Revolving Credit Loans under the Base Rate Option to the Borrower in whole or in part as contemplated by Section 2.8(c)(i), because of the Borrower’s failure to satisfy the conditions specified in Section 7.2 other than any notice requirements, or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable Issuing Lender a borrowing (each a “Letter of Credit Borrowing”) in the amount of such drawing. Such Letter of Credit Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the rate per annum applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans under the Base Rate Option. Each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.8(c) shall be deemed to be a payment in respect of its participation in such Letter of Credit Borrowing (each, a “Participation Advance”) from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.8(c).
(d)Repayment of Participation Advances.
(i)Upon (and only upon) receipt by the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuing Lender of immediately available funds from the Borrower (A) in reimbursement of any payment made by such Issuing Lender under the Letter of Credit with respect to which any Lender has made a Participation Advance to the Administrative Agent, or (B) in payment of interest on such a payment made by such Issuing Lender under such a Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent on behalf of such Issuing Lender will pay to each Lender, in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent, the amount of such Lender’s Ratable Share of such funds, except the Administrative Agent shall retain for the account of such Issuing Lender the amount of the Ratable Share of such funds of any Lender that did not make a Participation Advance in respect of such payment by such Issuing Lender.
(ii)If the Administrative Agent is required at any time to return to any Loan Party, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or any official in any Insolvency Proceeding, any portion of any payment made by any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section in reimbursement of a payment made under any Letter of Credit or interest or fees thereon, each Lender shall, on demand of the Administrative Agent, forthwith return to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Lender the amount of its Ratable Share of any amounts so returned by the Administrative Agent plus interest thereon from the date such demand is made to the date such amounts are returned by such Lender to the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Effective Federal Funds Rate in effect from time to time.
(e)Documentation. Each Loan Party agrees to be bound by the terms of the Issuing Lenders’ application and agreement for letters of credit and the Issuing Lenders’ written regulations and customary practices relating to letters of credit, though such interpretation may be different from such Loan Party’s own. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between such application or agreement and this Agreement, this Agreement shall govern. It is understood and agreed that, except in the case of gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Issuing Lenders shall not be liable for any error, negligence and/or mistakes, whether of omission or commission, in following any Loan Party’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments or supplements thereto.
(f)Determinations to Honor Drawing Requests. In determining whether to honor any request for drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, an Issuing Lender shall be responsible only to determine that the documents and certificates required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered and that they comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit.
(g)Nature of Participation and Reimbursement Obligations. Each Lender’s obligation in accordance with this Agreement to make the Revolving Credit Loans or Participation Advances, as contemplated by Section 2.8(c), as a result of a drawing under a Letter of Credit, and the Obligations of the Borrower to reimburse an Issuing Lenders upon a draw under a Letter of Credit, shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.8 under all circumstances, including the following circumstances:
(i)any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the applicable Issuing Lender or any of its Affiliates, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, or which any Loan Party may have against the applicable Issuing Lender or any of its Affiliates, any Lender or any other Person for any reason whatsoever;
(ii)the failure of any Loan Party or any other Person to comply, in connection with a Letter of Credit Borrowing, with the conditions specified in Sections 2.1, 2.5, 2.6 or 7.2 or as otherwise specified in this Agreement for the making of a Revolving Credit Loan, it being acknowledged that such conditions are not required for the making of a Letter of Credit Borrowing and the obligation of the Lenders to make Participation Advances under Section 2.8(c);
(iii)any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit;
(iv)any claim of breach of warranty that might be made by any Loan Party or any Lender against any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit, or the existence of any claim, set-off, recoupment, counterclaim, cross claim, defense or other right which any Loan Party or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary, successor beneficiary any transferee or assignee of any Letter of Credit or the proceeds thereof (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), the applicable Issuing Lender or its Affiliates or any Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between any Loan Party or Subsidiaries of a Loan Party and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured);
(v)the lack of power or authority of any signer of (or any defect in or forgery of any signature or endorsement on) or the form of or lack of validity, sufficiency, accuracy, enforceability or genuineness of any draft, demand, instrument, certificate or other document presented under or in connection with any Letter of Credit, or any fraud or alleged fraud in connection with any Letter of Credit, or the transport of any property or provision of services relating to a Letter of Credit, in each case even if the applicable Issuing Lender or any of its Affiliates has been notified thereof;
(vi)payment by the applicable Issuing Lender or any of its Affiliates under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a demand, draft or certificate or other document which does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;
(vii)the solvency of, or any acts or omissions by, any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit, or any other Person having a role in any transaction or obligation relating to a Letter of Credit, or the existence, nature, quality, quantity, condition, value or other characteristic of any property or services relating to a Letter of Credit;
(viii)any failure by the applicable Issuing Lender or any of its Affiliates to issue any Letter of Credit in the form requested by any Loan Party, unless such Issuing Lender has received written notice from such Loan Party of such failure within three (3) Business Days after such Issuing Lender shall have furnished such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent a copy of such Letter of Credit and such error is material and no drawing has been made thereon prior to receipt of such notice;
(ix)any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Loan Party or Subsidiaries of a Loan Party;
(x)any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by any party thereto;
(xi)the occurrence or continuance of an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Loan Party;
(xii)the fact that an Event of Default or a Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(xiii)the fact that the Expiration Date shall have passed or this Agreement or the Commitments hereunder shall have been terminated; and
(xiv)any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.
(h)Liability for Acts and Omissions. As between any Loan Party and any Issuing Lender, or such Issuing Lender’s Affiliates, such Loan Party assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit by, the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, no Issuing Lender shall be responsible for any of the following, including any losses or damages to any Loan Party or other Person or property relating therefrom: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for an issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged (even if such Issuing Lender or its Affiliates shall have been notified thereof); (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) the failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit, or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred, to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit or any other claim of any Loan Party against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit, or any such transferee, or any dispute between or among any Loan Party and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any such transferee; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising
from causes beyond the control of such Issuing Lender or its Affiliates, as applicable, including any act or omission of any Official Body, and none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of the Issuing Lender’s or its Affiliates rights or powers hereunder. Nothing in the preceding sentence shall relieve an Issuing Lender from liability for such Issuing Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with actions or omissions described in such clauses (i) through (viii) of such sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an Issuing Lender or its Affiliates be liable to any Loan Party for any indirect, consequential, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages or expenses (including attorneys’ fees), or for any damages resulting from any change in the value of any property relating to a Letter of Credit.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Issuing Lenders and each of their Affiliates (i) may rely on any oral or other communication believed in good faith by such Issuing Lender or such Affiliate to have been authorized or given by or on behalf of the applicant for a Letter of Credit, (ii) may honor any presentation if the documents presented appear on their face substantially to comply with the terms and conditions of the relevant Letter of Credit; (iii) may honor a previously dishonored presentation under a Letter of Credit, whether such dishonor was pursuant to a court order, to settle or compromise any claim of wrongful dishonor, or otherwise, and shall be entitled to reimbursement to the same extent as if such presentation had initially been honored, together with any interest paid by such Issuing Lender or its Affiliate; (iv) may honor any drawing that is payable upon presentation of a statement advising negotiation or payment, upon receipt of such statement (even if such statement indicates that a draft or other document is being delivered separately), and shall not be liable for any failure of any such draft or other document to arrive, or to conform in any way with the relevant Letter of Credit; (v) may pay any paying or negotiating bank claiming that it rightfully honored under the Laws or practices of the place where such bank is located; and (vi) may settle or adjust any claim or demand made on such Issuing Lender or its Affiliate in any way related to any order issued at the applicant’s request to an air carrier, a letter of guarantee or of indemnity issued to a carrier or any similar document (each, an “Order”) and honor any drawing in connection with any Letter of Credit that is the subject of such Order, notwithstanding that any drafts or other documents presented in connection with such Letter of Credit fail to conform in any way with such Letter of Credit.
In furtherance and extension and not in limitation of the specific provisions specified above, any action taken or omitted by an Issuing Lender or its Affiliates under or in connection with the Letters of Credit issued by it or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not put the Issuing Lender or its Affiliates under any resulting liability to the Borrower or any Lender.
(i) Issuing Lender Reporting Requirements. Each Issuing Lender shall, on the first Business Day of each month, provide to Administrative Agent and Borrower a schedule of the Letters of Credit issued by it, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, showing the date of issuance of each Letter of Credit, the account party, the original face amount (if any), and the expiration date of any Letter of Credit outstanding at any time during the preceding month, and any other information relating to such Letter of Credit that the Administrative Agent may request.
2.9Title IV Program Funds. The Administrative Agent and Lenders recognize that the Schools, as a trustees of Title IV funds, may not use or hypothecate (i.e., use as collateral) Title IV Program funds for any other purposes or otherwise engage in any practice that risks the loss of those Title IV Program funds, including in securing any revolving credit facility or letter of credit.
ARTICLE 3
TERM LOANS
3.1Term Loan Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and relying upon the representations and warranties herein specified, each Lender severally agrees to make a term loan (the “Term Loan”) to the Borrower in U.S. Dollars on the Closing Date in such principal amount as the Borrower shall request up to, but not exceeding, such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment.
3.2Nature of Lenders’ Obligations with Respect to Term Loans; Repayment Terms.
(a)The obligations of each Lender to make Term Loans to the Borrower shall equal its Ratable Share of the requested Term Loan; provided that no Lender’s Term Loan to the Borrower shall exceed its Term Loan Commitment. The failure of any Lender to make a Term Loan shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations to make a Term Loan nor shall it impose any additional liability on any other Lender hereunder. The Lenders shall have no obligation to make Term Loans hereunder after the Closing Date, and any portion of the Term Loan Commitment not drawn on the Closing Date shall automatically expire. The Term Loan Commitments are not revolving credit commitments, and the Borrower shall not have the right to borrow, repay and reborrow under Section 3.1.
(b)The Borrower shall repay to the applicable Lenders the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding on the following dates in the respective amounts set forth opposite such dates (which amounts shall be reduced as a result of the application of voluntary and mandatory prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 5.2 and Section 5.3):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date |
Amount |
June 30, 2026 |
$1,125,000.00 |
September 30, 2026 |
$1,125,000.00 |
December 31, 2026 |
$1,125,000.00 |
March 31, 2027 |
$1,687,500.00 |
June 30, 2027 |
$1,687,500.00 |
September 30, 2027 |
$1,687,500.00 |
December 31, 2027 |
$1,687,500.00 |
March 31, 2028 |
$1,687,500.00 |
June 30, 2028 |
$1,687,500.00 |
September 30, 2028 |
$1,687,500.00 |
December 31, 2028 |
$1,687,500.00 |
March 31, 2029 |
$2,250,000.00 |
June 30, 2029 |
$2,250,000.00 |
September 30, 2029 |
$2,250,000.00 |
December 31, 2029 |
$2,250,000.00 |
March 31, 2030 |
$2,250,000.00 |
June 30, 2030 |
$2,250,000.00 |
September 30, 2030 |
$2,250,000.00 |
December 31, 2030 |
$2,250,000.00 |
provided, however, that the final principal repayment installment of the Term Loans shall be repaid on the Term Loan Maturity Date and in any event shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding on such date.
(c)Unless previously terminated, the Term Loan Commitments shall terminate at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the Closing Date.
3.3[Reserved].
3.4[Reserved].
3.5Making Term Loans; Presumptions by the Administrative Agent.
(a)Requests, Conversions and Renewals. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Borrower may from time to prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, request the Lenders to renew or convert the Interest Rate Option applicable to existing Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.2, by delivering to the Administrative Agent, not later than 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time, (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed Borrowing Date with respect to the conversion to or the renewal of the Term SOFR Rate Option for any Term Loans; (ii) one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Borrowing Date with respect to the conversion of the Daily SOFR Rate Option for any Term Loans; and (iii) the last day of the preceding Interest Period with respect to the conversion to the Base Rate Option for any Term Loan, of a duly completed Loan Request therefor or a request by telephone immediately confirmed in writing by letter, facsimile or telex in such form, it being understood that the Administrative Agent may rely on the authority of any individual making such a telephonic request without the necessity of receipt of such written confirmation. Such Loan Request shall be irrevocable and shall specify the aggregate amount of the proposed Loans comprising each Borrowing Tranche, and, if applicable, the Interest Period, which amounts shall be in integral multiples of $100,000 and not less than $1,000,000 for each Borrowing Tranche.
(b)Notifications to Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall, promptly after receipt by it of a Loan Request requesting the making of Term Loans pursuant to Section 3.1, notify the applicable Lenders of its receipt of such Loan Request specifying the information provided by the Borrower and the apportionment among the Lenders of the requested Term Loans as determined by the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall remit its apportioned share (as provided to it by the Administrative Agent) of the principal amount of each Term Loan to the Administrative Agent such that the Administrative Agent is able to, and the Administrative Agent shall, to the extent the Lenders have made funds available to it for such purpose and subject to Section 7.2, fund such Term Loans to the Borrower in U.S. Dollars and immediately available funds at the Principal Office prior to 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on the applicable Borrowing Date; provided that if any Lender fails to remit such funds to the Administrative Agent in a timely manner, the Administrative Agent may elect in its sole discretion to fund with its own funds the Term Loans of such Lender on such Borrowing Date, and such Lender shall be subject to the repayment obligation in Section 3.5(c).
(c)Presumptions by the Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed time of any Term Loan that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Term Loan, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 3.5(b) and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Term Loan available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Effective Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to such Term Loan. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Term Loan to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Term Loan. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
3.6Title IV Program Funds. The Administrative Agent and Lenders recognize that the Schools, as a trustees of Title IV Program funds, may not use or hypothecate (i.e., use as collateral) Title IV Program funds for any other purposes or otherwise engage in any practice that risks the loss of those Title IV Program funds.
ARTICLE 4
INTEREST RATES
4.1Interest Rate Options. The Borrower shall pay interest in respect of the outstanding unpaid principal amount of the Loans as selected by it from the Base Rate Option, Term SOFR Rate Option or Daily SOFR Rate Option specified below applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans, the Term Loans, or the Swingline Loans, respectively, it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Borrower may select different Interest Rate Options and different Interest Periods to apply simultaneously to the Loans comprising different Borrowing Tranches and may convert to or renew one or more Interest Rate Options with respect to all or any portion of the Loans comprising any Borrowing Tranche; provided that there shall not be at any one time outstanding more than five (5) Borrowing Tranches of Revolving Credit Loans or more than five (5) Borrowing Tranches of Term Loans; provided further that if an Event of Default or Potential Default exists and is continuing, the Borrower may not request, convert to, or renew the Term SOFR Rate Option or Daily SOFR Rate Option for any Loans and the Required Lenders may demand that all existing Borrowing Tranches bearing interest under the Term SOFR Rate Option and/or the Daily SOFR Rate Option shall be converted immediately to the Base Rate Option, subject in all cases to the obligation of the Borrower to pay any indemnity under Section 5.10 in connection with any such conversion. If at any time the designated rate applicable to any Loan made by any Lender exceeds such Lender’s highest lawful rate, the rate of interest on such Lender’s Loan shall be limited to such Lender’s highest lawful rate. The applicable Base Rate, Term SOFR Rate or Daily 1M SOFR shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(a)Revolving Credit Interest Rate Options. The Borrower shall have the right to select from the following Interest Rate Options applicable to the Revolving Credit Loans:
(i)Base Rate Option: A fluctuating rate per annum (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed) equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, such interest rate to change automatically from time to time effective as of the effective date of each change in the Base Rate;
(ii)Term SOFR Rate Option: A rate per annum (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) equal to the Term SOFR Rate as determined for each applicable Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin; or
(iii)Daily SOFR Rate Option. A fluctuating rate per annum (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) equal to Daily 1M SOFR plus the Applicable Margin, such interest rate to change automatically from time to time effective as of the effective date of each change in Daily 1M SOFR.
(b)Swingline Loan Interest Rate. The Swingline Loans shall accrue interest at a fluctuating rate per annum (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed) equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, such interest rate to change automatically from time to time effective as of the effective date of each change in the Base Rate.
(c)Term Loan Interest Rate Options. The Borrower shall have the right to select from the following Interest Rate Options applicable to the Term Loans:
(i)Base Rate Option: A fluctuating rate per annum (computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed) equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin, such interest rate to change automatically from time to time effective as of the effective date of each change in the Base Rate;
(ii)Term SOFR Rate Option: A rate per annum (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) equal to the Term SOFR Rate as determined for each applicable Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin; or
(iii)Daily SOFR Rate Option. A fluctuating rate per annum (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) equal to Daily 1M SOFR plus the Applicable Margin, such interest rate to change automatically from time to time effective as of the effective date of each change in Daily 1M SOFR.
(d)Rate Quotations. The Borrower may call the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which a Loan Request is to be delivered to receive an indication of the rates then in effect, but it is acknowledged that such projection shall not be binding on the Administrative Agent or the Lenders nor affect the rate of interest which thereafter is actually in effect when the election is made.
(e)Conforming Changes Relating to Term SOFR Rate or Daily 1M SOFR. With respect to the Term SOFR Rate and/or Daily 1M SOFR, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that, the Administrative Agent shall provide notice to the Borrower and the Lenders of each such amendment implementing such Conforming Changes reasonably promptly after such amendment becomes effective.
4.2Interest Periods. At any time when the Borrower shall select, convert to or renew a Term SOFR Rate Option, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent thereof at least three (3) Business Days prior to the effective date of such Term SOFR Rate Option by delivering a Loan Request. The notice shall specify an Interest Period during which such Interest Rate Option shall apply. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the following provisions shall apply to any selection of, renewal of, or conversion to a Term SOFR Rate Option:
(a)Amount of Borrowing Tranche. Each Borrowing Tranche of Loans under the Term SOFR Rate Option shall be in integral multiples of, and not less than, the respective amounts specified in Section 2.5(a); and
(b)Renewals. In the case of the renewal of a Term SOFR Rate Option at the end of an Interest Period, the first day of the new Interest Period shall be the last day of the preceding Interest Period, without duplication in payment of interest for such day.
4.3Interest After Default. To the extent permitted by Law, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and until such time such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived, (x) automatically, in the case of an Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) and (y) at the discretion of the Administrative Agent or upon written demand by the Required Lenders to the Administrative Agent, in the case of all other Events of Default:
(a)Letter of Credit Fees, Interest Rate. The Letter of Credit Fees and the rate of interest for each Loan otherwise applicable pursuant to Section 2.8(b) or Section 4.1, respectively, shall be increased by 2.0% per annum;
(b)Other Obligations. Each other Obligation hereunder if not paid when due shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the rate of interest applicable to Revolving Credit Loans under the Base Rate Option plus an additional 2.0% per annum from the time such Obligation becomes due and payable until the time such Obligation is paid in full; and
(c)Acknowledgment. The Borrower acknowledges that the increase in rates referred to in this Section 4.3 reflects, among other things, the fact that such Loans or other amounts have become a substantially greater risk given their default status and that the Lenders are entitled to additional compensation for such risk; and all such interest shall be payable by Borrower upon demand by Administrative Agent.
4.4Term SOFR Rate and/or Daily 1M SOFR Unascertainable; Increased Costs; Illegality; Benchmark Replacement Setting.
(a)Unascertainable; Increased Costs. If:
(i)with respect to the Term SOFR Rate, on or prior to the first day of an Interest Period:
(1)the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that (x) the Term SOFR Rate cannot be determined pursuant to the definition thereof; or (y) a fundamental change has occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Rate (including, without limitation, changes in national or international financial, political or economic conditions), or
(2)the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Term SOFR Rate Loan or a conversion thereto or a continuation thereof that the Term SOFR Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Term SOFR Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding, establishing or maintaining such Loan, and the Required Lenders have provided notice of such determination to the Administrative Agent,
(ii)with respect to Daily 1M SOFR, on any date:
(1)the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that (x) Daily 1M SOFR cannot be determined pursuant to the definition thereof; or (y) a fundamental change has occurred with respect to Daily 1M SOFR (including, without limitation, changes in national or international financial, political or economic conditions), or
(2)the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Daily SOFR Rate Loan or a conversion thereto that Daily 1M SOFR with respect to a proposed Daily SOFR Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding, establishing or maintaining such Loan, and the Required Lenders have provided notice of such determination to the Administrative Agent,
then, in each case, the Administrative Agent shall have the rights specified in Section 4.4(c).
(b)Illegality. If at any time any Lender shall have determined, or any Official Body shall have asserted, that the making, maintenance or funding of any Term SOFR Rate Loan or Daily SOFR Rate Loan, or the determination or charging of interest rates based on the Term SOFR Rate or Daily 1M SOFR, has been made impracticable or unlawful by compliance by such Lender in good faith with any Law or any interpretation or application thereof by any Official Body or with any request or directive of any such Official Body (whether or not having the force of Law), then the Administrative Agent shall have the rights specified in Section 4.4(c).
(c)Administrative Agent’s and Lender’s Rights. In the case of any event specified in Section 4.4(a) above, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower thereof, and in the case of an event specified in Section 4.4(b) above, such Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and endorse a certificate to such notice as to the specific circumstances of such notice, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly send copies of such notice and certificate to the other Lenders and the Borrower. Upon such date as shall be specified in such notice (which shall not be earlier than the date such notice is given), the obligation of (i) the Lenders, in the case of such notice given by the Administrative Agent, or (ii) such Lender, in the case of such notice given by such Lender, to allow the Borrower to select, convert to or renew a Daily SOFR Rate Loan (to the extent of the affected Daily SOFR Rate Loans) or a Term SOFR Rate Loan (to the extent of the affected Term SOFR Rate Loan or Interest Periods) shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent shall have later notified the Borrower, or such Lender shall have later notified the Administrative Agent, of the Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s, as the case may be, determination that the circumstances giving rise to such previous determination no longer exist. If at any time the Administrative Agent makes a determination under Section 4.4(a) (A) if the Borrower has previously notified the Administrative Agent of its selection of, conversion to or renewal of (x) a Term SOFR Rate Option and the Term SOFR Rate Option has not yet gone into effect or (y) a Daily SOFR Rate Option and the Daily SOFR Rate Option has not yet gone into effect, in either case, such notification shall be deemed to provide for selection of, conversion to or renewal of the Base Rate Option otherwise available with respect to such Loans, (B) any outstanding affected Daily SOFR Rate Loans will be deemed to have been converted into Base Rate Loans immediately and (C) any outstanding affected Term SOFR Rate Loans will be deemed to have been converted into Base Rate Loans at the end of the applicable Interest Period. If any Lender notifies the Administrative Agent of a determination under Section 4.4(b), the Borrower shall, subject to the Borrower’s indemnification Obligations under Section 5.10, as to any Loan of the Lender to which a Term SOFR Rate Option or Daily SOFR Rate Option applies, on the date specified in such notice either convert such Loan to the Base Rate Option otherwise available with respect to such Loan or prepay such Loan in accordance with Section 5.2. Absent due notice from the Borrower of conversion or prepayment, such Loan shall automatically be converted to the Base Rate Option otherwise available with respect to such Loan upon such specified date.
(d)Benchmark Replacement Setting.
(i)Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (and any agreement executed in connection with an Interest Rate Hedge shall be deemed not to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this clause (d)), if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (A) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (B) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.
(ii)Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
(iii)Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of (A) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, and (B) the effectiveness of any Conforming Changes in connection with the use, administration, adoption or implementation of a Benchmark Replacement. The Administrative Agent will notify the Borrower of (x) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to paragraph (iv) below and (y) the commencement of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section.
(iv)Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (A) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate and either (I) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (II) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is not or will not be representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor; and (B) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (A) above either (I) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (II) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is not or will not be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” (or any similar or analogous definition) for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.
(v)Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Loan bearing interest based on the Term SOFR Rate or Daily 1M SOFR, conversion to or continuation of Loans bearing interest based on the Term SOFR Rate or Daily 1M SOFR to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Loan of or conversion to Loans bearing interest under the Base Rate Option. During a Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of the Base Rate.
(vi)Definitions. As used in this Section:
“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, (x) if such Benchmark is a term rate or is based on a term rate, any tenor for such Benchmark (or component thereof) that is or may be used for determining the length of an interest period pursuant to this Agreement or (y) otherwise, any payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark (or component thereof) that is or may be used for determining any frequency of making payments of interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark pursuant to this Agreement, in each case, as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor of such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to clause (iv) of this Section.
“Benchmark” means, initially, the Term SOFR Rate and Daily 1M SOFR, as applicable; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event has occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Rate, Daily 1M SOFR or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to this Section.
“Benchmark Replacement” means, with respect to any Benchmark Transition Event, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:
(1)Daily Simple SOFR;
(2)the sum of (A) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, giving due consideration to (x) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (y) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement to the then-current Benchmark for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time and (B) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;
provided that if the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (2) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and provided further, that any Benchmark Replacement shall be administratively feasible as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, giving due consideration to (A) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (B) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.
“Benchmark Replacement Date” means a date and time determined by the Administrative Agent, which date shall be no later than the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(1)in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (A) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (B) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or
(2)in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date determined by the Administrative Agent, which date shall promptly follow the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein;
For the avoidance of doubt, the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Transition Event” means, the occurrence of one or more of the following events, with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(1)a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);
(2)a public statement or publication of information by an Official Body having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent, the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or
(3)a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) or an Official Body having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are not, or as of a specified future date will not be, representative.
For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with this Section 4.4(d) and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with this Section 4.4(d).
“Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to the Term SOFR Rate and Daily 1M SOFR or, if no floor is specified, zero.
“Relevant Governmental Body” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or any successor thereto.
“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
4.5Selection of Interest Rate Options. If the Borrower fails to select a new Interest Period to apply to any Borrowing Tranche of Loans under the Term SOFR Rate Option at the expiration of an existing Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing Tranche in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2, the Borrower shall be deemed to have converted such Borrowing Tranche to the Base Rate Option, as applicable to Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans, as the case may be, commencing upon the last day of the existing Interest Period. If the Borrower provides any Loan Request related to a Loan at the Term SOFR Rate Option but fails to identify an Interest Period therefor, such Loan Request shall be deemed to request an Interest
Period of one (1) month. Any Loan Request that fails to select an Interest Rate Option shall be deemed to be a request for the Base Rate Option.
ARTICLE 5
PAYMENTS; TAXES; YIELD MAINTENANCE
5.1Payments. All payments and prepayments to be made in respect of principal, interest, Commitment Fees, Letter of Credit Fees, Administrative Agent’s Fee or other fees or amounts due from the Borrower hereunder shall be payable prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the date when due without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower, and without set-off, counterclaim or other deduction of any nature, and an action therefor shall immediately accrue. Such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Principal Office for the account of the Swingline Loan Lender with respect to the Swingline Loans and for the ratable accounts of the Lenders with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans or Term Loans in U.S. Dollars and in immediately available funds, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute such amounts to the Lenders in immediately available funds; provided that in the event payments are received by 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Loans and such payments are not distributed to the Lenders on the same day received by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall pay the Lenders interest at the Effective Federal Funds Rate with respect to the amount of such payments for each day held by the Administrative Agent and not distributed to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent’s statement of account, ledger or other relevant record shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive as the statement of the amount of principal of and interest on the Loans and other amounts owing under this Agreement.
5.2Voluntary Prepayments.
(a)Right to Prepay. The Borrower shall have the right at its option from time to time to prepay the Loans in whole or part without premium or penalty (except as provided in Section 5.13, in Section 5.8 and Section 5.10). Whenever the Borrower desires to prepay any part of the Loans, it shall provide a prepayment notice to the Administrative Agent by 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time at least one (1) Business Day prior to the date of prepayment of Loans bearing interest at the Base Rate Option or the Daily SOFR Rate Option and at least three (3) Business Days in the case of Loans bearing interest at the Term SOFR Rate Option, or no later than 1:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the date of prepayment of Swingline Loans (in each case, or such later time and/or date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), setting forth the following information:
(i)the date, which shall be a Business Day, on which the proposed prepayment is to be made;
(ii)a statement indicating the application of the prepayment between the Revolving Credit Loans, Term Loans and Swingline Loans;
(iii)a statement indicating the application of the prepayment between Loans to which the Base Rate Option applies, Loans to which the Term SOFR Rate Option applies and Loans to which the Daily SOFR Rate Option applies; and
(iv)the total principal amount of such prepayment, which shall not be less than the lesser of (A) the Revolving Facility Usage or (B) $100,000 for any Swingline Loan or $500,000 for any Revolving Credit Loan or Term Loan.
All prepayment notices shall be irrevocable; provided that any such notice may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or the receipt of the proceeds from the issuance of other Indebtedness or the occurrence of some other identifiable event or condition, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date of prepayment) if such condition is not satisfied. The principal amount of the Loans for which a prepayment notice is given, together with interest on such principal amount, shall be due and payable on the date specified in such prepayment notice as the date on which the proposed prepayment is to be made. All Term Loan prepayments permitted pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be applied to the unpaid installments of principal of the Term Loans as directed by the Borrower (or, in the absence of any such direction, in the direct order of scheduled maturities). Except as provided in Section 4.4(c), if the Borrower prepays a Loan but fails to specify the applicable Borrowing Tranche which the Borrower is prepaying, the prepayment shall be applied (1) first to Revolving Credit Loans and then ratably to Term Loans; and (2) after giving effect to the allocations in clause (1) above and in the preceding sentence, first to Loans to which the Base Rate Option applies, then to Loans as to which the Daily SOFR Rate Option applies and then to Loans to which the Term SOFR Rate Option applies. Any prepayment hereunder shall be subject to the Borrower’s Obligation to indemnify the Lenders under Section 5.10.
5.3Mandatory Prepayments.
(a)Sale of Assets. Within five (5) Business Days of (i) the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $5,000,000 in any fiscal year in respect of any Asset Disposition (other than an Asset Disposition permitted by Section 9.6(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i), (l) or (n)) or (ii) the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds in excess of $5,000,000 in any fiscal year arising from any Recovery Event, the Borrower shall make a mandatory prepayment of the Facilities equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds in excess of such $5,000,000 threshold of such Asset Disposition or one hundred percent (100%) of the Net Cash Proceeds in excess of such $5,000,000 threshold arising from such Recovery Event (as estimated in good faith by the Borrower); provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such Net Cash Proceeds shall not be required to be so prepaid at the election of the Borrower (as notified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to the required date of prepayment) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are (1) reinvested in operating assets (but specifically excluding current assets as classified by GAAP) within twelve (12) months of the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Disposition or Recovery Event or (2) committed to be reinvested in operating assets (but specifically excluding current assets as classified by GAAP) within twelve (12) months of the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Disposition or Recovery Event and so reinvested with eighteen (18) months of the date of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Disposition or Recovery Event; provided, further, that, the failure to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds by such date shall result in such Net Cash Proceeds being promptly (but in any event within three (3) Business Days) applied to prepay the Facilities. All prepayments pursuant to this Section 5.3(a) shall be applied, first, to payment of the principal amount of the Term Loans (on a ratable basis) by application (x) first, to the next four (4) principal installments thereof in the direct order of scheduled maturities and (y) then to the remaining unpaid installments of principal (including the installment due on the Term Loan Maturity Date) on a pro rata basis and, second, to the Revolving Credit Facility in the manner set forth in Section 5.3(e).
(b)[reserved].
(c)Debt Issuance. Within one (1) Business Day of the receipt by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Debt Issuance, the Borrower shall make a mandatory prepayment of the Facilities equal to the Net Cash Proceeds of such Debt Issuance. All prepayments pursuant to this Section 5.3(c) shall be applied, first, to payment of the principal amount of the Term Loans (on a ratable basis) by application (x) first, to the next four (4) principal installments thereof in the direct order of scheduled maturities and (y) then to the remaining unpaid installments of principal (including the installment due on the Term Loan Maturity Date) on a pro rata basis and, second, to the Revolving Credit Facility in the manner set forth in Section 5.3(e).
(d)Application Among Interest Rate Options. All prepayments required pursuant to this Section 5.3 shall first be applied among the Interest Rate Options to the principal amount of the Loans subject to the Base Rate Option, then ratably to Loans subject to a Term SOFR Rate Option or Daily SOFR Rate Option. In accordance with Section 5.10, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders for any loss or expense, including loss of margin, incurred with respect to any such prepayments applied against Loans subject to a Term SOFR Rate Option on any day other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period.
(e)Application of Mandatory Prepayments in Respect of Revolving Credit Facility. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.15, prepayments of the Revolving Credit Facility made pursuant to this Section 5.3, first, shall be applied ratably to the Letter of Credit Borrowings and the Swingline Loans, second, shall be applied to the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, and, third, shall be used to Cash Collateralize the remaining Letter of Credit Obligations, in each case, without any permanent reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments.
5.4Pro Rata Treatment of Lenders. Each borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans shall be allocated to each Lender according to its Ratable Share, and each selection of, conversion to or renewal of any Interest Rate Option and each payment or prepayment by the Borrower with respect to principal, interest, Commitment Fees and Letter of Credit Fees (but excluding the Administrative Agent’s Fee and the Issuing Lenders’ fronting fee) shall (except as otherwise may be provided with respect to a Defaulting Lender and except as provided in Sections 4.4(c) in the case of an event specified in Section 4.4, 5.13 or 5.8) be payable ratably among the Lenders entitled to such payment in accordance with the amount of principal, interest, Commitment Fees and Letter of Credit Fees, as specified in this Agreement. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, each borrowing or payment or prepayment by the Borrower of principal, interest, fees or other amounts from the Borrower with respect to Swingline Loans shall be made by or to the Swingline Loan Lender according to Section 2.6(e).
5.5Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff, counterclaim or banker’s lien or any other right, by receipt of voluntary payment, by realization upon security, or by any other non-pro rata source, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or other obligations hereunder resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or other such obligations greater than the pro-rata share of the amount such Lender is entitled thereto, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:
(i)if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, together with interest or other amounts, if any, required by Law (including court order) to be paid by the Lender or the holder making such purchase; and
(ii)the provisions of this Section 5.5 shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Loan Parties pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of the Loan Documents (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or Participation Advances to any assignee or participant.
Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against each Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of each Loan Party in the amount of such participation.
5.6Administrative Agent’s Clawback.
(a) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender (x) in the case of Loans to which the Base Rate Option applies, two hours prior to the proposed time of such Borrowing Tranche of Loans and (y) otherwise, prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing Tranche of Loans that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Ratable Share, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with Section 2.6(a) or Section 3.2 and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing Tranche of Loans available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Effective Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to such Loans. If the Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to the Borrower the amount of such interest paid by the Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing Tranche of Loans to the Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing Tranche of Loans. Any payment by the Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim the Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Administrative Agent.
(b) Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders, as the case may be, the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders or the applicable Issuing Lender, as the case may be, severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender or Issuing Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Effective Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
5.7Interest Payment Dates. Interest on Loans to which the Base Rate Option or Daily SOFR Rate Option applies shall be due and payable in arrears on each Payment Date. Interest on Loans to which the Term SOFR Rate Option applies shall be due and payable on the last day of each Interest Period and, if such Interest Period is longer than three (3) months, also at the end of each three month period during such Interest Period. Interest on mandatory prepayments of principal under Section 5.3 shall be due on the date such mandatory prepayment is due. Interest on the principal amount of each Loan or other monetary Obligation shall be due and payable on demand after such principal amount or other monetary Obligation becomes due and payable (whether on the stated Expiration Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, upon acceleration or otherwise). Interest shall be computed to, but excluding, the date payment is due.
5.8Increased Costs.
(a)Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
(i)impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Term SOFR Rate or Daily 1M SOFR) or any Issuing Lender;
(ii)subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or
(iii)impose on any Lender, any Issuing Lender or the relevant market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit or participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to increase the cost to such Lender, such Issuing Lender or such other Recipient of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, such Issuing Lender or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, such Issuing Lender or other Recipient (which request shall be accompanied by a certificate as described in Section 5.8(c) below), the Borrower will pay to such Lender, such Issuing Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered, so long as such Lender, such Issuing Lender or other Recipient, as applicable, shall generally be exercising similar rights with respect to borrowers under similar circumstances.
(b)Capital Requirements. If any Lender or any Issuing Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or such Issuing Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by, or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans held by, such Lender, or the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then upon request of such Lender or Issuing Lender (which request shall be accompanied by a certificate as described in Section 5.8(c) below), the Borrower will pay to such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Issuing Lender or such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered, so long as such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as applicable, shall generally be exercising similar rights with respect to borrowers under similar circumstances.
(c)Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender or an Issuing Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or such Issuing Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.
(d)Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or any Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or such Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Lender or such Issuing Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or such Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six (6) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
5.9Taxes.
(a)Issuing Lender. For purposes of this Section 5.9, the term “Lender” includes the Issuing Lenders and the term “applicable Law” includes FATCA.
(b)Payments Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable Law. If any applicable Law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Official Body in accordance with applicable Law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.9) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(c)Payment of Other Taxes by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Official Body in accordance with applicable Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
(d)Indemnification by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.9) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Official Body. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e)Indemnification by the Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of any of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.8(a) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register, and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Official Body. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 5.9(e).
(f)Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to an Official Body pursuant to this Section 5.9, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Official Body evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(g)Status of Lenders.
(i)Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable Law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation specified in Section 5.9.(g)(ii)(1), (ii)(2) and (ii)(4) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii)Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Borrower,
(1)any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;
(2)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
(I)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN if applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN if applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(II)executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(III)in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN if applicable); or
(IV)to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or W-8BEN if applicable), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 or Exhibit I-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit I-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
(3)any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Law to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
(4)if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(h)Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.9 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.9), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 5.9 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Official Body with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party incurred in connection with obtaining such refund, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 5.9(h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Official Body) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Official Body. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.9(h)), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 5.9(h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
(i)Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 5.9 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations.
5.10Indemnity. In addition to the compensation or payments required by Section 5.8 or Section 5.9, the Borrower shall indemnify each Lender against all liabilities, losses or expenses (including loss of anticipated profits, any foreign exchange losses and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan, from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained or from the performance of any foreign exchange contract) which such Lender sustains or incurs as a consequence of any:
(a)payment, prepayment, conversion or renewal of any Loan to which a Term SOFR Rate Option applies on a day other than the last day of the corresponding Interest Period (whether or not such payment or prepayment is mandatory, voluntary or automatic and whether or not such payment or prepayment is then due); or
(b)attempt by the Borrower to revoke (expressly, by later inconsistent notices or otherwise) in whole or part any Loan Requests under Section 2.5 or Section 4.2 or notice relating to prepayments under Section 5.2 or failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Loan under the Base Rate Option on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower, or
(c)any assignment of a Loan under the Term SOFR Rate Option on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 5.13.
If any Lender sustains or incurs any such loss or expense, it shall from time to time notify the Borrower of the amount determined in good faith by such Lender (which determination may include such assumptions, allocations of costs and expenses and averaging or attribution methods as such Lender shall deem reasonable) to be necessary to indemnify such Lender for such loss or expense. Such notice shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for such determination. Such amount shall be due and payable by the Borrower to such Lender ten (10) Business Days after such notice is given.
5.11Settlement Date Procedures. In order to minimize the transfer of funds between the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, the Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow Swingline Loans and the Swingline Loan Lender may make Swingline Loans as provided in Section 2.1(b) hereof during the period between Settlement Dates. The Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of its Ratable Share of the total of the Revolving Credit Loans and the Swingline Loans (each, a “Required Share”). On such Settlement Date, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent the amount equal to the difference between its Required Share and its Revolving Credit Loans, and the Administrative Agent shall pay to each Lender its Ratable Share of all payments made by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans. The Administrative Agent shall also effect settlement in accordance with the foregoing sentence on the proposed Borrowing Dates for Revolving Credit Loans and on any mandatory prepayment date as provided for herein and may at its option effect settlement on any other Business Day. These settlement procedures are established solely as a matter of administrative convenience, and nothing contained in this Section 5.11 shall relieve the Lenders of their obligations to fund Revolving Credit Loans on dates other than a Settlement Date pursuant to Section 2.1(b). The Administrative Agent may at any time at its option for any reason whatsoever require each Lender to pay immediately to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Ratable Share of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and each Lender may at any time require the Administrative Agent to pay immediately to such Lender its Ratable Share of all payments made by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans.
5.12Cash Collateral. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the written request of the Administrative Agent or an Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize such Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to Section 5.15(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than the Minimum Collateral Amount.
(a)Grant of Security Interest. The Borrower, and to the extent provided by any Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender, hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of such Issuing Lender, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such Cash Collateral as security for the Defaulting Lenders’ obligation to fund participations in respect of Letter of Credit Obligations, to be applied pursuant to clause (b) below. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that Cash Collateral is subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Lender as herein provided, or that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the Minimum Collateral Amount, the Borrower will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency (after giving effect to any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).
(b)Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under this Section 5.12 or Section 5.15 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be applied to the satisfaction of the Defaulting Lender’s obligation to fund participations in respect of Letter of Credit Obligations (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may otherwise be provided for herein.
(c)Termination of Requirement. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce such Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure shall no longer be required to be held as Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 5.12 following (i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender), or (ii) the determination by the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Lender that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided that, subject to Section 5.15 the Person providing Cash Collateral and such Issuing Lender may agree that Cash Collateral shall be held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations and provided further that to the extent that such Cash Collateral was provided by the Borrower, such Cash Collateral shall remain subject to the security interest granted pursuant to Section 5.12(a) above.
5.13Replacement of a Lender. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.8, or if the Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Official Body for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.9 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 5.14, or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 12.8), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 5.8 or Section 5.9) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:
(a)the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 12.8;
(b)such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations in Letter of Credit Borrowings, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 5.10) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(c)in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 5.8 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 5.9, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
(d)such assignment does not conflict with applicable Law; and
(e)in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent.
(f)A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
(g)Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, (i) any Lender that acts as an Issuing Lender may not be replaced as an Issuing Lender hereunder at any time it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements satisfactory to such Lender (including the furnishing of a back-stop standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer, reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Lender or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Lender) have been made with respect to each such outstanding Letter of Credit and (ii) the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder except in accordance with the terms of Section 11.6.
5.14Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 5.8, or the Borrower is or will be required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Official Body for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 5.9, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 5.8 or Section 5.9, as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
5.15Defaulting Lenders.
(a)Defaulting Lender Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as such Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
(i)Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as specified in the definition of Required Lenders.
(ii)Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 10 or otherwise) or received by the Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.2(b) shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Lenders or Swingline Loan Lender hereunder; third, to Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with Section 5.12; fourth, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Potential Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Loans under this Agreement and (y) Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with Section 5.12; sixth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders or Swingline Loan Lender as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, any Issuing Lender or Swingline Loan Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh, so long as no Potential Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Letter of Credit Borrowing in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions specified in Section 7.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and Letter of Credit Borrowings owed to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or Letter of Credit Borrowing owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letter of Credit Obligations and Swingline Loans are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility without giving effect to Section 5.15(a)(iv). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 5.15(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.
(iii)Certain Fees.
(1)No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any Commitment Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).
(2)Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive Letter of Credit Fees for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Ratable Share of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 5.12.
(3)With respect to any Commitment Fee or Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Obligations or Swingline Loans that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (iv) below, (y) pay to the applicable Issuing Lender and Swingline Loan Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Lender’s or Swingline Loan Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.
(iv)Reallocation of Participations to Reduce Fronting Exposure. All or any part of such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Obligations and Swingline Loans shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Ratable Shares (calculated without regard to such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment) but only to the extent that such reallocation does not cause the aggregate Revolving Facility Usage of any Non-Defaulting Lender to exceed such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment. Subject to Section 12.12, no reallocation hereunder shall constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder against a Defaulting Lender arising from that Lender having become a Defaulting Lender, including any claim of a Non-Defaulting Lender as a result of such Non-Defaulting Lender’s increased exposure following such reallocation.
(v)Cash Collateral, Repayment of Swingline Loans. If the reallocation described in clause (iv) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, the Borrower shall, without prejudice to any right or remedy available to it hereunder or under Law, (x) first, prepay Swingline Loans in an amount equal to the Swingline Loan Lender’s Fronting Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ Fronting Exposure in accordance with the procedures specified in Section 5.12.
(b)Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Loan Lender and each Issuing Lender agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions specified therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Commitments under the applicable Facility (without giving effect to Section 5.15(a)(iv)), whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
(c)New Swingline Loans/Letters of Credit. So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, (i) the Swingline Loan Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loans unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect to such Swingline Loan and (ii) no Issuing Lender shall be required to issue, extend, renew or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that it will have no Fronting Exposure after giving effect thereto.
5.16Incremental Loans.
At any time, the Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request the establishment of:
(a)one or more incremental term loan commitments (any such incremental term loan commitment, an “Incremental Term Loan Commitment”) to make one or more additional term loans (any such additional term loan, an “Incremental Term Loan”); or
(b)one or more increases in the Revolving Credit Commitments (any such increase, an “Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment” and, together with the Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the “Incremental Loan Commitments”) to make revolving credit loans under the Revolving Credit Facility (any such increase, an “Incremental Revolving Credit Increase” and, together with the Incremental Term Loans, the “Incremental Loans”);
(c)provided that (i) the total aggregate principal amount for all such Incremental Loan Commitments shall not (measured as of any date of incurrence thereof) exceed the Maximum Incremental Amount, (ii) the total aggregate principal amount for each Incremental Loan Commitment (and the Incremental Loans made thereunder) shall not be less than a minimum principal amount of $10,000,000, (iii) the Borrower shall be limited to a maximum of three (3) Incremental Loan Commitments and (iv) no Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment shall increase the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments to an amount that exceeds the amount that is thirty-one percent (31%) of the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments (as increased by such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitments) plus (B) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans at such time. Each such notice shall specify the date (each, an “Increased Amount Date”) on which the Borrower proposes that any Incremental Loan Commitment shall be effective. The Borrower may invite existing Lenders, any Affiliate of any Lender, any Approved Fund, and/or any other Person reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), to provide an Incremental Loan Commitment (any such Person, an “Incremental Lender”); provided that both the Swingline Loan Lender and each Issuing Lender shall consent to each Incremental Lender providing any portion of an Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). Any proposed Incremental Lender offered or approached to provide all or a portion of any Incremental Loan Commitment may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide such Incremental Loan Commitment. Any Incremental Loan Commitment shall become effective as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that:
(i)no Potential Default or Event of Default shall exist and be continuing on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to (1) any Incremental Loan Commitment, (2) the making of any Incremental Loans pursuant thereto and (3) any Permitted Acquisition consummated in connection therewith; provided, that, in connection with any Incremental Loans the primary purpose of which is to finance a Limited Condition Transaction, at the option of the Borrower, there shall be (x) no Potential Default or Event of Default as of the LCT Test Date and (y) no Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) as of the date such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated;
(ii)the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received from the Borrower a Compliance Certificate demonstrating, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that the Borrower is in compliance with (1) the financial covenants specified in Sections 9.13 and 9.14 based on the financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 8.12(a) or 8.12(b), as applicable, and (2) the financial covenant specified in Section 9.15, in each case of the foregoing clauses (1) and (2), both before and after giving effect (on a Pro Forma Basis) to (x) any Incremental Loan Commitment, (y) the making of any Incremental Loans pursuant thereto (with any Incremental Loan Commitment being deemed to be fully drawn) and (z) any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder consummated in connection therewith (it being understood and agreed that (A) for purposes of calculating the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of this clause (ii), the proceeds of such Incremental Loan Commitment and any Incremental Loans thereunder shall not qualify as Unrestricted Cash and (B) in the case of an incurrence of Incremental Loan Commitments and/or Incremental Loans in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, compliance with this clause (ii) shall be tested as of the applicable LCT Test Date);
(iii)subject to the terms of Section 1.6 in the case of an incurrence of Incremental Loan Commitments and/or Incremental Loans in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, each of the representations and warranties contained in Article 6 and each other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Change, in which case, such representation and warranty shall be true, correct and complete in all respects, on such Increased Amount Date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date (except for any such representation and warranty that by its terms is made only as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty shall remain true and correct in all material respects (or, to the extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by materiality or reference to Material Adverse Change, true and correct in all respects) as of such earlier date);
(iv)the proceeds of any Incremental Loans shall be used for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including Permitted Acquisitions);
(v)any proposed Incremental Lender shall join this Agreement as a Lender pursuant to a Lender Joinder Agreement;
(vi)each Incremental Loan Commitment (and the Incremental Loans made thereunder) shall constitute Obligations of the Borrower and shall be secured and guaranteed with the other Obligations on a pari passu basis;
(vii)no existing Lender shall be under any obligation to provide an Incremental Loan Commitment and any such decision whether to provide an Incremental Loan Commitment shall be in such Lender’s sole and absolute discretion;
(viii)in the case of each Incremental Term Loan:
(1)such Incremental Term Loan will mature and amortize in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Incremental Lenders making such Incremental Term Loan and the Borrower, but will not in any event have a shorter weighted average life to maturity than the remaining weighted average life to maturity of the initial Term Loans or a maturity date earlier than the Term Loan Maturity Date;
(2)any Incremental Lender making any Incremental Term Loan shall be entitled to the same voting rights as the existing Term Lenders under the Term Loan Facility and (unless otherwise agreed by the applicable Incremental Lenders, provided that no such agreement shall allow the Incremental Term Loans to be prepaid prior to the initial Term Loans) each Incremental Term Loan shall receive proceeds of prepayments on the same basis as the initial Term Loans (such prepayments to be shared pro rata on the basis of the original aggregate funded amount thereof);
(3)the All-In Yield and pricing grid, if applicable, for such Incremental Term Loan shall be determined by the applicable Incremental Lenders and the Borrower; provided that if the All-In Yield in respect of such new Incremental Term Loan exceeds the All-In Yield for any then outstanding Term Loan or existing Incremental Term Loan by more than 0.50%, then the Applicable Margin for such then outstanding Term Loan or existing Incremental Term Loan shall be increased so that the All-In Yield in respect of such then outstanding Term Loan or existing Incremental Term Loan is equal to the All-In Yield for such new Incremental Term Loan minus 0.50%;
(4)any mandatory prepayment (other than scheduled amortization payments) of such Incremental Term Loan shall be made on a pro rata basis with all then existing Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans, except that the Borrower and the Incremental Lenders in respect of such Incremental Term Loan may, in their sole discretion, elect to prepay or receive, as applicable, any prepayments on a less than pro rata basis (but not on a greater than pro rata basis); and
(5)except as provided above, all other terms and conditions applicable to any Incremental Term Loan, to the extent not consistent with the terms and conditions applicable to the initial Term Loans, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (provided that such other terms and conditions, taken as a whole, shall not be materially more favorable to the Lenders under any Incremental Term Loans than such other terms and conditions, taken as a whole, under the initial Term Loans);
(ix)in the case of each Incremental Revolving Credit Increase:
(1)such Incremental Revolving Credit Increase shall be part of the Revolving Credit Facility, shall mature on the Expiration Date, shall bear interest and be entitled to fees, in each case at the rate applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility, and shall otherwise be subject to the same terms and conditions as the Revolving Credit Facility (other than any upfront fees to paid in connection with such Incremental Revolving Credit Increase);
(2)any Incremental Lender making any Incremental Revolving Credit Increase shall be entitled to the same voting rights as the existing Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility and (unless otherwise agreed by the applicable Incremental Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall allow the Revolving Credit Commitments with respect to the Incremental Revolving Credit Increase to be terminated prior to termination of the existing Revolving Credit Commitments) each Revolving Credit Loan funded by an Incremental Revolving Credit Increase shall receive proceeds of prepayments on the same basis as the existing Revolving Credit Loans (such prepayments to be shared pro rata on the basis of the original aggregate funded amount thereof); and
(3)the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Ratable Shares of Swingline Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations will be reallocated by the Administrative Agent on the applicable Increased Amount Date among the Lenders to the Revolving Credit Facility (including the Incremental Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Credit Increase) in accordance with their revised Ratable Shares (and the Lenders to the Revolving Credit Facility (including the Incremental Lenders providing such Incremental Revolving Credit Increase)) agree to make all payments and adjustments necessary to effect such reallocation and the Borrower shall pay any and all costs required.
(x)Incremental Loan Commitments shall be effected pursuant to such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the provisions of this Section 5.16, without the consent of any other Lenders;
(xi)the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions, corporate documents and certificates or other documents consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, a resolution duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of each Loan Party authorizing such Incremental Loans and/or Incremental Loan Commitments) reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction; and
(xii)the Borrower shall pay any applicable fee related to each such Incremental Loan Commitment (including, without limitation, any applicable arrangement, upfront and/or administrative fee).
(d)The Incremental Lenders shall be included in any determination of the Required Lenders and, unless otherwise agreed, the Incremental Lenders will not constitute a separate voting class for any purposes under this Agreement.
(e)On any Increased Amount Date on which any Incremental Term Loan Commitment becomes effective, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions, each Incremental Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall make, or be obligated to make, an Incremental Term Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Incremental Term Loan Commitment and shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to such Incremental Term Loan Commitment and the Incremental Term Loan made pursuant thereto.
(f)On any Increased Amount Date on which any Incremental Revolving Credit Increase becomes effective, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions, each Incremental Lender with an Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment shall become a Lender
under the Revolving Credit Facility hereunder with respect to such Incremental Revolving Credit Commitment.
ARTICLE 6
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders as follows:
6.1Organization Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is (a) duly organized or incorporated and validly existing (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the corporate or other organizational power and authority (i) to carry on its business as now conducted and (ii) to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Loan Document to which it is a party, and all such actions have been duly authorized by all necessary action and proceedings on its part, and (c) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required and under the jurisdiction of its organization, except in the case of clause (c) above, where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
6.2Authorization; Enforceability. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes, and each other Loan Document to which any Loan Party is to be a party, when executed and delivered by such Loan Party, will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, as the case may be, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.
6.3Governmental and Other Third Party Approvals; No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by, and enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Official Body or any other Person, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, filings necessary to perfect Liens created under the Loan Documents and filings required to be made with the SEC, (b) do not violate (i) the Organizational Documents of, or (ii) any applicable Law applicable to, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) do not violate or result in a default under any Material Contract or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment, repurchase or redemption to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or give rise to a right of, or result in, termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation thereunder and (d) do not result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except Liens created under the Loan Documents or permitted by Section 9.2, except (in the case of each of preceding clauses (a) and (b)(ii)) to the extent that the failure to obtain or make such consent, approval, registration, filing or action, or such violation, default or right, or imposition of Lien, as the case may be, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.
6.4Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change.
(a)Historical Statements. The Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent copies of its audited consolidated year-end balance sheet, statement of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, for and as of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024. In addition, the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent copies of its unaudited consolidated interim balance sheet, statement of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, as of the end of the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2025 (all such annual and interim statements being collectively referred to as the “Statements”). The Statements (i) fairly represent in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the respective dates thereof and the results of operations for the fiscal periods then ended in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, subject (in the case of the interim statements) to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments, and (ii) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, subject (in the case of the interim statements) to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
(b)Financial Projections. The Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a summary of projected financial statements (including, without limitation, statements of operations and cash flow together with a detailed explanation of the assumptions used in preparing such projected financial statements) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period of five (5) fiscal years from the Closing Date derived from various assumptions of the Loan Parties’ management (the “Projections”). The Projections represent, at the time of delivery thereof, a reasonable range of possible results in light of the history of the business, present and foreseeable conditions and the intentions of the Borrower’s management, it being understood that (i) such Projections are as to future events and not to be viewed as facts, (ii) such Projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Loan Parties’ control, and (iii) no assurance can be given that the Projections will be realized.
(c)Accuracy of Financial Statements. As of the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 6.4, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary of the Borrower has any Indebtedness or material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not disclosed in the Statements or in the notes thereto, and except as disclosed therein there are no unrealized or anticipated losses from any commitments of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
(d)Material Adverse Change. Since December 31, 2024, nothing shall have occurred, and no condition or circumstance shall exist, that has had, or would be reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change.
6.5Properties and Insurance.
(a)Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good title to, or valid interests in, all its real and personal property material to its business, (i) free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 9.2 and (ii) except for minor defects in title that do not interfere with its ability to conduct its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted or to utilize such properties for their intended purposes, in each case, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change.
(b)The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 8.3.
6.6Litigation and Environmental Matters.
(a)There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Official Body pending against or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in writing against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that (i) would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Change or (ii) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
(b)Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, none of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any Environmental Liability or (iv) has any basis to reasonably expect that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries will become subject to any Environmental Liability.
6.7Compliance with Laws and Agreements. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable Laws and Material Contracts applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. (a) There is no default under any Material Contract that could reasonably be expected to result in (i) a Material Adverse Change or (ii) the termination thereof and (b) none of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries is bound by any contractual obligation which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
6.8Investment Company Status. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is, or is required to register as, an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.
6.9Taxes. Except to the extent failure to do so would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) have timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and (b) have paid or caused to be paid all Taxes levied or imposed on their properties, income or assets (whether or not shown on a Tax return) including in their capacity as tax withholding agents, except any Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed Tax assessment, deficiency or other claim, in each case, in writing, against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Change.
6.10ERISA.
(a)Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (i) each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other federal or state Laws, (ii) each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and, to the best knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification, (iii) Borrower and each member of the ERISA Group have made all required contributions to each Pension Plan subject to Sections 412 or 430 of the Code, and (iv) no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Sections 412 or 430 of the Code has been made with respect to any Pension Plan.
(b)There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Official Body, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
(c)Except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (i) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; and (ii) no Pension Plan has any unfunded pension liability (i.e., excess of benefit liabilities over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined pursuant to the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan for the applicable plan year in accordance with Section 430 of the Code).
6.11Disclosure. Any of the confidential information memorandum, reports, financial statements, certificates or other written factual information (other than projections, forward-looking information and information of a general economic or industry specific nature) furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent, any lead arranger or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, or any Loan Document or delivered thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, is or will be, when furnished, true and correct in all material respects and do not or will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by them to be reasonable at the time delivered, it being understood that (i) any such projected financial information is merely a prediction as to future events and its not to be viewed as fact, (ii) such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) no assurance can be given that any particular projections will be realized and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and such differences may be material. Except to the extent disclosed in the Borrower’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, there is no fact known to any Loan Party which materially adversely affects the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which has not been specified in this Agreement or in the certificates, statements, agreements or other documents furnished in writing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prior to or at the date hereof in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.
6.12Subsidiaries; Equity Interests.
(a)As of the Closing Date, Schedule 6.12 states (a) the name of each of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries, its jurisdiction of organization and the amount, percentage and type of Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, (b) the name of each holder of Equity Interests of each Subsidiary, and the amount or percentage thereof, and (c) any options, warrants or other rights outstanding to purchase any such Equity Interests referred to in clause (a) or (b). The Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower has good and marketable title to all of the Equity Interests in its Subsidiaries that it purports to own, free and clear in each case of any Lien (other than Liens permitted by Section 9.2) and all such Equity Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and if applicable, nonassessable. As of the Closing Date, no Loan Party has any equity investment in another Person not disclosed on Schedule 6.12.
(b)Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.12, as of the Closing Date, neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has outstanding any Disqualified Equity Interests.
6.13Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Change, each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, license or possess the right to use all Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of its business substantially as currently conducted. No Intellectual Property used by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the operation of its business as currently conducted infringes upon the Intellectual Property of any Person, except for such infringements that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change. No claim or litigation regarding any of the Intellectual Property of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is pending or, to the knowledge of any Authorized Officer of any Loan Party, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.
6.14Solvency. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis are Solvent.
6.15Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations constitute “Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) under and as defined in any applicable intercreditor agreement (to the extent in effect).
6.16Federal Reserve Regulations. None of the Loan Parties nor any Subsidiaries of any Loan Party engages or intends to engage principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, immediately, incidentally or ultimately, of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U, T or X as promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). No part of the proceeds of any Loan has been or will be used, immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock or which is inconsistent with the provisions of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. None of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary of any Loan Party holds or intends to hold margin stock in such amounts that more than 25% of the reasonable value of the assets of any Loan Party or Subsidiary of any Loan Party are or will be represented by margin stock.
6.17Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the Letters of Credit and the proceeds of the Loans only (a) to refinance existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement) and pay fees, costs, and expenses associated therewith, (b) to pay fees, costs, and expenses as required by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent’s Fee Letter or any other Loan Document, and (c) and for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, to finance Permitted Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures permitted under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).
6.18Sanctions. Each Covered Entity, and its directors and officers, and any employee, agent, or affiliate acting on behalf of such Covered Entity: (a) is not a Sanctioned Person; (b) does not do any business in or with, or derive any of its operating income from direct or indirect investments in or transactions involving, any Sanctioned Jurisdiction or Sanctioned Person in violation of applicable Sanctions; and (c) is not in violation of any applicable Sanctions. No Covered Entity nor any of its directors, officers, employees, or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, its agents or affiliates acting on behalf of such Covered Entity has, during the past five (5) years, received any notice or communication from any Person that alleges, or has been involved in an internal investigation involving any allegations relating to, potential violation of any Sanctions, or has received a request for information from any Official Body regarding Sanctions matters. Each Covered Entity has instituted and maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable Sanctions. There is no Blocked Property pledged as Collateral.
6.19Anti-Corruption Laws. Each Covered Entity, and its directors and officers, and any employee, agent, or affiliate acting on behalf of such Covered Entity, is not in violation of, and has not, during the past five (5) years, directly or indirectly, taken any act that could cause any Covered Entity to be in violation of Anti-Corruption Laws, including any act in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, authorization, or ratification of payment, directly or indirectly, of any money or anything of value (including any gift, sample, rebate, travel, meal and lodging expense, entertainment, service, equipment, debt forgiveness, donation, grant or other thing of value, however characterized) to any Government Official or any other Person to secure any improper advantage or to obtain or retain business. No Covered Entity nor any of its directors, officers, employees, or to the knowledge of any Loan Party, its agents or affiliates acting on behalf of such Covered Entity has, during the past five (5) years, received any notice or communication from any Person that alleges, or has been involved in an internal investigation involving any allegations relating to, potential violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, or has received a request for information from any Official Body regarding Anti-Corruption Law matters. Each Covered Entity has instituted and maintains policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws.
6.20Security Interests. Once executed and delivered, each of the Collateral Documents creates, as security for the Obligations, a valid and enforceable, and upon making the filings, recordings, and taking the other perfection steps, required by this Agreement and the applicable Collateral Documents, perfected security interest in and Lien on all of the Collateral described therein to the extent intended to be created thereby and required to be perfected therein, in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted by Section 9.2), except as to enforcement, as may be limited by applicable domestic or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.
6.21Beneficial Ownership Regulation. The Certificate of Beneficial Ownership executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent and Lenders for the Borrower on or prior to the date of this Agreement, as updated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, is accurate, complete and correct as of the date hereof and as of the date any such update is delivered. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Certificate of Beneficial Ownership is one of the Loan Documents.
6.22Employment. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Change. There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of any Authorized Officer of any Loan Party, threatened in writing against any of them, before the National Labor Relations Board, and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of any Authorized Officer of any Loan Party, threatened against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) no union representation question exists with respect to the employees of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) no equal employment opportunity charges or other claims of employment discrimination are pending or, to the knowledge of any Authorized Officer of any Loan Party, threatened in writing against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (v) no wage and hour department investigation has been made of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except (with respect to any matter specified in clauses (i) through (v) above, individually or in the aggregate) such as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.
6.23Affected Financial Institutions. No Loan Party is an Affected Financial Institution.
6.24No Default. No Event of Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing.
6.25Education Law Compliance.
(a)The Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries and any School(s), as applicable, are in compliance with all Educational Laws and the terms of all Educational Approvals, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
(b)The Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries, and any School(s) hold the Educational Approvals necessary for each School to conduct its operations and to offer its educational programs, except where failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and are certified by DOE to participate in the Title IV Programs. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.25, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, no investigation by an Educational Agency, which would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, is pending, or, to their actual, present knowledge, is threatened.
(c)The Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries, and any School(s) have timely reported any changes in ownership that resulted in a change in control in material compliance with all Educational Laws.
(d)The Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries and any School(s) have complied with any applicable Educational Laws regarding the calculation and reporting of the School’s completion, placement, licensure, withdrawal and retention rates, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
ARTICLE 7
CONDITIONS OF LENDING AND ISSUANCE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT
The obligation of each Lender to make Loans and of each Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder is subject to the performance by each of the Loan Parties of its Obligations to be performed hereunder at or prior to the making of any such Loans or issuance of such Letters of Credit and to the satisfaction of the following further conditions:
7.1Initial Loans and Letters of Credit.
(a)Deliveries. On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:
(i)A certificate of each of the Loan Parties signed by an Authorized Officer, dated the Closing Date stating that (w) the Loan Parties are in compliance with each of the covenants and conditions hereunder and under the Loan Documents, (x) no Material Adverse Change has occurred since December 31, 2024, (y) there is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Official Body that could reasonably be expected to have or result in a Material Adverse Change and (z) the conditions stated in Section 7.1(a)(viii) and Sections 7.2(a) and (b) have been satisfied;
(ii)A certificate dated the Closing Date and signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each of the Loan Parties, certifying as appropriate as to: (A) all action taken by each Loan Party to validly authorize, duly execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and attaching copies of such resolution or other corporate or organizational action; (B) the names, authority and capacity of the Authorized Officers authorized to sign the Loan Documents and their true signatures; and (C) copies of its organizational documents as in effect on the Closing Date, to the extent applicable, certified as of a date not more than thirty (30) days prior to the Closing Date by the appropriate state official where such documents are filed in a state office together with certificates from the appropriate state officials as to due organization and the continued valid existence, good standing and qualification to engage in its business of each Loan Party in the state of its organization;
(iii)This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents duly executed by the parties thereto;
(iv)Appropriate transfer powers and stock or other certificates evidencing the pledged Collateral, to the extent such pledged Collateral is evidenced by certificated securities or other possessory Collateral;
(v)Written opinion(s) of counsel for the Loan Parties, dated the Closing Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;
(vi)Evidence that adequate insurance required to be maintained under this Agreement is in full force and effect;
(vii)A duly completed Compliance Certificate as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Borrower most recently ended prior to the Closing Date for which financial statements are available, signed by an Authorized Officer of Borrower, demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 9.13, 9.14 and 9.15 on a Pro Forma Basis;
(viii)All material consents, licenses and approvals required for the delivery and performance by any Loan Party of any Loan Document and the enforceability of any Loan Document against such Loan Party, certified by an Authorized Officer that each is in full force and effect and none other is so required or necessary;
(ix)Evidence that all obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement have been, or will be substantially concurrently with the making of the Loans on the Closing Date paid in full and all Liens securing such obligations have been, or will be substantially concurrently with the making of the Loans on the Closing Date, terminated;
(x)(A) Lien searches in acceptable scope and with acceptable results; (B) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements for each appropriate jurisdiction as is necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral, (C) searches of ownership of, and Liens on, United States registered intellectual property owned by each Loan Party in the appropriate governmental offices; (D) duly executed notices of grant of security interest in the form required by any security agreement as are necessary, in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion, to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the United States registered intellectual property owned by the Loan Parties (if and to the extent perfection may be achieved in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office by such filings); (E) evidence that all filing and recording fees and taxes shall have been duly paid and (F) such other documents and information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence that the Administrative Agent shall have a valid and perfected first priority security interest (subject to Liens permitted under Section 9.2) in the Collateral;
(xi)The Administrative Agent shall have received (A) a duly executed Loan Request with respect to the Loans to be made on the Closing Date, (B) disbursement instructions (with wiring instructions and account information) for all disbursements to be made on the Closing Date and (C) to the extent that any of the Loans to be made on the Closing Date will be Term SOFR Rate Loans, a customary funding indemnity letter not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;
(xii)A certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as to the Solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;
(xiii)(A) the Statements and the Projections, (B) the audited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2024, (C) the internally-prepared quarterly financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2025 and (D) projections for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the five (5) year period following the Closing Date;
(xiv)The Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have received, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (A) at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, to the extent requested at least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date, to the extent that the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, an executed Certificate of Beneficial Ownership and (B) to the extent requested at least ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date, such other documentation and other information requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
(xv)Such other documents in connection with such transactions as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request.
(b)Payment of Fees. The Borrower shall have paid all actual, reasonable and documented fees and expenses payable on or before the Closing Date as required by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent’s Fee Letter or any other Loan Document.
(c)No Government Shutdown. There shall be no active shutdown of the U.S. Federal Government.
(d)Due Diligence. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have completed a due diligence investigation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, a satisfactory review of Educational Approvals) in scope, and with results, satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 11.3, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 7.1, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
7.2Each Loan or Letter of Credit. At the time of making any Loans or issuing, extending or increasing any Letters of Credit and after giving effect to the proposed extensions of credit: (a) the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties shall then be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by materiality or reference to the absence of a Material Adverse Change, in which event shall be true and correct), except to the extent that such
representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (unless qualified by materiality or reference to the absence of a Material Adverse Change, in which event shall be true and correct) as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 7.2, the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.4 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 8.12, (b) no Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such Loan or Letter of Credit or the application of the proceeds thereof and (c) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly executed and completed Loan Request or to an Issuing Lender an application for a Letter of Credit, as the case may be. Each Loan Request and Letter of Credit application shall be deemed to be a representation that the conditions specified in Section 7.1 and this Section 7.2 have been satisfied on or prior to the date thereof.
ARTICLE 8
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Each Loan Party hereby covenants and agrees that until the Facility Termination Date, such Loan Party shall comply at all times with the following covenants:
8.1Existence; Conduct of Business. Such Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to obtain, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, Intellectual Property and governmental approvals used in the conduct of its business, except to the extent (other than with respect to the preservation of the existence of such Loan Party) that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Change; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution permitted under Section 9.5 or any Asset Disposition permitted by Section 9.6.
8.2Payment of Taxes, Etc. Such Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all Taxes (whether or not shown on a Tax return) and other assessments, charges and levies of Official Bodies imposed upon it or its income or properties or in respect of its property or assets, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (a) the same are being contested in good faith by an appropriate proceeding diligently conducted by such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been maintained or (b) the failure to make payment would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Change.
8.3Insurance. Such Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain, with insurance companies that the Loan Parties believe (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Loan Parties) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Loan Parties believe (in the good faith judgment of management of the Loan Parties) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of their business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Loan Parties believe (in the good faith judgment or the management of the Loan Parties) are reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of their business, and will furnish to the Lenders, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried. Each such policy of insurance (other than directors and officers policies, workers compensation policies and business interruption insurance) shall (i) name the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear and (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain a loss payable clause or endorsement that names the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the lender’s loss payable thereunder.
8.4Maintenance of Properties. Such Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all tangible property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition (subject to casualty, condemnation and ordinary wear and tear), except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change.
8.5Books and Records; Inspection and Audit Rights. Such Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP (or applicable local standards) consistently applied shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be. Such Loan Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise visitation and inspection rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 8.5 (provided, further, that, the Administrative Agent may be accompanied by representatives of the Lenders in the exercise of such visitation and inspection rights) and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than one time during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and such time shall be at the Loan Parties’ expense; provided, further that (a) when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Loan Parties at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice and (b) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Loan Parties the opportunity upon reasonable prior notice to participate in any discussion with the Loan Parties’ independent public accountants.
8.6Information Regarding Collateral; Schedules.
(a)Each Loan Party shall furnish to the Administrative Agent prompt (and in any event within thirty (30) days or such longer period as reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent) written notice of any change (i) in any Loan Party’s legal name (as set forth in its certificate of organization or like document), (ii) in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization or the location of the chief executive office of any Loan Party or in the form of its organization or (iii) in any Loan Party’s organizational identification number to the extent that such Loan Party is organized in a jurisdiction where an organizational identification number is required to be included in a UCC financing statement for such jurisdiction.
(b)Not later than five (5) days after delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 8.12(a) or (b), each Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower (i) identifying any Subsidiary that has become, or ceased to be, an Excluded Subsidiary during the most recently ended fiscal quarter and (ii) certifying that all notices required to be given prior to the date of such certificate by this Section 8.6 have been given.
(c)Should any of the information or disclosures provided on any of the Schedules attached hereto become outdated or incorrect in any material respect, the Borrower shall, on a quarterly basis in connection with the delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 8.12(c), provide the Administrative Agent in writing with such revisions or updates to such Schedule as may be necessary or appropriate to update or correct same. No Schedule shall be deemed to have been amended, modified or superseded by any such correction or update, nor shall any breach of warranty or representation resulting from the inaccuracy or incompleteness of any such Schedule be deemed to have been cured thereby, unless and until the Required Lenders, in their sole and absolute discretion, shall have accepted in writing such revisions or updates to such Schedule; provided, however, that the Borrower may update Schedule 6.12 without any Lender approval in connection with any transaction permitted under Sections 9.3, 9.5 and 9.6.
8.7Compliance with Laws and Material Contracts; Use of Proceeds.
(a)Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with its Organizational Documents and all applicable Laws and Educational Law (including Environmental Laws, ERISA, OSHA) with respect to it, its property and its operations, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
(b)Each Loan Party shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all Material Contracts, except to the extent that such noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change.
(c)The Loan Parties will use the Letters of Credit and the proceeds of the Loans only (i) to refinance existing Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement) and pay fees, costs, and expenses associated therewith, (ii) to pay fees, costs, and expenses as required by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent’s Fee Letter or any other Loan Document, and (iii) and for working capital and other general corporate purposes (including, without limitation, to finance Permitted Acquisitions and Capital Expenditures permitted under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).
8.8Additional Subsidiaries; Further Assurances.
(a)Additional Subsidiaries. If (i) any Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) is formed or acquired after the Closing Date, (ii) any Subsidiary ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary or (iii) the Loan Parties, at their option, elect to cause an Excluded Subsidiary to no longer constitute an Excluded Subsidiary, then, the Loan Parties will, on or prior to the date that is 45 days after the date of such creation, acquisition, cessation or election (or such later date as may be agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) cause such Subsidiary to (i) become a Guarantor and grant a security interest in all personal property of such Subsidiary (other than Excluded Property) owned by such Subsidiary by delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Guaranty Joinder Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably deem appropriate for such purpose, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent such opinions, documents and certificates of the types referred to in Section 7.1 as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, (iii) cause 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such Subsidiary that are owned by a Loan Party to be subject at all times to a first priority, perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent to secure the Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Documents and deliver to the Administrative Agent such original certificated Equity Interests or other certificates and stock or other transfer powers evidencing the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary (subject to the following clause (b) in the case of a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary), (iv) deliver to the Administrative Agent such updated Schedules to the Loan Documents as requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to such Subsidiary, and (v) deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(b)Additional Foreign Subsidiaries and Foreign Holding Companies. Notify the Administrative Agent promptly (but in any event, on or prior to the date that the next Compliance Certificate is due pursuant to Section 8.12(c)) after any Person becomes a direct Foreign Subsidiary or Foreign Holding Company of a Loan Party (a “First Tier Foreign Subsidiary”), and promptly thereafter (and, in any event, within forty-five (45) days after such notification, as such time period may be extended by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), cause (i) the applicable Loan Party to deliver to the Administrative Agent Collateral Documents pledging sixty five percent (65%) of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests (and one hundred percent (100%) of the non-voting Equity Interests) of any such new First Tier Foreign Subsidiary and a consent thereto executed by such new First Tier Foreign Subsidiary (including, without limitation, if applicable, original certificated Equity Interests (or the equivalent thereof pursuant to the applicable Laws and practices of any relevant foreign jurisdiction) evidencing the Equity Interests of such new First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, together with an appropriate undated stock or other transfer power for each certificate duly executed in blank by the registered owner thereof), (ii) such applicable Loan Party to deliver to the Administrative Agent such foreign counsel opinions and Organizational Documents with respect to such First Tier Foreign Subsidiary as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent (taking into account the burden or cost or other consequences of providing such items versus the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom), (iii) such applicable Loan Party to deliver to the Administrative Agent such updated Schedules to the Loan Documents as requested by the Administrative Agent with regard to such Person and (iv) such applicable Loan Party to deliver to the Administrative Agent such other documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Loan Documents, no action shall be required to be taken by any of the Loan Parties to create, perfect or maintain a Lien on the Equity Interests of any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States if, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent following consultation with the Borrower, the burden or cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of creating, perfecting or maintaining such Lien shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom.
(c)Merger Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any new Subsidiary is created solely for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, and such new Subsidiary at no time holds any assets or liabilities other than its obligations under the applicable acquisition or merger agreement and any merger consideration contributed to it contemporaneously with the closing of such merger transaction, such new Subsidiary shall not be required to take the actions specified in Section 8.8(a) or (b), as applicable, until the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition.
(d)Further Assurances. Each Loan Party shall, from time to time, at its expense, faithfully preserve and protect the Administrative Agent’s Lien on Collateral whether now owned or hereafter acquired as a continuing first priority perfected Lien, subject only to Liens permitted under Section 9.2, and shall do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable from time to time in order to preserve, perfect and protect the Liens granted under the Loan Documents and to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies thereunder with respect to the Collateral, in each case subject to the exceptions set forth in the Security and Pledge Agreement.
8.9Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; and Sanctions. Each Loan Party shall: (a) immediately notify the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event; (b) immediately provide substitute Collateral to the Administrative Agent if, at any time, any Collateral becomes Blocked Property; and (c) conduct its business in compliance with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Sanctions and maintain in effect policies and procedures reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Sanctions by each Covered Entity, and its directors and officers, and any employee, agent or affiliate acting on behalf of such Covered Entity in connection with this Agreement.
8.10Cash Management.
(a)Depository Relationships. Maintain their primary cash management and treasury business with the Lenders, including, without limitation, all primary deposit accounts, disbursement accounts, investment accounts and lockbox accounts; provided, that the foregoing requirement shall not apply to any accounts of any Loan Party maintained with CIBC and its Affiliates until the date that is one (1) year (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after the Closing Date.
(b)Control Agreements. Cause each deposit account, disbursement account, investment account, cash management account, lockbox account or other account of any Loan Party that is not held with the Administrative Agent to be subject to a control agreement in favor of the Administrative Agent other than (a) Excluded Accounts and (b) other accounts with a balance not in excess of (x) $5,000,000 on an individual basis and (y) $25,000,000 on an aggregate basis; provided, that, with respect to any such deposit account, disbursement account, investment account, cash management account, lockbox account or other account of any Loan Party as of the Closing Date, such requirement shall be satisfied within sixty (60) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) after the Closing Date.
8.11Keepwell. Each Qualified ECP Loan Party jointly and severally (together with each other Qualified ECP Loan Party) hereby absolutely unconditionally and irrevocably (a) guarantees the prompt payment and performance of all Swap Obligations owing by each Non-Qualifying Party (it being understood and agreed that this guarantee is a guaranty of payment and not of collection), and (b) undertakes to provide such funds or other support as may be needed from time to time by any Non-Qualifying Party to honor all of such Non-Qualifying Party’s obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in respect of Swap Obligations (provided, however, that each Qualified ECP Loan Party shall only be liable under this Section 8.11 for the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering its obligations under this Section 8.11, or otherwise under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, voidable under applicable Law, including applicable Law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations of each Qualified ECP Loan Party under this Section 8.11 shall remain in full force and effect until the Facility Termination Date. Each Qualified ECP Loan Party intends that this Section 8.11 constitute, and this Section 8.11 shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of each other Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the CEA.
8.12Reporting Requirements. The Loan Parties will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent):
(a)Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) calendar days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2026, financial statements of the Borrower, consisting of a consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter and related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter then ended and the fiscal year through that date, all in reasonable detail and certified (subject to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments) by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of notes), consistently applied, and setting forth in comparative form the respective financial statements for the corresponding date and period in the previous fiscal year (all of which may be provided by means of delivery of the applicable SEC Form 10-Q, which will be deemed delivered upon filing thereof).
(b)Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, financial statements of the Borrower consisting of a consolidated balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, and related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied and setting forth in comparative form the financial statements as of the end of and for the preceding fiscal year, and audited and reported on by Deloitte & Touche LLP, by another “Big 4” accounting firm or by an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (all of which may be provided by means of delivery of the applicable SEC Form 10-K, which will be deemed delivered upon filing thereof). The opinion or report of accountants shall be prepared in accordance with reasonably acceptable auditing standards and shall be free of any qualification (other than any consistency qualification that may result from a change in the method used to prepare the financial statements as to which such accountants concur), including without limitation as to the scope of such audit or status as a “going concern” of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than a “going concern” statement, explanatory note or like qualification or exception resulting solely from (i) an upcoming maturity date of any Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered or (ii) any actual failure to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant or any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period).
(c)Certificate of the Borrower. Concurrently with the financial statements of the Borrower furnished to the Administrative Agent and to the Lenders pursuant to Sections 8.12(a) and 8.12(b), (i) a certificate (each, a “Compliance Certificate”) of the Borrower signed by the Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower, in the form of Exhibit J (which Compliance Certificate shall include an updated version of Schedule 6.12 (which may be attached to the Compliance Certificate) to the extent required to make the representation related to such Schedule true and correct as of the date of such Compliance Certificate) and (ii) a customary management discussion and analysis with respect to such financial statements, which may be in the form required to be included in the Borrower’s SEC Form 10-Q or SEC Form 10-K.
(d)Annual Budget. Within ninety (90) days after the commencement of each fiscal year, an annual budget and forecasts or projections of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year.
(e)SEC Filings. Promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and registration statements (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered to the Administrative Agent), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) filed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with the SEC or with any national securities exchange.
(f)Certain Material Notices. Promptly after furnishing thereof, copies of any material written notices received by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or any material statements or reports furnished to any holder (or any agent, trustee or other representative thereof) of any Material Indebtedness to the extent not otherwise required to be furnished to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 8.12.
(g)Other Information. Promptly following any request in writing by (x) the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender or Issuing Lender may reasonably request in writing and (y) the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender or any Lender, such other information that the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender reasonably determines is required by regulatory authorities under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation and applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act.
(h)Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c)(ii) of this Section 8.12 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing the Form 10-K or 10-Q (or the equivalent), as applicable, of the Borrower filed with the SEC within the applicable time periods required by paragraph (a), (b) or (c)(ii) above; provided, that, to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 8.12(b), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP, another “Big 4” accounting firm or any other independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit (other than any exception or explanatory paragraph but not a qualification, that is expressly solely with respect to, or expressly resulting solely from, (i) an upcoming maturity date of any Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered or (ii) any potential inability to satisfy a financial maintenance covenant on a future date or in a future period).
(i)Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.12(a), 8.12(b), 8.12(c)(ii), 8.12(e) or 8.13(i) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 1.1(B) (or otherwise notified pursuant to Section 12.5(c)), or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent). The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents and maintaining its copies of such documents.
(j)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, none of the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall be required to deliver, disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making of copies of or excerpts from, or any discussion of, any document, information, or other matter (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent (or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors)) is prohibited by applicable Law, (iii) on the advice of counsel, that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) with respect to which any Loan Party owes confidentiality obligations (to the extent not created in contemplation of such Loan Party’s obligations under this Section 8.12) to any third party; provided that, if the Borrower or any Subsidiary does not provide (or allow access to) information in reliance on the exclusions in this sentence, the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Administrative Agent promptly upon obtaining knowledge that such information is being withheld and the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall use commercially reasonable efforts to communicate, to the extent permitted, the applicable information in a way that would not violate such restrictions and to eliminate such restrictions or would not waive any such privilege.
(k)The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (i) the Administrative Agent and/or an Affiliate thereof may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, Syndtrak, ClearPar or a substantially similar electronic transmission system (the “Platform”) and (ii) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties hereby agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (A) all such Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (B) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, any Affiliate thereof, any lead arranger, the Issuing Lenders and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to any Loan Party or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 12.9); (C) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (D) the Administrative Agent and any Affiliate thereof and any arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.”
8.13Certificates; Notices; Additional Information. Promptly after any Authorized Officer of any Loan Party obtains actual knowledge thereof (and, (x) in the case of clause (a), within two (2) Business Days after such Authorized Officer obtains such actual knowledge and (y) in the case of clause (i)(i), on or prior to the next date that a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.12(c)), the Loan Parties will furnish to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to each Lender through the Administrative Agent) written notice of the following:
(a)the occurrence of any Potential Default or Event of Default;
(b)the filing or commencement of any action, suit or proceeding by or before any arbitrator or Official Body against or, to the knowledge of an Authorized Officer or another executive officer of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, affecting Borrower or any Subsidiary, in each case, that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Change.
(c)the occurrence of any ERISA Event that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Change;
(d)the occurrence of any default or event of default under and as defined in any Material Indebtedness;
(e)(i) the receipt by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of a written notice of an Environmental Liability or (ii) any investigation, removal, remediation or other corrective action in response to any actual or alleged presence, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any real property owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case of this clause (e), that would reasonably be expected individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Change;
(f)the occurrence or existence of any event, condition or circumstance that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Change;
(g)any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practice by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;
(h)any occurrence causing a material loss or decline in value of the Collateral and the estimated (or actual, if available) amount of such loss or decline; or
(i)the occurrence of any of the following with respect to the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any School:
(i)receipt of any audit report or program review report, including preliminary review reports, issued by any federal or state regulatory agency, in each case, that identifies material non-compliance with Educational Law;
(ii)(A) any written notice or action by an Accrediting Body that would reasonably be expected to result in loss of any Accreditation (including any action requiring a School to show cause for why its Accreditation should not be revoked, or placing a School on probation), the loss of which Accreditation would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change; (B) any written notice or action by an Educational Agency that would reasonably be expected to result in the loss of any Educational Approval, the loss of which Educational Approval would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change; and (C) any written notice to a School regarding the intent of an Educational Agency to suspend, terminate, withdraw, materially limit, or not renew an Educational Approval of the School that would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change;
(iii)any written request by the DOE that any of the Loan Parties, their respective Subsidiaries or any School, post, or procure or obtain the issuance of, a letter of credit in order to maintain continued eligibility of any such entity to participate in Title IV Programs, including, but not limited to, any letter of credit due to late refunds under 34 C.F.R. §–668.173;
(iv)any written notice from an Educational Agency regarding a determination of non-compliance with any applicable Educational Law relating to any of the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries, or any School that would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change;
(v)any written notice by the DOE of the imposition by the DOE of any non-customary restrictions on the ability of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any School to add new locations, to add new educational programs, add new credential levels, or modify any existing educational programs, except where such restrictions would not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change;
(vi)any litigation brought by any current or former student(s), or any known governmental investigation, against the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any School, that would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change; or
(vii)any written notice from the DOE that (a) it has granted claims under 34 C.F.R. § 685.206 in connection with loans to attend any School if such claims, when aggregated with other claims that DOE granted and for which the School has notice in a single fiscal year, would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change or (b) it is seeking recoupment of claims granted under 34 C.F.R. § 685.206 where such recoupment, if successful, would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
(j)Each notice delivered under this Section 8.13 shall be accompanied by a written statement of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.
8.14Certificate of Beneficial Ownership and Other Additional Information. Provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders: (i) confirmation of the accuracy of the information set forth in the most recent Certificate of Beneficial Ownership provided to the Administrative Agent and Lenders upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender; (ii) a new Certificate of Beneficial Ownership, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each Lenders, when the individual(s) to be identified as a Beneficial Owner have changed; and (iii) such other information and documentation as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from time to time for purposes of compliance by the Administrative Agent or such Lender with applicable Laws (including without limitation the USA PATRIOT Act and other “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations), and any policy or procedure implemented by the Administrative Agent or such Lender to comply therewith.
8.15Education Law Compliance. Without limiting the generality of Section 8.7(a), and notwithstanding any limitation contained therein, and except as to any regulatory changes related to the Permitted Subsidiary Consolidation, cause each School (and each other Loan Party, as applicable) to:
(a)maintain Educational Approvals, except where the failure to maintain such Educational Approvals would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;
(b)maintain all Accreditations, except where the failure to maintain such Accreditations would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;
(c)take all steps required to timely renew and maintain all material Educational Approvals, and to use commercially reasonable efforts to timely respond to, and resolve, any findings of material non-compliance asserted by any Educational Agency;
(d)maintain a composite score of 1.0 or more in accordance with the methodology set forth in 34 C.F.R. § 668.172, as applicable, or otherwise comply with an alternative standard and applicable requirements as set forth in 34 C.F.R. § 668.175; and
(e)maintain compliance with all applicable Educational Laws, including Accreditation standards, regarding a School’s completion, placement, withdrawal and retention rates, except where the failure to maintain such compliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
8.16Post-Closing Obligations.
(a)Within forty-five (45) days of the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion), the Loan Parties shall deliver to the Administrative Agent insurance endorsements (i) in the case of each liability insurance policy, naming the Administrative Agent as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear, (ii) in the case of each property insurance policy, containing a loss payable clause or endorsement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Administrative Agent, that names the Administrative Agent as lender’s loss payable thereunder and (iii) in the case of each liability insurance policy and each property insurance policy, that provides for at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice (or at least ten (10) days’ prior notice in the case of cancellation due to the nonpayment of premiums) (or such shorter prior written notice as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) to the Administrative Agent of any modification or cancellation of such policy.
(b)All conditions precedent, affirmative covenants and representations contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be deemed modified to the extent strictly necessary to effect the foregoing (and to permit the taking of the actions described above within the time periods required above, rather than as elsewhere provided in the Loan Documents); provided that (x) to the extent any representation and warranty would not be true, any affirmative covenant breached or any condition precedent not met under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents because the foregoing actions were not taken on the Closing Date, the respective representation and warranty shall be required to be true and correct in all material respects (or, to the extent qualified by materiality, in all respects) and the respective affirmative covenant complied with and condition precedent met at the time the respective action is taken (or was required to be taken) in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.16 and (y) all representations and warranties relating to the Collateral Documents shall be required to be true in all material respects (or, to the extent qualified by materiality, in all respects) and all affirmative covenants relating to the Collateral Documents shall be required to be complied with, in each case, immediately after the actions required to be taken by this Section 8.16 have been taken (or were required to be taken).
ARTICLE 9
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Each Loan Party hereby covenants and agrees that until the Facility Termination Date, such Loan Party will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
9.1Indebtedness. At any time create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a)Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
(b)existing Indebtedness as specified on Schedule 9.1 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;
(c)(i) Indebtedness (including Finance Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries financing the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of fixed or capital property or equipment; provided that such Indebtedness is incurred concurrently with or within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the applicable acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement, and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing of any Indebtedness set forth in the immediately preceding clause (i) (or successive Permitted Refinancings thereof); provided, further that, at the time of any such incurrence of the Indebtedness and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and the use of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness that is outstanding in reliance on this clause (c) shall not exceed the greater of (A) $15,000,000 and (B) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period;
(d)intercompany Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.3 (other than by reference to this Section 9.1 (or any clause hereof)); provided that, in the case of Indebtedness owing by a Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Obligations (i) on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those set forth in the Intercompany Note (as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith) or (ii) in a manner and to the extent acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
(e)any (i) Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedge, (ii) Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedge, (iii) other Interest Rate Hedge or Foreign Currency Hedge in the ordinary course of business, (iv) Indebtedness under any Other Lender Provided Financial Service Product, (v) Indebtedness in respect of Cash Management Obligations and other similar Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automated clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements, in each case, in connection with deposit accounts or from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or (vi) forward equity commitment or confirmation or forward equity sale agreement entered in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes to the extent the terms thereof provide that the obligation can be satisfied by the issuance of common Equity Interests; provided however, the Loan Parties shall enter into an Interest Rate Hedge, Foreign Currency Hedge or other Swap only for hedging (rather than speculative) purposes;
(f)Guarantees by the Borrower of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary and by any Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that (i) the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is permitted by this Section 9.1, (ii) Guarantees by the Borrower or other Loan Party of Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be subject to Section 9.3; and (iii) if applicable, Guarantees permitted under this clause (f) shall be subordinated to the Obligations on the same terms as the Indebtedness so Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations;
(g)Guaranties with respect to any Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clauses (a), (b), (c) (provided that such Guaranty is permitted under Section 9.3 (other than by reference to this Section 9.1 (or any clause hereof))) and (e) of this Section 9.1;
(h)Indebtedness consisting of Earn-Outs, contingent purchase price, deferred consideration or similar payments or seller promissory notes incurred or assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or any other similar Investment permitted under this Agreement; provided that the aggregate maximum amount of such Earn-Out, contingent purchase price, deferred consideration or similar payment or seller promissory note (with respect to Earn-Outs and other contingent purchase prices, based on the maximum amount payable under any such earn-out obligations) shall not exceed thirty-three percent (33%) of the total consideration for such Permitted Acquisition or Investments; provided further, that each such seller promissory note shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;
(i)Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into, or acquired by, the Borrower or a Subsidiary) or assumed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the acquisition of property or assets from a third-party; provided that at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (i) shall not exceed the greater of $5,000,000 and 5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period;
(j)Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (j) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $5,000,000 and 5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period;
(k)Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;
(l)Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, warehouse receipts, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims;
(m)obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;
(n)(i) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation or stock-based compensation owed to employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice and (ii) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries under deferred compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or other similar arrangements incurred by such Persons in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or any other similar Investment permitted by this Agreement;
(o)Indebtedness consisting of unsecured promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to future, current or former officers, directors, employees, managers and consultants or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower to the extent permitted by Section 9.4(g);
(p)other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (p) shall not exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $5,000,000 and 5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period; and
(q)other unsecured Indebtedness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries; provided that at the time of the incurrence thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding in reliance on this clause (q) shall not exceed the greater of $12,000,000 and 12.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period and (y) on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such Indebtedness, (i) the Loan Parties shall be in Pro Forma Compliance and (ii) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, calculated for the Measurement Period most recently ended prior to the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness is less than or equal to 1.75 to 1.00.
9.2Liens. At any time create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on any of its property or assets, tangible or intangible, now owned or hereafter acquired, or agree or become liable to do so, except:
(a)Liens under the Loan Documents;
(b)Permitted Liens;
(c)Liens existing on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.2 and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided, that (i) such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the obligations secured or benefited by such modified, replacement, renewal or extension Lien are permitted by Section 9.1;
(d)Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1(c); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness except for replacements, additions, accessions and improvements to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof; provided further, that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;
(e)Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
(f)Liens on property or assets of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, which Liens secure Indebtedness of such Subsidiaries permitted under Section 9.1(j);
(g)Liens existing on property or assets at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property or assets of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require or include, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 9.1(i);
(h)Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(i)ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;
(j)Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;
(k)Liens on Equity Interests of any joint venture (other than a Subsidiary) (i) securing obligations of such joint venture or (ii) pursuant to the relevant joint venture agreement or arrangement;
(l)other Liens; provided that at the time of the granting of and after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such Lien and the obligations secured thereby (including the use of proceeds thereof), the lesser of (x) the aggregate outstanding face amount of obligations secured by Liens existing in reliance on this clause (l) and (y) the fair market value of the assets securing such obligations shall not exceed the greater of $5,000,000 and 5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period;
(m)Liens in respect of Permitted Receivables Transactions that extend only to the Receivables Assets subject thereto; and
(n)Liens (i) on cash advances or escrow deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 9.3 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment or otherwise in connection with any escrow arrangements with respect to any such Investment or any Asset Disposition permitted under Section 9.6 (including any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to such Investment or Asset Disposition), or (ii) consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in an Asset Disposition permitted under Section 9.6, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Asset Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien.
9.3Loans and Investments. At any time make or suffer to remain outstanding any Investment, except:
(a)trade credit extended on usual and customary terms in the ordinary course of business;
(b)advances to employees to meet expenses incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business;
(c)Permitted Investments;
(d)(i) loans, advances and other Investments existing on the Closing Date in Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date, and (ii) (A) loans, advances and other Investments in Loan Parties, (B) loans, advances and other Investments by any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (C) loans, advances and other Investments by any Loan Party made after the Closing Date in any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party; provided that, the aggregate amount of all such Investments outstanding in reliance on this clause (C), together with (x) the aggregate cash consideration paid for Permitted Acquisitions of Persons that do not become Loan Parties (or are not merged with and into the Borrower or a Subsidiary that is a Loan Party) or of assets that do not become Collateral after giving Pro Forma Effect to each such applicable Permitted Acquisition and any transactions occurring in connection therewith in reliance on clause (e) below and (y) the aggregate outstanding amount of Investments made in reliance on clause (n) below, shall not exceed, at the time of making thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $12,000,000 and 12.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period;
(e)Permitted Acquisitions;
(f)other Investments so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such Investment (A) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with Sections 9.13, 9.14 and 9.15 and (B) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 1.00 to 1.00;
(g)Investments existing on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 9.3(g) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment as, and to the extent, set forth on Schedule 9.3(g) or as otherwise permitted by another clause of this Section 9.3;
(h)loans or advances to officers, members of the Borrower’s board of directors, employees and consultants of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes or (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower (provided that the amount of such loans and advances made in cash to such Person shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash in exchange for common equity or other Qualified Equity Interests); provided, that, the aggregate principal amount of such Investments outstanding at any time not to exceed $2,500,000;
(i)promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with dispositions permitted by Section 9.6;
(j)Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;
(k)Investments consisting of receivables and notes received from students in the ordinary course of business;
(l)advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;
(m)Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged or consolidated with any Subsidiary in accordance with this Section 9.3 after the Closing Date or that otherwise becomes a Subsidiary (provided that if such Investment is made under Section 9.3(e), existing Investments in subsidiaries of such Subsidiary or Person shall comply with the requirements of Section 9.3(e)) to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;
(n)so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would otherwise result therefrom, Investments in joint ventures; provided that the aggregate amount of such Investments together with (x) the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made in reliance on clause (d)(ii)(C) above and (y) the aggregate cash consideration paid for Permitted Acquisitions of Persons that do not become Loan Parties (or are not merged with and into the Borrower or a Subsidiary that is Loan Party) or of assets that that not become Collateral after giving Pro Forma Effect to each such applicable Permitted Acquisition and any transactions occurring in connection therewith in reliance on clause (e) above, shall not exceed an amount outstanding at the time of the making such Investment equal to the greater of $12,000,000 and 12.5% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period after giving Pro Forma Effect to the making of such Investment;
(o)other Investments so long as, at the time of making thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Investments made under this clause (o) in any fiscal year of the Borrower plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under Section 9.4(c) in such fiscal year plus (iii) the aggregate amount of Specified Prepayments made under Section 9.17(a)(iii) shall not exceed the sum of (x) the Base Amount plus (y) if positive, the Allowable Carry-Over for the immediately prior fiscal year;
(p)Investments arising as a result of Permitted Receivables Transactions;
(q)Investments consisting of Swaps permitted by Section 9.1(e), including any such obligation which is a forward equity commitment or confirmation or forward equity sale agreement to the extent the terms thereof provide that the obligation can be satisfied by the issuance of common Equity Interests;
(r)Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Uniform Commercial Code Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers in the ordinary course of business; and
(s)Investments (A) for utilities, security deposits, leases and similar prepaid expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (B) trade accounts created, or prepaid expenses accrued, in the ordinary course of business.
9.4Dividends and Related Distributions. Make any Restricted Payment, or agree to become or remain liable to make any Restricted Payment, except:
(a)dividends or other distributions payable to another Loan Party;
(b)the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may pay dividends in shares of its own Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests);
(c)the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may make other Restricted Payments so long as, at the time of making thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (c) in any fiscal year of the Borrower plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Investments made under Section 9.3(o) in such fiscal year plus (iii) the aggregate amount of Specified Prepayments made under Section 9.17(a)(iii) shall not exceed the sum of (x) the Base Amount plus (y) if positive, the Allowable Carry-Over for the immediately prior fiscal year;
(d)the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may make other Restricted Payments so long as (i) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 1.00 to 1.00;
(e)each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of any such Restricted Payment by a Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, such Restricted Payment is made to the Borrower, any Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary pro rata (or on a more favorable basis to the Borrower or any Subsidiary) based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests of such Subsidiary;
(f)payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise, vesting or settlement of Equity Interests by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager or consultant (or their respective controlled Affiliates or permitted transferees) and any repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants or required withholding or similar taxes;
(g)Restricted Payments by the Borrower used (i) to redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase shares of its Equity Interests through open market purchases or (ii) to redeem, acquire, retire, repurchase or settle its Equity Interests (or any options, warrants, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights or similar securities issued with respect to any such Equity Interests) or to service Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to finance the redemption, acquisition, retirement, repurchase or settlement of such Equity Interest, in each case in respect of this subclause (ii), held directly or indirectly by current or former officers, managers, consultants, members of the Borrower’s board of directors, employees or independent contractors (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any stock option or stock appreciation rights plan, any management, director and/or employee stock ownership or incentive plan, stock subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any other employment agreements or equity holders’ agreement; provided, that (A) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made in reliance on this clause (g) shall not exceed $1,000,000 in any calendar year and $5,000,000 in the aggregate and (B) immediately after giving effect to any such Restricted Payments made in reliance on this clause (g), on a Pro Forma Basis, (x) the Borrower is in compliance with Sections 9.13 and 9.14 for the Measurement Period most recently ended and (y) the Borrower is in compliance with Section 9.15;
(h)redemptions in whole or in part of any of its Equity Interests for another class of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests); provided that such new Equity Interests contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all respects material to their interests as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby;
(i)the Borrower may (a) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition (or other similar Investment) and (b) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion;
(j)the repurchase of Equity Interests upon exercise of options or warrants if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants as part of a “cashless” exercise; and
(k)the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in connection with any incentive plans approved by the board of directors of the Borrower consisting of (i) Equity Interests of the Borrower or options, restricted stock units, warrants and other equity instruments in respect thereof (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), and (ii) stock appreciation rights or performance units, including any cash payments in connection therewith.
(l)Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 9.4 shall not prohibit the consummation of any Restricted Payment if, as of the date of the delivery of irrevocable and legally effective notice or declaration thereof, such Restricted Payment would have been permitted under this Section 9.4 so long as no Event of Default shall exist under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) at the time of the consummation of such Restricted Payment.
9.5Liquidations, Mergers, Consolidations, Acquisitions. Merge into or consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or liquidate or dissolve, or dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to or in favor of any Person (including, in each case, pursuant to an LLC Division), except that:
(a)any Subsidiary may merge into or consolidate or amalgamate with (i) the Borrower; provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries; provided that, when any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging, consolidating or amalgamating with another Subsidiary, (A) the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Loan Party or (B) if the continuing or surviving Person is not a Loan Party, the acquisition of such Subsidiary that is a Loan Party by such surviving Subsidiary is otherwise permitted under Section 9.3 and, provided further, in the event that a Loan Party is the surviving Person of any such transaction, the Lien on and security interest in such property granted or to be granted in favor of the Administrative Agent under the applicable Security Documents shall be maintained or created in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(b)(i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders so long as, in the case of a Subsidiary that is a Loan Party, the Lien and security interest in the Collateral of such Subsidiary granted in favor of the Administrative Agent under the applicable Collateral Documents shall be maintained in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;
(c)any Subsidiary may make a disposition of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or another Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party, (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 9.3 or (iii) to the extent constituting a disposition of assets from a Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such disposition is for fair market value (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower) and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted Investment in a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 9.3;
(d)the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person; and
(e)any Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with any other Person in order to effect a Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment permitted pursuant to Section 9.3; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be the Borrower or a Subsidiary, which together with each of the Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 8.8; and
(f)any Subsidiary may effect a merger, dissolution, liquidation consolidation or amalgamation to effect an asset disposition permitted pursuant to clause (c) above or Section 9.6.
9.6Dispositions of Assets or Subsidiaries. Make any Asset Disposition, except:
(a)dispositions of obsolete, damaged, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and dispositions of property no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including allowing any registration or application for registration of any Intellectual Property that is no longer used or useful, or economically practicable to maintain, to lapse, go abandoned, or be invalidated);
(b)dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(c)dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) an amount equal to net cash proceeds of such disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;
(d)dispositions of property to the Borrower or a Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Loan Party, then either (i) the transferee must be a Loan Party, (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 9.3 or (iii) to the extent constituting a disposition to a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, such disposition is for fair market value (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower) and any promissory note or other non-cash consideration received in respect thereof is a permitted investment in a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 9.3;
(e)dispositions permitted by Section 9.5, Investments permitted by Section 9.3, Restricted Payments permitted by Section 9.4 and Liens permitted by Section 9.1, in each case, other than by reference to this Section 9.6 (or any subclause hereof);
(f)dispositions of Permitted Investments for cash;
(g)dispositions or forgiveness of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business in connection with the collection or compromise thereof (including sales to factors or other third parties) and not as part of any financing transactions;
(h)transfers of property subject to Recovery Events;
(i)dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;
(j)so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time that any disposition is consummated, dispositions of property to Persons other than the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (including the sale or issuance of Equity Interests of a Subsidiary) for fair market value (as reasonably determined by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower in good faith) not otherwise permitted under this Section 9.6; provided that, (A) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Permitted Investments; provided, however, that solely for the purposes of this clause (j), (i) any liabilities (as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower or such Subsidiary or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable disposition and for which the Borrower and all of its Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, shall be deemed to be cash, (ii) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Subsidiary into cash or Permitted Investments (to the extent of the cash or Permitted Investments received) within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the closing of the applicable disposition shall be deemed to be cash, and (iii) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary that ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of such disposition (other than intercompany debt owed to the Borrower any of its Subsidiaries), to the extent that the Borrower and all of the Subsidiaries (to the extent previously liable thereunder) are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such disposition, shall be deemed to be cash, (B) the Net Cash Proceeds of such disposition shall be applied and/or reinvested as (and to the extent) required by Section 5.3(a), (C) no dispositions of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary shall be permitted pursuant to this clause (j) unless all of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary are disposed and (D) the fair market value of all assets disposed of pursuant to this clause (j) shall not exceed, at the time of disposing thereof and after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto, the greater of $10,000,000 and 10% of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended Measurement Period in any fiscal year of Borrower;
(k)(i) dispositions for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of any assets (including Equity Interests) acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other similar permitted Investment permitted hereunder, which assets are not used or useful to the core or principal business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (ii) dispositions for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of any assets (including Equity Interests) made to obtain the approval of any applicable antitrust authority in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other similar permitted Investment; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of such disposition shall be applied and/or reinvested as (and to the extent) required by Section 5.3(a);
(l)leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of real or personal property in the ordinary course of business, in each case that do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
(m)dispositions of any Specified Property; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds of such disposition shall be applied and/or reinvested as (and to the extent) required by Section 5.3(a); and
(n)the disposition (including by capital contribution) of Receivables Assets pursuant to Permitted Receivables Transactions.
9.7Affiliate Transactions. Sell, lease or otherwise transfer any property or assets to, or purchase, lease or otherwise acquire any property or assets from, or otherwise engage in any other transactions with, any of its Affiliates, except (a) transactions between or among the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any entity that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction to the extent such transactions are not prohibited hereunder, (b) any transaction (or series of related transactions) involving aggregate payment or consideration of less than $1,000,000, (c) on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by such Person at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may enter into, and may make payments under, employment agreements, change of control severance agreements, employee benefits plans, stock option plans, indemnification provisions and other similar compensatory arrangements (including for the reimbursement of expenses) with officers, employees and directors of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (e) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, members of the board of directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, (f) transactions pursuant to permitted agreements in existence or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 9.7 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (g) transactions permitted under Section 9.5, Investments permitted under Section 9.3, Restricted Payments permitted under Section 9.4 and Specified Prepayments permitted under Section 9.17, (h) reasonable payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture in the ordinary course of business, (i) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services that are Affiliates, in each case in the ordinary course of business and which are fair to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Borrower, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party and (j) transactions pursuant to any Permitted Receivables Transaction.
9.8[Reserved].
9.9Continuation of or Change in Business. Engage in any business other than substantially as conducted and operated by such Loan Party or Subsidiary as of the Closing Date and businesses substantially related, incidental or ancillary thereto.
9.10[Reserved].
9.11Changes to Material Documents or Fiscal Years.
(a)Amend or modify its Organizational Documents in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders (taken as whole), to the extent such amendment or modification relates the ability of (i) such Loan Party to grant a security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Administrative Agent to secure the Obligations or (ii) any Subsidiary that is a Loan Party to Guarantee the Obligations.
(b)Amend or permit any amendment to, or terminate or waive any provision of, any Material Contract unless such amendment, termination or waiver could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.
(c)Make any change in its fiscal year; provided, however, that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in its fiscal year.
9.12Capital Expenditures. Make Consolidated Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year of the Borrower in excess of the greater of (a) $20,000,000 and (b) twenty percent (20%) of Consolidated EBITDA for the most recent Measurement Period (measured at the time of making such Consolidated Capital Expenditure); provided, that, at any time at which the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 for the most recent Measurement Period, there shall be no limitation on Consolidated Capital Expenditures pursuant to this Section 9.12.
9.13Minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio, calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2026, to be less than 2.50 to 1.00.
9.14Maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. Permit at any time the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2026, to exceed 2.50 to 1.00.
9.15Minimum Domestic Liquidity. Permit Domestic Liquidity, at any time, to be less than $40,000,000.
9.16Restrictive Agreements. Enter into any agreement, instrument, deed or lease that prohibits or limits the ability of any Loan Party to (a) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of their respective properties or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Obligations or under the Loan Documents, (b) make Restricted Payments or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (d) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any other Loan Party or (e) other than any Excluded Subsidiary, act as a Guarantor and pledge its assets pursuant to the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to:
(i)restrictions and conditions imposed by (1) applicable Law, (2) any Loan Document, (3) any documentation governing Indebtedness (A) permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 9.1 that (x) are customary for financings of such type and are, taken as a whole, not materially more restrictive than the terms of the Loan Documents (and prior to the incurrence or issuance of such Indebtedness, the Borrower shall have delivered a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying as to compliance with this clause (i)(3)(x) unless the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall amend the provisions of this Agreement to provide for such more restrictive term to apply to the Obligations hereunder (which amendment may be effected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower without the consent of any other Lender), (y) do not prohibit the Administrative Agent’s Liens on the Collateral and (z) do not prohibit the payment by any Loan Party of the Obligations under the Loan Documents, (B) permitted pursuant to Section 9.1(b); provided that any restrictions (other than economic terms) contained in any agreement governing any Permitted Refinancing of such Indebtedness are not more restrictive in any material respect than the restrictions contained in such Indebtedness to be renewed, extended, replaced or refinanced, (C) incurred pursuant to Section 9.1(c); provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only the assets financed thereby; (D) incurred pursuant to Section 9.1(i), which restriction, in the case of this clause (D), is not applicable to any Person or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person acquired pursuant to the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder and so long as the respective restrictions were not created (or made more restrictive) in connection with or in anticipation of the applicable Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder; or (E) incurred pursuant to Section 9.1(j), which restriction, in the case of this clause (E), relates only to the applicable non-Loan Party Subsidiary and its assets;
(ii)restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary or any assets pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or assets that is or are to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder;
(iii)restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers (including the granting of any Lien) contained in leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;
(iv)[reserved]; and
(v)customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted by Section 9.3 and agreements evidencing Indebtedness of such joint ventures;
(vi)restrictions deemed to exist by virtue of fiduciary duties, or civil, criminal, or personal liability imposed under applicable Law on officers and directors of Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower;
(vii)any restrictions or conditions set forth in any agreement in effect at any time any Person becomes a Subsidiary (but not any modification or amendment expanding the scope of any such restriction or condition); provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary and the restriction or condition set forth in such agreement does not apply to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary; and
(viii)customary restrictions on cash (or Permitted Investments) or other deposits imposed by agreements entered into with depository financial institutions in the ordinary course of business (or other restrictions on cash or deposits constituting Permitted Liens).
9.17Junior Financings.
(a)Pay or make or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any cash payment or other cash distribution of or in respect of principal of or premium or interest on any Junior Financing, or any cash payment or other cash distribution, including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Junior Financing, or any other payment that has a substantially similar effect to any of the foregoing (collectively, “Specified Prepayments”), except:
(i)with respect to (A) Junior Financing under clause (a) of the definition thereof (or a Permitted Refinancing thereof), payments of (1) regularly scheduled interest and (2) fees, expenses and indemnification obligations with respect to such Junior Financing, in each case, other than payments that are expressly prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof (if any) and (B) Junior Financing under clauses (b) or (d) of the definition thereof (or a Permitted Refinancing thereof), payments of (1) regularly scheduled interest and principal, (2) constituting mandatory prepayments and (3) fees, expenses and indemnification obligations with respect to such Junior Financing, in each case, other than payments that are expressly prohibited by the subordination provisions thereof (if any);
(ii)refinancings of Junior Financings to the extent permitted by Section 9.1;
(iii)the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may make other Specified Prepayments so long as the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of Specified Prepayments made under this clause (a)(iii) in any fiscal year of the Borrower plus (B) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under Section 9.4(c) in such fiscal year plus (C) the aggregate amount of Investments made under Section 9.3(o) in such fiscal year shall not exceed the sum of (x) the Base Amount plus (y) if positive, the Allowable Carry-Over for the immediately prior fiscal year;
(iv)the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may make other Specified Prepayments so long as (A) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (B) on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such Specified Prepayment, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 1.00 to 1.00;
(v)Specified Prepayments in respect of Earn-Outs; provided that immediately after giving effect to such Specified Prepayment (A) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Borrower is in compliance with (1) Sections 9.13 and 9.14 for the most recently ender Measurement Period and (2) Section 9.15 and (B) no Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) then exists or would result therefrom;
(vi)prepayment of Junior Financing owed to the Borrower or a Subsidiary to the extent not otherwise prohibited by any applicable subordination provisions;
(vii)the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower; and
(viii)prepayments of Indebtedness in respect of credit cards or Indebtedness of the type permitted under any of Sections 9.1(d) (to the extent not otherwise prohibited by applicable subordination provisions), (k) and (o).
(b)Amend or modify any documentation governing any Junior Financing, in each case, to the extent the terms of such amendment or modification (i) would not have been permitted hereunder at the time the applicable Junior Financing was incurred or (ii) would not be permitted by the applicable intercreditor agreement or subordination agreement (if any).
9.18Anti-Corruption Laws; Anti-Money Laundering Laws; and Sanctions. Do any of the following, nor permit any of its or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, or affiliates acting on its or their behalf in connection with this Agreement to: (a) become a Sanctioned Person; (b) directly or indirectly, provide, use, or make available the proceeds of any Loan hereunder (i) to fund any activities or business of, with, or for the benefit of any Person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is a Sanctioned Person in violation of applicable Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or in any Sanctioned Jurisdiction in violation of applicable Sanctions, (iii) in any manner that could result in a violation by any Person (including the Administrative Agent, any lead arranger, any Issuing Lender, any Lender, any underwriter, any advisor, any investor or otherwise) of Anti-Corruption Law, Anti-Money Laundering Law or Sanctions or (iv) in violation of any applicable Law, including, without limitation, any applicable Anti-Corruption Law, Anti-Money Laundering Law or Sanctions; (c) repay any Loan with Blocked Property or funds derived from any unlawful activity; or (d) permit any Collateral to become Blocked Property.
ARTICLE 10
DEFAULT
10.1Events of Default. An Event of Default means the occurrence or existence of any one or more of the following events or conditions (whatever the reason therefor and whether voluntary, involuntary or effected by operation of Law):
(a)Payments Under Loan Documents. The Borrower or any other Loan Party shall fail to pay, (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any principal of any Loan (including scheduled installments, mandatory prepayments or the payment due at maturity), Reimbursement Obligation or Letter of Credit Obligation or (ii) within three (3) Business Days of when and as required to be paid herein, any interest on any Loan, Reimbursement Obligation or Letter of Credit Obligation or any fee or other amount owing hereunder or under the other Loan Documents; or
(b)Breach of Warranty. Any representation or warranty made at any time by any of the Loan Parties herein or by any of the Loan Parties in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, other instrument or statement furnished pursuant to the provisions hereof or thereof, shall prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect as of the time it was made, deemed made or furnished; or
(c)Breach of Certain Covenants. Any of the Loan Parties shall default in the observance or performance of any covenant contained in Section 8.1 (solely as it pertains to the existence of Borrower), Section 8.7(c), Section 8.9, Section 8.13(a) or Article 9; or
(d)Breach of Other Covenants. Any of the Loan Parties shall default in the observance or performance of any other covenant, condition or provision hereof or of any other Loan Document (other than Section 8.7(a) or 8.15, but solely to the extent such default relates only to the laws, rules, regulations and requirements of, or actions taken by, the DOE) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days after the first to occur of (i) any executive officer of a Loan Party becomes aware of such failure or (ii) written notice thereof shall have been given to Borrower by the Administrative Agent; or
(e)Defaults in Other Agreements or Indebtedness. (i) A breach, default or event of default shall occur at any time and remain outstanding after the expiration of all applicable notice and grace periods under the terms of any one or more other agreements involving borrowed money or the extension of credit or any other Indebtedness under which any Loan Party or Subsidiary of any Loan Party may be obligated as a borrower or guarantor in an aggregate principal amount (for all such agreements) (in each case, other than the Obligations) in excess of $10,000,000, and such breach, default or event of default either (A) consists of the failure to pay (beyond any period of grace permitted with respect thereto, whether waived or not) any such Indebtedness when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) or (B) causes, or permits the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; provided, that clause (B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the sale, transfer or other disposition (including as a result of a casualty or condemnation event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness (to the extent such sale, transfer or other disposition is not prohibited under this Agreement) or (ii) there occurs under any obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof in respect of one or more Swaps that constitute Material Indebtedness an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap documentation) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap documentation as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap documentation) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap documentation as to which a Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is an Affected Party (as so defined); or
(f)Final Judgments or Orders. Any (i) final judgments or orders for the payment of money in excess of $10,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent not covered by third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage) shall be entered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries by a court having jurisdiction in the premises, and with respect to which either (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which such judgment or order shall remain undischarged or a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect or (ii) non-monetary judgment or order shall be rendered against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, and there shall be a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which such judgment or order shall remain undischarged or a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect; or
(g)Loan Document Unenforceable. (i) Any material provision of any Loan Document shall cease to be legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against any Loan Party party thereto in accordance with the respective terms thereof or shall in any way be terminated (except in accordance with its terms) or become or be declared ineffective or inoperative or shall in any way be challenged or contested by any Loan Party or Subsidiary or (ii) any Lien purported to be created under any Collateral Document shall cease to be (or shall be asserted in writing by any Loan Party not to be) a valid and perfected Lien on the Collateral (other than immaterial portions thereof), with the priority required by the applicable Collateral Document; or
(h)Proceedings Against Assets. Any material portion of the Collateral is attached, seized, levied upon or subjected to a writ or distress warrant; or such outcome within the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian or assignee for the benefit of creditors and the same is not cured within thirty (30) days thereafter; or
(i)Events Relating to Pension Plans and Multiemployer Plans. An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000,000, or Borrower or any member of the ERISA Group fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan, where the aggregate amount of unamortized withdrawal liability is in excess of $10,000,000; or
(j)Change of Control. A Change of Control shall occur; or
(k)Relief Proceedings; Solvency; Attachment. Either (i) a Relief Proceeding shall have been instituted against any Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party or a substantial part of the assets of any Loan Party or Subsidiary and such Relief Proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed and in effect for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days or such court shall enter a decree or order granting any of the relief sought in such Relief Proceeding, (ii) any Loan Party or Subsidiary of a Loan Party institutes, or takes any action in furtherance of, a Relief Proceeding, or (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, cease to be Solvent or the Borrower or any Subsidiary admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they mature.
10.2Consequences of Event of Default.
(a)Generally. If any Event of Default specified under Section 10.1 shall occur and be continuing, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be under no further obligation to make Loans and the Issuing Lenders shall be under no obligation to issue Letters of Credit and the Administrative Agent may with the consent of the Required Lenders, and upon the request of the Required Lenders shall, take any or all of the following actions:
(i)declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Lenders to issue, amend or extend Letters of Credit to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;
(ii)declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
(iii)require the Borrower to, and the Borrower shall thereupon, deposit in a non-interest-bearing account with the Administrative Agent, as Cash Collateral for its Obligations under the Loan Documents, an amount equal to the maximum amount currently or at any time thereafter available to be drawn on all outstanding Letters of Credit, and the Borrower hereby pledges to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and grants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a security interest in, all such cash as security for such Obligations; and
(iv)exercise on behalf of itself, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders all rights and remedies available to it, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders under the Loan Documents;
(b)provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to any Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the Issuing Lenders to issue, amend or extend any Letter of Credit shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to provide cash collateral as specified in clause (iii) above shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
(c)Set-off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, the Issuing Lenders, and each of their respective Affiliates and any participant of such Lender or Affiliate which has agreed in writing to be bound by the provisions of Section 5.5, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, such Issuing Lender or any such Affiliate or participant to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any and all of the Obligations of such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender, such Issuing Lender, Affiliate or participant, irrespective of whether or not such Lender, Issuing Lender, Affiliate or participant shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of such Lender or such Issuing Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such Indebtedness, provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.15 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, each Issuing Lender and their respective Affiliates and participants under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, Issuing Lender or their respective Affiliates and participants may have. Each Lender and each Issuing Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application; and
(d)Enforcement of Rights and Remedies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at Law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with this Section 10.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders and the other Secured Parties; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit (i) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (ii) each Issuing Lender or the Swingline Loan Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as an Issuing Lender or the Swingline Loan Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (iii) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.2(b) (subject to the terms of Section 5.5), or (iv) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Insolvency Proceeding; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (A) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 10.2(c), and (B) in addition to the matters specified in clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 5.5), any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
10.3Application of Proceeds. From and after the date on which the Administrative Agent has taken any action pursuant to Section 10.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the Letter of Credit Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as specified in the proviso to Section 10.2(a)) and until the Facility Termination Date, any and all proceeds received on account of the Obligations shall (subject to Sections 5.15 and 10.2(a)(iii)) be applied as follows:
(a)First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees (other than Letter of Credit Fees), indemnities, expenses and other amounts, including attorney fees, payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, the Issuing Lenders in their capacity as such and the Swingline Loan Lender in its capacity as such, ratably among the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and Swingline Loan Lender in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause First payable to them;
(b)Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders under the Loan Documents, including attorney fees, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
(c)Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
(d)Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, Reimbursement Obligations and payment obligations then owing under Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedges, Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedges, and Other Lender Provided Financial Service Products, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders, the applicable Cash Management Banks and the applicable Hedge Banks, in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
(e)Fifth, to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lenders, to Cash Collateralize any undrawn amounts under outstanding Letters of Credit (to the extent not otherwise cash collateralized pursuant to this Agreement); and
(f)Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
Amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as cash collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order specified above.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.3, no Swap Obligations of any Non-Qualifying Party shall be paid with amounts received from such Non-Qualifying Party under its Guaranty Agreement (including sums received as a result of the exercise of remedies with respect to such Guaranty Agreement) or from the proceeds of such Non-Qualifying Party’s Collateral if such Swap Obligations would constitute Excluded Hedge Liabilities; provided that to the extent possible appropriate adjustments shall be made with respect to payments and/or the proceeds of Collateral from other Loan Parties that are Eligible Contract Participants with respect to such Swap Obligations to preserve the allocation to Obligations otherwise specified above in this Section 10.3.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligations arising under Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedges, Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedges, and Other Lender Provided Financial Service Products (unless the Administrative Agent is the Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank) shall be excluded from the application described above if the Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with such supporting documentation, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be. Each Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank not a party to the Agreement that has given the notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article 11 hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.
ARTICLE 11
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
11.1Appointment and Authority. Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Lender hereby irrevocably appoints PNC Bank, National Association to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article (other than Sections 11.6 and 11.11) are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to the Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
11.2Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.
11.3Exculpatory Provisions.
(a) The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly specified herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:
(i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law; and
(iii) shall not, except as expressly specified herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 12.1 and 10.2), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Potential Default or Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Potential Default or Event of Default is given to the Administrative Agent in writing by the Borrower, a Lender or an Issuing Lender.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions specified herein or therein or the occurrence and continuance of any Potential Default or Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Article 7 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
11.4Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance, extension, renewal or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuing Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or Issuing Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such Issuing Lender prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
11.5Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable judgment that the Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.
11.6Resignation of Administrative Agent.
(a)The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor (that, so long as no Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) has occurred and is continuing, is reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications specified above; provided that in no event shall any such successor Administrative Agent be a Defaulting Lender. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.
(b)If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and appoint a successor (that, so long as no Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) has occurred and is continuing, is reasonably acceptable to the Borrower). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c)With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) except for any indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to, in the case of payments and communications, each Lender and Issuing Lender directly and in the case of determinations, the Required Lenders, until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 12.3 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent. To the extent the retiring or removed Administrative Agent is holding cash, deposit account balances or other credit support as collateral for Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall at or reasonably promptly following the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) cause such collateral to be transferred to the successor Administrative Agent or, if no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed and accepted such appointment, to such Issuing Lender ratably according to the outstanding amount of Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit issued by them, in each case to be held as collateral for such Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit in accordance with this Agreement.
11.7Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and Issuing Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and Issuing Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Each Lender and each Issuing Lender represents and warrants that (i) the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility and certain other facilities as set forth herein and (ii) it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans, issuing or participating in letters of credit or providing other similar facilities in the ordinary course and is entering into this Agreement as a Lender or an Issuing Lender for the purpose of making, acquiring or holding commercial loans, issuing or participating in letters of credit and providing other facilities as set forth herein and not for the purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument, and each Lender and each Issuing Lender agrees not to assert a claim in contravention of the foregoing. Each Lender and each Issuing Lender represents and warrants that it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire or hold commercial loans, issue or participate in letters of credit and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender or such Issuing Lender, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make, acquire or hold such commercial loans, issue or participate in letters of credit or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans, issuing or participating in letters of credit or providing such other facilities.
11.8No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the bookrunners or lead arrangers listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or an Issuing Lender hereunder.
11.9Administrative Agent’s Fee. The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent a nonrefundable annual administration fee (the “Administrative Agent’s Fee”) under the terms of the Administrative Agent’s Fee Letter.
11.10Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or Letter of Credit Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letter of Credit Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.8(b) and 12.3) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each Issuing Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Section 12.3.
11.11Collateral and Guaranty Matters.
(a) The Loan Parties shall automatically be released from their respective obligations under the Loan Documents, and all security interests created by the Collateral Documents shall be automatically released, upon the Facility Termination Date.
(b) Each of the Secured Parties irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to take the following actions, and the Administrative Agent agrees that promptly upon the request of the Borrower it shall,
(i) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (x) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under the Loan Documents, or (y) subject to Section 12.1, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;
(ii) release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that constitutes a Lien described in Section 9.2(d) or Section 9.2(g);
(iii) enter into any subordination agreement with the holders of unsecured Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01; and
(iv) release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty Agreement, and to release any Liens on any property granted to the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document by such Person, if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.11.
(c) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 11.11, the Administrative Agent shall (i) promptly execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and (ii) return any Collateral, which is the subject of such release and in the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its agents, to such Loan Party, so long as the Borrower or applicable Loan Party shall have provided the Administrative Agent such certifications or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request in order to demonstrate compliance with this Agreement.
(d) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of the Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Loan Party in connection therewith, nor shall the Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.
11.12No Reliance on Administrative Agent’s Customer Identification Program. Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on the Administrative Agent (provided that the Administrative Agent is not the same as the Lender, its Affiliates, participants or assignees) to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA PATRIOT Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “CIP Regulations”), or any other Anti-Money Laundering Law, any Anti-Corruption Law, or any Sanctions, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with any of the Loan Parties, their Affiliates or their agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder or contemplated hereby: (i) any identity verification procedures, (ii) any recordkeeping, (iii) comparisons with government lists, (iv) customer notices or (v) other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other Laws.
11.13Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedges, Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedges and Other Lender Provided Financial Service Products. Except as otherwise expressly specified herein, no Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 10.3, the Guaranty Agreement or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of the Guaranty Agreement or any Loan Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 11 to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Lender Provided Interest Rate Hedges, Lender Provided Foreign Currency Hedges and/or Other Lender Provided Financial Service Products (unless the Administrative Agent is the Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank) unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.
11.14ERISA Matters.
(a)Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and any lead arranger and their respective Affiliates and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:
(i)such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more benefit plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement,
(ii)the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,
(iii)(A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (k) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or
(iv)such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.
(b)In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and any lead arranger and their respective Affiliates and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Loan Party, that none of the Administrative Agent or any lead arranger or any of their respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).
11.15Erroneous Payments.
(a)If the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party such Lender or Issuing Lender (any such Lender, Issuing Lender, Secured Party or other recipient, a “Payment Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under immediately succeeding clause (b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Lender, Issuing Lender, Secured Party or other Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party shall (or, with respect to any Payment Recipient who received such funds on its behalf, shall cause such Payment Recipient to) promptly, but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Overnight Bank Funding Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this clause (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(b)Without limiting immediately preceding clause (a), each Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party such Lender or Issuing Lender, hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party, or other such recipient, otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part) in each case:
(i)(A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) an error has been made (in the case of immediately preceding clause (z)), in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and
(ii)such Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party shall (and shall cause any other recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf to) promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 11.15(b).
(c)Each Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under immediately preceding clause (a) or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.
(d)In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with immediately preceding clause (a), from any Lender or Issuing Lender that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an “Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”), upon the Administrative Agent’s notice to such Lender or Issuing Lender at any time, (i) such Lender or Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) of the relevant Class with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made (the “Erroneous Payment Impacted Class”) in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments) of the Erroneous Payment Impacted Class, the “Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”) at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest (with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such instance), and is hereby (together with the Borrower) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption Agreement with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender or Issuing Lender shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to acquire the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (iii) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender or Issuing Lender, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Lender shall cease to be a Lender or Issuing Lender, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender or assigning Issuing Lender and (iv) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender or Issuing Lender shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender or Issuing Lender (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender or Issuing Lender and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees that, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent has sold a Loan (or portion thereof) acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, the Administrative Agent shall be contractually subrogated to all the rights and interests of the applicable Lender, Issuing Lender or Secured Party under the Loan Documents with respect to each Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”).
(e)The parties hereto agree that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower or any other Loan Party for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.
(f)To the extent permitted by applicable Law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine.
(g)Each party’s obligations, agreements and waivers under this Section 11.15 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, the termination of the Commitments and/or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations (or any portion thereof) under any Loan Document.
(a)
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
12.1Modifications, Amendments or Waivers. With the written consent of the Required Lenders (or as expressly provided by Section 5.16), the Administrative Agent, acting on behalf of all the Lenders, and the Borrower, on behalf of the Loan Parties, may from time to time enter into written agreements amending or changing any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the rights of the Lenders or the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder, or may grant written waivers or consents hereunder or thereunder. Any such agreement, waiver or consent made with such written consent shall be effective to bind all the Lenders and the Loan Parties; provided, that no such agreement, waiver or consent may be made which will:
(a)Increase of Commitment. Increase the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment, Term Loan Commitment or Incremental Loan Commitment of any Lender hereunder without the consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any Potential Default or Event of Default shall not constitute such an increase);
(b)Extension of Payment; Reduction of Principal, Interest or Fees; Modification of Terms of Payment. Whether or not any Loans are outstanding, extend the Expiration Date or the scheduled time for payment of principal or interest of any Loan (excluding the due date of any mandatory prepayment of a Loan), any Revolving Commitment Fee or any other fee payable to any Lender, or reduce the principal amount of or the stated rate of interest borne by any Loan (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the stated rate of any Revolving Commitment Fee or any other fee payable to any Lender, without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby (provided that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants of this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the stated rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (b));
(c)Release of Collateral or Guarantor. Except for sales of assets permitted by Section 9.6 or as otherwise permitted by Section 11.11, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantors from their Obligations under the Guaranty Agreement, in each case without the consent of all Lenders (other than Defaulting Lenders);
(d)Miscellaneous. Amend Section 5.4, Section 5.5, Section 10.3, this Section 12.1, or the definition of “Required Lenders”, or alter any provision regarding the pro rata treatment of the Lenders or requiring all Lenders to authorize the taking of any action, in each case without the consent of all of the Lenders;
(e)Debt Subordination. Subordinate, or have the effect of subordinating, the Obligations hereunder to any other Indebtedness or other obligation without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
(f)Lien Subordination. Subordinate, or have the effect of subordinating, the Liens securing the Obligations to Liens securing any other Indebtedness or other obligation, except to the extent the subordination of any such Liens is permitted pursuant to Section 11.11(b)(ii) (in which case such subordination may be made by the Administrative Agent acting alone), without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; or
(g)Closing Conditions. Waive any condition set forth in Section 7.1 without the written consent of all of the Lenders;
provided that (i) no agreement, waiver or consent which would modify the interests, rights or obligations of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders, or the Swingline Loan Lender may be made without the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or the Swingline Loan Lender, as applicable, (ii) the Administrative Agent’s Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto, (iii) this Agreement may be amended and restated without the consent of any Lender (but with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent) if, upon giving effect to such amendment and restatement, such Lender shall no longer be a party to this Agreement (as so amended and restated), all Commitments of such Lender shall have terminated or expired, such Lender shall have no other commitment or other obligation hereunder and shall have been paid in full all principal, interest and other amounts owing to it or accrued for its account under this Agreement, (iv) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may enter into amendments contemplated by Section 4.4(d); and (v) the Administrative Agent may make amendments contemplated by Section 4.1(e) and 4.4(d)(ii), and provided, further that, if in connection with any proposed waiver, amendment or modification referred to in Sections 12.1(a) through (f) above, there is a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower shall have the right to replace any such Non-Consenting Lender with one or more replacement Lenders pursuant to Section 5.13. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, this Agreement may be amended to extend (x) the Expiration Date with respect to the Revolving Credit Commitments of Lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility that agree to such extension with respect to their Revolving Credit Commitments with the written consent of each such approving Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (and no other Lender) and, in connection therewith, to provide for different rates of interest and fees under the Revolving Credit Facility with respect to the portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments with an Expiration Date so extended; or (y) the Term Loan Maturity Date with respect to applicable Lenders that agree to such extension with respect to their Term Loans with the written consent of each such approving Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (and no other Lender) and, in connection therewith, to provide for different rates of interest and fees under the Term Loan Facility with respect to the portion thereof with a Term Loan Maturity Date so extended; provided that in each such case any such proposed extension of the Expiration Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date shall have been offered to each Lender with Loans or Commitments under the applicable Facility proposed to be extended, and if the consents of such Lenders exceed the portion of Commitments and Loans the Borrower wishes to extend, such consents shall be accepted on a pro rata basis among the applicable consenting Lenders. This paragraph shall apply to any Incremental Term Loans in the same manner as it applies to the Term Loan Facility; provided that any such offer may, at the Borrower’s option, be made to the Lenders in respect of any tranche or tranches of Incremental Term Loans and/or any Term Loan Facility without being made to any other tranche of Incremental Term Loans or the Term Loan Facility, as the case may be.
In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) with the consent of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent may amend, modify or supplement any Loan Document without the consent of any Lender or the Required Lenders in order to correct or cure any ambiguity, inconsistency or defect or correct any typographical or ministerial error in any Loan Document (provided that any such amendment, modification or supplement shall not be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole), and (b) without the consent of any Lender or the Borrower, within a reasonable time after (i) the effective date of any increase or addition to, extension of or decrease from, the Revolving Credit Commitments, or (ii) any assignment by any Lender of some or all of its Revolving Credit Commitments, the Administrative Agent shall, and is hereby authorized to, revise Schedule 1.1(B) to reflect such change, whereupon such revised Schedule 1.1(B) shall replace the old Schedule 1.1(B) and become part of this Agreement.
12.2No Implied Waivers; Cumulative Remedies. No course of dealing and no delay or failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power, remedy or privilege under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall affect any other or future exercise thereof or operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof or of any other right, power, remedy or privilege. The enumeration of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders specified in this Agreement is not intended to be exhaustive and the exercise by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of any right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies, all of which shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or that may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity or by suit or otherwise. No reasonable delay or failure to take action on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege or shall be construed to be a waiver of any Event of Default.
12.3Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.
(a)Costs and Expenses. The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, shall pay (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (including the actual, documented and reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel for the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, as a whole, and, if deemed reasonably necessary by the Administrative Agent, of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and one specialty counsel in each relevant specialty (and, in the case of any actual or potential conflict of interest, one additional counsel for each group of similarly situated Persons subject to such conflict)), in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all actual, documented and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Issuing Lenders in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder, and (iii) all actual, documented and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender (including the actual, documented and reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender but limited to the actual, documented and reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel for such Persons, as a whole, and, if deemed reasonably necessary by such Persons, of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and one specialty counsel in each relevant specialty (and, in the case of any actual or potential conflict of interest, one additional counsel for each group of similarly situated Persons subject to such conflict)), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such actual, documented and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.
(b)Indemnification by the Borrower. The Loan Parties, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (and any sub-agent thereof), the Arrangers, each Lender and each Issuing Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from (and shall reimburse each Indemnitee as the same are incurred), any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the actual, documented and reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee but limited to the all actual, documented and reasonable out-of-pocket fees, charges and disbursements of one primary counsel for the Indemnitees, as a whole, and, if deemed reasonably necessary by the Indemnitees, of one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction and one specialty counsel in each relevant specialty (and, in the case of any actual or potential conflict of interest, one additional counsel for each group of similarly situated Indemnitees subject to such conflict)), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any Person (including the Borrower or any other Loan Party, or any affiliate of any such party) other than such Indemnitee and its Related Parties arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by an Issuing Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party or any affiliate of any such party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for material breach of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and non-appealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) result from a dispute solely between Indemnitees and not (1) involving any action or inaction by any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates or (2) relating to any action of such Indemnitee in its capacity as Administrative Agent, an Issuing Lender or Swingline Loan Lender. This Section 12.3(b) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, etc. arising from any non-Tax claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall not be liable for any settlement of any suit, claim, litigation, investigation or other proceeding effected without its prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
(c)Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), an Issuing Lender, the Swingline Loan Lender or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such Issuing Lender, such Swingline Loan Lender or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based on each Lender’s Ratable Share at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that with respect to such unpaid amounts owed to an Issuing Lender or the Swingline Loan Lender solely in its capacity as such, only the Lenders with Revolving Credit Commitments shall be required to pay such unpaid amounts, such payment to be made severally among them based on such Lenders’ Ratable Share of the Revolving Credit Facility (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) provided, further, that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such Issuing Lender or the Swingline Loan Lender in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent), such Issuing Lender or the Swingline Loan Lender in connection with such capacity. The obligations of the Lenders under this paragraph (b) are subject to the provisions of Section 2.2.
(d)Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each party hereto shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any other party to this Agreement, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that the foregoing shall not limit the Loan Parties’ indemnification obligations set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents to the extent that such special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages are included in any claim by an unaffiliated third party in connection with which such Indemnitee is otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder. No Indemnitee referred to in Section 12.3(a) shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except to the extent such liability or damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.
(e)Payments. All amounts due under this Section 12.3 shall be payable not later than ten (10) days after written request together with customary backup documentation in reasonable detail.
(f)Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 12.3 shall survive the termination of the Loan Documents and payment of the obligations hereunder.
12.4Holidays. Whenever payment of a Loan to be made or taken hereunder shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day such payment shall be due on the next Business Day (except as provided in Section 4.2) and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest and fees, except that the Loans shall be due on the Business Day preceding the Expiration Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable, if the Expiration Date or Term Loan Maturity Date, respectively, is not a Business Day. Whenever any payment or action to be made or taken hereunder (other than payment of the Loans) shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment or action shall be made or taken on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall not be included in computing interest or fees, if any, in connection with such payment or action.
12.5Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communication
(a)Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in paragraph (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as follows:
(i) if to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, to it at the address set forth on Schedule 1.1(B);
(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to PNC Bank, National Association at the address set forth on Schedule 1.1(B);
(iii) if to PNC Bank, National Association in its capacity as Issuing Lender, to it at to it at the address set forth on Schedule 1.1(B); and
(iv) if to a Lender, or Issuing Lender other than PNC Bank, National Association, to it at its address (or facsimile number) specified in its
Administrative Questionnaire (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designed by a Lender on its Administrative Questionnaire then in effect for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Borrower).
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).
Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities Laws.
(b)Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or Issuing Lender pursuant to Article 2 or Article 3 if such Lender or Issuing Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such notice, email or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.
(c)Change of Address, etc. Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.
(d)Platform.
(i) Each Loan Party agrees that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Issuing Lenders and the other Lenders by posting the Communications on the Platform.
(ii) The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to the Borrower or the other Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Borrower’s, any Loan Party’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform, except to the extent such liability or damages are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Agent Party. “Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender by means of electronic communications pursuant to this Section, including through the Platform.
12.6Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be severable. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions hereof in any jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders or the Swingline Loan Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.
12.7Duration; Survival. All representations and warranties of the Loan Parties contained herein or made in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the completion of the transactions hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect until the Facility Termination Date. All covenants and agreements of the Borrower contained herein relating to the payment of principal, interest, premiums, additional compensation or expenses and indemnification, including those specified in the Notes, Section 5 and Section 12.3, shall survive the Facility Termination Date. All other covenants and agreements of the Loan Parties shall continue in full force and effect from and after the Closing Date and until the Facility Termination Date.
12.8Successors and Assigns.
(a)Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder (including, in each case, by way of an LLC Division) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of paragraph (e) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in paragraph (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (in each case with respect to any Facility) any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i)Minimum Amounts.
(1)in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it (in each case with respect to any Facility) or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds (determined after giving effect to such assignments) that equal at least the amount specified in paragraph (b)(i)(2) of this Section in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(2)in any case not described in clause (i)(1) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption Agreement with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Commitment of the assigning Lender, or $5,000,000, in the case of the Term Loan of such assigning Lender, unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(ii)Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment assigned.
(iii)Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by paragraph (b)(i)(2) of this Section and, in addition:
(1)the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(k) has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within ten (10) Business Days after having received notice thereof;
(2)the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (i) the Revolving Credit Facility or any unfunded Commitments with respect to the Term Loan Facility if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Commitment in respect of such Facility, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender, or (ii) any Term Loans to a Person who is not a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and
(3)the consent of each Issuing Lender and Swingline Loan Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility.
(iv)Assignment and Assumption Agreement. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption Agreement, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v)No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute a Defaulting Lender or a Subsidiary thereof.
(vi)No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person (or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person).
(vii)Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto specified herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Lender, the Swingline Loan Lender and each other Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon), and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance with its Ratable Share.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
(viii)Effectiveness; Release. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (c), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption Agreement, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption Agreement covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.4, 5.8, and 12.3 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Section.
(c)Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania a copy of each Assignment and Assumption Agreement delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural Person, or a holding company, investment vehicle or trust for, or owned and operated for the primary benefit of, a natural Person, or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 12.3 with respect to any payments made by such Lender to its Participant(s).
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree (other than as is already provided for herein) to any amendment, modification or waiver with respect to Sections 12.1(a), 12.1(b), or 12.1(c) that affects such Participant.
The Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.4, 5.8, 5.9 and 5.10 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 5.9(g) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 5.9(g) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 5.13 as if it were an assignee under to paragraph (b) of this Section 12.8; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 5.8 or 5.9, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 5.13 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.2(b) as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 5.5 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
(e)Certain Pledges; Successors and Assigns Generally. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(f)Cashless Settlement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may exchange, continue or rollover all or a portion of its Loans in connection with any refinancing, extension, loan modification or similar transaction permitted by the terms of this Agreement, pursuant to a cashless settlement mechanism approved by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Lender.
(g)Arrangers/Bookrunners. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the name of any arranger and/or bookrunner listed on the cover page of this Agreement may be changed by the Administrative Agent to the name of any Lender or Lender’s broker-dealer Affiliate, upon written request to the Administrative Agent by any such arranger and/or bookrunner and the applicable Lender or Lender’s broker-deal Affiliate.
12.9Confidentiality.
(a)General. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Lenders agree to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential and any failure of such Persons within the control of the Administrative Agent, the relevant Issuing Lender or the relevant Lender, as applicable, to comply with this Section 12.9 shall constitute a breach of this Section 12.9 by the Administrative Agent, the relevant Issuing Lender or the relevant Lender, as applicable); (b) to the extent (i) required or requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over such Person or its Related Parties (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) or (ii) required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process or in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder; provided that (x) solely to the extent permitted by Law and other than in connection with routine audits and reviews by regulatory and self-regulatory authorities, each Lender, Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower as promptly as practicable of any such requested or required disclosure in connection with any legal or regulatory proceeding and (y) in the case of preceding clause (ii) only, each Lender, Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that such Information is kept confidential in connection with the exercise of such remedies, and, provided further, that in no event shall any Lender, Issuing Lender or the Administrative Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by (or on behalf of) the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower; (c) to any other party hereto; (d) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) any actual or prospective party (or its Related Parties) to any swap, derivative or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder to (x) any rating agency in connection with rating the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or the Facilities or (y) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities; (e) with the consent of the Borrower; or (f) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower. In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Commitments.
(b)For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
(c)Sharing Information With Affiliates of the Lenders. Each Loan Party acknowledges that from time to time financial advisory, investment banking and other services may be offered or provided to the Borrower or one or more of its Affiliates (in connection with this Agreement or otherwise) by any Lender or by one or more Subsidiaries or Affiliates of such Lender and each of the Loan Parties hereby authorizes each Lender to share any information delivered to such Lender by such Loan Party and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement with any such Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Lender subject to the provisions of Section 12.9(a).
12.10Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution.
(a)Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent, constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof, including any prior confidentiality agreements and commitments. Except as provided in Article 7, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or e-mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
(b)Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state Laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
12.11CHOICE OF LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; WAIVER OF VENUE; SERVICE OF PROCESS; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.
(a)Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any claims, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except, as to any other Loan Document, as expressly specified therein) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Law of the State of New York. Each Standby Letter of Credit issued under this Agreement shall be subject, as applicable, to the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce (the “ICC”) at the time of issuance (“UCP”) or the rules of the International Standby Practices (ICC Publication Number 590) (“ISP98”), as determined by the applicable Issuing Lender.
The Borrower and each other Loan Party irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Lender, or any Related Party of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against the Borrower or any other Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(b)Waiver of Venue. The Borrower and each other Loan Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (a) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(c)Service of Process. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in writing and delivered by hand or overnight courier or mailed by certified or registered mail, in each case, in the manner provided for notices in Section 12.5(a). Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable Law.
(d)WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
12.12Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a)the application of any Write-down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and
(i)the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:
(ii)a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;
(iii)a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or
(b)the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.
12.13USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.
12.14Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Foreign Currency Hedges, Interest Rate Hedges or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each such QFC a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the Laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
(a)In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the Laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the Laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
(b)As used in this Section 12.14, the following terms have the following meanings:
“BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
“Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b), (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
[Signature Pages Follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their officers thereunto duly authorized, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
BORROWER: AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
Name: |
Edward H. Codispoti |
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
GUARANTOR: AMERICAN PUBLIC UNIVERSITY SYSTEM, INC.,
a West Virginia corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
Name: |
Edward H. Codispoti |
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
AND LENDERS: PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent, an Issuing Lender, Swingline Loan Lender, and a Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Alexandre Terzi |
Name: |
Alexandre Terzi |
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT
M&T BANK,
as Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Elena Sheppard |
Name: |
Elena Sheppard |
Title: |
Vice President |
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT
FIRST HORIZON BANK,
as Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Terence J. Dolch |
Name: |
Terence J. Dolch |
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT
FIFTH THIRD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Daniel Gilkey |
Name: |
Daniel Gilkey |
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT
AMERANT BANK, N.A.,
as Lender
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Ana Lorenzo |
Name: |
Ana Lorenzo |
Title: |
SVP, Corporate Relationship Manager IV |
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Schedule 1.1(B)
COMMITMENTS OF LENDERS AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
Commitments of Lenders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lender |
Amount of Commitment for Revolving Credit Loans |
Amount of Commitment for Term Loans |
Total Amount of Commitments |
Amount ($) |
Percentage (%) |
Amount ($) |
Percentage (%) |
Amount ($) |
Percentage (%) |
PNC Bank, National Association |
$12,307,692.31 |
30.769230775% |
$27,692,307.69 |
30.769230767% |
$40,000,000.00 |
30.769230769% |
M&T Bank |
$9,230,769.23 |
23.076923075% |
$20,769,230.77 |
23.076923078% |
$30,000,000.00 |
23.076923077% |
First Horizon Bank |
$6,923,076.92 |
17.307692300% |
$15,576,923.08 |
17.307692311% |
$22,500,000.00 |
17.307692308% |
Fifth Third Bank, National Association |
$6,923,076.92 |
17.307692300% |
$15,576,923.08 |
17.307692311% |
$22,500,000.00 |
17.307692308% |
Amerant Bank, N.A. |
$4,615,384.62 |
11.538461550% |
$10,384,615.38 |
11.538461533% |
$15,000,000.00 |
11.538461538% |
Total |
$40,000,000.00 |
100.000000000% |
$90,000,000.00 |
100.000000000% |
$130,000,000.00 |
100.000000000% |
Addresses for Notices
[Intentionally Omitted]
EX-10.20
3
securityandpledgeagreement.htm
EX-10.20
Document
Exhibit 10.20
Execution Version
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
THIS SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of March 9, 2026 among the parties identified as “Obligors” on the signature pages hereto and such other parties that may become Obligors hereunder after the date hereof (each individually an “Obligor” and collectively the “Obligors”), and PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, in its capacity as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for the holders of the Obligations.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as amended, modified, supplemented, increased, extended, restated, refinanced and replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among American Public Education, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as the Administrative Agent, Swingline Loan Lender and an Issuing Lender, the Lenders have agreed to make Loans and each Issuing Lender has agreed to issue Letters of Credit upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Definitions.
(a) Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect from time to time in the State of New York except as such terms may be used in connection with the perfection of the Collateral and then the applicable jurisdiction with respect to such affected Collateral shall apply (the “UCC”): Accession, Account, Adverse Claim, As-Extracted Collateral, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claim, Consumer Goods, Deposit Account, Document, Electronic Chattel Paper, Equipment, Farm Products, Financial Asset, Fixtures, General Intangible, Goods, Instrument, Inventory, Investment Company Security, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Right, Manufactured Home, Money, Payment Intangibles, Proceeds, Securities Account, Securities Intermediary, Security Entitlement, Security, Software, Supporting Obligation and Tangible Chattel Paper.
(b) In addition, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
“Collateral” has the meaning provided in Section 2 hereof.
“Copyright License” means any written agreement, naming any Obligor as licensor, granting any right under any Copyright.
“Copyrights” means (a) all registered United States copyrights in all Works, now existing or hereafter created or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including, without limitation, registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office, and (b) all renewals thereof.
“Excluded Control Accounts” means any deposit account, securities account or commodity account (a) which is an Excluded Account and (b) other accounts with a balance not in excess of (x) $5,000,000 on an individual basis and (y) $25,000,000 on an aggregate basis.
“Excluded Equity Interests” means (a) voting Equity Interests constituting an amount greater than 65% of the total voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or Foreign Holding Company that is owned directly by a Loan Party, (b) Equity Interests of any Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Immaterial Domestic Subsidiary that is a Loan Party) to the extent that a security interest therein cannot be perfected by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement, (c) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is a captive insurance company or not-for-profit Subsidiary, (d) Equity Interests of any Subsidiary acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment the pledge of which is restricted pursuant to Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1 of the Credit Agreement and (e) Equity Interests in any Person (other than a Loan Party or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) to the extent (but only for so long as) the pledge thereof to the Administrative Agent is not permitted by the terms of such Person’s organizational or joint venture documents or would require the consent of one or more third parties (other than a Loan Party or a Subsidiary thereof) that has not been obtained (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other Requirements of Law).
“Excluded Property” means (a) any owned or leased real property, (b) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable United States law; provided, that, upon submission and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of an amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1060(a) (or any successor provision), such intent-to-use trademark application shall no longer constitute “Excluded Property” and shall be considered Collateral, (c) any permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement if the grant of a security interest in such permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement in the manner contemplated by the Collateral Documents, under the terms thereof or under applicable Law, is prohibited or would result in the termination thereof or give the other parties thereto the right to terminate, accelerate or otherwise alter such Loan Party’s rights, titles and interests thereunder (including upon the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both); provided, that, (i) any such limitation described in this clause (c) on the security interests granted under the Collateral Documents shall only apply to the extent that any such prohibition is not rendered ineffective pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Law or principles of equity and (ii) in the event of the termination or elimination of any such prohibition or the requirement for any consent contained in any applicable Law, permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement, or upon the granting of any such consent, or waiving or terminating any requirement for such consent, a security interest in such permit, lease, license, contract or other agreement shall be automatically and simultaneously granted under the applicable Collateral Documents and such items shall be included as Collateral, (d) Excluded Accounts, (e) Receivables Assets sold in a Permitted Receivables Transaction, (f) motor vehicles, airplanes, vessels and other assets subject to certificates of title or ownership to the extent a Lien thereon cannot be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement, (g) [reserved] (h) Commercial Tort Claims with a value of less than $5,000,000, (i) any assets to the extent the creation or perfection of pledges thereof, or security interests therein, would reasonably be expected to result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (j) any asset subject to a Lien of the type permitted by Section 9.2(d) of the Credit Agreement or permitted by Section 9.2(l) of the Credit Agreement (to the extent such Lien is of the type permitted by Section 9.2(d) of the Credit Agreement) or a Lien permitted by Section 9.2(g) of the Credit Agreement, in each case if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Obligations constitutes a breach of or a default under, or creates a right of termination in favor of any party (other than any Loan Party or a Subsidiary thereof) to , any agreement pursuant to which such Lien has been created (but only to the extent any of the foregoing is not rendered ineffective by, or is otherwise unenforceable under, the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Law or principles of equity), other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code notwithstanding such prohibition, (k) any asset if, to the extent and for so long as the grant of a Lien thereon to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Law, rule or regulation, or agreements with any Official Body (other than to the extent that any such prohibition would be rendered ineffective pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Law) or which would require consent, approval, license or authorization from any Official Body or regulatory authority, unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received, (l) margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time) and (m) Excluded Equity Interests.
“Patent License” means any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to an Obligor of any right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered by a Patent.
“Patents” means (a) all letters patent of the United States or any other country and all reissues and extensions thereof, and (b) all applications for letters patent of the United States or any other country and all divisions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof.
“Permitted Liens” means Liens permitted by Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement.
“Pledged Equity” means, with respect to each Obligor, (a) one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in each Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary under clause (a) of the definition thereof) that is directly owned by such Obligor and (b) sixty-five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding voting Equity Interests (and one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding non-voting Equity Interests) of each First Tier Foreign Subsidiary and each Foreign Holding Company, in each case that is directly owned by such Obligor, including the Equity Interests in the Subsidiaries owned by such Obligor as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, in each case together with the certificates (or other agreements or instruments), if any, representing such Equity Interests, and all options and other rights, contractual or otherwise, with respect thereto, including, but not limited to, the following:
(i) all Equity Interests representing a dividend thereon, or representing a distribution or return of capital upon or in respect thereof, or resulting from a stock split, revision, reclassification or other exchange therefor, and any subscriptions, warrants, rights or options issued to the holder thereof, or otherwise in respect thereof; and (ii) in the event of any consolidation or merger involving the issuer thereof and in which such issuer is not the surviving Person, all shares of each class of the Equity Interests of the successor Person formed by or resulting from such consolidation or merger, to the extent that such successor Person is a direct Subsidiary of an Obligor, subject to the limitations with respect to Equity Interests of a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary set forth above;
provided that the Pledged Equity shall not include any Excluded Equity.
“Quarterly Reporting Date” means each date that a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.12(c) of the Credit Agreement.
“Securities Act of 1933” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. §–77a et seq.), as amended and in effect from time to time, and any successor statute(s), together with any rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or in connection therewith, any rulings or orders issued by any applicable Official Body thereunder or in connection therewith, or the application or official interpretation of any of the foregoing.
“Trademark License” means any agreement, written or oral, providing for the grant by or to an Obligor of any right to use any Trademark.
“Trademarks” means (a) all trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, and the goodwill associated therewith, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any state thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise and (b) all renewals thereof.
“Work” means any work that is subject to copyright protection pursuant to Title 17 of the United States Code.
2. Grant of Security Interest in the Collateral. To secure the prompt payment and performance in full when due, whether by lapse of time, acceleration, mandatory prepayment or otherwise, of the Obligations, each Obligor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and a right to set off against, any and all right, title and interest of such Obligor in and to all of the following, whether now owned or existing or owned, acquired, or arising hereafter (collectively, the “Collateral”): (a) all Accounts; (b) all Chattel Paper; (c) those certain Commercial Tort Claims set forth on Schedule 2 hereto; (d) all Copyrights; (e) all Copyright Licenses; (f) all Deposit Accounts; (g) all Documents; (h) all Equipment; (i) all Fixtures; (j) all General Intangibles; (k) all Goods; (l) all Instruments; (m) all Inventory; (n) all Investment Property; (o) all Letter-of-Credit Rights; (p) all Money; (q) all Patents; (r) all Patent Licenses; (s) all Payment Intangibles; (t) all Pledged Equity; (u) all Software; (v) all Supporting Obligations; (w) all Trademarks; (x) all Trademark Licenses; (y) all books and records related to any of the foregoing; and (z) all Accessions and all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Collateral shall not include Excluded Property and (ii) the representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein shall not apply to any Excluded Property; provided, that if and when any property shall cease to be Excluded Property, such property shall be deemed at all times from and after
the date hereof to constitute Collateral until the date, if ever, such property again becomes Excluded Property.
The Obligors and the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Obligations, hereby acknowledge and agree that the security interest created hereby in the Collateral (i) constitutes continuing collateral security for all of the Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising and (ii) is not to be construed as an assignment of any Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks or Trademark Licenses.
3. Representations and Warranties. Each Obligor hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, that:
(a) Ownership. Each Obligor is the legal and beneficial owner of its Collateral or has other requisite rights in its Collateral and has the right to pledge, sell, assign or transfer the same. There exists no Adverse Claim with respect to the Pledged Equity of such Obligor.
(b) Security Interest/Priority. This Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the holders of the Obligations, in the Collateral of such Obligor and, when properly perfected by filing of a UCC-1 financing statement in the appropriate jurisdiction, shall constitute a valid and perfected, first priority security interest in such Collateral, to the extent that such security interest can be perfected by filing a financing statement under the UCC, free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. The taking of possession by the Administrative Agent of the certificated securities (if any) evidencing the Pledged Equity and all other Instruments constituting Collateral will perfect and establish the first priority of the Administrative Agent’s security interest in all the Pledged Equity evidenced by such certificated securities and such Instruments. With respect to any Collateral consisting of a Deposit Account, Security Entitlement or held in a Securities Account (other than Excluded Control Accounts), upon execution and delivery by the applicable Obligor, the applicable Securities Intermediary and the Administrative Agent of an agreement granting control to the Administrative Agent over such Collateral, the Administrative Agent shall have a valid and perfected, first priority security interest in such Collateral, subject to Permitted Liens.
(c) Types of Collateral. As of the date hereof, none of the Collateral consists of, or is the Proceeds of, As-Extracted Collateral, Consumer Goods, Farm Products, Manufactured Homes or standing timber.
(d) Accounts. To each Obligor’s knowledge (i) each Account of such Obligor and the papers and documents relating thereto are genuine and in all material respects what they purport to be, (ii) each Account arises out of (A) a bona fide sale of goods sold and delivered by such Obligor (or is in the process of being delivered) or (B) services therefore actually rendered by such Obligor to the account debtor named therein, (iii) no Account of an Obligor is evidenced by any Instrument or Chattel Paper required to be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) unless such Instrument or Chattel Paper has been endorsed over and delivered to, or submitted to the control of, the Administrative Agent, (iv) [reserved] and (v) except to the extent constituting an Account sold in a Permitted Receivables Transaction or where the assignment of any such right to payment is prohibited or limited by applicable law, regulations, administrative guidelines or contract, the right to receive payment under each Account is assignable.
(e) Equipment and Inventory. With respect to any Equipment and/or Inventory of an Obligor, each such Obligor has exclusive possession and control of such Equipment and Inventory of such Obligor except for (i) Equipment leased by such Obligor as a lessee, (ii) Equipment or Inventory in transit with common carriers, (iii) Equipment out for repair or servicing or absent for other bona fide business purposes or (iv) Equipment or Inventory in the possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee or any agent or processor of such Obligor to the extent such Obligor has complied with Section 4(c). No Inventory of an Obligor is held by a Person other than an Obligor pursuant to consignment, sale or return, sale on approval or similar arrangement.
(f) Authorization of Pledged Equity. All Pledged Equity is duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and, to the extent applicable, nonassessable and is not subject to the preemptive rights, warrants, options or other rights to purchase of any Person, or equityholder, voting trust or similar agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is convertible, into, or that requires the issuance and sale of, any of the Pledged Equity, except to the extent permitted under the Loan Documents.
(g) No Other Equity Interests, Instruments, Etc. As of the Closing Date, (i) no Obligor owns any certificated Equity Interests in any Subsidiary that are required to be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent hereunder other than as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, (ii) no Obligor holds any Instruments, Documents or Tangible Chattel Paper required to be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) of this Agreement other than as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto, and (iii) all such certificated Equity Interests will be delivered to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days following the Closing Date (or such longer period of time as the Administrative Agent may agree), and all such certificates, Instruments, Documents and Tangible Chattel Paper have been delivered to the Administrative Agent as required hereunder.
(h) Partnership and Limited Liability Company Interests. Except as noted on Schedule 1 hereto, as of the Closing Date none of the Collateral consisting of an interest in a partnership or a limited liability company (i) is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or in a securities market, (ii) by its terms expressly provides that it is a Security governed by Article 8 of the UCC, (iii) is an Investment Company Security, (iv) is held in a Securities Account or (v) constitutes a Security or a Financial Asset.
(i) Consents; Etc. There are no restrictions in any certificate of incorporation (including any provisions or resolutions relating to Equity Interests), by-laws, certificate of limited partnership, partnership agreement, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents or agreement among shareholders, owners, or other Persons governing any Pledged Equity or any other document related thereto which would limit or restrict (i) the grant of a Lien pursuant to this Agreement on such Pledged Equity, (ii) the perfection of such Lien or (iii) the exercise of remedies in respect of such perfected Lien in the Pledged Equity as contemplated by this Agreement. Except for (i) the filing or recording of UCC financing statements, (ii) the filing of appropriate notices with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (iii) obtaining control to perfect the Liens in the Collateral created by this Agreement (to the extent required under Section 4(a) hereof), (iv) such actions as may be required by applicable Laws affecting the offering and sale of securities, (v) such actions as may be required by foreign applicable Laws affecting the pledge of the Pledged Equity of Foreign Subsidiaries and (vi) consents, authorizations, filings or other actions which have been obtained or made, no consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act by or in respect of, any arbitrator or Official Body and no consent of any other Person (including, without limitation, any stockholder, member or creditor of such Obligor), is required for (A) the grant by such Obligor of the security interest in the Collateral granted hereby or for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by such Obligor, (B) the perfection of such security interest (to the extent such security interest can be perfected by filing under the UCC, the granting of control (to the extent required under Section 4(a) hereof) or by filing an appropriate notice with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office) or (C) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations of the rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement.
(j) Commercial Tort Claims. As of the Closing Date, no Obligor has any Commercial Tort Claims seeking damages in excess of $5,000,000 other than as set forth on Schedule 2 hereto.
(k) Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks.
(i) Schedule 3(k) hereto includes all registrations or applications for Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks and all material Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses owned by such Obligor in its own name, or to which any Obligor is a party, as of the date hereof.
(ii) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, all registrations or letters pertaining to Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks have been duly and properly filed, and to any Obligor’s knowledge, each Copyright, Patent and Trademark of such Obligor is valid, subsisting, unexpired, enforceable and has not been abandoned.
(iii) Except as set forth on Schedule 3(k) hereto, none of the Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement as of the date hereof.
(iv) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, to such Obligor’s knowledge, no holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Official Body that would limit, cancel or question the validity of any Copyright, Patent or Trademark.
(v) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, no action or proceeding is pending (A) seeking to limit, cancel or question the validity of any Copyright, Patent or Trademark of any Obligor, or (B) that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to adversely affect any Copyright, Patent or Trademark of any Obligor.
(vi) Except for Permitted Liens and restrictions prohibiting the security interest hereunder contained in any agreement, instrument, deed or lease permitted by Section 9.16 of the Credit Agreement, no Obligor has made any assignment or agreement in conflict, in any material respect, with the security interest in the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks of any Obligor hereunder.
(l) Accounts. Schedule 3(l) identifies each Deposit Account and Securities Account of each Obligor on the date hereof, together with an indication of whether such account is an Excluded Control Account (and if so, which type of Excluded Control Account).
4. Covenants. Each Obligor covenants that until the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date, such Obligor shall:
(a) Instruments/Chattel Paper/Pledged Equity/Control.
(i) If any amount in excess of $1,500,000 in any individual instance, or in excess of $3,000,000 in the aggregate, payable under, or in connection with, any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by any Instrument or Tangible Chattel Paper, or if any property constituting Collateral with a value in excess of $1,500,000 in any individual instance, or in excess of $3,000,000 in the aggregate, shall be stored or shipped subject to a Document, ensure that such Instrument, Tangible Chattel Paper or Document is either in the possession of such Obligor at all times or, if requested by the Administrative Agent to perfect its security interest in such Collateral, is delivered to the Administrative Agent duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Such Obligor shall ensure that any Collateral consisting of Tangible Chattel Paper with a value in excess of the foregoing threshold is marked with a legend reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent indicating the Administrative Agent’s security interest in such Tangible Chattel Paper.
(ii) Deliver to the Administrative Agent, promptly upon the receipt thereof by or on behalf of an Obligor, all certificates and instruments constituting Pledged Equity. Prior to delivery to the Administrative Agent, all such certificates constituting Pledged Equity shall be held in trust by such Obligor for the benefit of the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto. All such certificates representing Pledged Equity shall be delivered in suitable form for transfer by delivery or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank, substantially in the form provided in Exhibit 4(a) hereto.
(iii) Execute and deliver all agreements, assignments, instruments or other documents (A) as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of obtaining and maintaining control with respect to any Collateral consisting of (1) Investment Property (other than Excluded Control Accounts), (2) Letter-of-Credit Rights and (3) Electronic Chattel Paper, in each case, with a value in excess of $1,500,000 individually and $3,000,000 in the aggregate, and (B) to the extent required by Section 8.10 of the Credit Agreement with respect to Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts (other than Excluded Control Accounts).
(b) Filing of Financing Statements, Notices, etc. Execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such agreements, assignments or instruments (including affidavits, notices, reaffirmations and amendments and restatements of existing documents, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request) and do all such other things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate subject to the limitations otherwise set forth herein (i) to assure to the Administrative Agent its security interests hereunder, including (A) such instruments as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to perfect and maintain the security interests granted hereunder in accordance with the UCC, (B) with regard to Copyrights, a Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Copyrights for filing with the United States Copyright Office in the form of Exhibit 4(b)(i), (C) with regard to Patents, a Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Patents for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office in the form of Exhibit 4(b)(ii) hereto and (D) with regard to Trademarks, a Notice of Grant of Security Interest in Trademarks for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office in the form of Exhibit 4(b)(iii) hereto, (ii) to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iii) to otherwise protect and assure the Administrative Agent of its rights and interests hereunder. Furthermore, each Obligor also hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent, its nominee or any other person whom the Administrative Agent may designate, as such Obligor’s attorney in fact with full power and for the limited purpose to sign in the name of such Obligor any financing statements, or amendments and supplements to financing statements, renewal financing statements, notices or any similar documents which in the Administrative Agent’s reasonable discretion would be necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain perfection of the security interests granted hereunder, such power, being coupled with an interest, being and remaining irrevocable until the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date. Each Obligor hereby agrees that any such financing statement is sufficient for filing as a financing statement by the Administrative Agent without notice thereof to such Obligor wherever the Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion desire to file the same.
(c) Collateral Held by Warehouseman, Bailee, etc. If any Collateral with a value in excess of $5,000,000 is at any time in the possession or control of a warehouseman, bailee or any agent or processor of such Obligor (x) promptly (but in any event, no later than the next Quarterly Reporting Date) notify the Administrative Agent of such possession or control and (y) if the Administrative Agent so requests (i) notify such Person in writing of the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, (ii) instruct such Person to hold all such Collateral for the Administrative Agent’s account and subject to the Administrative Agent’s instructions and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a written acknowledgment from such Person that it is holding such Collateral for the benefit of the Administrative Agent.
(d) Commercial Tort Claims. (i) Promptly, but in any event no later than the next Quarterly Reporting Date, forward to the Administrative Agent an updated Schedule 2 listing any and all Commercial Tort Claims by or in favor of such Obligor seeking damages in excess of $5,000,000 and (ii) execute and deliver such statements, documents and notices and do and cause to be done all such things as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, or required by Law to create, preserve, perfect and maintain the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any such Commercial Tort Claims initiated by or in favor of any Obligor.
(e) [Reserved].
(f) [Reserved].
(g) Issuance or Acquisition of Equity Interests in Partnership or Limited Liability Company. Not without executing and delivering, or causing to be executed and delivered, to the Administrative Agent such agreements, documents and instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require (or as required under the Credit Agreement) promptly, but in any event no later than the next Quarterly Reporting Date following the issuance or acquisition thereof, issue or acquire any Pledged Equity consisting of an interest in a partnership or a limited liability company that (i) is dealt in or traded on a securities exchange or in a securities market, (ii) by its terms expressly provides that it is a Security governed by Article 8 of the UCC, (iii) is an Investment Company Security, (iv) is held in a Securities Account or (v) constitutes a Security or a Financial Asset.
(h) Intellectual Property.
(i) (A) Except to the extent a failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, take all necessary steps as it shall deem appropriate under the circumstances, to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) of each material Copyright owned by an Obligor and to maintain each registration of each material Copyright owned by an Obligor including, without limitation, filing of applications for renewal where necessary; and (B) promptly (but in any event, no later than the next Quarterly Reporting Date) notify the Administrative Agent of any material infringement of any material Copyright of an Obligor of which it becomes aware and take such actions as it shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Copyright, including, where appropriate, the bringing of suit for infringement, seeking injunctive relief and seeking to recover any and all damages for such infringement.
(ii) Not make any assignment or agreement in conflict with the security interest in the Copyrights of each Obligor hereunder (except as permitted by the Credit Agreement).
(iii) Except to the extent a failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, take all reasonable and necessary steps, including, without limitation, in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of each material Patent and Trademark, including, without limitation, filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability.
5. Authorization to File Financing Statements. Each Obligor hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to prepare and file such financing statements (including continuation statements) or amendments thereof or supplements thereto or other instruments as the Administrative Agent may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate in order to perfect and maintain the security interests granted hereunder in accordance with the UCC (including authorization to describe the Collateral as “all personal property”, “all assets” or words of similar meaning).
6. Advances. On failure of any Obligor to perform any of the covenants and agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, upon prior written notice (which may be concurrent), perform the same and in so doing may expend such sums as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem advisable in the performance thereof, including, without limitation, (a) the payment of any insurance premiums, (b) the payment of any taxes, (c) a payment to obtain a release of a Lien or potential Lien, (d) expenditures made in defending against any adverse claim, (e) the payment of rent for any leased location of an Obligor and (f) all other expenditures which the Administrative Agent may make for the protection of the security hereof or which may be compelled to make by operation of Law. All such sums and amounts so expended shall be repayable by the Obligors on a joint and several basis promptly upon timely notice thereof and demand therefor, shall constitute additional Obligations and shall bear interest from the date said amounts are expended at the rate set forth in Section 4.3 of the Credit Agreement. No such performance of any covenant or agreement by the Administrative Agent on behalf of any Obligor, and no such advance or expenditure therefor, shall relieve the Obligors of any Potential Default or Event of Default. The Administrative Agent may make any payment hereby authorized in accordance with any bill, statement or estimate procured from the appropriate public office or holder of the claim to be discharged without inquiry into the accuracy of such bill, statement or estimate or into the validity of any tax assessment, sale, forfeiture, tax lien, title or claim except to the extent such payment is being contested in good faith by an Obligor in appropriate proceedings and against which adequate reserves are being maintained in accordance with GAAP.
7. Remedies.
(a) General Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during continuance thereof, the Administrative Agent shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies provided herein, in the Loan Documents, in any other documents relating to the Obligations, or by Law (including, but not limited to, levy of attachment, garnishment and the rights and remedies set forth in the UCC of the jurisdiction applicable to the affected Collateral), the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (regardless of whether the UCC is the law of the jurisdiction where the rights and remedies are asserted and regardless of whether the UCC applies to the affected Collateral), and further, the Administrative Agent may, with or without judicial process or the aid and assistance of others, (i) enter on any premises on which any of the Collateral may be located and, without resistance or interference by the Obligors, take possession of the Collateral, (ii) dispose of any Collateral on any such premises, (iii) require the Obligors to assemble and make available to the Administrative Agent at the expense of the Obligors any Collateral at any place and time designated by the Administrative Agent which is reasonably convenient to both parties, (iv) remove any Collateral from any such premises for the purpose of effecting sale or other disposition thereof, and/or (v) without demand and without advertisement, notice, hearing or process of law, all of which each of the Obligors hereby waives to the fullest extent permitted by Law, at any place and time or times, sell and deliver any or all Collateral held by or for it at public or private sale (which in the case of a private sale of Pledged Equity, shall be to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obligated to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof), at any exchange or broker’s board or elsewhere, by one or more contracts, in one or more parcels, for Money, upon credit or otherwise, at such prices and upon such terms as the Administrative Agent deems advisable, in its sole discretion (subject to any and all mandatory legal requirements). Each Obligor acknowledges that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable to the seller than the prices and other terms which might have been obtained at a public sale and, notwithstanding the foregoing, agrees that such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and, in the case of a sale of Pledged Equity, that the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to delay the sale of any such securities for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933. Neither the Administrative Agent’s compliance with applicable Law nor its disclaimer of warranties relating to the Collateral shall be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale. To the extent the rights of notice cannot be legally waived hereunder, each Obligor agrees that any requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if such notice, specifying the place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made, is personally served on or mailed, postage prepaid, to the Obligors in accordance with the notice provisions of Section 12.5 of the Credit Agreement at least ten (10) days before the time of sale or other event giving rise to the requirement of such notice. The Administrative Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Obligor further acknowledges and agrees that any offer to sell any Pledged Equity which has been (A) publicly advertised on a bona fide basis in a newspaper or other publication of general circulation in the financial community of New York, New York (to the extent that such offer may be advertised without prior registration under the Securities Act of 1933), or (B) made privately in the manner described above shall be deemed to involve a “public sale” under the UCC, notwithstanding that such sale may not constitute a “public offering” under the Securities Act of 1933, and the Administrative Agent may, in such event, bid for the purchase of such securities. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale or other disposition of the Collateral regardless of notice having been given. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, any holder of Obligations may be a purchaser at any such sale. To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each of the Obligors hereby waives all of its rights of redemption with respect to any such sale. Subject to the provisions of applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may postpone or cause the postponement of the sale of all or any portion of the Collateral by announcement at the time and place of such sale, and such sale may, without further notice, to the extent permitted by Law, be made at the time and place to which the sale was postponed, or the Administrative Agent may further postpone such sale by announcement made at such time and place.
(b) Remedies Relating to Accounts. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuance thereof, whether or not the Administrative Agent has exercised any or all of its rights and remedies hereunder, (i) each Obligor will promptly upon request of the Administrative Agent instruct all account debtors to remit all payments in respect of Accounts to a mailing location selected by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to enforce any Obligor’s rights against its customers and account debtors, and the Administrative Agent or its designee may notify any Obligor’s customers and account debtors that the Accounts of such Obligor have been assigned to the Administrative Agent or of the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and may (either in its own name or in the name of an Obligor or both) demand, collect (including without limitation by way of a lockbox arrangement), receive, take receipt for, sell, sue for, compound, settle, compromise and give acquittance for any and all amounts due or to become due on any Account, and, in the Administrative Agent’s discretion, file any claim or take any other action or proceeding to protect and realize upon the security interest of the holders of the Obligations in the Accounts. Each Obligor acknowledges and agrees that the Proceeds of its Accounts remitted to or on behalf of the Administrative Agent in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be solely for the Administrative Agent’s own convenience for application in accordance with Section 9 hereof and that such Obligor shall not have any right, title or interest in such Accounts or in any such other amounts except as expressly provided herein. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the holders of the Obligations shall have any liability or responsibility to any Obligor for acceptance of a check, draft or other order for payment of money bearing the legend “payment in full” or words of similar import or any other restrictive legend or endorsement or be responsible for determining the correctness of any remittance. Furthermore, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuance thereof, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make test verifications of the Accounts in any manner and through any medium that it reasonably considers advisable, and the Obligors shall furnish all such assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may require in connection with such test verifications, (ii) upon the Administrative Agent’s request and at the expense of the Obligors, the Obligors shall furnish to the Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Accounts and (iii) the Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of others may communicate with account debtors on the Accounts to verify with them to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Accounts.
(c) Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during continuance thereof, the Administrative Agent may (i) prevent withdrawals or other dispositions of funds in Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts (other than Excluded Accounts) maintained with the Administrative Agent and (ii) exercise control pursuant to any control agreement governing a Deposit Account or Securities Account (other than Excluded Accounts) not maintained with the Administrative Agent.
(d) Access. In addition to the rights and remedies hereunder, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuance thereof, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to enter and remain upon the various premises of the Obligors without cost or charge to the Administrative Agent, and use the same, together with materials, supplies, books and records of the Obligors for the purpose of collecting and liquidating the Collateral, or for preparing for sale and conducting the sale of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure, auction or otherwise. In addition, the Administrative Agent may remove Collateral, or any part thereof, from such premises and/or any records with respect thereto, in order to effectively collect or liquidate such Collateral.
(e) Nonexclusive Nature of Remedies. Failure by the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations to exercise any right, remedy or option under this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any other document relating to the Obligations, or as provided by Law, or any delay by the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations in exercising the same, shall not operate as a waiver of any such right, remedy or option. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless it is in writing, signed by the party against whom such waiver is sought to be enforced and then only to the extent specifically stated, which in the case of the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations shall only be granted as provided herein. To the extent permitted by Law, neither the Administrative Agent, the holders of the Obligations, nor any party acting as attorney for the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations, shall be liable hereunder for any acts or omissions or for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law other than their gross negligence or willful misconduct hereunder. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the holders of the Obligations under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy which the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations may have.
(f) Retention of Collateral. In addition to the rights and remedies hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in compliance with Sections 9-620 and 9-621 of the UCC or otherwise complying with the requirements of applicable Law of the relevant jurisdiction, accept or retain the Collateral in satisfaction of the Obligations. Unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have provided such notices, however, the Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have retained any Collateral in satisfaction of any Obligations for any reason.
(g) Deficiency; Surplus Proceeds; Avoidance Limitation. In the event that the proceeds of any sale, collection or realization are insufficient to pay all amounts to which the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations are legally entitled, the Obligors shall be jointly and severally liable for the deficiency, together with interest thereon at the rate set forth in Section 4.3 of the Credit Agreement, together with the costs of collection and the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel. Any surplus remaining after the full payment and satisfaction of the Obligations shall be returned to the Obligors or to whomsoever a court of competent jurisdiction shall determine to be entitled thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, in any other of the Loan Documents or in any other documents relating to the Obligations, the obligations of each Obligor under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable Debtor Relief Law (including any comparable provisions of any applicable state Law).
8. Rights of the Administrative Agent.
(a) Power of Attorney. In addition to other powers of attorney contained herein, each Obligor hereby designates and appoints the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the holders of the Obligations, and each of its designees or agents, as attorney-in-fact of such Obligor, irrevocably until the Facility Termination Date and with power of substitution, with authority to take any or all of the following actions upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(i) to demand, collect, settle, compromise, adjust, give discharges and releases, all as the Administrative Agent may reasonably determine;
(ii) to commence and prosecute any actions at any court for the purposes of collecting any Collateral and enforcing any other right in respect thereof;
(iii) to defend, settle or compromise any action brought and, in connection therewith, give such discharge or release as the Administrative Agent may deem reasonably appropriate;
(iv) to receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to an Obligor and endorse checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, money orders, bills of lading, warehouse receipts or other instruments or documents evidencing payment, shipment or storage of the goods giving rise to the Collateral of such Obligor on behalf of and in the name of such Obligor, or securing, or relating to such Collateral;
(v) to sell, assign, transfer, make any agreement in respect of, or otherwise deal with or exercise rights in respect of, any Collateral or the goods or services which have given rise thereto, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes;
(vi) to adjust and settle claims under any insurance policy relating thereto;
(vii) to execute and deliver all assignments, conveyances, statements, financing statements, renewal financing statements, security agreements, affidavits, notices and other agreements, instruments and documents that the Administrative Agent may determine necessary in order to perfect and maintain the security interests and liens in the Collateral granted in this Agreement and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated therein;
(viii) to institute any foreclosure proceedings with respect to the Collateral that the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate;
(ix) to sign and endorse any drafts, assignments, proxies, stock powers, verifications, notices and other documents relating to the Collateral;
(x) to exchange any of the Pledged Equity or other property upon any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof and, in connection therewith, deposit any of the Pledged Equity with any committee, depository, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem appropriate;
(xi) to vote for a shareholder resolution, or to sign an instrument in writing, sanctioning the transfer of any or all of the Pledged Equity into the name of the Administrative Agent or one or more of the holders of the Obligations or into the name of any transferee to whom the Pledged Equity or any part thereof may be sold pursuant to Section 7 hereof;
(xii) to pay or discharge taxes, liens, security interests or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;
(xiii) to direct any parties liable for any payment in connection with any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct;
(xiv) to receive payment of and receipt for any and all monies, claims, and other amounts due and to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; and
(xv) to do and perform all such other lawful acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem to be necessary, proper or convenient in connection with the Collateral.
This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until the occurrence of the Facility Termination Date. The Administrative Agent shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers, privileges and options expressly or implicitly granted to the Administrative Agent in this Agreement, and shall not be liable for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any act or omission or for any error of judgment or any mistake of fact or law in its individual capacity or its capacity as attorney-in-fact except acts or omissions resulting from its gross negligence or willful misconduct. This power of attorney is conferred on the Administrative Agent solely to protect, preserve and realize upon its security interest in the Collateral.
(b) Assignment by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may from time to time assign the Obligations to a successor Administrative Agent appointed in accordance with the Credit Agreement, and such successor shall be entitled to all of the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement in relation thereto.
(c) The Administrative Agent’s Duty of Care. Other than the exercise of reasonable care to assure the safe custody of the Collateral while being held by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or liability to preserve rights pertaining thereto, it being understood and agreed that the Obligors shall be responsible for preservation of all rights in the Collateral, and the Administrative Agent shall be relieved of all responsibility for the Collateral upon surrendering it or tendering the surrender of it to the Obligors. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property, which shall be no less than the treatment employed by a reasonable and prudent agent in the industry, it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall not have responsibility for taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any of the Collateral. In the event of a public or private sale of Collateral pursuant to Section 7 hereof, the Administrative Agent shall have no responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relating to any Collateral, whether or not the Administrative Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii) taking any steps to clean, repair or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale.
(d) Liability with Respect to Accounts. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each of the Obligors shall remain liable under each of the Accounts to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise to each such Account. Neither the Administrative Agent nor any holder of Obligations shall have any obligation or liability under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Administrative Agent or any holder of Obligations of any payment relating to such Account pursuant hereto, nor shall the Administrative Agent or any holder of Obligations be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of an Obligor under or pursuant to any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party under any Account (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.
(e) Voting and Payment Rights in Respect of the Pledged Equity.
(i) So long as no Event of Default shall exist (and, if an Event of Default shall exist, until the Borrower has received written notice from the Administrative Agent described in clause (ii) below), each Obligor may (A) exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights pertaining to the Pledged Equity of such Obligor or any part thereof for any purpose not inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement and (B) receive and retain any and all dividends (other than stock distributions and dividends and other dividends constituting Collateral which are addressed hereinabove), principal or interest paid in respect of the Pledged Equity to the extent they are allowed under the Credit Agreement; and
(ii) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and during the continuance thereof, upon the delivery of written notice (which may be concurrent) from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, (A) all rights of an Obligor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to clause (i)(A) above shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent which shall then have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights (but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to exercise any such voting or other consensual right and the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall not be liable for any failure to do so or delay in doing so), (B) all rights of an Obligor to receive the dividends, principal and interest payments which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to clause (i)(B) above shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon be vested in the Administrative Agent which shall then have the sole right to receive and hold as Collateral such dividends, principal and interest payments, and (C) all dividends, principal and interest payments which are received by an Obligor contrary to the provisions of clause (ii)(B) above shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the other holders of the Obligations, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Obligor, and shall be forthwith paid over to the Administrative Agent as Collateral in the exact form received, to be held by the Administrative Agent as Collateral and as further collateral security for the Obligations.
(f) Releases of Collateral. Without limiting the collateral release obligations set forth in Section 11.11 of the Credit Agreement, (i) if any Collateral (including without limitation, any Pledged Equity) shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Obligor in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement, then the Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Obligor, shall promptly execute and deliver to such Obligor all releases and other documents, and take such other action, reasonably requested for the release of the Liens created hereby or by any other Collateral Document on such Collateral. (ii) The Administrative Agent may release any of the Pledged Equity from this Agreement or may substitute any of the Pledged Equity for other Pledged Equity without altering, varying or diminishing in any way the force, effect, Lien, pledge or security interest of this Agreement as to any Pledged Equity not expressly released or substituted, and this Agreement shall continue as a first priority Lien on all Pledged Equity not expressly released or substituted.
9. Application of Proceeds. Upon the acceleration of the Obligations pursuant to Section 10.2 of the Credit Agreement, any payments in respect of the Obligations and any proceeds of the Collateral, when received by the Administrative Agent or any holder of the Obligations in Money or its equivalent, will be applied in reduction of the Obligations in the order set forth in Section 10.3 of the Credit Agreement.
10. Termination; Continuing Agreement.
(a) This Agreement shall remain in full force and effect until the Facility Termination Date, at which time this Agreement and the Liens and security interests granted herein shall be automatically terminated and the Administrative Agent shall, upon the request and at the expense of the Obligors, forthwith provide evidence of the release of all of its Liens and security interests hereunder and shall execute and deliver all UCC termination statements and/or other documents reasonably requested by the Obligors evidencing such termination.
(b) Notwithstanding the forgoing clause (a), this Agreement shall continue to be effective or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, in whole or in part, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any holder of the Obligations as a preference, fraudulent conveyance or otherwise under any Debtor Relief Law, all as though such payment had not been made; provided that in the event payment of all or any part of the Obligations is rescinded or must be restored or returned, all reasonable costs and expenses (including without limitation any reasonable legal fees, charges and disbursements) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any holder of the Obligations in defending and/or enforcing such reinstatement shall be deemed to be included as a part of the Obligations.
11. Amendments; Waivers; Modifications, Etc. This Agreement and the provisions hereof may not be amended, waived, modified, changed, discharged or terminated except as set forth in Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any update or revision to Schedule 2 hereof delivered by any Obligor (including pursuant to any Guaranty Joinder Agreement delivered in accordance with Section 20 hereof) shall not constitute an amendment for purposes of this Section 11 or Section 12.1 of the Credit Agreement.
12. Successors in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon each Obligor, its successors and assigns and shall inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the holders of the Obligations hereunder, to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the holders of the Obligations and their successors and permitted assigns.
13. Notices. All notices required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in conformance with Section 12.5 of the Credit Agreement.
14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one such counterpart. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or e-mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
15. Headings. The headings of the sections hereof are provided for convenience only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
16. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Venue; Service of Process; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. The terms of Section 12.11 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission to jurisdiction, waiver of venue, service of process, and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis, and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
17. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be severable. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or enforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction or remaining provisions hereof in any jurisdiction.
18. Entirety. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other documents relating to the Obligations represent the entire agreement of the parties hereto and thereto, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, if any, including any commitment letters or correspondence relating to the Loan Documents, any other documents relating to the Obligations, or the transactions contemplated herein and therein.
19. Other Security. To the extent that any of the Obligations are now or hereafter secured by property other than the Collateral (including, without limitation, real property and securities owned by an Obligor), or by a guarantee, endorsement or property of any other Person, then the Administrative Agent shall have the right to proceed against such other property, guarantee or endorsement upon the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Default, and the Administrative Agent shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to determine which rights, security, liens, security interests or remedies the Administrative Agent shall at any time pursue, relinquish, subordinate, modify or take with respect thereto, without in any way modifying or affecting any of them or the Obligations or any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or the holders of the Obligations under this Agreement, under any other of the Loan Documents or under any other document relating to the Obligations.
20. Joinder. At any time after the date of this Agreement, one or more additional Persons may become party hereto by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent a Guaranty Joinder Agreement. Immediately upon such execution and delivery of such Guaranty Joinder Agreement (and without any further action), each such additional Person will become a party to this Agreement as an “Obligor” and have all of the rights and obligations of an Obligor hereunder and this Agreement and the schedules hereto and to the Credit Agreement, as applicable, shall be deemed amended and/or supplemented, as applicable, by such Guaranty Joinder Agreement.
21. Joint and Several Obligations of Obligors.
(a) Subject to subsection (c) of this Section 21, each of the Obligors is accepting joint and several liability hereunder, in consideration of the financial accommodation to be provided by the holders of the Obligations, of each of the Obligors and in consideration of the undertakings of each of the Obligors to accept joint and several liability for the obligations of each of them.
(b) Subject to subsection (c) of this Section 21, each of the Obligors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Obligors with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations arising under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any other documents relating to the Obligations, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each of the Obligors without preferences or distinction among them.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, in any other of the Loan Documents or in any other documents relating to the Obligations, the obligations of each Obligor under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other documents relating to the Obligations shall be limited to an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under Section 548 of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provisions of any other Debtor Relief Law.
22. Consent of Issuers of Pledged Equity. Each issuer of Pledged Equity party to this Agreement hereby acknowledges, consents and agrees to the grant of the security interests in such Pledged Equity by the applicable Obligors pursuant to this Agreement, together with all rights accompanying such security interest as provided by this Agreement and applicable law, notwithstanding any anti-assignment provisions in any operating agreement, limited partnership agreement or similar organizational or governance documents of such issuer.
23. Acknowledgement. Section 12.14 of the Credit Agreement with respect to acknowledgement regarding any supported QFCs is incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis, and the parties hereto agree to such terms.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]
Each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Security and Pledge Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its below duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.
OBLIGORS: AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
Name: |
Edward H. Codispoti |
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
AMERICAN PUBLIC UNIVERSITY SYSTEM, INC.,
a West Virginia corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
Name: |
Edward H. Codispoti |
Title: |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written.
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Alexandre Terzi |
| Name: |
Alexandre Terzi |
| Title: |
Senior Vice President |
SECURITY AND PLEDGE AGREEMENT
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
EX-19.1
4
amendedinsidertradingpolicy.htm
EX-19.1
Document
AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION, INC.
POLICY ON INSIDER TRADING AND COMPLIANCE
AMENDED AND RESTATED
DECEMBER 11, 2025
It is the Policy of American Public Education, Inc. (“APEI”) and its subsidiaries (together, the “Company”) to comply fully and to promote compliance by its Directors, Trustees1, Section 16 Officers,2 employees,3 and certain contractors or consultants with all federal and state securities laws applicable to transactions in the Company’s securities. The federal securities laws strictly prohibit the misuse of material nonpublic information and place responsibility on companies and their controlling persons to take steps to prevent violations. In light of its responsibilities the Company has adopted this policy (the “Policy”) regarding the trading in Company securities. The Company depends upon the conduct and diligence of its and its subsidiaries’ Directors, Trustees, Section 16 Officers, employees, and consultants, in both their professional and personal capacities, in complying with this Policy. It is the personal obligation and responsibility of each such person to fully comply with all federal and state securities laws applicable to transactions in the Company’s securities and to act in a manner consistent with this Policy regarding compliance with the insider trading provisions of the federal securities laws.
No Director, Trustee, Section 16 Officer, employee, or Designated Consultant (as defined below) of the Company shall act, or permit individuals or entities under such person’s control or influence to act inconsistently with this Policy. Any person with supervisory authority over any Company personnel or Designated Consultants shall promptly report to the Chief Financial Officer any violations of this Policy. If there are questions about this Policy, please contact the Chief Financial Officer.
Who is Subject to this Policy?
This Policy applies to all Company Directors, Trustees, Section 16 Officers, employees, and any other individual designated by the Company as subject to this Policy, such as contractors or consultants (“Designated Consultants”) (collectively, “Covered Persons”) as well as to the Company. Certain Company employees and Designated Consultants are also considered “Key Employees” and “Key Consultants”, respectively, as a result of having routine access to material nonpublic information. Individuals who are considered “Key Employees” or “Key Consultants” will be notified by the Company of such designation and, as discussed below, their obligations under this Policy. Covered Persons are also responsible for the trading and other activities of their family members4, other members of such person’s
1 The term “Trustee” in this Policy is used to describe the non-employee members of boards of the Company’s subsidiary institutions, even where another title is used for such persons.
2 The term “Section 16 Officer” for purposes of this Policy refers to those individuals who have been designated by the Board of Directors as “officers” for purposes of Section 16 under the Exchange Act.
3 Employees include all full-time and part-time employees, including faculty members, of APEI and its subsidiary institutions. For the purposes of this Policy, “part-time faculty” includes adjunct faculty and instructors employed by APEI’s subsidiary institutions.
4 For purposes of this Policy “family members” includes a spouse, child, child away at college, stepchildren, grandchildren, parents, stepparents, grandparents, siblings, and in-laws, and any family members whose transactions are directed by or under the influence or control of the Director, Trustee, Section 16 Officer, employee, or Designated Consultant, such as parents or children who consult with the Director, Trustee, Section 16 Officer, employee, or Designated Consultant before they trade in Company securities.
household and entities controlled by such person, and the persons in those groups are expected to comply with this Policy. Each individual subject to this Policy must execute a Compliance Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A at the time the individual first becomes subject to the Policy. A Compliance Certificate must also be executed by directors, Section 16 officers, and employees annually and by Designated Consultants upon their engagement and subsequent renewals with the Company. In addition, Directors and Section 16 Officers are also subject to and must review Addendum A of this Policy.
What is “Insider Trading”?
The U.S. federal securities laws strictly prohibit any person who is aware of material nonpublic information and has a duty not to disclose it from using such information, or disclosing such information to third parties who may use such information (commonly referred to as “tipping”), in connection with a transaction in securities (including the Company’s stock). A person who uses material nonpublic information in connection with a transaction in securities may be found to have committed what is commonly referred to as “Insider Trading”. The terms “material” and “nonpublic” are described in more detail below.
What is “Material Information”?
In the course of conducting the Company’s business, Covered Persons may come into possession of “material” information about the Company or other entities that generally is not available to the public. Information is considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider that information important in making a decision to buy, hold, or sell securities. Any information that could reasonably be expected to affect the Company’s stock price, whether it is positive or negative, should be considered material. There is no bright-line standard for assessing materiality; rather, materiality is based on an assessment of all of the facts and circumstances, and is often evaluated by enforcement authorities with the benefit of hindsight.
Examples of information ordinarily regarded as material include, but are not limited to, the following:
oUnpublished student enrollment, net course registration numbers, and inquiry figures, as well as any related expected rates of growth or decline.
oUnpublished financial figures, including revenue, expenses, net income, earnings per share, and bad debt/receivables, as well as their expected growth or decline rates.
oProjections of future earnings or losses, or other earnings guidance.
oChanges to or confirmation of previously announced earnings guidance, or the decision to suspend earnings guidance.
oSignificant new academic programs or lines of business either in development or to be launched.
oDisposition of a business or curtailment of significant existing academic programs.
oChanges with respect to marketing strategy or the Company’s overall strategic plan.
oChanges in the mix of student funding sources including related to Title IV and student financing information.
oPositive or negative regulatory or other governmental or accrediting agency developments affecting the Company.
oActual or threatened significant litigation or inquiry by a regulatory or other governmental authority.
oA merger, acquisition or other similar transaction or potential transaction by the Company.
oA change in control (merger or acquisition of the Company) or a change in the board of directors, executive management or key personnel of the Company.
oThe public or private sale of a significant amount of new or additional securities of the Company or entrance into a material loan or credit agreement.
oA change in auditors or notification that the auditor’s reports may no longer be relied upon.
oSignificant intellectual property or information technology developments affecting the Company, including cybersecurity incidents.
oEstablishment of or significant developments regarding a program to repurchase securities of the Company, payment of a dividend, or a stock split.
oPreparation of an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, including any required accounting restatement to correct an error in previously issued financial statements that is material to the previously issued financial statements or that would result in a material misstatement if the error were corrected in the current period or left uncorrected in the current period.
What constitutes material information cannot be enumerated with precision because there are many gray areas and varying circumstances. If you are unsure whether information of which you are aware is material, please contact the Chief Financial Officer. When doubt exists, you should presume that the information is material.
What is “Nonpublic Information”?
Information is “nonpublic” if it has not been widely disseminated to the public, meaning that the information is not generally known or available to the public. Information generally is considered public if it has been disclosed through a broadly disseminated press release, news wire, or public disclosure documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), unless the information consists of previously undisclosed facts that are the subject of rumors. In addition, please be aware that disclosure on the Company’s website and Company social media channels, standing alone, may not be considered wide dissemination. Information that is only available to a company’s employees or that is only available to a select group of persons, such as analysts, brokers and institutional investors, would not be considered public information.
Even after information has been widely disseminated, it is still necessary to give the market sufficient time to absorb the information. As a general rule, the Company has determined that for purposes of this Policy information should not be considered fully absorbed by the marketplace until the beginning of the second full business day after the day on which the information is made public. If, for example, the Company were to make an announcement on a Monday afternoon, you should not trade in Company securities until the opening of trading on Wednesday. Depending on the particular circumstances, the Company may determine that a longer or shorter period should apply after the release of certain material nonpublic information. If you are unsure whether material information has been made “public,” please contact the Chief Financial Officer.
In all cases, the responsibility for determining whether an individual is in possession of material nonpublic information rests with that individual, and any action on the part of the Company, the Chief Financial Officer, or any other employee pursuant to this Policy, or otherwise, does not in any way constitute financial or legal advice or insulate an individual from liability under the securities laws.
What are My Confidentiality Obligations?
Exercise the utmost care when dealing with material nonpublic information. Material nonpublic information relating to the Company’s business or affairs must be kept in strict confidence. Under the federal securities laws, employees are prohibited from disclosing any material nonpublic information that they gain as part of their employment. Accordingly, such information should be discussed only with persons who have a “need to know” (and only with Company employees and third party advisors who are subject to confidentiality obligations) and should be confined to as small a group as possible. The utmost care and circumspection must be exercised at all times when dealing with material nonpublic information, including on social media (e.g., Twitter, Facebook). A statement made on the Internet or via social media regarding the Company may be seen as a recommendation to buy or sell Company securities. Conversations in public places, such as elevators, restaurants, and airplanes, should be limited to matters that do not involve information of a sensitive or confidential nature. Additionally, all files should be maintained securely and information should not be stored on computer systems if such information can be accessed by other individuals. In maintaining the confidentiality of material nonpublic information, the individual in possession of such information shall not affirm or deny statements made by others, either directly or through electronic means, if such affirmation or denial would result in the disclosure of material nonpublic information.
Take precautions to avoid tipping. Every Covered Person shall maintain the confidentiality of material nonpublic information regarding the Company that such Covered Person may possess and shall not give advice or make recommendations regarding trading of securities in the Company, except as permitted under the Company’s policies on corporate disclosure. To ensure that Company confidences are protected to the maximum extent possible, no individuals other than specifically authorized personnel may release material information to the public or respond to inquiries from the media, analysts or others outside the Company. Because any statement an individual makes on social media regarding the Company may be seen as a recommendation to buy or sell the Company’s securities, the Company’s policy is that no individuals covered by this Policy may participate in Internet chat rooms or forums that relate to the Company’s securities or make statements on the Internet or over social media related to material nonpublic information of the Company or the Company’s securities. Please refer to the Company’s policies on corporate disclosure for details on the Company’s policies for providing accurate and timely disclosure of material information to the market.
In order to avoid “tipping” inside information to others in violation of the law, individuals covered under this Policy must exercise care both when speaking with other Company personnel who do not have a “need to know” and when communicating with family, friends and other persons not associated with the Company. Individuals covered by this Policy may not make recommendations about buying or selling the securities of the Company or other entities with which it has a relationship, except in accordance with the Company’s policies on corporate disclosure.
Confidentiality may apply to other companies’ securities as well. In addition to confidentiality obligations regarding material nonpublic information about the Company, there are also confidentiality obligations regarding the material nonpublic information of other companies. In the ordinary course of doing business, individuals covered under this Policy may come into possession of material nonpublic information with respect to other companies. An individual receiving material nonpublic information in such a manner has the same duty not to disclose the information to others or to use that information in connection with securities transactions of the other company as such individual has with respect to material nonpublic information about the Company.
If the Company is in the process of negotiating a significant transaction with another public company, for instance, employees are cautioned not to trade in the stock of that company if they are in possession of material nonpublic information about the company. If an employee is not certain whether it is permissible to trade in the stock of such company, the employee should contact the Chief Financial Officer.
What are the Possible Penalties for Insider Trading?
Insider trading is a crime. Violations are pursued vigorously by the SEC, U.S. Attorneys and state enforcement authorities and foreign jurisdictions. Punishment for insider trading violations is severe and could include significant fines and imprisonment. While the regulatory authorities concentrate their efforts on the individuals who trade, or who tip inside information to others who trade, the federal securities laws also impose potential liability on companies and other “controlling persons” within the organization if they fail to take reasonable steps to prevent insider trading by company personnel.
Under federal securities laws, individuals found liable for insider trading could, among other things, face (i) up to 20 years in jail, (ii) a criminal fine of up to $5 million, (iii) civil penalties of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided, and (iv) equitable remedies, including injunctions, industry bars or suspensions and cease and desist orders.
In addition, for failing to take steps to prevent insider trading, the Company (and/or its officers and Directors) could itself face (i) a criminal penalty of up to $25 million, (ii) civil penalties of the greater of $1 million or three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of an employee’s violation, and (iii) equitable remedies. Please note that individual states may impose their own penalties.
Given the extremely serious nature of violating securities laws regarding insider trading, the Company wishes to make clear that any person who is subject to this Policy who is found to be in violation of this Policy, and/or to have committed such a violation, will be subject to disciplinary actions up to and including dismissal and to possible civil claims for damages sustained by the Company as a result of the person’s illicit activities. Any sanctions imposed upon or liabilities incurred by an employee for insider trading will be the sole responsibility of the employee. The Company will not cover or indemnify the employee for these costs. Neither the Company nor the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of trading by the Chief Financial Officer) or any other Company employee or agent with responsibility involving approvals, pre-clearances, or interpretation of this Policy will be liable for the legal or financial consequences of any approval or pre-clearance, refusal to approve or pre-clear or delay in reviewing any requests for approval or pre-clearance of any transaction, Trading Plan (as defined below under “Which Transactions are Not Subject to this Policy? – Transactions under Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans”) or other request under this Policy. Needless to say, a violation of law, or even an SEC investigation that does not result in prosecution, can tarnish a person’s reputation and irreparably damage a career.
What are the Limitations on Trading? When May I Trade?
Except as set forth in this Policy, no Covered Person, nor any person under the control or influence of such persons, may buy, sell, or engage in transactions in, or recommend the purchase or sale of, any security issued by the Company, including the Company’s common stock and any option
or similar right to buy or sell the Company’s common stock or other security, while in possession of material nonpublic information regarding the Company.
In addition, no Covered Person, nor any person under the control or influence of any such person, may, while in possession of material nonpublic information about another company that such person (or such control person) received in the course of performing such person’s duties for or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, buy, sell, or engage in other transactions in, or recommend the purchase or sale of, the securities of such other company.
The table below provides a summary of the trading restrictions placed upon certain groups of Covered Persons who are subject to this Policy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covered Persons |
Subject to Insider Trading Policy |
Subject to “Open Windows” |
Written Pre-Clearance Required |
Requirement to Comply with Section 16 Reporting Requirements |
Must Comply with Addendum A |
Directors and Section 16 Officers. |
X |
X |
X |
X |
X |
Trustees, Key Employees, and Key Consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. |
X |
X |
X |
|
|
All other employees and Designated Consultants, except for part-time faculty. |
X |
X |
|
|
|
Part-time faculty. |
X |
|
|
|
|
Prior to effecting any transactions in its own securities, the Company must consult with internal and/or external legal counsel to assess compliance with applicable federal securities laws regarding insider trading.
Which Individuals Covered by this Policy May Only Trade During an Open Window?
Because individuals subject to this Policy may receive material nonpublic information about the Company, confining trading in the Company’s securities to certain, specified “open window” periods is intended to ensure that trading is not based on such information. All individuals subject to this Policy, except for part-time faculty members, must limit their trading to an approved open window period. Trading during any other time by an individual subject to this Policy or individuals or entities under such person’s control or influence (including family members of such person and entities with respect to which such person is a director, officer or large stockholder) is strictly prohibited.
There are four (4) open window periods each year. The open window periods begin on the second (2nd) full business day following the public release of the Company’s quarterly or annual financial results, as applicable, and ends on: (i) for quarterly financial results, the seventh (7th) calendar day of the third month of the quarter following the quarterly period for which results are released; or (ii) for annual financial results, the twentieth (20th) calendar day of the third month of the quarter following the year for which results are released. For example, if the Company’s quarterly financial results are released at 5:00 pm ET on a Tuesday, then the open window period would begin at the opening of the market on Thursday. Please note that even during an “open” trading window, persons subject to this Policy are nevertheless prohibited from trading if they are otherwise in possession of material nonpublic information.
In addition to the regularly scheduled open window periods, from time to time the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company may issue an advisory prohibiting all trading by all or certain employees in the securities of the Company or the securities of a company with which the Company has a relationship (including during the open window period). The existence of an event-specific trading restriction period or extension of a closed window will not be announced to the Company as a whole and should not be communicated to any other person.
Which Individuals Must Receive Pre-clearance Prior to Trading?
Directors, Trustees, Section 16 Officers, Key Employees, and Key Consultants of the Company, and persons under the control or influence of such persons, may trade the Company’s securities during an open window period only after obtaining pre-clearance from the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of trading by the Chief Financial Officer). Clearance must be requested at least 24 hours prior to the desired trade in order to give adequate time for the Company to administer the request. Once pre-clearance is obtained from the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of trading by the Chief Financial Officer), the trade must be executed both (i) within the open window period, and (ii) by 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the third day after pre-clearance was granted. Pre-clearance does not, in any circumstance, relieve anyone of their legal obligation to refrain from trading while in possession of material nonpublic information. In other words, even if pre-clearance is received, if the requesting person becomes aware of material nonpublic information, the transaction may not be completed. When a request for pre-clearance is made, the requesting person should carefully consider whether they may be aware of any material nonpublic information about the Company and should provide a detailed description of those circumstances to the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of trading by the Chief Financial Officer). Individuals are reminded that, notwithstanding pre-clearance by the Chief Financial Officer, the ultimate responsibility for complying with this Policy and all applicable securities laws and regulations rests with the individual.
For Trustees, Key Employees, and Key Consultants, pre-clearance shall be obtained in accordance with procedures communicated by the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of trading by the Chief Financial Officer), while Directors and Section 16 Officers shall obtain pre-clearance in accordance with the procedures set forth in Addendum A.
Is Hedging Permitted?
Individuals subject to this Policy may not engage in “hedging” transactions in the Company’s securities. Accordingly, individuals subject to this Policy may not engage in short sales (i.e., the sale of a security that the seller does not own), transactions in derivative securities (including put and call options), or other forms of hedging and monetization transactions, such as zero-cost collars, equity swaps, exchange funds and forward sale contracts, and other transactions that allow the holder to hedge, offset, limit or eliminate the risk of a decrease in the value of the Company’s securities. This prohibition is intended to align the interests and objectives of the individuals subject to this Policy with those of the Company’s stockholders.
What Transactions are Not Subject to this Policy?
This Policy does not apply to the following transactions:
Transactions under Company Plans. Certain transactions involving Company plans do not implicate the insider trading restrictions of this Policy. These include purchases under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan pursuant to prior enrollment decisions and exercises of employee stock options, vesting of equity awards such as restricted stock and restricted stock units, and exercise of withholding rights for purposes of satisfying tax withholding or option exercise price obligations. Note, however, that this Policy does apply to any broker assisted cashless exercise or market sale involving Company securities, including for the purpose of generating cash to pay the exercise price of any option. Cashless exercises may only be executed during an open window.
Transactions under Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans. This Policy does not apply to transactions by a Covered Person pursuant to a trading plan, the adoption or modification of which has been pre-approved by the Chief Financial Officer in accordance with this Policy, and where such Trading Plan meets all of the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act, any other applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, and any applicable state securities “blue sky” laws. Please see Addendum B for further guidance on the use of Trading Plans. Note, however, that trading under a Trading Plan is not exempt from the “short-swing profit” prohibitions of Section 16(b) or Rule 144 compliance obligations that are applicable to the Company’s Directors and certain Section 16 Officers.
Gifts. Bona fide gifts of Company securities are not subject to this Policy, unless the person making the gift has, or reasonably should have, reason to believe that the recipient intends to sell the Company securities while the donor is aware of material nonpublic information. Note that, although bona fide gifts of Company securities are not subject to this Policy, Directors, Trustees, Section 16 Officers, Key Employees, and Key Consultants of the Company, and persons under the control or influence of such persons, must obtain pre-clearance from the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of trading by the Chief Financial Officer) and must comply with the pre-clearance procedures set forth in this Policy.
Certain Mutual Fund Transactions. Transactions in mutual funds that are invested in Company securities are not transactions subject to this Policy.
***
EXHIBIT A
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
The undersigned hereby certifies that the undersigned (i) has read and understands, and agrees to comply with, the Policy on Insider Trading and Compliance of American Public Education, Inc., which shall include any addendum, to the extent applicable to the undersigned, a copy of which was distributed with this certificate, and (ii) understands and agrees that any violation of the Policy by the undersigned, the undersigned’s family members or any other persons who are subject to the Policy because of their relationship with the undersigned may result in fines, penalties, and/or disciplinary action, up to and including termination of the undersigned’s employment or service. The provision of an electronic signature shall constitute an effective original signature of a party for purposes of this Compliance Certificate.
Date:
Signature
Name (Please Print)
Title
ADDENDUM A
SPECIAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DIRECTORS AND SECTION 16 OFFICERS
This Addendum A to the Policy on Insider Trading and Compliance (the “Policy”) is intended to advise the Company’s Directors and Section 16 Officers of the policies adopted by American Public Education, Inc. (the “Company”) to help ensure compliance with respect to trading in the Company’s securities. Capitalized terms that are used but not defined in this Addendum A shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Policy.
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires Directors, Section 16 Officers and 10% owners of the Company (“Insiders”) to file reports on Forms 3, 4, and 5, as appropriate, to report their transactions and holdings involving equity securities of the Company. Although the preparation and, to the extent requested, filing of these reports legally are the sole responsibility of the insiders, the Company recognizes that the reporting requirements are complex. Accordingly, the Company has established the following procedures for doing so.
Notifying the CFO of Transactions.
At least 24 hours prior to engaging in any transaction involving the securities of the Company, including a gift transaction, Directors and Section 16 Officers must request pre-clearance from the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of a transaction by the Chief Financial Officer) in order to give adequate time for the Company to administer the request. Directors and Section 16 Officers must provide the following information in the request for pre-clearance: (1) the date of the proposed transaction; (2) the type and number of securities involved in the transaction; (3) the consideration, if any, proposed to be paid or received in the transaction; (4) whether they directly or indirectly own or will own the securities; and (5) the nature of any indirect ownership in the securities of the Company, including any securities involved in the transaction (e.g., ownership by a spouse, trust, family limited partnership, etc.). All of this information is necessary to allow the Company to prepare the reports required by Section 16(a) on behalf of Section 16 Officers and Directors who desire such assistance. Once pre-clearance is obtained from the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of a transaction by the Chief Financial Officer), the trade must be executed both (i) within the open window period, and (ii) by 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time on the third day after pre-clearance was granted.
All Section 16 Officers and Directors with approved Trading Plans must immediately notify the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of a Trading Plan of the Chief Financial Officer) of any planned or consummated transactions. Directors or Section 16 Officers with Trading Plans must provide the same information as required of Directors and Section 16 Officers who must request pre-clearance (as listed in the previous paragraph).
The importance of notifying the Chief Financial Officer (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of a notification by the Chief Financial Officer) of planned transactions cannot be overemphasized, as it will help to avoid the sanctions and the embarrassment that can result from a failure to comply with applicable securities law provisions.
Assistance with Preparation and Filing.
The Chief Financial Officer or the Chief Financial Officer’s designee will assist all Directors and Section 16 Officers in the preparation and filing of their Form 3, Form 4, and Form 5 reports, unless the Director or Section 16 Officer indicates the intention to handle the preparation and filing without company assistance. When Directors and Section 16 Officers initiate a trade, they must comply with the Policy by first seeking pre-clearance within the applicable open window period (unless in accordance with an approved Trading Plan).
Directors and Section 16 Officers must notify the General Counsel, at legal@apei.com, immediately after the purchase or sale of the Company’s securities and provide the details of such transaction, including the date of the transaction, the number of shares transacted, the nature of the transaction (e.g., sale, purchase, gift, etc.), and if reporting multiple purchases or sales at different prices, the weighted average price per share or, alternatively, the number of Company securities purchased or sold at each respective price, unless the Director or Section 16 Officer is not relying on the Company for assistance. If you become aware of the failure to report a transaction or any inaccuracy in your reports under Section 16, you should alert the General Counsel, at legal@apei.com, as soon as possible so that the required filing, or a corrected filing, may be made. Directors and Section 16 Officers are reminded that they remain personally responsible for the timely and accurate disclosure of their trading activities and that the assistance provided by the Company in no way reduces the obligations imposed on them by applicable insider trading laws.
Short-Swing Profit Provisions.
Insiders will be held liable for any “short-swing profits” resulting from any combination of purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the Company’s equity securities within a period of less than six months. For this purpose, transactions in common stock, and options to purchase common stock, are “matchable” with one another. Insiders should consult legal counsel for more information on possible liability associated with “short-swing profits”.
Is Pledging Permitted?
Directors and Section 16 Officers may not hold securities of the Company in margin accounts, pledge securities of the Company as collateral or maintain an automatic rebalance feature in savings plans, deferred compensation or deferred fee plans. This prohibition is to avoid sales of the Company’s securities on behalf of an individual related to margin calls, loan defaults and automatic rebalances, which may occur when the individual has material nonpublic information regarding the Company or its subsidiaries.
Directors and Certain Officers May Sell Company Shares Only Pursuant to SEC Rule 144.
SEC Rule 144 requires compliance with a number of technical and complicated requirements. Directors and Section 16 Officers are personally responsible for ensuring that they comply with SEC Rule 144 to the extent applicable. Directors and Section 16 Officers should seek the advice of legal counsel prior to trading pursuant to SEC Rule 144. Neither the Company nor its internal legal counsel is responsible for providing or required to provide you with legal advice on any personal matters, including compliance with SEC Rule 144.
Prohibitions Due to Trading Limitations on Retirement Plans.
Directors and Section 16 Officers of the Company are prohibited from trading in the Company’s securities during a blackout period imposed under an “individual account” retirement or pension plan of the Company, during which at least 50% of the plan participants are unable to purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or transfer an interest in equity securities of the Company, due to a temporary suspension of trading by the Company or a plan fiduciary.
Importance of Working with a Knowledgeable Broker.
One person who often is in a position to help prevent short-swing profit violations before they occur is a broker. A knowledgeable broker can serve as a last line of defense against inadvertent violations. Moreover, such a broker could also provide the Company with the necessary transaction information (trade date, price, number of shares, etc.) for timely preparation of Section 16(a) reports. The Company encourages Directors and Section 16 Officers to consider engaging a broker who is knowledgeable and experienced with respect to Section 16, Rule 144 and the other provisions of applicable federal and state securities laws. Remember, however, that a broker has no legal responsibility for a client’s Section 16 filings or short-swing profit rule violations; therefore, Directors and Section 16 Officers are advised to follow the procedures set forth in this Policy and Addendum A and ensure personal awareness and understanding of the applicable requirements and potential pitfalls.
Compliance Certificate.
Please complete the Compliance Certificate in the form attached to the Policy as Exhibit A stating that you have reviewed the Policy, which includes this Addendum A, and agree to comply with it and submit the signed certificate as soon as possible.
***
ADDENDUM B
GUIDELINES FOR RULE 10B5-1 TRADING PLANS AND NON-RULE 10B5-1 TRADING PLANS
This Addendum B to the Policy on Insider Trading and Compliance (the “Policy”) outlines the requirements Covered Persons will be subject to under SEC rules and the Policy in connection with adopting, modifying or terminating a trading plan that is intended to satisfy the affirmative defenses of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act (a “Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan”) and any other trading plan that is not a 10b5-1 Trading Plan (a “Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan” and, together with a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan, (a “Trading Plan”)) to help ensure compliance with insider trading laws with respect to trading in the Company’s securities. Capitalized terms that are used but not defined in this Addendum B shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Policy.
Preconditions of Trading Plan Adoption and Modification
Any adoption or modification of a Trading Plan must be during an open trading window at a time when the Covered Person is not aware of material nonpublic information about the Company or Company Securities.
Pre-Approval
Adoption, modification and termination of a Trading Plan must be submitted to the Chief Financial Officer for pre-approval (or the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of a Trading Plan of the Chief Financial Officer). In order for adoption or modification to be pre-approved, a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan must include the following information:
•the amount, price and date of the intended purchase or sale of Company securities;
•a written formula or algorithm for determining amounts, prices and dates to purchase or sell Company securities; or
•a provision that grants to another person outside the Company the power to make purchase and sale decisions and that does not permit the individual entering into the Trading Plan to exercise any subsequent influence over how, when or whether to effect purchases or sales of Company securities.
•a representation that, at the time of the adoption or modification, the Covered Person is not aware of material nonpublic information; and
•a representation that the Trading Plan is being entered into or modified, as the case may be, in good faith and not to evade insider trading laws.
Cooling-off Periods upon Adoption or Modification
Persons other than Directors and Section 16 Officers (and the Company) are prohibited from purchasing or selling Company securities under a newly adopted or a modified Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan for 30 days following the date of adoption or modification.
Directors and Section 16 Officers are prohibited from purchasing or selling Company securities under a newly adopted or modified Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan until the expiration of a period consisting of the later of: (i) 90 days following the date of adoption or modification (if such modification changes the amount, price or timing of trades); or (ii) two business days following the filing by the Company of a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K for the fiscal quarter in which the plan was adopted or modified (not to exceed 120 days following the date of adoption or modification).
Overlapping Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans
No Covered Person may have more than one Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan in place at any given time, unless otherwise permitted by the limited exceptions set forth in Rule 10b5-1(c), which exceptions include Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans relating to “sell to cover” arrangements intended to satisfy tax withholding obligations upon the vesting of equity awards and a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan under which trading is not authorized to begin until after all trades under the earlier-commencing Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan are completed or expired without execution.
Trading Restrictions
Trading activities pursuant to a Trading Plan that has been approved and implemented must not deviate from that Trading Plan, unless deviations are in compliance with an approved modification or termination to the Trading Plan made as described above, and, for the avoidance of doubt, there can be no corresponding or hedging positions with respect to the securities covered by the Trading Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, trading activities pursuant to a Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans remain subject to the Policy.
Disclosure Obligations
The Company is required to disclosure quarterly on Forms 10-Q and 10-K (i) whether any Director or Section 16 Officer has adopted, modified or terminated a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan or a Non-Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan and (ii) a description of the material terms of the adopted, modified or terminated Trading Plan, including the name and title of the Director or Officer, the date the Trading Plan was adopted, modified or terminated, the Trading Plan’s duration, and the total amount of Company securities to be purchased or sold under the Trading Plan.
Directors and Section 16 Officers who purchase or sell Company securities pursuant to a Trading Plan must notify the Chief Financial Officer of any such trades to facilitate the disclosure of transactions subject to Section 16 under the Exchange Act. Please see Addendum A to the Policy for additional information relating to Directors’ and Section 16 Officers’ reporting obligations and the Company’s related policies and procedures.
***
EX-21.1
5
apei2025123110kexh211.htm
EX-21.1
Document
Exhibit 21.1
LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| Entity |
State of Organization |
| |
|
| American Public University System, Inc. |
West Virginia |
EX-23.1
6
apei2025123110kexh231.htm
EX-23.1
Document
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-287915, 333-272480, 333-272479, 333-265856, 333-238536, 333-238535, 333-218015, 333-197086, and 333-150454 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-252980 on Form S-3 of our reports dated March 12, 2026, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of American Public Education, Inc. and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of American Public Education, Inc. and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of American Public Education, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2025.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
McLean, Virginia
March 12, 2026
EX-24
7
apei2025123110kexh24.htm
EX-24
Document
Exhibit 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Each of the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Angela K. Selden, Edward H. Codispoti, and Thomas A. Beckett, and each of them singly, as the true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to sign for the undersigned, in the undersigned’s name and in the capacity or capacities indicated below, American Public Education, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 and any amendments thereto.
This Power of Attorney may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original with respect to the person executing it.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Power of Attorney as of the date set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| Name |
|
Date |
|
Title |
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Angela K. Selden |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director |
| Angela K. Selden |
|
|
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
| |
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Executive Vice President and |
| Edward H. Codispoti |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Daniel S. Pianko |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Board Chair |
| Daniel S. Pianko |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Granetta B. Blevins |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Director |
| Granetta B. Blevins |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Michael D. Braner |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Director |
| Michael D. Braner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Anna M. Fabrega |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Director |
| Anna M. Fabrega |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| /s/ Richard Statuto |
|
March 12, 2026 |
|
Director |
| Richard Statuto |
|
|
|
|
EX-31.1
8
apei2025123110kexh311.htm
EX-31.1
Document
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
I, Angela Selden, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of American Public Education, Inc.;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a.Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 12, 2026
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Angela Selden |
|
Name: Angela Selden |
|
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
EX-31.2
9
apei2025123110kexh312.htm
EX-31.2
Document
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
I, Edward H. Codispoti, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of American Public Education, Inc.;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a.Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b.Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c.Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d.Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a.All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b.Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 12, 2026
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
|
Name: Edward H. Codispoti |
|
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
EX-32.1
10
apei2025123110kexh321.htm
EX-32.1
Document
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer of American Public Education, Inc. (“the Company”), hereby certifies that, to his knowledge, on the date hereof:
(a) The annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2025 filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“the Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(b) Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 12, 2026
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Angela Selden |
|
Name: Angela Selden |
|
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
EX-32.2
11
apei2025123110kexh322.htm
EX-32.2
Document
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of American Public Education, Inc. (“the Company”), hereby certifies that, to his knowledge, on the date hereof:
(a) The annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the period ended December 31, 2025 filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“the Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(b) Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 12, 2026
|
|
|
|
|
|
| By: |
/s/ Edward H. Codispoti |
|
Name: Edward H. Codispoti |
|
Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.